Overview of functions

Catalog NC 61 • 2005
sinumerik
& sinamics
Automation Systems
for Machine Tools

Related catalogs
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for
Machine Tools
Order No.:
E86060-K4460-A101-B1-7600
NC 60
Power supplies
SITOP power
Order No.:
E86060-K2410-A101-A5-7600
KT 10.1
SIMATIC
Products for Totally Integrated
Automation and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7600
ST 70
The Offline Mall of
Automation and Drives
Order No.:
CD: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600
CA 01
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface Systems
Order No.:
E86060-K4680-A101-B3-7600
ST 80
A&D Mall
Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Industrial Communication
Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B4-7600
IK PI
Trademarks
All product designations may be trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use
by third parties for their own purposes could violate the
rights of the owners.
According to the German law on units in measuring
technology, data in inches only apply to devices for
export.

SINUMERIK &
SINAMICS
Automation Systems for
Machine Tools
Catalog NC 61 · 2005
Introduction
1
Overview of
functions
Operator
components
Export information
CNC controls
Operator panels
Handheld units
Machine control panels
Keyboards, Storage devices
Housing systems
2
3
The products in this catalog
are also included in the
CD-ROM catalog CA 01
Order No:
E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600
Contact your local Siemens representative
for further information
© Siemens AG 2005
HMI software
Basic
components
Operator control and programming
Open Architecture
Motion Control Information System
Tools
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
4
SINUMERIK 802D sl
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl
SINUMERIK I/O
5
Synchronous
motors
1FT6/1FK7/1FN1/1FN3/
1FW6/1FE1/2SP1
Gear units
6
Asynchronous
motors
1PH7/1PH4/1PM4/1PM6/1PH2
Gearboxes
7
The products and
systems described in
this catalog are distributed
under application
of a certified quality
management system in
accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. 001258 QM) and
DIN EN ISO 14001
(Certified Registration
No. 081342 UM).
The certificates are
recognized by all
IQNet countries.
Measuring
systems
SIMODRIVE
sensor
Drive
system
Connection
system
MOTION-
CONNECT
Incremental encoders
Absolute encoders
Hollow-shaft measuring system
8
SINAMICS S120
Power cables
Signal cables
DRIVE-CLiQ cables
MPI bus cables
Length code
9
10
s
Services
Mechatronics Support
Virtual Production
Repair service contract
Retrofit
Training/Documentation
11
Appendix
Approvals
Indexes
12

Welcome to
Automation and Drives
We would like to welcome you to Automation and Drives
and our comprehensive range of products, systems,
solutions and services for production and
process automation and building technology
worldwide.
With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally
Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based
on standards that offer you a considerable savings
potential.
Discover the world of our technology now. If you need
more detailed information, please contact one of your
regional Siemens partners.
They will be glad to assist you.
1/2
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Siemens NC 61 · 2005 1/3

Ethernet
Totally Integrated Automation –
innovations for more productivity
With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation, we were the
first ones on the market to consistently implement the trend
from equipment to an integrated automation solution, and
have continuously improved the system ever since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common
solution" platform that covers all the sectors.
Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
Ethernet
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Ethernet
Production
Order
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
Material
Management
Equipment
Management
Control
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
SIMATIC Controllers/
Automation System
SIMATIC
Sensors
Industrial
Industrial
Ethernet
Safety Integrated
PROCESS FIELD
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
Building
Technology
GAMMA instabus
Micro-Automation and
Actuator-Sensor Interface Level
ECOFAST IP65
Distributed
Automation System
1/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the systemoriented
engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant
now benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that can
offer a control system based on an integrated platform for both
the production and process industry.
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Plant
Information
Management
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
Product Specification
Management System
Laboratory Information
Management System
SENTRON
Circuit
Breakers
SINUMERIK
Computer
Numeric Control
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control
System
Field Instrumentation/
Analytics
HART
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Management
System
SIMATIC
Distributed
I/O
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
PROFIBUS PA
SIMODRIVE
SINAMICS
SINAMICS
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
1/5

Mold-making and tool-making –
How to get things in shape
Only those who know what is
required in practice can develop
custom-made products and
systems to meet a wide variety of requirements. Siemens is able
to offer innovative and industry-specific control solutions for all
types of mold- and tool-making applications under the slogan
"Productivity in Motion". Speed, precision and perfect surface
quality without the need for time-consuming remachining are the
main aims in mold- and tool-making.
High-speed cutting (HSC) is a particularly powerful technology
to solve challenging and complex production tasks.
Siemens automation technology has defined an entirely new vision
for CNC technology. The control provides all the prerequisites
for the highly-productive tool- and mold-making industry. These
include:
7 High-speed machining Look-Ahead
7 Following-error-free traversing with feedforward control
7 Acceleration with jerk limitation
7 NURBS interpolation
7 State-of-the-art 5-axis functions proven in practice
7 Active vibration damping
7 Compensation of mechanical errors
7 Integration of internal measuring systems
7 Extensive safety routines
7 Optimum overall solution with SINAMICS S120 drive system
With SINUMERIK & SINAMICS in shape for all industries:
7 Automotive industry
7 Die manufacture
7 Aviation and space travel
7 Consumer goods industry
7 Power engineering
In addition to these, Siemens Motion Control systems are also
proving their excellence in other key sectors, such as mechanical
engineering, electrical engineering, process engineering, medical
engineering, and materials handling.
SINUMERIK solution line & SINAMICS –
The complete program for all requirements
For simple turning and milling applications and highly complex
tasks alike: SINUMERIK solution line and SINAMICS can
provide a new system platform encompassing a variety of
products, thereby offering perfect solutions for all types of
requirements.
SINUMERIK solution line and SINAMICS, the system
solution offering flexibility like never before:
7 Decentralized and simplified system structure via
Ethernet and PROFIBUS
7 Scalable in respect of hardware and software
With SINUMERIK solution line, hardware and software
can be scaled separately.
7 Optimized network capability
SINUMERIK solution line’s standard communication
solution is Ethernet-based.
7 Openness of user interface and CNC
SINUMERIK solution line’s openness in respect of HMI
and NCK sets it apart.
7 Ease of migration
For user interface, CNC or PLC: Application software
can be transferred from the predecessor system.
Programs, user interface, operator components,
motors, tools, and CNC functionality remain identical.
7 SINAMICS drive system
• Reduced wiring effort
• Space-saving design for a slim control cabinet that is
flexible by design
• Error detection via DRIVE-CLiQ right down to
component level
SINUMERIK 840Di sl – the flexible universal system
1/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Shopfloor manufacturing –
Powerful software for milling and turning
ShopMill
ShopMill – Powerful software on a powerful platform.
ShopMill is the shopfloor- and production-oriented user and programming
interface for milling and drilling.
Three different program variants are available:
7 CAD/CAM system G code programs
7 G code programs created directly on the machine and
7 ShopMill sequence programming
Sequence and G code programs are suitable for 2D to 2½D machining;
for 3D machining, use CAD/CAM system G code programs.
ShopTurn
ShopTurn – Practical software on the very latest
SINUMERIK platform.
ShopTurn is the patent remedy for increased productivity
on your shopfloor. Lay the foundations for
your success on this shopfloor- and productionoriented
operator software for turning and milling.
ShopTurn combines a user-friendly introduction to
CNC technology with full CNC availability.
Easy-to-follow programming sequences in practical
dialog format – without DIN. The entire knowledge
base of our skilled workers has gone into ShopTurn.
This means that it can be used by anyone – without
a great deal of programming overhead and without
detailed knowledge of CNC.
All programming functions feature graphics-based
support and motion commands are entered in plain
language. Step-by-step programming of your workpiece
couldn’t be easier and you can check your
entries simultaneously on the screen.
SINUMERIK 802D sl – the compact panel CNC
SINUMERIK 840Di sl – the PC-integrated, flexible system
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
1/7

Virtual prototyping –
Bundled expertise – the faster and more efficient route
to perfect machines and optimized workpieces
Mechatronics Support
7 Improving the productivity and accuracy of existing
production machines
7 Virtual implementation of new ideas and feasibility
studies for new machine concepts
Machine Simulator
7 Run in a machine without actually building it
7 Test the interaction of NC and PLC programs
Virtual Production
7 Simulate processing procedures without interrupting
active production
7 Identify and exploit hidden potential in respect of
productivity
Benefits:
7 Shorter development and processing times –
faster time to market
7 Increased development security
7 Creative concepts
7 Only one virtual prototype instead of numerous
actual prototypes
7 Improved quality - increased productivity
1/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

ePS Network Services –
Innovation potential for servicing and maintenance
The objective of ePS Network Services is to increase the
productivity and availability of machines and to optimize
global servicing and maintenance processes.
The services operate on an Internet-based platform.
They support company-wide servicing and support
processes.
To minimize the occurrence of faults, ePS Network
Services provide maintenance departments and
machine manufacturers with services that enable the
status of machines and individual components to be
evaluated cyclically. Parts subject to wear, such as
bearings and guides, are of particular relevance.
Unscheduled downtimes can be significantly reduced.
Test procedures based on standards, such as circularity
or synchronization tests, can be used in this context.
The trend analysis evaluates the test results throughout
the life cycle of a machine.
This ongoing evaluation means that maintenance measures
can be scheduled on a predictive and selective
basis and that inspection and maintenance procedures
can be optimized. On the basis of process or utilization,
the maintenance department can determine which spare
parts will be needed when and where on site.
Benefits
7 Reduced maintenance costs
7 Increased system availability
7 Increased productivity
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
1/9

Motion Control Information System MCIS –
The key to increased productivity
The Motion Control Information System provides a comprehensive
range of powerful software modules for production
machines. These programs optimize the integration of your
machines into your EDP environment.
They also support a wide range of diverse functional areas:
7 Production data management MDA/PMT/PDA
7 CNC program management DNC
7 Tool management TDI
7 Maintenance management TPM
7 Data backup and archiving ADDM
7 Service management RCS
7 Computer link RPC
With the Motion Control Information System MCIS you’ll
increase the productivity and reliability of your machine
tools by means of the perfect integration of the machines
into the process chain.
For your production, this means:
7 Smooth coordination of planning and execution
7 Shorter setup times and enhanced efficiency
7 Reduced machine downtimes
7 Simplified fault analysis
RCS @EVENT
RCS Viewer
RPC SINUMERIK
ADDM Server
TPM Cell
MDA Cell
DNC Cell/Plant
TDI Cell
ADDM Client
RCS Viewer
TDI Ident Connection
RCS Host
RCS @Event
MDA IFC
RPC SINUMERIK
TPM IFC
DNC IFC
TDI Overview/Planning/
TDI Toolhandling/...
ADDM Agent
...
DNC IFC Serial
TPM Machine
MDA Machine
DNC Machine
TDI Machine
1/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SIZER PC tool – Intelligent configuration
of SINUMERIK solution line
and SINAMICS components
The SIZER PC tool facilitates the configuration of the
SINAMICS drive family and SINUMERIK solution line CNC
control. The SIZER assists in the technical dimensioning
of the hardware and software components required for a
drive and control task.
SIZER supports all of the engineering steps in a workflow:
7 Selection of the line supply
7 Motor dimensioning
7 Calculation of the drive components
7 Selection of the line-side and motor-side power options
7 Selection of the CNC control
7 Selection of the operator components
7 Selection of HMI software
7 Selection of the required accessories
When SIZER was being designed, particular importance
was placed on high usability and a universal, function-based
approach to the drive and control task. The extensive
operator guidance makes using the SIZER PC tool easy.
Status information keeps you continually informed of the
progress of the configuration process.
The SIZER user interface is available in English and German.
The drive and control configuration is stored in a project.
The components and functions used are displayed in a
tree structure illustrating their assignment.
The configuration process produces the following results:
7 A parts list of the components required
7 Technical specifications
7 Characteristics
7 Location diagram and dimension drawings
These results are displayed in a results tree and can be
printed out.
User support is provided by technological online help,
which provides the following information:
7 Detailed technical specifications
7 Information about the drives, the CNC control and
associated components
7 Decision-making criteria for the selection of components
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
1/11

The total system
SINUMERIK solution line and SINAMICS – two powerful partners
Our SINUMERIK controls and the SINAMICS drive system are stateof-the-art
systems capable of fulfilling all your needs totally and
enabling you to manufacture your products more flexibly and more
cost-effectively.
Overview of functions
7 SINUMERIK 802D sl
7 SINUMERIK 840Di sl
7 SINUMERIK 840D sl
Operator components for CNC controls
7 Operator panels
7 Handheld units
7 Machine control panels
7 Keyboards
7 Storage devices
7 Housing systems
HMI software for CNC controls
7 Operator control and programming
7 Open Architecture
7 Motion Control Information System
7 Supplementary hardware for HMI
software
7 Tools
7 SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Basic components
7 CNC controls
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl
7 SINUMERIK I/O
7 Supplementary components
2
3
4
5
Catalog NC 61 contains the ordering data for electrical
components for the automation of machine tools and
general positioning units.
To ensure smooth functioning of the total system, use only
original Siemens accessories.
CD-ROM for Catalog NC 61
In the CD-ROM that accompanies Catalog NC 61 · 2005,
you will find further information:
7 Planning and configuration
7 Dimension drawings
7 Glossary
7 Catalog NC 61 · 2005 in PDF format
Synchronous motors
7 1FT6 motors
7 1FK7 motors
7 Gear units
7 1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
7 1FW6 torque motors
7 1FE1 built-in motors
7 2SP1 ECS motor spindles
Asynchronous motors
7 1PH7 motors
7 1PH4 motors
7 1PM4 motors
7 1PM6 motors
7 1PH2 built-in motors
7 Gearboxes
Measuring systems
8
SIMODRIVE sensor
7 Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
• Incremental encoders
• Absolute encoders
7 SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft measuring system
SINAMICS S120 drive system
7 Line Modules
7 Motor Modules
7 DC link components
7 Control Units
7 Encoder connection system
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
7 Power cables
7 Signal cables
7 DRIVE-CLiQ cables
7 MPI bus cables
6
7
9
10
Services
11
7 Mechatronics Support
7 Virtual Production
7 SINUMERIK Machine Simulator
7 Service & Support
7 Retrofit
7 Components for CNC basic and
further training
7 Training/Training equipment
7 Control cabinets
7 Logistics services for our customers
7 Documentation
1/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
2
2/2 SINUMERIK CNC controls
2/2 Export control versions
2/4 Control structure/configuration
2/10 Drives
2/10 Connectable measuring systems
2/12 Axis functions
2/12 Spindle functions
2/14 Interpolations
2/16 Transformations
2/16 Measuring functions/measuring cycles
2/16 Technologies
2/18 Motion-synchronous actions
2/20 Open Architecture
2/20 CNC programming language
2/24 Programming support system
2/26 Simulation
2/28 Operating modes
2/30 Tools
2/34 Communication/
data management
2/36 Production data evaluation
2/38 Operation
2/48 Monitoring functions
2/48 Compensations
2/48 PLC
2/52 Safety functions
2/52 Startup
2/54 Diagnostic functions
2/56 Service and maintenance
2/58 Ordering examples
for SINUMERIK 840DE sl
The function overview lists the
most important functions of
SINUMERIK 802D sl,
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and
SINUMERIK 840D sl.
This allows to access
individual functions quickly and easily.
The designation "E" in the name of the
control stands for "Export" version, i.e.
the control can be exported with the
functions specified in the table.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
CNC controls
Export control versions
2 ■ Overview
As a consequence of the prevailing export restrictions applicable
to the system software of numerical controls in relation to particular
control functions in accordance with the European/German
Export List (export list item 2D002), SINUMERIK 840Di sl
and SINUMERIK 840D sl are available in two versions.
This is applicable to the NCK system software in the case of
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and to the NCU system software in the
case of SINUMERIK 840D sl.
The standard versions SINUMERIK 840Di sl and SINUMERIK
840D sl offer the full scope of control functions, but require official
approval when exported to countries outside the EU.
The export versions SINUMERIK 802D sl, SINUMERIK
840DiE sl and SINUMERIK 840DE sl are limited in their functionality
in accordance with the export list restrictions and therefore
do not require official approval as a result of their "Type" in accordance
with EU or German law.
The approval status for the complete CNC system is correspondingly
dependent on the hardware or software version
used.
General note:
If any particular components require official re-export approval
according to US law, this must be duly filed for. Information about
official approval requirements for supplied components is given
in the delivery documentation: Goods labeled here with "AL not
equal to N" are subject to European or German export authorization
if they are exported out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN
not equal to N" are subject to US re-export authorization. Even if
goods are not labeled or labeled with "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", they
may still be subject to export authorization due to the final destination
and end use of the goods.
Functional restrictions for export versions
Function
Order No.
Linear interpolation n –
SINUMERIK
802D sl plus
SINUMERIK
840DiE sl
1) 1)
SINUMERIK
840DE sl
Helical interpolation 2D+6 n – – –
Synchronized actions n –
n Basic version
Limited functionality of the Export control version
– Not possible
For further details on "restricted functionality" for the Export
versions, see the Glossary on the CD-ROM for Catalog NC 61
or go to:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
2) 2)
SINUMERIK NCK Runtime OA 6FC5800-0AM04-0YB0 – – –
Multi-axis interpolation
(> 4 interpolating axes)
Master-value coupling and curve table
interpolation
6FC5800-0AM15-0YB0 – – –
6FC5800-0AM20-0YB0 –
Electronic gear unit 6FC5800-0AM22-0YB0 –
3) 3)
3) 3)
Milling machining package 6FC5800-0AM26-0YB0 – – –
Machining package 5 axes 6FC5800-0AM30-0YB0 – – –
Handling transformation package 6FC5800-0AM31-0YB0 – – –
Electronic transfer 6FC5800-0AM35-0YB0 –
Synchronized actions level 2 6FC5800-0AM36-0YB0 –
Clearance control, 1D/3D in position control cycle 6FC5800-0AM40-0YB0 –
Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 6FC5800-0AM55-0YB0 –
3) 3)
4) 4)
5) 5)
6) 6)
1) The number of simultaneously interpolating axes is restricted to four.
2) Only one active synchronous function (SYNFCT) is possible at a time. The
number of simultaneously traversing axes is limited to four (path and positioning
axes).
3) The number of simultaneously traversing axes is restricted to four.
4) The number of simultaneously traversing axes is restricted to four
(path and positioning axes).
5) 1D distance control only in the position control cycle, and the number of
simultaneously interpolating axes is restricted to four.
6) The correctable tolerance band is restricted to 1 mm (0.04 in)
2/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
Important export information
Export of standard versions of components or systems can be
subjected to a time-consuming official authorization process, so
it is recommended that the export version is used where applicable.
When the standard versions are used, it is important to note that
the official authorization is also required for the export
of components subject to export approval within the framework
of service provision, the supply of spare parts and delivery of
software upgrades/updates. This also applies in particular in
cases when the control is exported after the machine manufacturer
installed it in a machine tool. The lengthy official approval
procedure can severely restrict after-sales service.
When an application for an export permit for a system is made,
we therefore recommend that spare parts supplies for any components
requiring approval are included in the application as a
matter of course to avoid future delays.
Overview of functions
CNC controls
Export control versions
If the control system is to be exported as an installed component
in a machine tool, we recommend that machine manufacturers
include any components requiring approval in the export permit
application for the machine. If the machine itself does not require
official export approval, but contains components which do, we
recommend that an export permit for the replacement supply of
such components is applied for in advance.
Spare parts supplies requiring official approval can then be exported
quickly and easily by the machine manufacturer himself,
or by Siemens if the manufacturer can make the original export
permit available to Siemens.
2
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/3

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Control structure and configuration
Structure:
• Panel-based
• PC-based
• Drive-based
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• NCU 710.1 6FC5371-0AA10-0AA0 n
• NCU 720.1 6FC5372-0AA00-0AA0 n
• NCU 730.1 6FC5373-0AA00-0AA0 n
• Seal for external heat dissipation
of NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
6FC5348-0AA07-0AA0
n
n
• Numeric Control Extension NX10 6SL3040-0NC00-0AA0 n
• Numeric Control Extension NX15 6SL3040-0NB00-0AA0 n
Software for SINUMERIK NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1:
n
• 4 axes Grinding with HMI-Embedded, export version,
on CF card, with license
• 6 axes with HMI-Embedded, export version
on CF card, with license
• 6 axes with HMI-Embedded,
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with HMI-Embedded, export version
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with HMI-Embedded,
on CF card, with license
• 4G/6/31 axes with HMI-Embedded, export version,
on CD-ROM, without license
• 6/31 axes with HMI-Embedded,
on CD-ROM, without license
• 4G/6/31 axes with HMI-Embedded, export version,
software update service, without license
• 6/31 axes with HMI-Embedded,
software update service, without license
• 6 axes with ShopMill HMI, export version,
on CF card, with license
• 6 axes with ShopMill HMI,
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with ShopMill HMI, export version,
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with ShopMill HMI,
on CF card, with license
• 6/31 axes with ShopMill HMI, export version,
on CD-ROM, without license
• 6/31 axes with ShopMill HMI,
on CD-ROM, without license
6FC5843-0YG..-.YA0
6FC5840-1YG..-.YA0
6FC5840-1XG..-.YA0
6FC5840-3YG..-.YA0
6FC5840-3XG..-.YA0
6FC5840-3YC..-.YA8
6FC5840-3XC..-.YA8
6FC5840-3YP00-0YL8
6FC5840-3XP00-0YL8
6FC5841-1YG..-.YA0
6FC5841-1XG..-.YA0
6FC5841-3YG..-.YA0
6FC5841-3XG..-.YA0
6FC5841-3YC..-.YA8
6FC5841-3XC..-.YA8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n n – – – – –
n – n n – – –
n – – – n n n
n
n – – – v v v v v v
n – – – v v v v v v
n – – – v v v v v v
n
– – – v v v
n
n – – – v v v
n – – – v v v
n
n
– – – v – – n
n
n
– – – – v – n
n
n
– – – – – v n
n
n
– – – – v – n
n
n
– – – – – v n
n
n
– – – v v – n
n
n
– – – – – v n
n
n
– – – v v – n
n
n
– – – – – v n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/5

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
f
functions
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Control structure and configuration (continued)
Software for SINUMERIK NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
(continued):
• 6/31 axes with ShopMill HMI, export version,
software update service, without license
• 6/31 axes with ShopMill HMI,
software update service, without license
• 6 axes with ShopTurn HMI, export version,
on CF card, with license
• 6 axes with ShopTurn HMI,
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with ShopTurn HMI, export version,
on CF card, with license
• 31 axes with ShopTurn HMI,
on CF card, with license
• 6/31 axes with ShopTurn HMI, export version,
on CD-ROM, without license
• 6/31 axes with ShopTurn HMI,
on CD-ROM, without license
• 6/31 axes with ShopTurn HMI, export version,
software update service, without license
• 6/31 axes with ShopTurn HMI,
software update service, without license
SINUMERIK 840Di sl:
• 840Di sl (PCU 50.3-C 1.5 GHz/512 MB + MCI2 board,
Windows XP ProEmbSys)
• 840Di sl (PCU 50.3-P 2.0 GHz/1024 MB + MCI2 board,
Windows XP ProEmbSys)
MCI board extension slot variant
with cable distributor
Software for SINUMERIK 840Di sl:
• 6 axes, export version on hard disk of the
SINUMERIK 840DiE sl, with license
• 6 axes on hard disk of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl,
with license
• 20 axes, export version on hard disk of the
SINUMERIK 840DiE sl, with license
• 20 axes on hard disk of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl,
with license
• 6/20 axes, export version,
software update service, without license
6FC5841-3YP00-0YL8
6FC5841-3XP00-0YL8
6FC5842-1YG..-.YA0
6FC5842-1XG..-.YA0
6FC5842-3YG..-.YA0
6FC5842-3XG..-.YA0
6FC5842-3YC..-.YA8
6FC5842-3XC..-.YA8
6FC5842-3YP00-0YL8
6FC5842-3XP00-0YL8
6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0
6FC5220-0AA33-2AA0
6FC5222-0AA00-0AA1
6FX2006-1BA02
6FC5820-3YP00-0YL8
L11, Q00,
R00
L10, Q00,
R00
L15, Q00,
R00
L14, Q00,
R00
• 6/20 axes, software update service, without license 6FC5820-3XP00-0YL8 n
• 6/20 axes with ShopMill HMI and ShopTurn HMI,
export version, on CD-ROM, without license
6FC5820-3YC..-.YA8
n
n
• 6 axes, export version, license 6FC5820-1YP00-0YB0 n
• 20 axes, export version, license 6FC5820-3YP00-0YB0 n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
– – – – v – n n
n
n
– – – – – v n n
n
n
n
– v v – – – – X X v
n
n
– v v – – – – X X v
n
n
– v v – – –
n
n
n
– v – – – –
n
n
– – v – – –
n
n
– v – – – –
n
n
– – v – – –
n
n
– v – – – – X X
n
n – – v – – – X X
n
– v – – – – X X
n
n – v – – – – X X
n – v – – – – X X
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/7

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Control structure and configuration (continued)
Software for SINUMERIK 840Di sl (continued):
n
• 6/20 axes with ShopMill HMI, ShopTurn HMI,
on CD-ROM, without license
6FC5820-3XC..-.YA8
n
n
• 6 axes, license 6FC5820-1XP00-0YB0 n
• 20 axes, license 6FC5820-3XP00-0YB0 n
SINUMERIK 802D sl:
n
• PCU 210.3 with T/M software, export version 6FC5370-0AA00-2AA0 n
Channels/mode groups
n
(MG):
• Maximum configuration
n
4-axis software
n
6-axis software
n
20/31-axis software
n
NCU 710.1
n
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
n
• Each additional mode group (MG) 6FC5800-0AC00-0YB0 C01 ... C09 n
• Each additional machining channel 6FC5800-0AC10-0YB0 C11 ...C19 n
CNC user memory (backed up)
for programs and data in MB
CNC user memory, expansion
by 2 MB each
n
n
6FC5800-0AD00-0YB0 D01 ... D06 n
n
CNC user memory, maximum configuration 1) For NCU 710.1 max. 9 MB. n
HMI user memory, additional 256 MB
on CF card of the NCU
Axes/spindles or positioning axes/auxiliary spindle:
4-axis software
6-axis software
12/20/31-axis software
• Maximum configuration of axes 1) Display: 3 geometry axes +
2 additional axes + 1 spindle.
2) Display: 3 geometry axes +
NCU 710.1
1 additional axis + 3 spindles.
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
• Maximum configuration of spindles
NCU 710.1
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
• Maximum configuration of axes and spindles
NCU 710.1
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
6FC5800-0AP12-0YB0 P12 n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
– v v – – – X X
n
n – v v – – – X X
n – v v – – – X X
n
n n – – – – –
n
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n 1 10 1 1 10
n – – – 1 1 1
n – 2 2 – 2 2
n – 10 10 – 10 10
n – – – 1 2 2
n – – – 1 10 10
n – v v – v v v – – v
n – v v – v v v – – v
n
n
n
n
n
1
n
1
n
1
– v v v v v
n
3
n 1 5 5 15 1) 15 1) 15 1)
n
– – – v v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
4/1
3/2
– – – n
3
– n
3
– n
5
4/1
3/2
n
3
n
5
n
3
– n
3
– n
5
n
3
– –
n
3
n
5
20 20 31 12 1) 12 2) 31
n – – – 4 6 6
n – – – 4 31 31
n 2 20 20 31 1 3+2C 31
n – – – 4 6 6
n – – – 4 31 31
n
4/1
20 20 31 12 12 31
n
3/2
n – – – 4 6 6
n – – – 4 31 31
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/9

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Control structure and configuration (continued)
Axes/spindles or positioning axes/auxiliary spindle
(continued):
• Configuration per channel, axes
incl. spindles
NCU 710.1
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
Each additional axis/spindle 6FC5800-0AA00-0YB0 A01 ... A26 n
PLC-controlled axis
n
PLC positioning axis via PROFIBUS DP
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Drives
SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules via DRIVE-CLiQ See Drive System. n
SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules via PROFIBUS
and CU320 1) 1) For positioning tasks via the PLC. n
n
SIMODRIVE POSMO A/SI/CD/CA 1) For positioning tasks via the PLC. n
n
■ Connectable measuring systems
Max. number 1)
Built-in absolute/incremental encoder
in 1FT6/1FK7/1PH7 1)
Resolver installed in 1FT6/1FK7/1PH7 1)
Incremental rotary measuring systems with RS 422 (TTL) 1)
Linear scale LMS with sin/cos 1 V pp
1)
Rotary measuring systems with sin/cos 1 V pp
1)
Linear scale LMS with distance-coded
reference marks 1)
Rotary measuring systems with distance-coded reference
marks 1)
Linear scale LMS with EnDat 2.1 1)
Rotary measuring systems with EnDat 2.1 1)
1) Two measuring systems per axis.
2) Second measuring system
available soon.
1) Via SINAMICS Sensor Modules
integrated in motor.
1) Via SINAMICS Sensor Modules
integrated in motor.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC30 Sensor
Modules.
2) For analog axes via ADI 4.
3) For analog spindle,
setpoint via MCPA.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME20
Sensor Modules.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME20
Sensor Modules.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME20
Sensor Modules.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME20
Sensor Modules.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME25
Sensor Modules.
1) Via SINAMICS SMC20/SME25
Sensor Modules.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
4/1
3/2
12 12 12
12
12
1
12
3
12
12
n – – – 4 6 6
n – – – 4 12 12
n – v v v v v
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n n – – n n n
n
n
– n n v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
n
– n 1)
n 1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n 2)
n n n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
n 3)
n 2)
n 2)
n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
n n n n n n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/11

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Axis functions
Feedrate override 0 ... 200%
Feedrate override, axis-specific 0 ... 200%
Traversing range ± 9 decades
Rotary axis, turning endlessly
Velocity, max. 300 m/s (984 ft/s)
Acceleration with jerk limitation
Programmable acceleration
Follow-up mode
Measuring system 1 and 2, selectable
Feedrate interpolation
Separate path feed for corners and chamfers
Travel to fixed stop
Travel to fixed stop with Force Control 6FC5800-0AM01-0YB0 M01 n
Pair of synchronized axes (gantry axes)
Max. number
■ Spindle functions
Analog spindle speed 1) With ADI 4.
2) With MCPA.
6FC5800-0AM02-0YB0 M02 n
n
n
Trailing axes (TRAIL)
Master/slave for drives 6FC5800-0AM03-0YB0 M03 n
Analog axis 1) With ADI 4. n
n
Setpoint exchange 6FC5800-0AM05-0YB0 M05 n
Tangential control 6FC5800-0AM06-0YB0 M06 n
Path switch signals/cam controller: 1) Path switch signals only. 6FC5800-0AM07-0YB0 M07 n
n
• Max. number of pairs
n
Digital spindle speed
Spindle speed, max. programmable value range:
10 6 ... 0.0001 (display: ± 999 999 999.9999)
Spindle override 0 ... 200%
5 gear stages n
Automatic gear stage selection
n
Oriented spindle stop
n
Spindle speed limitation (min./max.)
n
Constant cutting rate
n
Spindle control via PLC (positioning, oscillation)
n
Changeover to axis mode
n
Axis synchronization on-the-fly
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – v v v v v
n
n
– v
3
v
3
– v
3
n – n n n n n
n – – – – v v
n
– n n – – –
n
1) 1)
n – – – v v v
n – v v – v v
n
n
n 1)
v v v v v
n 8 16 16 16 16 16
v
3
n
n
n 2)
n 1)
n 1)
– – –
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/13

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Spindle functions (continued)
Thread run-in and run-out
programmable
Thread cutting with constant or
variable pitch
Tapping with/without compensating chuck
Synchronous spindle/multi-edge turning 6FC5800-0AM14-0YB0 M14 n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Interpolations
Linear interpolating axes
• Maximum
Circle via center point and end point
Circle via interpolation point
Helical interpolation
Universal interpolator NURBS
(non-uniform rational B splines)
Continuous-path mode with programmable
rounding clearance
Multi-axis interpolation
(> 4 interpolating axes)
Spline interpolation (A, B and C splines/compressor)
for 3-axis machining
Spline interpolation (A, B and C splines/compressor)
for 5-axis machining
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM15-0YB0 M15 n
n
6FC5800-0AM16-0YB0 M16 n
n
6FC5800-0AM17-0YB0 M17 n
n
Polynomial interpolation 6FC5800-0AM18-0YB0 M18 n
Master-value coupling and curve table interpolation
1) With restricted functionality, see 6FC5800-0AM20-0YB0 M20 n
Export control versions.
n
Involute interpolation 6FC5800-0AM21-0YB0 M21 n
Electronic gear
Axial coupling in the machine coordinate system
(MCS coupling)
Continue machining at the contour
(retrace support)
1) With restricted functionality, see
Export control versions.
6FC5800-0AM22-0YB0 M22 n
n
6FC5800-0AM23-0YB0 M23 n
n
6FC5800-0AM24-0YB0 M24 n
n
n
2/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n – v v v v v
n
n
n
4
n
4
n 4 4 12 2 4 12
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n 2D+2 2D+2 2D+6 – 2D+2 2D+6
n
– n n n n n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
– – v – – v
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
– v v – v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
n
– v
1)
v v
1)
v
1)
v
n – v v v v v
n
n
– v
1)
v v
1)
v
1)
v
n
– – v – – v
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
4
n
2
n
4
n
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/15

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Transformations
Cartesian point-to-point (PTP) travel
TRANSMIT/peripheral surface transformation 6FC5800-0AM27-0YB0 M27 n
Inclined axis 6FC5800-0AM28-0YB0 M28 n
Concatenated transformations
(inclined axis TRAANG to TRAORI/
universal milling head/TRANSMIT/TRACYL)
Handling transformation package 6FC5800-0AM31-0YB0 M31 n
n
Generic transformation
1) With 3-axis and 4-axis
transformation.
Transformation for pantograph kinematics, 2 axes 6FC5800-0AM51-0YB0 M51 n
3-axis PARACOP transformation for parallel kinematics
(Channel 1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM44-0YB0 M44 n
n
Transformation TRICEPT, 5 axes, basis 6FC5800-0AM46-0YB0 M46 n
Transformation TRICEPT, 5 axes, DMS 6FC5800-0AM47-0YB0 M47 n
Transformation TRICEPT, 5 axes, 6th axis 6FC5800-0AM66-0YB0 M66 n
HEXAPOD transformation, 6 axes 6FC5800-0AM71-0YB0 M71 n
■ Measuring functions/measuring cycles
Measuring Stage 1
2 probes (switching)
with/without deletion of distance-to-go
Measuring Stage 2
Logging the measurement results, measurement functions
from synchronized actions, cyclic measurement
Measuring cycles for drilling/milling and turning
Calibration of workpiece probe, workpiece measurement,
tool measuring
See HMI software.
1) 1 probe.
2) Precondition:
MCI board extension.
1) Precondition:
MCI board extension.
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM32-0YB0 M32 n
n
n
1) Partially. 6FC5800-0AP28-0YB0 P28 n
n
n
■ Technologies
Punching/nibbling 6FC5800-0AM33-0YB0 M33 n
Oscillation functions
block-related, modal and asynchronous
More than one feed in block, e.g. for calipers
Handwheel override
Contour handwheel
Electronic transfer
Machining package 5 axes
Contains the option "Multi-axis interpolation".
Milling machining package
Contains the options: Machining package 5 axes,
multi-axis interpolation, spline interpolation
(A, B and C splines/compressor for 5-axis machining
and 3D tool radius compensation).
1) With restricted functionality, see
Export control versions.
6FC5800-0AM34-0YB0 M34 n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM35-0YB0 M35 n
n
6FC5800-0AM30-0YB0 M30 n
n
6FC5800-0AM26-0YB0 M26 n
n
n
n
n
n
2/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n – n n n n n
n n v v – v v
n – v v v v v
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n
– – v – – v
n
n
– n n – n n
n
1) 1)
n – v v – v v
n
– v v – v v
n
n – v v – v v
n – v v – v v
n – v v – v v
n – v v – v v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n 1)
n 2)
n 2)
n n n
– v
1)
v
1)
v v v
n 1)
v v – v v v n 1)
n 1)
v
n – v v – – –
n
– v v n v v
n
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
n
– v
1)
v – v
1)
v
n
– – v – – v
n
n
n
n
n
n
– – v – – v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/17

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Motion-synchronous actions
High-speed CNC inputs/outputs
n
• Digital inputs (on-board)
1) Precondition:
n
MCI board extension.
n
• Digital inputs or outputs on-board
1) Precondition:
n
MCI board extension.
n
• Expansion via SIMATIC S7 I/O
32 digital inputs/32 digital outputs
4 analog inputs/4 analog outputs
n
n
n
Synchronized actions (max. 16) and high-speed
1) With restricted functionality, see
n
auxiliary function output incl. 3 synchronous functions
Export control versions.
n
Synchronized actions Stage 2
1) With restricted functionality, see 6FC5800-0AM36-0YB0 M36 n
Export control versions.
n
Positioning axes and spindles via synchronized actions
(command axes)
n
n
Analog value control in the interpolation cycle
1) Precondition: SIMATIC DP ET 200
n
(precondition: analog output)
analog module.
n
Analog output, dependent on path velocity
1) Precondition: SIMATIC DP ET 200 6FC5800-0AM37-0YB0 M37 n
Laser power control
analog module.
n
Laser switching signal, high-speed 6FC5800-0AM38-0YB0 M38 n
Clearance control
n
• 1D in interpolation cycle via synchronized action
n
• 1D/3D clearance control in position control cycle
(including in interpolation cycle)
• 1D/3D clearance control in position control cycle
(any direction)
Evaluation of internal drive variables
(precondition for Adaptive Control)
Continuous dressing (parallel dressing,
online modification of tool offset)
Asynchronous subroutines ASUB: 1)
1) With restricted functionality, see
Export control versions.
1) High-speed CNC inputs/outputs
required.
6FC5800-0AM40-0YB0 M40 n
n
6FC5800-0AM65-0YB0 M65 n
n
6FC5800-0AM41-0YB0 M41 n
n
n
n
n
n
• Interrupt routines with fast retraction from the contour 6FC5800-0AM42-0YB0 M42 n
Cross-mode actions
(ASUBs and synchronized actions in all operating modes)
6FC5800-0AM43-0YB0 M43 n
n
n
2/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
– 4 4 4 4 4
n
1) 1)
n
– 4 4 4 4 4
n
1) 1)
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
1) 1) 1)
n
n
– v
1)
v v
1)
v
1)
v
n
– n n n n n
n
n
– n n – – –
n
1) 1)
n
n
– v
1)
v
1)
– – –
n – v v – v v
n
n – n n n n n
n
n
– v
1)
v – v
1)
v
n
– v v – v v
n
n
– – – v v v
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n – v v – – –
n
n
– v v v v v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/19

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Open Architecture
User interface expansion
• Spare screens
SINUMERIK HMI programming package
(OEM contract required)
SINUMERIK HMI configuring package WinCC flexible
(OEM contract required)
SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA
and user interface expansion from 21st screen onwards
1) For user interface
expansion only.
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG0
6FC5253-. BX20-. AG0
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG1
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG2
6FC5253-. BX20-. AG3
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG0
6FC5253-. CX25-. AG0
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG1
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG2
6FC5253-. CX25-. AG3
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AP02-0YB0 P02 n
n
SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE 6FC5800-0AP03-0YB0 P03 n
OA package NCK (OEM contract required) See Basic Components. n
SINUMERIK NCK Runtime OA
See Basic Components.
1) On request.
6FC5800-0AM04-0YB0 M04 n
n
■ CNC programming language
Programming language
(DIN 66025 and high-level language expansion)
Main program calls from main programs and
subroutines
Subroutine levels/interrupt routines,
max.
Number of subroutine passes ≤ 9999
Number of levels for skip blocks (/0 to /...)
Polar coordinates
1/2/3-point contours
Dimensions metric/inch,
changeover manually or via program
Inverse-time feedrate
Auxiliary function output
• Via M word, max. programmable value range:
INT 2 31 -1
• Via H word, max. programmable value range:
REAL ±3.4028 ex 38 (display: ±999 999 999.9999)
INT -2 31 ... 2 31 -1
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X X X X n
20
– X X X X X – – – v
– x x x x x – – – v
– x x x x x v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
n – x x x x x
n – – – – – v
n
n
– – v
1)
– – v
n
20
n
20
n
20
n
n n n n n n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
n
8/0 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4
n
n n n n n n n
n 1 8 8 8 8 8
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/21

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ CNC programming language (continued)
High-level CNC language with:
• User variables, configurable
• Predefined user variables
(arithmetic parameters)
• Predefined user variables
(arithmetic parameters), configurable
• Read/write system variables 1) Restricted scope. n
n
• Indirect programming
n
• Program jumps and branches
n
• Program coordination with WAIT, START, INIT
n
• Arithmetic and trigonometric functions
n
• Comparing operations and logic combinations
n
• Macro techniques
n
• Control structures IF-ELSE-ENDIF
n
• Control structures WHILE, FOR, REPEAT, LOOP
n
• Commands to HMI
n
• STRING functions
n
Program functions:
n
• Dynamic preprocessing memory (FIFO)
n
• LookAhead
n
• Frame concept
n
• Inclined-surface machining with frames
n
• Axis/spindle replacement
n
• Geometry axes, switchable online in the CNC program
n
n
• Program preprocessing 6FC5800-0AM00-0YB0 M00 n
Online ISO dialect interpreter
n
Program/workpiece management:
n
• Parts programs on NCU, max. number 1)
• Workpieces on NCU, max. number
• Workpieces on hard disk, max. number 1)
• on an additional 256 MB HMI user memory
on CF card of the NCU 1)
• on additional plug-in CF card
• on integral hard disk in PCU 50.3
1) In total, up to
512 files
per directory.
1) In total, up to
256 directories.
1) In total, up to
100,000 user files.
1) In total, up to
100,000 user files
and directories.
1) On the front.
2) With PCU 50.3.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n – n n n n n
n
n n n n n n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
1)
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n – X X x x x n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
– n n n n n
n
n – v v v v v
n n n n n n n
n
n
99 500 500 500 500 500
n
n
n
– 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
n
n
– 1000 1000 v v v 1000 1000 1000
n
n
– – – v v v
n
n
n
n
n 1)
X
2)
X
2)
X
2)
X
2)
X
2)
n – n n x x x – n n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/23

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ CNC programming language (continued)
Program/workpiece management (continued):
• on USB storage medium
(e.g. disk drive, memory stick)
• on network drive
• Templates for workpieces, programs
and INI files
• Job lists
Max. number of basic frames
Max. number of selectable offsets
Zero offsets, programmable
(frames)
Scratching, determining zero offset
Zero offsets, external (PLC)
Global and local user data
Global program user data
Display system variables (also via online configurable display)
and log them
1) Precondition:
Network drive management.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Programming support system
Program editor:
n
• Text editor with editing functions:
n
Marking, copying, deleting
n
• Dual editor
n
• Write protection for lines
n
• Suppression of lines in the display
n
• Machining step programming 6FC5800-0AP04-0YB0 P04 n
• Multi-channel step sequence programming 6FC5800-0AP05-0YB0 P05 n
Programming support for geometry entries:
n
• Geometry processor with programming graphics/
free contour input (contour calculator)
• Screens for 1/2/3-point contours
(contour definition programming)
Technology cycles for drilling/milling
and turning
Pocket milling with free contour definition
and islands
Residual material detection and machining
for contour pockets and during cutting
Multiple clamping of different
workpieces
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AP13-0YB0 P13 n
n
6FC5800-0AP14-0YB0 P14 n
n
n
2/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
– v v v v v n n n n
n
n
n
– x x v v v v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
– X X x x x – – – n
n
n – X X x x x – – – n
n 1 X X 16 16 16 16 1 1 16
n 6 X X 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
n
– n n n n n
n
n n X X x x x n n n n
n – n n n n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n n n n
n
n
– X X x x x – – – n
n
n
n n n x x x n n n n
n
n – X X x x x n – – n
n – X X x x x n n n n
n – X X x x x n n n n
n – x x – x x – v v –
n – X X – x x – – – v
n
n
– X X x x x n n n n
n
n
n X X x x x n n n n
n
n
n X X x x x n n n n
n
n
– X X x x x – n n –
n
n
– x x x x x – v v –
n
n
n
– x x x x x v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/25

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Programming support system (continued)
Access protection for cycles
n
Programming support for cycles:
n
• Screens and stationary auxiliary displays
n
• Dynamic program graphics during
n
programming
n
• Programming support is expandable
1) On request.
n
(e.g. user cycles)
2) With "Expand user interface", see
n
HMI/MMC startup guide.
n
n
Programming and operator support for machines:
n
• ShopTurn HMI
n
• Manual machine (ShopTurn manual) 6FC5800-0AP11-0YB0 P11 n
• ShopMill HMI
n
CAD reader for PC
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG0
n
6FC5260- .AY00- .AG0
n
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG1
n
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG2
n
6FC5260- .AY00- .AG8
n
n
■ Simulation
Up to n channels can be simulated sequentially
n
Several channels and programs can machine the same blank
n
part in succession
n
Simulation of program X,
n
while program Y is being executed
n
Quickview for shaping programs
n
Drilling/milling
n
(tool carrier vertical to the workpiece):
n
• Single-sided 2D view, dynamic
n
• Milling simulation
6FC5800-0AP21-0YB0 P21 n
Multi-sided 2D dynamic; 3D static
n
• Simultaneous recording
6FC5800-0AP23-0YB0 P23 n
Real-time simulation of current machining
n
Turning (tool carrier vertical to the workpiece):
n
• Traverse path simulation without model,
n
broken-line graphics
n
• Contour of blank part can be specified
n
• Simulation in working plane G18
n
• Simulation in working planes G17/G19
n
• Full cut/partial cut with circumferential edges, front face and
n
peripheral surfaces, milling and drilling operations
n
• Counterspindle
n
• 3D simulation of the finished part 6FC5800-0AP20-0YB0 P20 n
• Simultaneous recording
Real-time simulation of current machining
6FC5800-0AP24-0YB0 P24 n
n
n
2/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n n X X x x x n n n n
n
– x x x x x – n n –
n
1)
n
n
X X x x x n 2)
n 2)
n 2)
n 2)
n
n
n
n – x x – x x
n – x x – x x
n – x x – x x
n
n
n
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n – 2 2 1 10 10 1 1 1 10
n
– X X – x x – – – n
n
n
– X X x x x – – – n
n
n – x x x x x – n – n
n
n
n n – – – – – – – – –
n
– X X x x x v n – n
n
n
– x x x x x – v v –
n
n
n
n X X x x x n – – n
n
n – X X x x x – – n n
n – X X x x x n – n n
n – X X x x x – – n n
n
– X X x x x – – n n
n
n – X X x x x – – n n
n – x x x x x – – v –
n
n
– x x x x x n v v –
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/27

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operating modes
JOG:
• Handwheel selection
• Inch/metric changeover
• Manual measurement of zero offset
• Manual measurement of tool offset
• Automatic tool/workpiece measurement
• Reference point approach, automatic/
via CNC program
MDA:
• Input in text editor
• Save MDA program
• Input screen forms for technology and positioning,
cycle support
1) Tool measuring only.
2) Precondition: Measuring cycles.
Teach In: 1) Available soon. n
n
• Teach positions in MDA buffer 1) In automatic mode. n
n
• Teach In function handling
n
Automatic:
n
• Execution of HMI memory
on CF card of the NCU
• Data on memory medium to
rear USB of the TCU/PCU
(e.g. disk drive, memory stick)
• Execution from network drive
1) Precondition:
256 MB additional
HMI user memory
on CF card of the NCU.
2) External CF card.
1) Precondition: Network drive
management.
• Execution from hard disk 1) With PCU 50.3. n
n
• Program control
n
•Program editing
n
• Overstoring
n
• DRF offset
n
• Block search with/without calculation
n
Repos (repositioning on the contour)
n
• With operator command/semi-automatically
n
• Program-controlled
n
Preset
n
Set actual value
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n n n n n n n n n
n n X X n n n n – – n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n n X X x x x n n n n
n n x x x x x – n n –
n
n
n 1)
X X X X X – n n v
2)
n
n n n n n n n n n n
n
n n X X n n n n n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n n X X n n n n – – n
n
– X X n n n – n n –
n
n
n
n 1)
X X n n n n – – n
n
n
n 1)
X X n n n n – – n
n – – – n n n n – – n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n
n 2)
n n v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
n
n
n
– X X n n n n n n n
n
n
n
n
– X X v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v v v
1)
n
– X X x x x – n n n
n
1) 1)
n n X X n n n n n n n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n n n n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n n n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/29

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Tools
Tool types:
• Turning
• Drilling/milling
•Grinding
• Groove sawing
Tool radius compensations in plane:
• With approach and retract strategies
• With transition circle/ellipse on outer edges
n
Configurable intermediate blocks with active
tool radius compensation
n
n
3D tool radius compensation 6FC5800-0AM48-0YB0 M48 n
Tool change via T number
n
Tool carrier with orientation capability
n
Look-ahead detection of
contour violations
Grinding-specific tool offset
with grinding wheel surface speed
Tool orientation interpolation 1)
Online tool length compensation
Operation without tool management:
• Tool offset selection via D number without
T assignment (flat D number)
• Editing of tool data
• Tool offset selection via
T and D numbers
• Number of tools/cutting edges
in tool list
1) Precondition:
Machining package 5 axes.
Operation with tool management: 6FC5800-0AM50-0YB0 M50 n
• System displays in standard software
n
• Easy startup via
system displays
•Tool list
1) Precondition: PCU 50.3. n
n
n
• Configurable tool lists 1) One configured list is possible. n
n
• Number of tools/cutting edges
in tool list
• Unambiguous D number structure
• Tool offset selection via
T or D number
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n n X X – n n n – n n
n n X X – n n n n n n
n – X X n n n n – – n
n – X X – n n n – – n
n
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
– n n n n n
n
n – v v – v v n n – n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n n n – n
n
n n n n n n
n
n
– n n n n n n – – n
n
n
– – n – – n
n
n – – – n n n
n n X X n n n n – – n
n
– X X n n n n – – n
n
n n X X n n n n – – n
n
n n n n n n n – – n
n
n
64 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/
– –
n
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
n
X X
n – X X v v v v n n v
n – X X v v v v n n v
n
n
– X X v v v – n 1)
n 1)
v
n – v v v v v v n n v
n
n
– v v v v v – n 1)
n 1)
v
n
n
n
– 600/
1500
X
600/
1500
X
600/
1500
n – X X v v v – – – v
n
n
– n n n n n n n n n
n
600/
1500
600/
1500
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/31

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Tools (continued)
Operation with tool management (continued):
• Editing of tool data
• Editing of OA data 1) In configured list. n
n
• Magazine list
n
• Configurable magazine list
n
• More than one magazine is possible
n
• Magazine data
n
• Vacant position search and positioning
n
• Easy vacant position search using softkeys
n
• Loading and unloading of tools
n
• More than one loading and unloading point per magazine
n
• Tool cabinet and tool catalog
n
• Loading and unloading via code carrier system
n
• Adapter data
n
• Local offsets
n
Monitoring of tool life and workpiece count
n
TDI – Tool management functions
for individual machines and
networked machines:
•TDI IFC
Tool management, version with network capability
• TDI Overview
Overview of actual tool data, local version
• TDI Toolhandling
Tool handling, local version
• TDI Planning
Tool planning, local version
• TDI Machine
Tool management, local version
• TDI Toolplan Generation
Tool plan creation, local version
• TDI Statistic
Tool statistics, local version
See MCIS software.
On request.
6FC5800-0AP34-0YB0
6FC6000-2EC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2EC0. - . AA8
6FC5800-0AP35-0YB0
6FC6000-2FC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2FC0. - . AA8
6FC5800-0AP36-0YB0
6FC6000-2GC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2GC0. - . AA8
6FC5800-0AP37-0YB0
6FC6000-2AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2AC0. - . AA8
6FC5800-0AP38-0YB0
6FC6000-2JC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2JC0. - . AA8
6FC6000-2KC00-0AB0
6FC6000-2KC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2KC0. - . AA0
P34
P35
P36
P37
P38
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n – X X v v v v n n v
n
n
– X X v v v v n 1)
n 1)
v
n – X X v v v v n n v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
n – X X v v v v n n v
n – X X v v v v n n v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – X X v v v v n n v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n – X X v v v – – – v
n n X X v v v v n n v
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/33

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Tools (continued)
TDI – Tool management functions
for individual machines and
networked machines (continued):
• TDI Cell
• TDI Ident Connection
Connection of tool identification systems
Connection of tool identification system
MOBY E
6FC6000-2BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-2BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2BC0. - . AA0
6FC6000-2HF00-0AB0
6FC6000-2HC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2HC0. - . AA0
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Communication/data management
Data storage in HMI user memory
on CF card of the NCU
Data on memory medium to
rear USB of the TCU/PCU
(e.g. disk drive, memory stick)
Data on memory medium to
front USB of the OP
(e.g. memory stick)
See Basic Components
1) On external CF card.
1) Two plant HMIs can be
accessed per plant network.
1) One is possible per OP. n
n
n
n
Managing of up to 4 additional network drives:
• via Ethernet 6FC5800-0AP01-0YB0 P01 n
• via USB
n
• CF card of the PCU
n
Serial interface RS 232 C
n
I/O interfacing via PROFIBUS DP
n
Data backup on hard disk 1) On PCU 50.3. n
n
Data backup with Ghost (Backup/Restore)
on hard disk/network
Data backup for NCU CF card (Backup/Restore)
on memory stick or network
1) On PCU 50.3. n
n
1) Network only. n
n
DNC – Direct Numeric Control: See MCIS software. n
• DNC machine
P40
CNC program transfer
• DNC IFC
CNC program transfer
over network
• DNC Compare
CNC program comparison
• DNC IFC Dialog
Option for serial CNC
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP40-0YB0
6FC6000-0AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-0AC0. - . AA8
6FC6000-0AC0. - . AE0
6FC6000-0AC00-0AT7
6FC6000-0AC0. - . AT7
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP41-0YB0 P41 n
n
n
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC6000-0HF00-0AB0 n
n
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC6000-0GF00-0AB0 n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v v v
– X X x x x – v v v
– v v v v v
n
n
n 1)
– – v v v v v v v
n
n
– X X n n n n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n
n
n
– X X n n n n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n
n
n – X X x x x v v v v
n – X X x x x n n n n
n – X X x x x n n n n
n n – – – – – – – – –
n n n n n n n
n
n
– X X x x x – n 1)
n 1)
n
n
n
– n n x x x – n 1)
n 1)
n
n
– – – n n n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/35

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Communication/data management (continued)
DNC – Direct Numeric Control (continued):
• DNC IFC Serial
Connection for for serial CNC
• DNC IFC Filesystem
Connection for CNC with file system
• DNC Cell
CNC program archiving
• DNC Plant
CNC program archiving
• DNC HMI
Additional PC user interface
n
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC6000-0FF00-0AB0 n
n
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC6000-0KF00-0AB0 n
n
6FC6000-0BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-0BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-0BC0. - . AA0
6FC6000-0BC0. - . AE0
6FC6000-0CF00-0AB0
6FC6000-0CC00-0AA0
6FC6000-0CC0. - . AA0
6FC6000-0DF00-0AB0
RPC SINUMERIK: See MCIS software. n
• RPC SINUMERIK
Data exchange between
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP50-0YB0
6FC6000-7AC00-0AA8
P50
n
n
CNC and master computer (computer link)
6FC6000-7AC0. - . AA8
n
6FC6000-7AC0. - . AE0
n
ADM – Automation Data Management: See MCIS software. n
• ADDM – Data Management
Data management system
Precondition: SIMATIC STEP 7
6BQ3030-1AA00-3AB0
6BQ3030-1AA10-0AB0
6BQ3030-1AA20-1AB0
6BQ3030-1AA30-3AB0
6BQ3030-1AA70-3AB0
6BQ3030-3AA00-0AA0
6BQ3030-1AB00-8AB0
6BQ3030-1AB10-8AB0
6BQ3030-3AA10-0AA0
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Production data evaluation
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
(Machine and production data acquisition):
• MDA Machine
Production data acquisition, local version
• MDA IFC (interface client)
Production data acquisition, version with network capability
•MDA Cell
Machine and production data evaluation
PMT IFC
Parts tracking, version with network capability
PDA IFC
Production data management,
version with network capability
See MCIS software.
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP42-0YB0
6FC6000-3AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-3AC0. - . AA8
6FC6000-3AC0. - . AE0
6FC6000-3AC00-0AT7
6FC6000-3AC0. - . AT7
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP43-0YB0 P43 n
n
6FC6000-3BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-3BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-3BC0. - . AA0
6FC6000-3BC0. - . AE0
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP44-0YB0 P44 n
n
1) On PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP45-0YB0 P45 n
n
n
n
P42
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/36 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– v v v v v
– v v v v v
– v v v v v
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– v v v v v – – – –
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/37

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operation
Operator panels:
• SINUMERIK 802D sl, 10.4" color
Operator panel fronts:
• OP 015, 15" color 6FC5203-0AF03-0AA0 n
• OP 015A, 15" color 6FC5203-0AF05-0AA0 n
• TP 015A, 15" color, touch 6FC5203-0AF08-0AA0 n
• OP 012, 12.1" color 6FC5203-0AF02-0AA1 n
• OP 010, 10.4" color 6FC5203-0AF00-0AA1 n
• OP 010C, 10.4" color 6FC5203-0AF01-0AA0 n
• OP 010S, 10.4" color 6FC5203-0AF04-0AA0 n
Thin Client Unit for operator panel fronts:
•TCU 6FC5312-0DA00-0AA0 n
Operator panel fronts with integrated TCU:
• OP 012T, 12.1" color 6FC5203-0AF06-1AA0 n
Additional components for Thin Client:
• SCALANCE X108 switch 6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3 n
Industrial PC for operator panel fronts:
n
• PCU 50.3 - C
1.5 GHz/512 MB, Windows XP ProEmbSys
6FC5210-0DF31-2AA0
n
n
• PCU 50.3 - P
2.0 GHz/1024 MB, Windows XP ProEmbSys
6FC5210-0DF33-2AA0
n
n
• Memory expansion 512 MB for PCU 50.3 6ES7648-2AG30-0GA0 n
• Memory expansion 1024 MB for PCU 50.3 6ES7648-2AG40-0GA0 n
Software for: See HMI software. n
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 for machine operation
with HMI Startup
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 for machine operation
with HMI-Advanced 1)
• PC for machine operation
with HMI-Advanced
1) HMI software for PC/PG can be
ordered separately.
2) For SINUMERIK 840Di sl only.
6FC5253-7BX10-. AF0
6FC5253-0BX10-0AF0
6FC5253-7BX10-. AG0
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG0
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG1
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG2
6FC5253-7BX10-. AG3
6FC5253-7BX40-. AG0
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG0
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG1
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG2
6FC5253-7BX40-. AG3
L00 2)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/38 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n n – – – – – – – – –
n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
n
– n n v v v
n
n
– n n v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
n
– n n – – –
n
n
– v v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– v v v v v v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/39

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operation (continued)
Software for: (continued)
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 for machine operation
with ShopMill HMI 1)
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 for machine operation
with ShopTurn HMI 1)
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 for machine operation
with ShopMill HMI or ShopTurn HMI 1)
Mounting hardware for PCU/TCU:
• Mounting bracket for PCU/TCU
behind operator panel front
• Upright mounting bracket for PCU
in control cabinet
• Horizontal mounting bracket for PCU
in control cabinet
Connection for:
• Standard monitor (DVI), VGA via
ext. adapter for PCU 50.3
• SIMATIC OP 177B 1)
• SIMATIC OP 170B/TP 170B and OP 270/TP 270
with 6"/10" display 1)
• SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 and MP 270B/MP 370
with keys/touch 1)
Software for:
• SIMATIC OP 177B operator panel
for loading and unloading of tools
Control unit management:
Identical display on all OPs with TCU
• Simultaneous operation interlock
• Activate/deactivate MCP
• Different resolutions (e.g. OP 010/OP 012) 1)
1) Data carrier only, no license
required.
2) Precondition: NCU software
with ShopMill HMI.
1) Data carrier only, no license
required.
2) Precondition: NCU software
with ShopTurn HMI.
1) Data carrier only, no license
required.
1) WinCC flexible is
required for OA
applications.
1) WinCC flexible is
required for OA
applications.
1) WinCC flexible is
required for OA
applications.
1) Minimal reduction in quality of
display clarity on the
smaller OP.
6FC5841-3YC .. - . YA8
6FC5841-3XC .. - . YA8
6FC5842-3YC .. - . YA8
6FC5842-3XC .. - . YA8
6FC5820-3YC .. - . YA8
6FC5820-3XC .. - . YA8
6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0
6FC5248-0AF20-1AA0
6FC5248-0AF20-0AA0
6FC5868-0YM .. - . YA0
6FC5868-0YC .. - . YA8
6FC5868-0YP00-0YB0
6FC5868-0YP00-0YL8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/40 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
– – – – X
2)
X
2)
n
n
n
n
– – – – X
2)
X
2)
n
n
n
– X X – – –
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
n – n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/41

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operation (continued)
Control unit management (continued):
n
Identical display on all OPs with TCU (continued)
n
• Up to 2 operator panel fronts, each with one TCU
n
on one NCU 710.1
n
• Up to 4 operator panel fronts, each with one TCU
n
on one NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
n
• Up to 4 operator panel fronts, each with one TCU
1) Some specified
n
on one PCU 50.3 and 1 additional operator panel front
configurations
n
(see SINUMERIK 840Di sl
directly on the PCU 50.3
documentation).
n
n
One or more TCUs selectable via
n
several NCUs and PCUs
n
One HMI-Advanced selectable via
n
several NCUs
n
One integrated HMI and an external HMI-Advanced
n
simultaneously on one NCU
n
Handheld units:
n
• MPI-B handheld unit
6FX2007-1AE04
n
with coiled connecting cable
n
• MPI-B handheld unit
6FX2007-1AE14
n
with straight cable
n
- Distributor box 6FX2006-1BH01 n
- Handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS 1) 1) Not required for handwheel 6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0
n
connection via
n
machine control panel.
n
• Mini handheld unit
with coiled connecting cable
• Mini handheld unit
with straight cable
6FX2007-1AD01
6FX2007-1AD11
- Connection kit for mini handheld unit 6FX2006-1BG00 n
- Handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS 1) 1) Not required for handwheel 6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0
n
connection via
n
machine control panel.
n
Machine control panels:
n
•MCP 6FC5603-0AD00-0AA2 n
• MCP 802D sl 6FC5303-0AF30-1AA0 n
- MCPA module
for MCP 802D sl connection and with ±10 V interface
6FC5312-0DA01-0AA0
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/42 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
– – – n n n
n
n
– – – n n n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
1) 1)
n
n
n
– n n n n n
n
1) 1)
n
– – – n n n
n
n
– – – n n n
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
v v v v v v
n
n
v v v v v v
n
n v v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n v – – – – –
n v – – – – –
n
n
v – – – – –
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/43

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operation (continued)
Machine control panels (continued):
• MCP 310 6FC5203-0AF23-1AA0 n
- 22 mm (0.87 in) actuating element, mushroom pushbutton,
latching, red
3SB3000-1HA20
n
n
- Contact block 3SB3400-0A n
- Cable set for additional control devices 6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0 n
- Spindle/rapid traverse override rotary switch,
1x 16G, T=24, cap, button, pointer,
dials for spindle and rapid traverse
• MCP 483C IE
- Cable set for additional control devices
• MCP 483
- Cable set for additional control devices
Pushbutton panel
with machine control panel functions:
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
6FC5303-0AF22-0AA0
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
• MPP 483 6FC5303-1AF00-0AA0 n
• MPP 483H for handheld unit 6FC5303-1AF00-1AA0 n
• MPP 483A without override 6FC5303-1AF01-0AA0 n
Direct key module
• Mounting kit for direct key module
Connection for:
• Electronic handwheels
Handwheels:
1) Precondition:
MCI board extension.
2) Third handwheel can be operated as
a contour handwheel.
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
• with 120 mm x 120 mm (4.72 in x 4.72 in) front panel, 5 V DC 6FC9320-5DB01 n
• with 76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3 in x 3 in) front panel, 5 V DC 6FC9320-5DC01 n
• with 76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3 in x 3 in) front panel, 24 V DC, HTL 6FC9320-5DH01 n
• without front panel, without setting wheel, 5 V DC 6FC9320-5DF01 n
• without front panel, with setting wheel, 5 V DC 6FC9320-5DM00 n
• portable within housing with 2 m (6.56 ft) connecting cable,
5 V DC
6FC9320-5DE01
n
n
- Flange socket for portable handwheel 6FC9341-1AQ n
- Handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS 1) 1) Not required for handwheel
connection via
machine control panel.
- Cable distributor 1) 1) Not required for handwheel
connection via
machine control panel.
6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0
6FX2006-1BA02
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/44 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2 2 2 2/3 2/3 2/3
1) 1) 2) 2) 2)
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n
v v v v v v
n
n v v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
n
– v v – – –
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/45

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Operation (continued)
Keyboards:
• Full CNC keyboard, vertical format 6FC5303-0DT12-1AA0 n
n
• Full CNC keyboard, horizontal format 6FC5303-0DM13-1AA0 n
n
• KB 483C 6FC5203-0AF20-0AA1 n
• KB 310C 6FC5203-0AF21-0AA1 n
• KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard 6FC5203-0AC01-2AA0 n
n
- Keyboard tray for standard PC keyboards 6FC5247-0AA40-0AA0 n
Memory/storage devices:
n
• 3.5" disk drive/1.44 MB
with USB connection
6FC5235-0AA05-1AA2
• CompactFlash Card 512 MB 1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0 n
n
•USB memory stick 512 MB 6ES7648-0DC20-0AA0 n
Plain text display of user variables
n
Multi-channel display
n
2D representation of 3D protection areas/
work areas
Actual-value system for workpiece (grinding)
Menu selection via the PLC 1)
CNC program messages
Online help for programming,
alarms and machine data (expandable)
Screen blanking
Access protection, 8 levels
Operating software languages:
Operating software languages HMI-Advanced,
HMI-Embedded, ShopMill, ShopTurn
on CD-ROM
• 2 languages switchable online
• English, French, German, Italian, Simplified Chinese,
Spanish
• Additional languages (e.g. Czech, Danish, Dutch,
Finnish, Hungarian, Japanese, Korean, Polish,
Rumanian, Russian, Swedish, Traditional Chinese,
Turkish)
1) Not for two simultaneously
active HMIs.
1) With PCU 50.3. n
n
n
n
n
6FC5253-7BX10-. XG8
n
n
n
n
1) Available software versions
on request.
1) Available software versions
on request.
2) Included on HMI Additional
languages CD-ROM;
available SW versions
on request.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AN00-0YB0 N00 n
n
n
n
n
n
• Maximum configuration for installed languages 1) Without limitation. n
• Other languages 1) On request. n
n
2/46 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
v – – – – –
n
n
v – – – – –
n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n – v v v v v
n
n
– v v v v v v v v v
n
n
n
v v v n n n n v
1)
v
1)
v
n – v v v v v v v v v
n – X X n n n n n n n
n – X X X X X – – – n
n
– X X n n n n – – n
n
n – n n n n n n – – n
n
– X X x x x n n n n
n
n n X X n n n n n n n
n
n
n X X x x x – n 1)
n 1)
n
n – n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n
– v v v v v v v v v
n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n
n 1)
X X x x x n n n n
n
n
n 1)
X X x x x v
2)
v
2)
v
2)
v
2)
n
n
n
n
n 2 X X x x x 8 8 8 1)
n
1)
X X x x x
1) 1) 1) 1)
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/47

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Monitoring functions
Working area limitation
n
Limit switch monitoring for software and
hardware limit switches
n
n
Position monitoring
n
Standstill monitoring
n
Clamping monitoring
n
2D/3D protection zones
n
Contour monitoring
n
Contour monitoring with tunnel function 6FC5800-0AM52-0YB0 M52 n
Path length evaluation 6FC5800-0AM53-0YB0 M53 n
Axis limitation from the PLC
n
Spindle speed limitation
n
PROFIBUS tool and process monitoring 6FC5800-0AM62-0YB0 M62 n
■ Compensations
Backlash compensation
Leadscrew error compensation
Measuring system error compensation
Sag compensation,
multi-dimensional
Quadrant error compensation
per operation
Graphical monitoring of the quadrant error compensation
using the circularity test
Temperature compensation
Error compensation in space for
kinematic transformations
(Space Error Compensation SEC)
1) With restricted functionality, see
Export control versions.
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM55-0YB0 M55 n
n
n
n
1) Precondition: HMI-Advanced. n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM57-0YB0 M57 n
n
n
n
Feedforward control, velocity-dependent
Feedforward control, acceleration-dependent 6FC5800-0AM58-0YB0 M58 n
■ PLC
SIMATIC S7-200 (integrated)
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 317-2 DP (integrated)
Machining time, typically in ms/KI for bit operations 1)
Machining time, typically in ms/KI for word operations 1)
Ladder steps memory configuration
1) 1 KI = 1024 instructions,
corresponds to approx. 3 KB.
1) 1 KI = 1024 instructions,
corresponds to approx. 3 KB.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/48 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n – – – v v v
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n
– v
1)
v v
1)
v
1)
v
n
– X X n n n
n
n
n
– x x x x x v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
n – n n n n n
n
– v v – v v
n
n
n n n n n n n
n – – – v v v
n n – – – – –
n – n n n n n
n
0.1 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
n
n
0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
n
n 6000 – – – – –
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/49

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ PLC (continued)
PLC user memory in KB,
including basic PLC program
PLC user memory,
maximum configuration in KB
Expansion of the PLC user memory
by 128 KB each
SIMATIC STEP 7 programming language:
•LAD ladder diagram
• FBD function block diagram
• STL statement list
PLC programming with HiGraph
(add-on package for STEP 7)
PLC programming tool, PLC program examples,
standard machine data and alarm text editor
on Toolbox
n
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AD10-0YB0 D11 ... D15 n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
PP 72/48 I/O module 1) No PROFIBUS certification. 6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0 n
n
• PP 72/48 I/O module, max. number
n
ADI 4 (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes)
MCI board extension slot variant
• Cable distributor
1) No PROFIBUS certification.
2) On request.
6FC5211-0BA01-0AA2
6FC5222-0AA00-0AA1
6FX2006-1BA02
Distributed I/O via PROFIBUS DP Catalog ST 70 n
• Via integrated interface,
transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s
• Distributed DP slaves, max. number
Digital inputs, maximum
Digital outputs, maximum
I/O inputs, max. number in bytes
I/O outputs, max. number in bytes
Bit memories, max. number
Timers, max. number
Counters, max. numbers
Subroutines
FB, FC (largest number per type)
DB, largest number
Cyclic function block
Time-controlled function blocks
Equipment for PLC programming and
program test with PG/PC
User machine data for configuration
of the PLC user program
1) Number = input image
or output image.
1) Number = input image
or output image.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/50 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– n
128
n
128
n
128
n
128
n
128
– 768 768 768 768 768
– v v v v v
n n v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n – v v v v v
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n – – – – –
n
n
n
n
v v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n 3 125 125 125 125 125
n
n
v
2)
v
1)
v
1)
– – –
n
– v v – – –
n
n
n
n n n n n n
n
n – 125 125 125 125 125
n
n
n
n
216 256
1)
144 256
1)
n – 8192 8192 4096 4096 4096
n – 8192 8192 4096 4096 4096
n 3072 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768
n 40 512 512 512 512 512
n 32 512 512 512 512 512
n 64 – – – – –
n – 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048
n – 2047 2047 2047 2047 2047
n n n n n n n
n – n n n n n
n
v v v v v v
n
n
n
n – – – – –
n
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
256
1)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/51

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Safety functions
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Safety functions for
personnel and machine protection 1)
Safety Integrated SI Basic
incl. 1 axis, 4 inputs/outputs for
safe programmable logic
Safety Integrated SI Comfort
incl. 1 axis, 64 inputs/outputs for
safe programmable logic
Safety Integrated SI axis/spindle
additionally for each further axis/spindle
Safety Integrated SI axis/spindle package
additional 15 axes/spindles
Safety Integrated automated acceptance test
performed with SinuCom NC SI
1) Precondition:
See Basic Components.
See SinuCom.
n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM63-0YB0 M63 n
n
n
6FC5800-0AM64-0YB0 M64 n
n
n
6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0 C71 ... C78 n
n
6FC5800-0AC60-0YB0 C61, C62 n
n
n
n
n
■ Startup
Startup software for drive system
is integrated:
• SINAMICS S120
• SINAMICS S120 with CU320
Startup trace
(drive optimization without
an additional oscilloscope)
Series startup via
a serial interface
Series startup via
USB interface with memory medium
(e.g. memory stick)
Series startup from
network drive
Series startup by
programming the CF card
offline or online
STARTER drive/startup software on PC/PG
for SINAMICS S120
Startup software on PC/PG
for SINAMICS S120
(and SIMODRIVE 611 digital)
SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl Startup
(SimoCom U and SinuCom NC)
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Toolbox on hard disk of PCU
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Toolbox on CD-ROM
1) With STARTER drive/startup software
(included in scope of supply).
1) Precondition:
Network drive management.
1) Precondition:
256 MB additional
HMI user memory
on CF card of the NCU.
1) On Toolbox. n
n
6FC5255-7AX00-. AG0
6FC5255-0AX00-0AB1
6FC5255-0AY00-0AB2
6FC5255-7AX00-. AG3
6FC5840-0YC00-0YA8
6FC5840-0YC0. - .YA8
6FC5840-0YP00-0YL8
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/52 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– – – v v v
– – – v v v
– – – v v v
– – – v v v
– – – v v v
n
n
n n – – x x x – – – n
n
– n n – – – – – – –
n
1) 1)
n
n
– X X x x x – n
n
n
n
n – – – – –
n
n
– X X n n n n n n n
n
n
n
n
– X X n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n
n – –
n
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n
n
n
n – – – – –
n
1)
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
n
– n n – – –
n
n
– n n – – –
n
n
n
n
– v v v v v
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/53

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Startup (continued)
PLC example library (PLC templates)
n
SinuCom PLC Manager
6FC5250-0AY10-0AG0
n
Software for generation of
6FC5250-. AY10-. AG0
n
PLC user programs
6FC5250-0AY10-0AG1
n
SinuCom
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG0
n
Startup software
6FC5250-7AY00-. AG0
n
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG1
n
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG2
n
6FC5250-7AY00-. AG3
n
SinuCom NC
See SinuCom.
n
Dialog-based parameterization of machine data,
n
management of series startup files,
n
integrated online help for functions,
n
machine data and alarms
n
SinuCom NC Trace
See SinuCom NC.
n
(dynamic recording of variables
n
and signals - Optimization without
n
an additional oscilloscope)
n
SinuCom CFS
See SinuCom.
n
Creation of an image for the CF card
n
in Ext3 format
n
SinuCom ARC
See SinuCom.
n
Reading, deleting, inserting and changing
n
series startup files
n
SinuCom UPShield See SinuCom Update Agent. n
SinuCom UPExpert See SinuCom Update Agent. n
SinuCom UPDiff See SinuCom Update Agent. n
STARTER drive/startup software
1) For topology and diagnostics. 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
n
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
2) On Toolbox.
n
■ Diagnostic functions
Alarms and messages
n
Tachograph can be activated for diagnostic purposes 1) Logbook for alarms/keys. n
n
PLC status
1) Via STEP 7 on PG/PC
n
generally possible.
n
LAD display
SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK hardware
(for service functions)
1) Via STEP 7 on PG/PC
generally possible.
1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5252-0AY00-0AG0
6FC5252- .AY01- .AG0
6FC5252-0AY00-0AG1
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/54 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n n – – – – –
n
– v v v v v
n
n
n
– n n v v v
n
n
n
n
n
– n n v v v
n
n
n
n
n
– n n v v v
n
n
n
n
– – – v v v
n
n
n
– – – v v v
n
n
n – – – v v v
n – – – v v v
n – – – v v v
n
n
n 2)
v
1)
v
1)
– – –
n n n n n n n
n
n
n 1)
X X n n n n n n n
n
n
n X
1)
X
1)
n 1)
n 1)
n 1)
n n n n
n
n – – – – – – – – –
n
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
n
n
n
– v v v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/55

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
2
n
v
x
X
–
Basic version
Option
Function is dependent on operating software
Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software
Not possible
Notes Order No. Order
code
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Diagnostic functions (continued)
RCS (Remote Control System) remote diagnostics: See MCIS Software. n
• RCS Host
Remote diagnostics software
• RCS Viewer
• RCS Viewer Embedded
• RCS @Event
Remote diagnostics e-mail
1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP30-0YB0 P30 n
n
6FC6000-6DF00-0BB0
6FC6000-6DC00-0BA0
6FC6000-6DC0 . - . BA0
6FC6000-6DF88-8BB0
6FC6000-6DC80-0BA0
6FC6000-6DC8 . - . BA0
1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP31-0YB0
6FC6000-6BC00-0AA8
6FC6000-6BC0 . - . AA8
6FC6000-6BC00-0BA0
6FC6000-6BC0 . - . BA0
6FC6000-6BC0 . - . BE0
P31
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
■ Service and maintenance
ePS Network Services:
- Company Account and
- Value Account
are required for using the services
• eP Access:
Remote operation and remote monitoring
of machine controls
• eP Dynamic:
Analyzing and processing
of machine faults
• eP Performance:
Status-oriented maintenance
TPM – Total Productive Maintenance
Support for maintenance and repair:
• TPM Machine for SINUMERIK
Preventive maintenance, local version
• TPM IFC for SINUMERIK
Preventive maintenance,
version with network capability
•TPM HMI
Additional user interface for the PC
• TPM Cell
Preventive maintenance on the PC
1) With PCU 50.3.
6FC6001-0EE00-0AM8
6FC6001-0EE00-0AF8
1) With PCU 50.3. n
n
n
1) With PCU 50.3. n
n
n
1) With PCU 50.3. n
n
See MCIS software.
n
n
1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP32-0YB0
6FC6000-1AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-1AC0. - . AA8
6FC6000-1AC0. - . AF0
6FC6000-1AC00-0AT7
1) With PCU 50.3. 6FC5800-0AP46-0YB0 P46 n
n
n
6FC6000-1DF00-0AB0
n
n
6FC6000-1BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-1BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-1BC0. - . AA0
P32
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2/56 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SINUMERIK
802D sl
802D sl
T/M plus
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
840DiE sl 840Di sl 840DE sl
Grinding
840DE sl 840D sl HMI-
Embedded
Blank field:
Function is not dependent on operating software
ShopMill ShopTurn HMI-
Advanced
2
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– x x x x x v v
1)
v
1)
v
– x x x x x
– – – x x x
– x x x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
– X X x x x – v
1)
v
1)
v
1)
– x x x x x – – – v
– x x x x x – – – v
– x x x x x – – – v
– x x x x x – – – v
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
2/57

2
Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
Ordering examples
for SINUMERIK 840DE sl
■ More information
Ordering as a bundle
Order using Order No. with order codes
License key included in delivery
Order item
Item 1:
1 x 6FC5840-3YG10-0YA0-Z
M01+A03+C11+N00
Remarks
NCU system software, up to 31 axes
with HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French, German,
Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish) on
CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
Specific software version 1.00
with Travel to fixed stop with
Force Control,
3 x additional axis/spindle,
1 x additional machining channel and
additional languages
Explanation
1 x 6FC5840-3YG10-0YA0 NCU system software, up to 31 axes
with HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French, German,
Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish) on
CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
Specific software version 1.00
-Z Followed by order codes:
M01
Travel to fixed stop with Force Control
A03
3 x additional axis/spindle
C11
1 x additional machining channel
N00
Additional languages
Ordering individually
Order using the complete Order No.
License key obtained over Internet
Order item
Remarks
Item 1:
1 x 6FC5840-3YG10-0YA0 NCU system software, up to 31 axes
with HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French, German,
Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish) on
CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
Specific software version 1.00
Item 2:
1 x 6FC5800-0AM01-0YB0 Travel to fixed stop with Force Control
Item 3:
3 x 6FC5800-0AA00-0YB0 3 x additional axis/spindle
Item 4:
1 x 6FC5800-0AC10-0YB0 1 x additional machining channel
Item 5:
1 x 6FC5800-0AN00-0YB0 Additional languages
2/58 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for
CNC controls
3
3/2 General
3/2 Introduction
3/4 Operator panels
3/4 SINUMERIK OP 010
3/5 SINUMERIK OP 010S
3/6 SINUMERIK OP 010C
3/7 SINUMERIK OP 012
3/8 SINUMERIK OP 012T
3/9 SINUMERIK OP 015
3/10 SINUMERIK OP 015A
3/11 SINUMERIK TP 015A
3/12 SINUMERIK Direct key module
3/13 SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
3/16 Thin Client Unit (TCU)
3/19 Handheld units
3/19 Handheld unit type B-MPI
3/20 Mini handheld unit
3/21 Machine control panels
3/21 SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE
3/22 SINUMERIK MCP 483
3/24 SINUMERIK MCP 310
3/26 SINUMERIK MPP 483
3/28 Electronic handwheel
3/29 Handwheel connection module
3/30 SIGNUM 3SB3
3/30 Laser inscription
3/31 Keyboards
3/31 KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard
3/31 Keyboard tray
3/32 SINUMERIK KB 483C
3/33 SINUMERIK KB 310C
3/34 Storage devices
3/34 CompactFlash Card
3/35 SIMATIC PC USB-FlashDrive
3/36 3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1
3/37 Housing systems
3/37 Rittal command panel systems
3/38 Rose Systemtechnik GmbH & Co. KG
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
General
Introduction
3
OP 010 OP 010S OP 010C OP 012 OP 012T
OP 015 OP 015A/TP 015A PCU 50.3
P_NC01_XX_00693
SINUMERIK operator panel fronts with PCU
The new SINUMERIK operator panel fronts (OP) and touch
operator panels (TP) can be combined with the new SINUMERIK
PCUs (industrial PCs) and contain numerous innovations to
improve ease of operation.
The USB interface on the panel front provides "hot plug and play"
functionality for a standard PC keyboard and/or mouse. The
SINUMERIK operator panel fronts are available with displays in
a variety of sizes, and with membrane or mechanical keyboards.
Thus the SINUMERIK operator panel fronts can be tailored to the
individual user’s requirements.
SINUMERIK PCUs
With the new SINUMERIK PCUs and the SINUMERIK operator
panel fronts, you can create innovative operator panels. The
SINUMERIK PCUs are fitted to the rear of the SINUMERIK
operator panel fronts.
The powerful SINUMERIK PCUs contain numerous innovations.
The communication interfaces via Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP
are already on board.
The complementary proven operator control components, such
as handheld units. machine control panels, pushbutton panels,
electronic handwheels, keyboards, and 3.5" floppy disk drives
can be used with the SINUMERIK PCUs.
Operator Panels
An operator panel comprises a SINUMERIK PCU (large-scale
integrated industrial PC) and a SINUMERIK operator panel front
which is available with various performance levels and various
display sizes.
Benefits
7 Intelligent, rugged operator panels that have an impressively
low-profile and compact design
7 Individual design of your user interface, using your expertise
by means of openness in human-machine communication
7 Distributed design due to physical separation of PCU and
operator panel front
Application
The operator panels are predominantly used for visualization
and for the operation of machine tools. They are particularly
suitable for milling, turning, grinding and special-purpose
machines.
3/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
General
Introduction
SINUMERIK KB 483C
SINUMERIK KB 310C KBPC USB US 3.5“ disk drive,
PC standard keyboard USB 1.1
3
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE SINUMERIK MCP 310 SINUMERIK MPP 483
SINUMERIK MCP 483 Handheld unit Mini handheld unit Handwheel
type B-MPI
P_NC01_EN_00694
Handheld units
The SINUMERIK handheld units are available with a variety of
performance options. Small handheld units are also available,
which can be used as mobile machine control panels.
Benefits
7 Ergonomic machine control thanks to carefully designed
housing
7 Setup and operation of simple machines with the mini handheld
unit, especially as part of JobShop or similar applications
7 Setup, operation, teaching and programming of user
programs with the multifunctional handheld terminal
Machine control panels
Machine control panels, pushbutton panels and handwheels are
available for the user-friendly operation of the machine functions
of SINUMERIK and PLC-controlled machines.
Benefits
7 Ergonomic machine control thanks to sophisticated design
7 Machine-specific adaptations by means of variable labeling
and control devices that can additionally be integrated
Keyboards
The keyboards allow convenient and user-friendly input of
programs and texts.
Benefits
7 Ergonomic keyboard
7 CNC-specific supplements
Storage devices
Storage devices are used for archiving user data.
Housing systems
Housing systems can be manufactured to precise dimensions
and ready to install for numerous combinations of SINUMERIK
operating components.
Benefits
Optimum configuration options for SINUMERIK CNC controllers
with:
7 Operator Panel
7 CNC full keyboard
7 Machine control panel
7 Pushbutton panel
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/3

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 010
3
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK OP 010 operator panel front with 10.4" TFT
color display with a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels (VGA) features
a 62-key membrane keypad with 8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical
softkeys that has been optimized for programming subroutines.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Benefits
7 Low-cost operator control and monitoring thanks to
10" display with optimized keyboard
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010 can be implemented
with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF00-0AA1
Product name SINUMERIK OP 010
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
16 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0°C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
5 kg (11 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
310 mm (12.2 in)
•Depth
30 mm (1.18 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
20 mm (0.78 in)
• With PCU 20
76 mm (2.99 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
108.2 mm (4.25 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
149.2 mm (4.87 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF00-0AA1
front OP 010
26.4 cm/10.4" TFT (640 x 480)
with membrane keys
Accessories
SINUMERIK operator panel
front
without LCD unit for SINUMERIK
OP 010
Slide-in labels for inscribing
(3 A4 sheets) for OP 010
Caps (10 units)
for USB terminal
Set of clamps (6 units)
6FC5248-0AF00-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF07-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
3/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 010S
■ Overview
The slimline SINUMERIK OP 010S operator panel front with
10.4" TFT color display with a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels
(VGA) features 8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical mechanical softkeys.
A full CNC keyboard can be used as the input keyboard.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF04-0AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK OP 010S
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
16 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP54
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature
0°C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
• Transport
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
5.5 kg (12.1 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
310 mm (12.2 in)
•Height
330 mm (12.9 in)
•Depth
45 mm (1.7 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
35 mm (1.4 in)
• With PCU 20
91 mm (3.6 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
123.2 mm (4.8 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
164.2 mm (6.46 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
3
■ Benefits
7 Space-saving operator control and monitoring
7 Ergonomic and reliable operation thanks to the KB 310C full
CNC keyboard
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010S can be
implemented with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK operator panel
front OP 010S
26.4 cm/10.4" TFT (640 x 480)
with mechanical keys
Accessories
Caps (10 units)
for USB terminal
Set of clamps (6 units)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF04-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/5

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 010C
3
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK OP 010C operator panel front with 10.4" TFT
color display with a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels (VGA) features
a 65-key mechanical keypad with 8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical
softkeys.
The 6 hotkeys are designed with replaceable key covers for
machine-specific adaptation. The key covers can be freely
inscribed using laser.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Benefits
7 Easy, reliable operator control and monitoring thanks to the
integral keyboard with mechanical keys
7 Fast selection of the main functions using the 6 integral
hotkeys
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010C can be
implemented with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF01-0AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK OP 010C
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
16 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP54
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
• Transport
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
5 kg (11 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
310 mm (12.2 in)
•Depth
30 mm (1.18 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
20 mm (0.78 in)
• With PCU 20
76 mm (2.99 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
108.2 mm (4.25 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
149.2 mm (5.87 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF01-0AA0
front OP 010C
26.4 cm/10.4" TFT (640 x 480)
with mechanical keys
Accessories
Square key cover for inscribing
1 set comprising: 90 x ergo gray,
20 x red, 20 x yellow, 20 x green,
20 x mid-gray
Caps (10 units)
for USB terminal
Set of clamps (6 units)
6FC5248-0AF12-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
3/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 012
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK OP 012 operator panel front with 12.1" TFT
color display with a resolution of 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
features a 59-key membrane keypad as well as
2 x (8 + 2) horizontal and 2 x 8 vertical softkeys. The integral
mouse provides an additional method of machine control. The
2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF02-0AA1
Product name SINUMERIK OP 012
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
21 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
5 kg (11 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
310 mm (12.2 in)
•Depth
30 mm (1.18 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
20 mm (0.78 in)
• With PCU 20
76 mm (2.99 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
108.2 mm (4.25 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
149.2 mm (5.87 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
3
■ Benefits
7 User-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to
12" display
7 Easy operation thanks to integral keyboard and mouse
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 012 can be used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an additional
connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to
the PROFIBUS DP, if no pushbutton panel or machine control
panel with connection of the direct keys is available.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK operator panel
front OP 012
30.7 cm/12.1" TFT (800 x 600)
with membrane keys and mouse
SINUMERIK direct key module
PROFIBUS DP
(with mounting set for OP 012)
Accessories
SINUMERIK operator panel
front
without LCD unit for
SINUMERIK OP 012
Slide-in labels
for inscribing
(3 A4 sheets) for OP 012
Caps (10 units)
for USB terminal
Set of clamps (6 units)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF02-0AA1
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF02-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF08-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/7

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 012T
3
■ Overview
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 012T can be
implemented with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an additional
connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to
the PROFIBUS DP, if no pushbutton panel or machine control
panel with connection of the direct keys is available.
The SINUMERIK OP 012T operator panel front is connected to
the PCU/NCU via Ethernet as a Thin Client in its own subnet
(via DHCP server to PCU/NCU).
Ports:
• 2 x USB 1.1 for connection of mouse and keyboard
• Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s
■ Function
• Signal transmission between operator panel front and
PCU/NCU via Industrial Ethernet
• Simple installation
• Mixed operation with one operator panel front direct at the
PCU is possible. Operation on an OP 012T has the same
authorization rights as operation on an operator panel front
connected directly to the PCU. The operator panel in passive
mode shows a darkened screen.
• The distance is determined by the maximum distance
between two network nodes/access points (100 m/328 ft).
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
1) Already included in SINUMERIK PCU 50.3.
6FC5 203-0AF06-1AA0
SINUMERIK OP 012T
operator panel front
24 V DC
36 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
The SINUMERIK OP 012T operator panel front enables a distributed
configuration of the operator panel front and controller.
0 °C (+32 °F).
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature
The SINUMERIK OP 012T operator panel front contains a
Relative atmospheric humidity
membrane keyboard with 65 keys (layout as SINUMERIK
•Storage
5 ... 95% at 25 °C (+77 °F)
KB 310C full CNC keyboard) as well as 2 x (8+2) horizontal and • Transport
5 ... 95% at 25 °C (+77 °F)
2 x 8 vertical softkeys. With the SINUMERIK OP 012T operator
panel front, up to 4 distributed OP 012T operator panel fronts
can be connected. The distance to the operator panel fronts is
•Operation
Ambient temperatures
•Storage
5 ... 80% at 25 °C (+77 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
determined by the maximum distance between two network • Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
nodes/access points.
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
-Rear
Weight, approx.
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
9.5 kg (20.94 lb)
■ Benefits
Dimensions
•Width
365 mm (14.37 in)
•Height
440 mm (17.32 in)
7 Design of flat operator panels through shallow installation •Depth
60 mm (2.36 in)
- Clearance 21 mm (0.83 in)
depth and low power dissipation.
7 Vibration-free mounting of the SINUMERIK PCU in the control
cabinet.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 4 additional, Designation
Order No.
distributed operator panels.
6FC5203-0AF06-1AA0
■ Design
SINUMERIK operator panel
front OP 012T
30.7 cm/12.1" TFT (600 x 800)
with membrane keys and
integrated TCU
PCU basic software
Thin Client 1)
for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Windows XP on CD-ROM,
software version 7.4
SINUMERIK direct key module
PROFIBUS DP
Direct key module
mounting kit
Accessories
Set of clamps (9 units) for
supplementary operating
components with 1.5 mm (0.06 in)
profile, length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
3/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 015
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK OP 015 operator panel front with 15" TFT color
display with a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) features
8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical membrane softkeys.
The KB 483C full CNC keyboard can be used as input keyboard.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Benefits
7 Very user-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to
brilliant 15" display
7 Ergonomic and reliable operation thanks to the optional
KB 483C full CNC keyboard
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015 can be
implemented with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF03-0AA0
Product name SINUMERIK OP 015
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
24 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
7 kg (15.4 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
310 mm (12.2 in)
•Depth
52 mm (2.05 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
42 mm (1.65 in)
• With PCU 20
98 mm (3.85 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
130.2 mm (5.12 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
171.2 mm (6.74 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF03-0AA0
front OP 015
38.3 cm/15.1" TFT (1024 x 768)
with membrane keys
Accessories
SINUMERIK operator panel
front
without LCD unit for
SINUMERIK OP 015
Caps (10 units)
for USB terminal
Set of clamps (6 units)
6FC5248-0AF03-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/9

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK OP 015A
3
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK OP 015A operator panel front with 15" TFT color
display with a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) features a
62-key membrane keyboard with 2 x (8 + 2) horizontal and
2 x 8 vertical softkeys and an integral mouse. The 2 x 8 vertical
softkeys can be used as direct keys in the PLC.
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Benefits
7 Very user-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to
15" display
7 Easy operation thanks to integral keyboard and mouse
■ Integration
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an additional
connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to
the PROFIBUS DP, if no pushbutton panel or machine control
panel with connection of the direct keys is available.
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015A can be used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF05-0AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK OP 015A
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
24 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
9 kg (19.8 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
355 mm (13.98 in)
•Depth
52 mm (2.05 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
42 mm (1.65 in)
• With PCU 20
98 mm (3.85 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 50
130.2 mm (5.12 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
171.2 mm (6.74 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF05-0AA0
front OP 015A
38.3 cm/15.1" TFT (1024 x 768)
with membrane keys
SINUMERIK direct key module
PROFIBUS DP
(with mounting kit for OP 012)
Direct key module mounting kit
for OP 015A and TP 015A
Accessories
SINUMERIK operator panel
front
without LCD unit, mouse and
keyboard controller for
SINUMERIK OP 015A
USB mouse
for operator panel front
Caps (10 units)
for USB port
Set of clamps (6 units)
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF15-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF01-0AB0
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
3/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK TP 015A
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK TP 015A touch operator panel front with 15" TFT
color display with a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) and
touch screen features a 62-key membrane keyboard as well as
2 x (8 + 2) horizontal and 2 x 8 vertical softkeys and an integral
mouse. The 2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys in
the PLC.
The touch operator panel front is mounted from the rear using
special clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF08-0AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK TP 015A
operator panel front
Input voltage
Via PCU, TCU or VL receiver
(5 V DC)
Power consumption, max.
24 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32°F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
• Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
9 kg (19.8 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
355 mm (13.98 in)
•Depth
60 mm (2.36 in)
Depth
• Without PCU
49.2 mm (1.93 in)
• With PCU 50
137.4 mm (5.4 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
• With PCU 70
178.4 mm (7 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Benefits
7 Very user-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to
15" display
Designation
SINUMERIK operator panel
front TP 015A
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF08-0AA0
15.0" TFT (1024 x 768) with
7 Easy operation thanks to touch screen, integral keyboard and
membrane keys
mouse
SINUMERIK direct key module 6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
PROFIBUS DP
■ Integration
(with mounting kit for OP 012)
The SINUMERIK touch operator panel front TP 015A can be
used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP
• SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
Direct key module mounting kit
for OP 015A and TP 015A
Accessories
SINUMERIK operator panel
front
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF17-0AA0
without LCD unit, mouse and
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1, keyboard controller for
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
SINUMERIK TP 015A
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an additional
USB mouse
6FC5247-0AF01-0AA0
connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to
Caps (10 units)
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
the PROFIBUS DP, if no pushbutton panel or machine control for USB port
panel with connection of the direct keys is available or if the
direct key commands cannot be transferred over the Thin Client. Set of clamps (9 units)
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/11

3
Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK direct key module
■ Overview
Weight, approx.
The SINUMERIK direct key module enables you to operate the Dimensions
machine using both key rows (to the left and right of the screen) •Width
on SINUMERIK operator panel fronts OP 012/OP 012T/
•Height
•Depth
OP 015A/TP 015A.
■ Design
■ Selection and Ordering Data
The SINUMERIK direct key module is fitted alongside the
SINUMERIK PCU 50 on the SINUMERIK operator panel fronts
OP 012/OP 012T/OP 015A/TP 015A. Cables and installation
components for assembling the SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 50.3
with OP 012 are included in the scope of delivery.
For the combination SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 50.3 with
OP 015A or TP 015A there is a separate mounting kit, which, if
required, must be ordered separately.
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK direct key module is suitable for connection to:
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 50.3 with the SINUMERIK operator
panel fronts OP 012/OP 012T/OP 015A/TP 015A
The SINUMERIK direct key module is connected to
PROFIBUS DP of the SINUMERIK operator panel front using a
ribbon cable and PROFIBUS connectors.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Designation
SINUMERIK direct key module
PROFIBUS DP
(with mounting kit for OP 012)
Direct key module mounting kit
for OP 015A/TP 015A
6FC5 247-0AF11-0AA0
SINUMERIK direct key module for
PROFIBUS DP
5 V DC
0.75 W
IP20
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
0.6 kg (1.32 lb)
106 mm (4.17 in)
42 mm (1.65 in)
80 mm (3.15 in)
Order No.
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
3/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Overview
■ Benefits
7 High performance thanks to the latest Intel Mobile processor
technology
7 Reliable operation due to monitoring of temperature, hard disk
and fan
7 Service-friendly thanks to the support of a USB boot device
(for example, for booting USB memory sticks, USB floppy and
USB hard disks)
3
The high-performance SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 features onboard
interfaces for communication via Ethernet, MPI and
PROFIBUS DP, leaving the integrated slots free for other cards.
The SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 comes equipped with the
Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system and, for backing up
and restoring data, the Ghost data backup software.
The HMI-Advanced software can be ordered additionally.
The "SINUMERIK Service Pack Recovery Media WIN XP
ProEmbSys" is available for the PCU with Windows XP
ProEmbSys for reinstalling Windows software components
and for restoring the delivery status.
■ Design
• The latest Intel Mobile processor technology
- PCU 50.3-C: Intel Celeron M Mobile processor
1.5 GHz/512 MB/1 MB L2 Cache/400 MHz FSB
- PCU 50.3-P: Intel Pentium M Mobile processor
2.0 GHz/1024 MB/2 MB L2 Cache/533 MHz FSB
• 40 GB replaceable hard disk with transport mechanism:
12 GB for applications (HMI-Advanced, MCIS software) and
data (parts programs, documentation, other data)
15 GB for local backups and software to be installed
• Max. memory configuration 2048 MB incl. graphics memory
on 2 memory module slots
• Integrated 2D/3D graphics; dynamic graphics memory
(8 to 96 MB); the graphics memory is taken from the
main memory.
• Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system
• Data backup/restore using the Ghost data backup software
• Ports:
- 2 x Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
-4 x USB 2.0
- 1 x PROFIBUS/MPI interface
• Expansion slots:
- 2 x PCI (1 x 265 mm (10.43 in), 1 x 175 mm (6.89 in))
- 1 x CF card
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 can be used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/13

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Integration (continued)
SINUMERIK
PCU 50.3
Preassembled cable
3
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
Connection overview for SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
3/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5 210-0DF31-2AA0 6FC5 210-0DF33-2AA0
Product name SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-C SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-P
Processor Intel Celeron Intel Pentium
RAM 512 MB SDRAM 1024 MB SDRAM
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 190 W
Power loss ride-through time 0.02 s
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
10 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
- Max. 15 W for expansions 1) +5 ... +55 °C (+41 ... +131 °F)
- Max. 20 W for expansions 1) +5 ... +50 °C (+41 ... +122 °F)
- Max. 30 W for expansions 1) +5 ... +45 °C (+41 ... +113 °F)
Weight, approx.
6 kg (13.23 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
297 mm (11.69 in)
•Height
267 mm (10.51 in)
•Depth
81.7 mm (3.22 in)
3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-C
1.5 GHz/1 x 512 MB,
Windows XP ProEmbSys
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-P
2.0 GHz/2 x 512 MB,
Windows XP ProEmbSys
HMI-Advanced
HMI-Advanced software version
7.1 and higher
on hard disk of the PCU 2)
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish
Single license
for current software version
Single license
for specific software version
Accessories
Hard disk
for PCU 50.3 with support plate
and damper
Memory expansion 512 MB
for PCU 50.3
Memory expansion 1024 MB
for PCU 50.3
Mounting bracket
for PCU, video link receiver or
TCU behind operator panel front
CompactFlash Card 512 MB
empty
USB FlashDrive 512 MB
Order No.
6FC5210-0DF31-2AA0
6FC5210-0DF33-2AA0
6FC5253-0BX10-0AF0
6FC5253-7BX10-7AF0
6FC5247-0AF08-4AA0
6ES7648-2AG30-0GA0
6ES7648-2AG40-0GA0
6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0
6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0
6ES7648-0DC20-0AA0
Designation
Order No.
SINUMERIK Service Pack
6FC5253-8CX10-1XU8
Recovery Media WIN XP
ProEmbSys
for PCU with
Windows XP ProEmbSys on CD
Contents:
CD1: Windows XP ProEmbSys
incl. SP2
CD2: Ghost image system
software; Emergency BOOT
CD3-5: Multilingual User Interface
Pack
(Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish,
French, German, Hungarian,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Polish,
Portuguese/Brazilian, Russian,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish,
Swedish, Traditional Chinese,
Turkish)
Documentation (English/German)
PCI interface card
6ES7648-2CA00-0AA0
(2 x (COM, LPT))
for PCU 50.3 (only for use with
applications within the framework
of HMI Open Architecture,
occupies 1 to 2 PCI expansion
slots)
Note:
The SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 is delivered without mounting
brackets. Please include the mounting brackets in the order.
1) Floppy disk drive or expansion cards, for example
2) Please ensure that the order number for the software to be delivered on
the hard disk directly follows the order for the PCU on the order form.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/15

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
Thin Client Unit (TCU)
3
■ Overview
■ Function
• Signal transmission between PCU/NCU and operator panel
front via Industrial Ethernet
• Easy installation and service-friendly layout thanks to the
component structure
• Functionality of the PCU as in centralized configuration
(e.g. number of PCI slots). The same operating screen is
shown synchronously on all OPs and can be used from all
OPs. Operation on a Thin Client has the same authorization
rights as operation on an operator panel front connected
directly to the PCU. The operator panel in passive mode
shows a darkened screen.
• Operation is possible on the active operator panel. An
enabling function permits a passive operator panel to
request operation.
• The combined operation of operator panel fronts on a TCU or
with an integral TCU and an operator panel front directly
connected to the PCU is possible.
• The distance to the operator panel fronts is determined by the
maximum distance between two network nodes/access points
(100 m/328 ft).
Preconditions:
• Operator panel fronts with uniform screen resolution
The Thin Client Unit (TCU) for distributed installation permits
physical separation of SINUMERIK OP/TP operator panel fronts
and SINUMERIK PCU/NCU as well as connection of up to
4 operator panel fronts each with a TCU to a PCU/NCU. For this
reason, the user interface is copied to several OPs with one TCU
each.
■ Benefits
7 Design of flat operator panels through the shallow installation
depth and low power dissipation.
7 More stable mounting of the SINUMERIK PCU in the control
cabinet.
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 5 uniform
operator panels.
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK TCU can be used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and with PCU
basic software WinXP 7.4 and PCU basic software Thin Client,
operator panel fronts OP 010/OP 010C/OP 010S/OP 012/
OP 015A/TP 015A with TFT display
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3, operator panel fronts OP 010/
OP 010C/OP 010S/OP 012/OP 015/OP 015A/ TP 015A
with TFT display
■ Design
The TCUs are coupled via Industrial Ethernet as Thin Clients in
a dedicated subnetwork (via DHCP server on the PCU/NCU).
• Graphics: Resolution 640 x 480 to 1024 x 768, 16-bit color
depth
Ports:
• 2 x USB 1.1 for connection of mouse and keyboard
• Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s
3/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
Thin Client Unit (TCU)
■ Integration (continued)
TCU
Connection overview for TCU without central OP on PCU
TCU
3
TCU
TCU
TCU
TCU
TCU
TCU
TCU
Connection overview for TCU with central OP on PCU
Connection overview for TCU, several TCUs on NCU 710.1/
NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
TCU /PCU 50.3
Connection overview for TCU on NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/17

Operator components for CNC controls
Operator panels
Thin Client Unit (TCU)
3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6FC5 312-0DA00-0AA0
Thin Client Unit (TCU)
24 V DC
28.8 W
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
1.7 kg (3.75 lb)
260 mm (10.23 in)
265 mm (10.43 in)
40 mm (1.57 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Thin Client Unit (TCU)
6FC5312-0DA00-0AA0
PCU basic software Thin Client 6FC5253-7CX20-4XA8
for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Windows XP
Source code for software
version 7.4 (contains open source
software, supplied free of charge)
PCU basic software
6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8
Thin Client 1)
for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Windows XP
Single license without data carrier
Accessories
Mounting bracket, flat
for PCU with/without video link
transmitter in control cabinet
Upright mounting bracket
for PCU 50 with/without video link
transmitter in control cabinet
Mounting bracket
for PCU, video link receiver or
TCU behind operator panel front
6FC5248-0AF20-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF20-1AA0
6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X108 unmanaged
with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
for configuring star topologies
Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X208 managed
with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
for configuring line, star and ring
topologies
Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X208PRO managed
with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
for configuring line, star and
ring topologies; with IP65 degree
of protection, incl. 8 RJ45 and
3 M12 dust protection caps
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to an IE FC
outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval; sold by the meter;
Max. length 1000 m (3280 ft),
minimum order quantity
20 m (65 ft)
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to an IE FC
outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
180/90 for use as trailing cable;
PROFINET-compatible; without
UL approval; sold by the meter;
Max. length 1000 m (3280 ft),
minimum order quantity
20 m (65 ft)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ cable connector for Industrial
Ethernet with rugged metal housing
and integrated insulation
displacement contacts; with 180°
cable outlet
Order No.
6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA00-2AA6
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
■ More information
Information on the SIMATIC NET components such as the
Industrial Ethernet Electrical Lean Switches SCALANCE X108
and the Industrial Ethernet FC TP Standard/Trailing Cable can
be found in the Siemens A&D Mall or in the IK PI 2005 Catalog.
1) Already included in SINUMERIK PCU 50.3.
3/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Handheld units
Handheld unit type B-MPI
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Operator voltage, unregulated
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Distance to NCU/PCU, max.
Weight, approx.
without connecting cable
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6FX2007-1AC04/-1AC14
6FX2007-1AE04/-1AE14
Handheld unit type B-MPI
24 V DC
IP65
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
200 m (656 ft)
1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
252 mm (9.92 in)
114 mm (4.49 in)
110 mm (4.33 in)
3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Handheld unit type B-MPI
The handheld unit type B-MPI is suitable for manually operating 3-step enabling button
machine tools, such as axis feed movements. All keys are freely incl. connecting cable with
assignable, and the keyboard can be optionally labeled.
connector
■ Design
• 3-wire enabling
- Coiled connecting cable 6FX2007-1AC04
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
The handheld unit features 2-channel emergency stop and
(stretches to 3.5 m (11.5 ft))
enabling circuits. The enabling button is a 3-step enabling
- Straight cable
button. The handheld unit is available for 3-wire or 4-wire
Length: 10 m (32.8 ft)
enabling.
• 4-wire enabling
The handheld unit type B-MPI is connected via a distributor box
to the MPI line. The distributor box is designed for installation in - Coiled connecting cable
a control cabinet or in a separate enclosure.
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft),
stretches to 3.5 m (11.5 ft)
6FX2007-1AC14
6FX2007-1AE04
In the version with 4-wire connection of the enabling buttons, - Straight cable
6FX2007-1AE14
monitoring of the transverse short-circuit is possible in the
Length: 10 m (32.8 ft)
enable circuit. Due to the modified connector layout, these
handheld units can be used only with the distributor box for this
Accessories
version. All handheld units are UL-certified for the US and
Canada.
Distributor box
for handheld unit incl. shorting
plug
We can supply a holder for storing the handheld unit. The holder
is manufactured from black polystyrene and can be fixed to a • 3-wire enabling
6FX2006-1BC01
suitable base with 4 screws.
• 4-wire enabling
6FX2006-1BH01
Holder made of polystyrene 6FX2006-1HA00
Extension cable
between handheld unit and
distribution box
• 3-wire enabling
- Length 5 m (16.4 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1AF0
- Length 10 m (32.8 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1BA0
- Length 15 m (49.2 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1BF0
- Length 0.5 m (19.69 in)
6FX2002-1AB14-1AA5
with angled connector
• 4-wire enabling
- Length 5 m (16.4 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1AF0
- Length 10 m (32.8 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1AB0
- Length 15 m (49.2 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1BF0
- Length 0.5 m (19.69 in)
6FX2002-1AB24-1AA5
with angled connector
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/19

Operator components for CNC controls
Handheld units
Mini handheld unit
3
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FX2007-1AD.
Product name
Mini handheld unit
Operating voltage
24 V DC
Handwheel 100 pulses/rev, U B =5 V; RS 422
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Distance between handwheel and
NCU, max.
when using the handwheel
Weight, approx.
without connecting cable
Dimensions, approx.
• Length
•Width
•Height
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
25 m (82 ft)
0.8 kg (1.76 lb)
250 mm (9.84 in)
110 mm (4.33 in)
90 mm (3.54 in)
The convenient mini handheld unit is suitable for setting up and
operating standard machines in the job shop area.
■ Benefits
A fast but highly accurate feed is made possible by the simple
selection of coarse, medium and fine feed control. The signals
are carried in parallel (without MPI) to the NC.
■ Design
A rapid traverse key and 2 +/- keys plus a handwheel for traversing
the axes are provided in addition to the 2-channel
emergency stop and enabling buttons. Connection to the
emergency stop is via 4 wires, and the enabling buttons via
3 wires. With a rotary switch, up to 5 axes can be selected.
For customer-specific applications, 3 function keys are provided
for optional assignment.
A connection kit, to be ordered separately, is required for
connection.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Mini handheld unit
3-step enabling button
incl. 2 magnets for attachment
and connecting cable with
connector
• Coiled connecting cable
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft),
stretches to 3.5 m (11.5 ft)
• Straight connecting cable
Length: 5 m (16.4 ft)
Accessories
Connecting kit
for mini handheld unit, 24-pole
flanged receptacle with female
connector and dummy plug for
bridging the emergency stop
circuit
Order No.
6FX2007-1AD01
6FX2007-1AD11
6FX2006-1BG00
3/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE
■ Overview
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE machine control panel can be
used with:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
The newly designed SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE machine control
panels permit user-friendly operation of the machine functions.
It is suitable for machine-level operation of milling, turning,
grinding and special machines.
All keys are designed with replaceable key covers for machinespecific
adaptations. The key covers can be freely inscribed
using laser. Transparent key covers can be used as an alternative.
The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using
special clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Design
Control elements:
• Mode and function keys
50 keys with LEDs
Direction keys for milling machines with rapid traverse override
(key covers on the direction keys for turning machines in
the accessories pack supplied)
• Spindle control with override spindle
(rotary switch with 16 positions)
• Feed control with override feed/rapid traverse
(rotary switch with 23 positions)
• Keyswitch (4 positions and 3 different keys)
• Emergency stop pushbutton (2 x (1 NO + 1 NC))
Key type:
• Mechanical keys
Interfaces:
• Industrial Ethernet
• For 6 control devices (6 inputs/6 outputs)
(additional cable set required for control devices; see
Accessories/Ordering data)
• For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A
• For 2 handwheels
Expansion facility:
• 2 slots for control devices (d = 16 mm/0.63 in)
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
•Rear
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
-Front
-Rear
Distance
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Panel cutout
•Width
•Height
• Tolerance
6FC5 303-0AF22-0AA0
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE
machine control panel
24 V DC
14 W
IP54
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
100 m (328 ft)
2 kg (4.41 lb)
483 mm (19.02 in)
155 mm (6.10 in)
54.5 mm (2.15 in)
450 mm (17.72 in)
135 mm (5.31 in)
+1 mm (0.04 in)
3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/21

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
3
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE
machine control panel
Industriel Ethernet, width 19",
with mechanical keys,
22 mm emergency stop
Accessories
Square key covers,
inscribable
1 set comprising: 90 x ergo gray,
20 x red, 20 x yellow, 20 x green,
20 x mid gray
Square key covers,
inscribable
90 x transparent
Actuating element,
22 mm (0.86 in)
Latching mushroom pushbutton,
red and non-illuminated with
40 mm (1.57 in) protection
against lifting and tilting,
incl. holder
Contact block with 2 contacts
1 NO + 1 NC, 2-pole
screw terminal
Key set (10 sets)
for machine control panel
Rapid-traverse dial
(1 set = 20 units)
for 16-position rotary switch
MCP 483-C
Spindle/rapid traverse
override electronic
rotary switch
1x16G, T=24, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Feedrate/rapid traverse
override electronic
rotary switch
1x23G, T=32, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Cable set (60 units)
for additional control devices for
the machine control panels
Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
Set of clamps (9 units)
for supplementary operating
components with 2.5 mm (0.1 in)
profile,
Length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
Order No.
6FC5303-0AF22-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF12-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF21-0AA0
3SB3000-1HA20
3SB3400-0A
6FC5148-0AA03-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF30-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
SINUMERIK MCP 483
■ Overview
The newly designed SINUMERIK machine control panel
MCP 483 with membrane keys permits user-friendly and
straightforward operation of the machine functions. It is suitable
for machine-level operation of milling and turning machines,
and particularly grinding machines.
46 keys and both control device slots are equipped with user-inscribed
slide-in strips for adapting to specific machines. A DIN-
A4 sheet for inscribing the slide-in strips is included in the scope
of supply.
The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using
special clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Design
Control elements:
• Mode and function keys
50 keys with LEDs: 50 keys when connected via
PROFIBUS DP or 48 keys when connected via MPI
direction keys for milling machines with rapid traverse
override 17 user-assigned standard keys
• Spindle control with override spindle (rotary switch with
16 positions)
• Feed control with override feed/rapid traverse (rotary switch
with 23 positions)
• Keyswitch (4 positions and 3 different keys)
• Emergency stop pushbutton (2 x (1 NO + 1 NC))
Key type:
• Membrane keys
Interfaces:
• PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
• For 6 control devices (6 inputs/6 outputs) for connection via
PROFIBUS DP
(additional cable set required for control devices; see
Accessories/Ordering data)
• For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A when
connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
• For 2 handwheels when connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
Expansion facility:
• 2 slots for control devices (d = 16 mm/0.63 in)
1) With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
3/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MCP 483
■ Integration
■ Selection and Ordering Data
The SINUMERIK MCP 483 machine control panel can be used
with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline over
MPI interface or PROFIBUS DP
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF22-1AA2
Product name SINUMERIK MCP 483
machine control panel
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max.
16 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
-Front
-Rear
Distance to NCU/PCU
•MPI interface
•PROFIBUS DP
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Panel cutout
•Width
•Height
• Tolerance
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
200 m (656 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
483 mm (19.02 in)
155 mm (6.10 in)
70 mm (2.76 in)
450 mm (17.72 in)
135 mm (5.31 in)
+1 mm (0.04 in)
Designation
SINUMERIK MCP 483 machine
control panel
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Width 19", with membrane keys,
22 mm emergency stop
Direct keys/handwheel
connection 1)
Option for 6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2/
-0AF23-1AA0
Accessories
Inscribable slide-in strips
(3 A4 sheets) for 19" MCP,
membrane keys
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2
Actuating element, 22 mm
(0.86 in)
Latching mushroom pushbutton,
red and non-illuminated with
40 mm (1.57 in) protection
against lifting and tilting,
incl. holder
Contact block with 2 contacts
1 NO + 1 NC, 2-pole screw
terminal
Holder for 2 contact blocks
Keyswitch with key for
SINUMERIK MCP
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2/
-0AF23-1AA0
Key set (10 sets)
for machine control panel
Feedrate/rapid traverse
override rotary switch
1x23G, T=32, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Spindle/rapid traverse
override rotary switch
1x16G, T=24, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2
6FC5252-0AF00-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF22-1AA1
3SB3000-1HA20
3SB3400-0A
3SB2908-0AA
6FC5247-0AF02-0AA0
6FC5148-0AA03-0AA0
6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
3
Cable set (60 units)
for additional control devices for
the machine control panels
Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
Set of clamps (9 units) for
supplementary operating
components with 2.5 mm (0.1 in)
profile, length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
1) With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/23

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MCP 310
3
■ Overview
The newly designed machine SINUMERIK control panel
MCP 310 with membrane keys permits user-friendly and
straightforward operation of the machine functions. It is suitable
for machine-level operation of milling, turning, grinding and
special machines.
49 keys have user-inscribed slide-in strips for machine-specific
adaptations. A DIN-A4 sheet for inscribing the slide-in strips is
included in the scope of supply.
The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using
special clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Design
Control elements:
• Mode and function keys
49 keys with LEDs: 49 keys when connected via PROFIBUS
DP or 48 keys when connected via MPI
Direction keys for milling machines with rapid traverse
override
16 user-assigned standard keys
• Feed control with override feed/rapid traverse
(rotary switch with 23 positions)
• Keyswitch (4 positions and 3 different keys)
Key type:
• Membrane keys
Interfaces:
• PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
• For 6 control devices (6 inputs/6 outputs)
(additional cable set required for control devices; see
Accessories/Ordering data)
• For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A when
connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
• For 2 handwheels when connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
Expansion facilities:
• 6 slots for control devices (d = 16 mm/0.63 in)
• 1 slot for emergency-off key or rotary override switch
(to d = 22 mm/0.87 in)
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK MCP 310 machine control panel can be used
with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline over
MPI interface or PROFIBUS DP
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 203-0AF23-1AA0
Product name SINUMERIK MCP 310
machine control panel
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max.
16 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
-Front
-Rear
Distance to NCU/PCU
•MPI interface
• PROFIBUS DP
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Panel cutout
•Width
•Height
• Tolerance
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
200 m (656 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
310 mm (12.20 in)
175 mm (6.89 in)
65 mm (2.56 in)
285 mm (11.22 in)
155 mm (6.10 in)
+1 mm (0.04 in)
1) With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
3/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK MCP 310 machine
control panel
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Width 310 mm (1 ft), with
membrane keys
Direct keys/handwheel
connection 1)
Option for 6FC5203-0AF22-
1AA2/-0AF23-1AA0
Accessories
Inscribable slide-in strips
(3 DIN A4 sheets) for
310 mm (1 ft) MCP,
membrane keys
6FC5203-0AF23-1AA0
Actuating element,
22 mm (0.86 in)
Latching mushroom pushbutton,
red and non-illuminated with
40 mm (1.57 in) protection
against lifting and tilting, incl.
holder
Contact block with 2 contacts
1 NO + 1 NC, 2-pole screw
terminal
Actuating element
16 mm (0.63 in)
Emergency stop mushroom
pushbutton, red
Contact block with one contact,
1 NO
Contact block with one contact,
1 NC
Holder for 2 contact blocks
Keyswitch with key for
SINUMERIK MCP
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2/
-0AF23-1AA0
Key set (10 sets)
for machine control panel
Spindle/rapid traverse
override rotary switch
1x16G, T=24, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Feedrate/rapid traverse
override rotary switch
1x23G, T=32, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Cable set (60 units)
for additional control devices for
the machine control panels
Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
Set of clamps (9 units)
for supplementary operating
components with 2.5 mm (0.1 in)
profile, length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF23-1AA0
6FC5252-0AF00-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF23-1AA0
3SB3000-1HA20
3SB3400-0A
3SB2000-1AC01
3SB2404-0B
3SB2404-0C
3SB2908-0AA
6FC5247-0AF02-0AA0
6FC5148-0AA03-1AA0
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MCP 310
3
1) With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/25

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MPP 483
3
■ Overview
With its versatile and ergonomically configured control elements,
the pushbutton panel provides user-friendly, easy operation of
machines controlled by a SINUMERIK or PLC.
The MPP 483 provides large long-stroke keys for easy machine
operation as well as a membrane keyboard for powerful set-up
functions.
Tuned to the requirements of the powertrain sector, the MPP 483
is suitable for use with many different types of machine wherever
ergonomics and operating flexibility are priorities.
The pushbutton panel is mounted from the rear using special
clamps supplied with the panel.
■ Design
The basic version of the MPP 483 offers, for example:
• Emergency stop button (4-wire), latching, tamperproof
• 8 equipped illuminated pushbuttons for control elements
(d = 22.5 mm/0.89 in)
• 25 function keys with inscribed standard slide-in strips
(membrane keys)
• Key switches with 2 positions for bridging the emergency-stop
circuit and for authorization of mode selection
• Direct key connection for OP 012 (incl. ribbon cable)
• Feedrate override
• Interfaces for 2 handwheels for connection via PROFIBUS DP
(function depends on NCU software)
• Communication via MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Expansion options:
• 2 spare slots (d = 22.5 mm/0.89 in)
• Spindle override
Other standard versions:
• MPP 483A for mounting applications, without override and
with freely-assignable and inscribable slide-in strips. Only the
4 keys for mode selection are inscribed.
• MPP 483H with connection for an external handheld unit.
An HHU with 2-wire enabling can be connected here.
Special versions:
• MPP 483S: Special versions are possible comprising different
configuration types with various control elements and options,
for example with the EKS identification system from Euchner.
• MPP 483L: This special version is characterized by a higher
masking frame (244 mm/9.6 in) that offers additional mounting
space like an integrated expansion frame.
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK MPP 483 Pushbutton Panel can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline over
MPI interface or PROFIBUS DP
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP
3/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SINUMERIK MPP 483
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5 303-1AF00-0AA0 6FC5 303-1AF00-1AA0 6FC5 303-1AF01-0AA0
Product name SINUMERIK MPP 483
pushbutton panel
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 20 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP54
•Rear
IP10A
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
•Transport
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
•Operation
-Front
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
-Rear
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
3 kg (6.61 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
483 mm (19.02 in)
•Height
155 mm (6.10 in)
•Depth
140 mm (5.51 in)
Panel cutout
•Width
451 mm (17.76 in)
•Height
137.6 mm (5.42 in)
SINUMERIK MPP 483H
pushbutton panel
Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
SINUMERIK MPP 483A
pushbutton panel
3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
MPP 483 pushbutton panel
MPP 483H pushbutton panel
for HHU with 4-wire enabling
MPP 483A pushbutton panel
without override
Order No.
6FC5303-1AF00-0AA0
6FC5303-1AF00-1AA0
6FC5303-1AF01-0AA0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/27

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
Electronic handwheel
3
■ Overview
This encoder generates signals which correspond to the movements
of the handwheel as it is turned. The axis selected via the
control can be positioned paraxially. The handwheels are
equipped with a magnetic latching mechanism that supports
traversing with incremental accuracy.
The front panel can be removed. A version with 24 V DC and an
HTL interface is available for connection to I/O modules.
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC9320-5DB01 6FC9320-5DC01/
6FC9320-5DF01/
6FC9320-5DM00
6FC9320-5DH01
6FC9320-5DE01
Product name Electronic handwheel Electronic handwheel Electronic handwheel Portable electronic
handwheel
Rated voltage 5 V DC ±5% 10 ... 30 V DC 5 V DC ±5%
Rated current, max. 60 mA 15 mA 60 mA
Interface RS 422 (TTL) HTL RS 422 (TTL)
Phase angle of pulse sequence A to B 90° electrical
Pulses
2 x 100 pulses/rev.
Actuating force 8Ncm 4Ncm
Output frequency, max.
2 kHz
Distance to NCU, max. 25 m (82 ft) 20 m (65.62 ft)
Degree of protection to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP50
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
10 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Transport
10 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
•Transport
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
•Operation
0 ... +70 °C (+32 ... +158 °F)
Weight, approx. 0.6 kg (1.32 lb) 0.4 kg (0.88 lb) 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Electronic handwheel
• With front panel
120 mm x 120 mm
(4.72 in x 4.72 in),
with setting wheel
5 V DC, RS 422
• With front panel
76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3 in x 3 in),
with setting wheel
5 V DC, RS 422
• With front panel
76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3 in x 3 in),
with setting wheel
5 V DC, RS 422,
portable within housing,
connecting cable 2 m (6.56 ft)
6FC9320-5DB01
6FC9320-5DC01
6FC9320-5DE01
• With front panel
76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3 in x 3 in),
with setting wheel
24 V DC, HTL
• Without front panel,
with small setting wheel
5 V DC, RS 422
• Without front panel,
without setting wheel,
for installation
5 V DC, RS 422
Adapter set
for mounting in front panel
with 3-hole fixing
Flange socket
for portable handwheel
6FC9320-5DH01
6FC9320-5DM00
6FC9320-5DF01
6FC9320-5DN00
6FC9341-1AQ
3/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
Handwheel connection module
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS
can be used to connect two handwheels or the handwheel of the
handheld unit type B-MPI and the mini handheld unit.
On the SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for
PROFIBUS, digital inputs, outputs, connections for override
rotary switches and handwheels are provided as well as a
PROFIBUS DP interface for communication.
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS
is designed for control cabinet mounting.
■ Design
Interfaces:
• PROFIBUS DP
• For 6 inputs
• For 6 inputs and 6 outputs (additional cable set required)
• For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A
• For 2 handwheels
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS
can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline via
PROFIBUS DP
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl via PROFIBUS DP
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Handwheel connection module
for PROFIBUS
Accessories
Signal cable for handwheel
Pre-assembled
Length: < 5 m (16 ft) 1)
Feedrate/rapid traverse
override electronic rotary
switch 1x23G, T=32, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Spindle/rapid traverse
override electronic rotary
switch 1x16G, T=24, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
Cable set (60 units)
for additional control devices for
the machine control panels
Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
6FC5 303-0AA02-0AA0
SINUMERIK handwheel connection
module
24 V DC
15.2 W
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
0.82 kg (1.81 lb)
234 mm (9.21 in)
137 mm (5.39 in)
40 mm (1.57 in)
Order No.
6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0
6FX8002-2CP00-1A70
6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
3
1) Length code see MOTION-CONNECT.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/29

Operator components for CNC controls
Machine control panels
SIGNUM 3SB3
Laser inscription
■ Overview
■ Overview
3
Innovative technology and revolutionary installation
SIGNUM 3SB3 is our complete, modular, tried and tested range
of pushbuttons and indicator lights. Whether round or square,
made of plastic or metal - you will find the perfect solution for
every application. Your advantage: SIGNUM 3SB3 can be
installed quickly, conveniently and reliably.
■ Benefits
7 Emergency stop with reliable direct connection to
AS-Interface
7 SIGNUM 3SB3 control devices on PROFIBUS DP
7 SIGNUM 3SB3 control devices in plastic and metal for the
world market
7 Rugged metal control devices: IP67 degree of
protection/NEMA 4
7 Cost-effective and uniquely identifiable with integral
super-bright LED
7 Various connection possibilities: screw-type, soldered, cage
clamp connection
■ More information
For further information, please contact:
Technical Assistance
Phone: +49 (0) 91 31 / 7 - 4 38 33
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 / 7 - 2 64 45
E-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
Laser inscription is possible on all materials in principle and can
therefore be used for permanent and reliable identification, also
for special keys in the case of SINUMERIK machine control
panels.
The quality of laser inscribed products is significantly higher
than conventional inscription techniques.
■ Benefits
7 Maximum precision
7 Long service life
7 Flexible application
7 Protects material
■ More information
Direct ordering of laser inscribed special keys as well as an
overview of the different key symbols (heading: keys) for the
SINUMERIK machine control panels is possible over the
Internet.
LASERline Teschauer GmbH
Contact: Dipl.-Ing. Margitta Teschauer
Ludwigsburgstr. 10
09114 CHEMNITZ
Germany
Phone.: +49 (0) 371 / 3 30 10 57
Fax: +49(0)371/3301058
E-mail: teschauer@t-online.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/signum
http://www.teschauer.de
3/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Keyboards
KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard
■ Overview
The standard PC keyboard cannot be used in conjunction with
the full CNC keyboard.
The KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard with a hub impresses
customers with its modern design and hub for three USB ports.
A USB mouse can be connected here. The wrist rest supplied
with it supports ergonomic working.
Programs and texts can be edited easily with the standard PC
keyboard.
The standard PC keyboard is not suitable for industrial use
(EMC), and should not be used as a permanent installation.
It must be used only for servicing and commissioning.
■ Integration
The KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard can be used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70 and Windows XP
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
The standard PC keyboard cannot be used in conjunction with
the full CNC keyboard.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
KBPC USB US standard PC
keyboard
MF II compatible
104/105 key layout with
integral hub, connection: USB,
incl. connecting cable.
Length: 1.9 m (6.23 ft)
6FC5 203-0AC01-2AA0
SINUMERIK KBPC USB US
standard PC keyboard
5.25 V DC
0.3 W
IP20
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
-20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
-20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
+15 ... +32 °C (+59 ... +89 °F)
1 kg (2.20 lb)
463 mm (18.23 in)
37 mm (1.46 in)
166 mm (6.54 in)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AC01-2AA0
3
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Depth
6FC5 247-0AA40-0AA0
Keyboard tray
1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
487 mm (19.17 in)
196 mm (7.72 in)
Keyboard tray
This extremely stable 19" keyboard tray in anthracite facilitates
your work when using a standard external keyboard with an
operator panel.
Special screws permit easy attachment of the keyboard tray,
and equally easy removal following work.
If required, a version with an additionally removable tray for
a mouse is also available.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Keyboard tray
for keyboard (incl. 2 collar
screws)
Order No.
6FC5247-0AA40-0AA0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/31

Operator components for CNC controls
Keyboards
SINUMERIK KB 483C
3
■ Overview
The newly designed SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC keyboard
permits user-friendly input of programs and text.
The keyboard is mounted from the rear using special clamps
supplied with the keyboard.
■ Design
Control elements:
• Standard/US QWERTY layout
• 78 mechanical keys
• Alpha block with special characters
• Numeric block with special characters
• Cursor block
• CNC function keys with hot keys for fast selection of the
control area
Interface:
• USB 1.1
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC keyboard is used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
•Rear
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
-Front
-Rear
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Panel cutout
•Width
•Height
• Tolerance
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC
keyboard
Width 19", USB, with
mechanical keys
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
Accessories
Set of clamps (9 units)
for operating components with
2.5 mm (0.1 in) profile
Length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
6FC5 203-0AF20-0AA1
SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC
keyboard
5.25 V DC
0.4 W
IP54
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
483 mm (19.02 in)
133 mm (5.24 in)
31 mm (1.22 in)
450 mm (17.72 in)
112.5 mm (4.43 in)
+1 mm (0.04 in)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF20-0AA1
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
3/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Operator components for CNC controls
Keyboards
SINUMERIK KB 310C
■ Overview
The newly designed SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC keyboard
permits user-friendly input of programs and text.
The keyboard is mounted from the rear using special clamps
supplied with the keyboard.
■ Design
Control elements:
• Standard/US QWERTY layout
• 75 mechanical keys
• Alpha block with special characters
• Numeric block with special characters
• Cursor block
• CNC function keys with hot keys for fast selection of the
control area
Interface:
• USB 1.1
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC keyboard is used for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
•Rear
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
-Front
-Rear
Distance to PCU
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Panel cutout
•Width
•Height
• Tolerance
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC
keyboard
Width 310 m (12.2 in),
USB, with mechanical keys
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
Accessories
Set of clamps (9 units)
for operating components with
2.5 mm (0.09 in) profile
Length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
6FC5 203-0AF21-0AA1
SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC
keyboard
5.25 V DC
0.4 W
IP54
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
0 ... +45 °C (+32 ... +113 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
3 m (9.84 ft)
0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
310 mm (12.20 in)
175 mm (6.89 in)
31 mm (1.22 in)
285 mm (11.22 in)
155 mm (6.10 in)
+1 mm (0.04 in)
Order No.
6FC5203-0AF21-0AA1
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/33

Operator components for CNC controls
Storage devices
CompactFlash Card
3
■ Overview
The CompactFlash Card is used to store user data or system
software.
■ Integration
The CompactFlash Card is suitable for:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
As additional memory for user data in the
PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70 (via the PC card adapter)
• SINUMERIK 840Di:
As additional memory for user data in the PCU 50
(via the PC card adapter)
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl:
as additional memory for user data
• SINUMERIK 840D sl:
For the NCU system software of the
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1;
As additional memory for user data in the PCU 50.3
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6FC5 313-4AG00-0AA0
CompactFlash Card 512 MB
IP20
8 ... 95% without condensation
8 ... 95% without condensation
8 ... 95% without condensation
8 ... 95% without condensation
-25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
-25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
0 ... +70 °C (+32 ... +158 °F)
12 g (0.42 oz)
43 mm (1.7 in)
3.3 mm (0.13 in)
37 mm (1.46 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
CompactFlash Card 512 MB 6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0
Empty
3/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
Operator components for CNC controls
Storage devices
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
■ Function
• Formatted for boot capability incl. preinstalled operating
system (FreeDOS) for use as a boot medium, e.g., for
SIMATIC PC Image Creator
• High performance for faster data transfer - USB 2.0
(high-speed)
• Large memory capacity of 512 MB (replaces approx.
355 floppy disks)
• Simple installation – "plug & play", no driver necessary
(except for Windows 98SE)
• High degree of data security thanks to write protection switch
• Status LED for data transfer and operating state
• SIMATIC BIOS Manager, a software tool for SIMATIC PCs for
testing and duplication of Bios Setup settings (CMOS data)
included in scope of supply
• No external power supply necessary
3
The SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive is the ideal mobile storage
■ Integration
medium. Thanks to the rugged and ultra-compact construction The SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive is suitable for:
in a metal enclosure, fast data transfer (USB 2.0) and the high
memory capacity of 512 MB, the USB FlashDrive offers optimum
• SIMATIC PC/PG
values for use in industrial applications. It can be used to replace • SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 and SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with
floppy disks or CD-ROMs as data storage and it is supplied with Windows XP, HMI-Advanced version 06.03.24/06.04.18 or
boot capability.
higher
Recommended operating systems:
■ Benefits
• Windows 2000/XP
Ultra-compact and rugged
7 2 USB FlashDrives can be plugged into the SIMATIC PC/
SINUMERIK PCU one above the other.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6ES7 648-0DC20-0AA0
7 Suitable for use in industrial environments thanks to the metal Product name
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive
enclosure
Supported operating systems Windows 98/2000/XP
High investment security
7 Faultless operation (system test) with SIMATIC PC/PG
(hardware and software)/SINUMERIK PCU
Write protection
Approvals
Ambient temperature
Via switch
CE
•Storage
+20 ... +70 °C (+68 ... +158 °F)
7 Automation License Manager V2.0 can be installed.
•Operation
+5 ... +55 °C (+41 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
13.5 g (0.48 oz)
■ Application
Dimensions
• Length
52.7 mm (2.07 in)
The SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive is the fastest and simplest •Width
13.5 mm (0.53 in)
method for saving your data (e.g. recipes, configuration data, •Height
5.5 mm (0.22 in)
user data) and transporting them easily from one place to another,
or it can be used as boot medium, e.g. for SIMATIC PC
BIOS Manager, SIMATIC PC Image Creator or SINUMERIK PCU. ■ Selection and Ordering Data
Typical users are development and servicing engineers as well
as application and technical consultants.
Designation
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive 1)
Order No.
6ES7648-0DC20-0AA0
512 MB, USB 2.0, metal housing,
with boot capability
1) Subject to export regulations AL: N ECCN: EAR99H.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/35

Operator components for CNC controls
Storage devices
3.5" floppy disk drive, USB 1.1
3
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
•Rear
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
SINUMERIK 3.5" USB floppy disk
drive
5.25 V DC
2.5 W
IP54
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature
0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 5 ... 90% at -22 ... +60 °C
(-7.6 ...+140 °F)
• Transport 5 ... 95% at -40 ... +65 °C
(-40 ...+149 °F)
•Operation 20 ... 80% at +4 ... +51.7 °C
(+39.2 ...+123.08 °F)
Ambient temperature
The 3.5" floppy disk drive is suitable for archiving user data and •Storage
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140°F)
can be installed in front panels. The connection is made via the • Transport
-20 ... +60°C (-4 ... +140°F)
•Operation
+4 ... +50°C (+39.2 ... +122°F)
USB interface.
Distance to PCU, max.
5 m (16.41 ft)
■ Function
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
0.32 kg (0.7 lb)
The 3.5" floppy disk drive is designed for the transfer of user •Width
145 mm (5.71 in)
data. Installation in front panels makes it possible to transfer •Height
50 mm (1.97 in)
•Depth
161 mm (6.34 in)
data without opening the control cabinet door. You can use high
density (1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5" disks to store user data.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Integration
Designation
Order No.
The floppy disk drive is suitable for connecting to:
SINUMERIK 3.5" disk drive, 6FC5235-0AA05-1AA2
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP
USB 1.1
incl. connecting cable
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 and
Length: 1 m (3.28 ft)
PCU-Base software 07.03.03 or higher
Accessories
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Cover for disk drive
6FC5247-0AA20-0AA0
• SINUMERIK TCU
with masking frame, cover and
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 with Windows 2000/XP bearing bracket
■ More information
Note for SIMATIC Panel PCs
The USB floppy disk drive is approved for the Windows 2000/XP
operating systems. The appropriate drivers for the floppy disk
drive are supplied with the operating system software.
Note for SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70
A PCU 50/PCU 70 (566 MHz/1.2 GHz) with BIOS V02.03.07 and
Windows NT4.0 V07.03.03 or Windows XP V07.03.02.01 operating
system is required to operate the USB floppy disk drive.
3/36 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
Operator components for CNC controls
Housing systems
Rittal command panel systems
Rittal Comfort Panel – Functional and safe
The "third dimension" command panel in the HMI sector. With a
new design and additional functions, the Rittal Comfort Panel is
ideally matched to SINUMERIK operator components.
7 Individual mounting depths of 74 ... 464 mm (2.91 ... 18.27 in)
7 Standard housing matched to SINUMERIK operator panel
19" x 7 HU,
mounting depths: 74 mm/152 mm/191 mm/308 mm
(2.91 in/5.98 in/7.51 in/12.12 in) available ex stock
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 35 mm/74 mm
(1.37 in/2.91 in), tray for keyboards, tilting angle can be set to
any value between 88° and 136°, with toothed wheel adjustable
in increments of 8°; can be tilted upwards after use to
save space where necessary.
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
7 Design profile for color coordination with the machine or
equipment ID
7 All-round soft profile made from plastic reduces the risk of injury
7 Flat front frame for optimum access to lateral drives
7 Continuous mounting channels for individual dismounting of
accessories, internally and externally
3
Rittal command panel systems are manufactured with exact
dimensions for any combination of SINUMERIK operator components,
and are ready for installation. Optimum installation of
the operator components is assured thanks to the customized
dimensions. Select from a wide range of different housing
systems, e.g.:
Rittal VIP 6000 – Multi-talented in shape and function
The increased surface size resulting from cooling fins and screw
channels is the most reliable and cheapest type of heat dissipation.
7 Individual mounting depths of 155 ... 438 mm (0.5 ft ... 1.44 ft)
7 3 frame versions (wide, narrow or combined), depending on
application and design requirements
7 Optimum heat dissipation with 3 types of housing
7 Versatile housing connectors
7 Continuous edge profile, 3 versions in 5 colors
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 27 mm/44 mm/105 mm
(1.06 in, 1.73 in, 4.13 in), tray for keyboards
7 Continuous screw channels for flexible internal design
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
Rittal Optipanel – The slimline alternative design
7 Individual mounting depths: 50 mm/100 mm/150 mm
(1.96 in/3.93 in/5.90 in)
7 Standard housing matched to SINUMERIK operator panel
19" x 7 HU, mounting depth 100 mm (3.94 in),
available ex stock
7 Continuous edge profile
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 50 mm/100 mm
(1.96 in/3.93 in), tray for keyboards, tilting angle can be
set to any value between 80° and 155°
7 Continuous T slot for flexible internal design
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
■ Accessories
Support arm systems
• CP-S compact, for small and flat panel housings
• CP-L for small to medium-sized panel housings
• CP-XL open for simple cable inlet, closed for high loads
• CP-Q, the square alternative
Stand systems
• Stationary
• Mobile
• Adjustable height
• Console as stable base for supporting arm systems
■ More information
You will find comprehensive information in the Rittal Manual and
News 2005. These can be ordered direct from Rittal, or you can
contact your Rittal technical consultant.
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 16 62
35726 HERBORN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 23 19
E-mail: info@rittal.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.rittal.de
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
3/37

Operator components for CNC controls
Housing systems
Rose Systemtechnik GmbH & Co. KG
3
■ Overview
SL 3000
7 Profile combinations permit variable depths
7 Hollow chamber profile for hidden installation of drives and
connectors
7 Mounting depths: 60 mm/160 mm/200 mm
(2.36 in/6.3 in/7.87 in)
Mounting depths with combined profiles:
120 mm/220 mm/260 mm/360 mm
(4.72 in/8.66 in/10.24 in/14.17 in)
LIMANDA
Slim Line Commander
The Rose SL 2000 and SL 3000 Slim Line Commanders are
tailored housing systems for built-in control components with
numerous configuration possibilities.
With various mounting depths, the basic versions of the
aluminum housing systems in various sizes provide ideal
surface-mounting possibilities for CNC control with:
7 OP 010/OP 010S/OP 010C/OP 012/OP 015/OP 015A
7 TP 015A
and the full CNC keyboards, the machine control panels and the
pushbutton panel.
SL 2000
7 Multifunctional add-on system with all-round fixing slots
7 Individual front panel installation from front or back
7 Mounting depths: 80 mm/110 mm/185 mm
(3.15 in/4.33 in/ 7.28 in)
LIMANDA is the ideal polyamide panel housing for installing
small operator panels and control devices for mobile and fixed
applications to the IP65 degree of protection.
7 Dimensions of Limanda 1: 317 mm x 287 mm x 75 mm
(12.48 in x 11.3 in x 2.95 in)
7 Dimensions of Limanda 2: 270 mm x 248 mm x 64 mm
(10.63 in x 9.76 in x 2.52 in)
Suitable for SIMATIC Panels:
7 PP7/PP17
7 OP7/OP15/OP17
7 TP27-6/TP 170
7 C7
■ More information
Are you looking for an individual solution for your application?
Ask us!
Your partner for industrial housing systems:
Rose Systemtechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Erbeweg 13-15
32457 PORTA WESTFALICA, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 5 71 - 50 41 - 0
Fax: +49(0)571-5041-159
E-mail: rose@rose-pw.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.rose-pw.de
3/38 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for
CNC controls
4
4/2 Operator control and
programming
4/2 HMI-Embedded
4/3 HMI-Advanced
4/4 ShopMill
4/5 ShopTurn
4/6 Technology cycles
4/7 Measuring functions/
measuring cycles
4/8 CAD-Reader
4/9 Open Architecture
4/9 HMI-Open Architecture
4/11 EasyMask
4/11 EasyTrans
4/12 HotWin
4/12 EasyMon
4/13 Motion Control Information
System MCIS
4/13 Introduction
4/13 DNC – Direct Numeric Control
4/14 DNC Machine
4/15 DNC Cell
4/17 DNC IFC SINUMERIK
4/17 DNC IFC Serial
4/18 DNC IFC Dialog
4/18 DNF IFC Filesystem
4/19 DNC Compare
4/20 DNC Plant
4/21 DNC HMI
4/22 TDI – Tool Data Information
4/24 TDI Overview
4/25 TDI Toolhandling
4/26 TDI Planning
4/27 TDI Statistic
4/27 TDI IFC
4/28 TDI Cell
4/29 TDI Plant
4/30 TDI Machine
4/31 TDI Toolplan Generation
4/32 TDI Ident Connection
Motion Control Information
System MCIS (continued)
4/33 MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
4/33 MDA Cell
4/35 MDA IFC
4/36 MDA Machine
4/38 RPC Remote Procedure Call
(computer coupling)
4/39 TPM – Total Productive Maintenance
4/40 RCS – Remote Control System
4/41 RCS @Event
4/42 RCS Host/RCS Viewer
4/43 RCS Host/RCS Viewer Embedded
4/44 ADDM – Data Management
4/45 ePS Network Services
4/46 Supplementary hardware for
HMI software
4/46 MOBY E tool identification system
4/47 MOBY I identification system
4/48 Mobile data memories MDS
4/49 Write/read devices SLG
4/50 Tools
4/50 SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK
Hardware
4/50 Startup software for
SINAMICS S120/
SIMODRIVE 611 digital
4/51 SinuCom
4/53 SinuCom PLC Manager
4/54 SINUMERIK Solution Providers
The software options with order
numbers 6FC5800-0A...-0YB0
can be ordered in combination with
the NCU system software/system
software using order codes.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
HMI-Embedded
4
■ Overview
■ Function
Part programs can be rapidly checked using the 2D simulation
for turning. An easy-to-use milling simulation option is available.
The graphical user interface can be extended in the basic
version by up to 20 pictures via predefined softkeys without
additional software.
Using these softkeys it is possible to import machine-specific
screen forms, pictures or function trees. Programming support,
such as cycle support, can be intensified with the "Supplement
user interface" function. Configuring takes place using simple
text files.
The user interface can be optionally expanded by more than
20 pictures using the integral editor at specific predefined softkeys
(with a SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA).
The HMI-Embedded software is an integral part of the NCU
system software for NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1.
The HMI-Embedded software is technology-independent, multichannel
operating software for machine tools and executes on
an embedded operating system. The software supports convenient
and complete window-oriented operation of machines.
The generation of parts programs is assisted by a text editor
which provides easy-to-use, screen form-based support. The
powerful contour calculator enables programming and graphic
display of complex workpiece contours.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Simulation of milling
multiple sides
2D dynamic, 3D static
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
SINUMERIK HMI
copy license OA
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP21-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP02-0YB0
4/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
HMI-Advanced
■ Overview
The HMI-Advanced software is a universal, multi-channel user
interface software for machine tools. The software supports convenient
and complete window-oriented operation of machines.
The text editor provides easy-to-use, screen form-based support.
The powerful contour calculator enables programming and
graphic display of complex workpiece contours. Part programs
can be rapidly checked using the integral 2D/3D simulation for
turning and milling.
■ Function
You can modify or redesign the graphical user interface easily:
• Using the integral editor, the graphical user interface can be
extended in the basic version by up to 20 pictures via predefined
softkeys.
Using these softkeys it is possible to import machine-specific
screen forms, pictures or function trees. Programming support,
such as cycle support, can be modified or intensified
with the "Supplement user interface" function. Configuring
takes place using simple text files.
• Using the SINUMERIK HMI engineering package WinCC
flexible, you can configure displays graphically, quickly and
easily.
• The SINUMERIK HMI programming package (with extensive
online documentation) permits you to develop your own operating
ideas and concepts using the Microsoft Visual Studio
6 development tool or Visual C++ and the HMI basic software.
In order to use one or more of these possibilities, it is necessary
to have the "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option for each
PCU. When using the integral editor, this is only necessary from
the 21st picture onwards.
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK software HMI-Advanced can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1 and
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Preconditions for HMI-Advanced on PC/PG:
• IBM-compatible PC, Pentium 1.2 GHz or better
• RAM: at least 512 MB
• Windows XP operating system
• Industrial Ethernet
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
HMI-Advanced
incl. technology cycles
for drilling, milling and turning
and the startup tool for
SINAMICS S120 1) and
SIMODRIVE 611 digital
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish
For PCU 50.3
• Single license
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG1
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC5253-7BX10-7AG0
of specific software version
• Software update service
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG2
• Update on order of
6FC5253-7BX10-7AG3
specific software version
For PC/PG
• Single license
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG1
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Software update service
• Update on order of
specific software version
Additional languages 2)
Languages: Czech, Danish,
Dutch, Finnish, Hungarian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish,
Portuguese/Brazilian, Russian,
Simplified Chinese, Swedish,
Traditional Chinese, Turkish
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Additional languages
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Management of up to
4 additional network drives
via Ethernet, USB, CF card
of the PCU
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Multi-channel step sequence
programming
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
SINUMERIK HMI
copy license OA
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
6FC5253-7BX40-7AG0
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG2
6FC5253-7BX40-7AG3
6FC5253-7BX10-7XG8
6FC5800-0AN00-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP01-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP05-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP02-0YB0
Example of "specific software version", e.g., 7.1:
6FC5253-7....-1...
4
1) HMI-Advanced software version 7.1 and higher
2) Please enquire about software versions available.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/3

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
ShopMill
4
■ Overview
■ Function
• Machining step programming (option)
• ShopMill tool management
• Simultaneous recording (option)
• Residual material recognition and machining for contour
pockets (option)
• 3D graphics of the finished part
• Multiple clamping of identical workpieces with optimization of
the tool sequence
• Multiple clamping of different workpieces with optimization of
the tool sequence (option)
• A swivel cycle supports multiface machining and machining
of sloping surfaces independently of the machine kinematics
(swivel table/swivel head).
• Shopfloor-oriented cycles for milling, drilling, and measuring
• Access to external programs through network interfacing or
CF card (option)
ShopMill is an operating and programming software program for
milling machines that makes it easy for you to operate a machine
and to program workpieces.
With ShopMill, you get a complete CNC control solution for
milling in the workshop area.
You can use ShopMill on single-channel versions of vertical or
universal milling machines with up to 12 axes (including rotary
axes and spindles). Of the 12 axes, 3 linear and 2 rotary axes
plus 1 spindle can be displayed simultaneously. In addition to an
extensive cycle package, it offers a host of practice-oriented
setup functions (e.g., workpiece or tool measurement) and
functions for data handling.
ShopMill’s tool management function is transparent and userfriendly.
To use this function, it must be integrated into the PLC
program of the machine.
ShopMill supports 3 different programming methods:
• G code programs that are generated externally,
e.g., mold-making programs, are imported from CAD/CAM
systems.
• G code programs that can be created directly at the machine.
In G code programming, all technology cycles can be used.
• Machining step programs that are created directly on the
machine (available as an option)
Workpiece programming is easy because programming is
graphically supported and no knowledge of G codes is required.
ShopMill displays the program as a clear, understandable
work plan and presents the individual cycles and contour
elements in a dynamic graphical display.
With the PCU 50.3, the HMI-Advanced areas "Utilities", "Parameters",
"Diagnostics" and "Startup" are permanently integrated into
ShopMill. The solutions for Open Architecture, MCIS or Solution
Provider applications from ShopMill can, therefore, be used.
A PC version of ShopMill (for training purposes, for example) is
available (see SinuTrain).
■ Benefits
7 Clear program presentation in the machining step program
(option)
7 Dynamic input graphics for contour elements and cycles
7 Adaptation of the traversing paths of the tool while taking into
account the workpiece contour and obstacles
7 High-performance contour computer for the input of a free
contour
7 Support of swivel heads and swivel tables
7 Individual cycles and user images can be integrated.
■ Integration
The SINUMERIK software ShopMill can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/720.1/730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The ShopMill software is a component of the NCU system software.
For SINUMERIK PCU 50.3, the software is available on
CD-ROM. For ordering data, see SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Machining step programming
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Residual material detection and
machining 1)
for contour pockets
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Multiple clamping of different
workpieces 1)
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Simultaneous recording
Real-time simulation of current
machining
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/jobshop
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP04-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP13-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP14-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP23-0YB0
1) The Machining step programming software option is a precondition.
4/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
ShopTurn
■ Overview
The Manual Machine function provides operating functions such
as turning with an intermediate switch. Individual machining
cycles can be executed directly without the need to create a
CNC program. This can be used to operate cycle-controlled
turning machines with machining in front of the center of rotation.
With the PCU 50.3, the HMI-Advanced areas "Utilities", "Parameters",
"Diagnostics" and "Startup" are permanently integrated into
ShopTurn. The solutions for Open Architecture, MCIS or Solution
Provider applications from ShopTurn can, therefore, be used.
A PC version of ShopTurn (for training purposes, for example) is
available (see SinuTrain).
ShopTurn is an operating and programming software program
for single-slide turning machines that makes it easy for you to
operate a machine and to program workpieces.
With ShopTurn, you get a complete CNC control solution for
turning in the workshop area.
In addition to an extensive cycle package, it offers a host of
practice-oriented setup functions (e.g., workpiece or tool
measurement) and functions for data handling.
You can use ShopTurn on single-channel versions of single-slide
turning machines with up to 12 axes (including rotary axes
and spindles). Of the 12 axes, 5 axes plus 1 spindle can be
displayed simultaneously. ShopTurn also supports machine
extensions with C axes, Y axes and counterspindle.
ShopTurn’s tool management function is transparent and userfriendly.
To use this function, it must be integrated into the PLC
program of the machine.
ShopTurn supports three different programming methods:
• G code programs that are generated externally,
e.g., imported from CAD/CAM systems.
• G code programs that can be created directly at the machine.
In G code programming, all technology cycles can be used.
• Machining step programs that are created directly on the
machine (available as an option)
Workpiece programming is easy because programming is
graphically supported and no knowledge of G codes is
required. ShopTurn displays the program as a clear, understandable
work plan and presents the individual cycles and
contour elements in a dynamic graphic.
■ Benefits
7 Clear program presentation in the machining step program
(option)
7 Easy operation for manual turning functions
7 Dynamic input graphics for contour elements and cycles
7 High-performance contour computer for the input of a free
contour
7 Automatic generation of the approach and departure movements
depending on the tool position and the type of
machining
7 Individual cycles and user pictures can be integrated
■ Function
• Machining step programming (option)
• Manual machine (option)
• ShopTurn tool management
• Simultaneous recording (option)
• Residual material recognition and machining for contour
pockets and cutting (option)
• 3D simulation of the finished part (option)
• Travel to fixed stop (option) when using the counterspindle
• Synchronous spindle (option) when using the counterspindle
• Transmit (option) and peripheral surface transformation
(option) when using driven tools
• Access to external programs through network interfacing or
CF card (option)
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/5

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
ShopTurn
Technology cycles
■ Integration
■ Overview
The SINUMERIK software ShopTurn can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/720.1/730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The ShopTurn software is a component of the NCU system software.
For SINUMERIK PCU 50.3, the software is available on
CD-ROM. For ordering data, see SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
4
Designation
Machining step programming
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Manual machine
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Residual material detection and
machining 1)
for contour pockets and during
cutting
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
3D simulation of the finished
part
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Simultaneous recording
Real-time simulation of current
machining
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Travel to fixed stop
when using counterspindle
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Synchronous spindle
when using counterspindle
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Transmit and peripheral surface
transformation
when using driven tools
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP04-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP11-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP13-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP20-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP24-0YB0
6FC5800-0AM01-0YB0
6FC5800-0AM14-0YB0
6FC5800-0AM27-0YB0
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
Technology cycles
Example: Swiveling to any surface
Technology cycles (standard cycles) for drilling/milling and turning
are available for frequently repeated machining tasks.
Standard cycles are generally applicable technology subroutines,
with which you can implement specific machining
processes such as tapping a thread or milling a pocket. The
cycles are adapted to a concrete machining task by means of
defining parameters.
■ Function
The following standard cycles are available:
• Drilling:
Drilling/centering, drilling/counterboring, deep-hole drilling,
tapping with and without compensating chuck, boring 1 ... 5,
row of holes, circle of holes, grid of holes, machining on
inclined surfaces
• Milling:
Thread milling, elongated holes in a circle, groove in a circle,
circumferential groove, rectangular/circular pocket, face
milling, path milling, rectangular/circular spigot, machining on
inclined surfaces, high-speed settings for optimized HSC
machining, engraving cycle
• Turning:
Groove, undercut, cutting with relief cut, thread undercut,
thread cutting, chaining of threads, thread recutting
The parameters are set via graphically supported input screen
forms in plain text.
■ Integration
Technology cycles are included for SINUMERIK
840Di sl/840D sl in the NCU system software with HMI-Embedded
and in the user interface software HMI-Advanced.
http://www.siemens.com/jobshop
1) The Machining step programming software option is a precondition.
4/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
Measuring functions/measuring cycles
■ Overview
■ Function
4
Measuring cycles
Example: Measuring a shaft
Measuring functions can execute either channel-specifically
including all axes programmed in the measuring set as well as
axially from the parts program or from synchronous actions
beyond NC block limits.
Measuring cycles are subroutines for solving specific measuring
tasks. They are easy to use by entering values for predefined
parameters. A general distinction is made between tool measurement
and workpiece measurement. For this purpose, we
provide you with a complete range of measuring cycles.
■ Benefits
7 2 probes can be connected simultaneously
7 Measurement in the solid with frame
7 Adaptable measuring modes with/without deletion of residual
distance
7 Display and logging of measuring parameters and results
(with measuring cycles)
7 Results can be read in the machine or workpiece coordinate
system
7 Cyclic measurement with synchronous actions parallel to
workpiece machining
7 Measurement in jog mode for milling machines
With the advantages of the SINUMERIK measurement functions
and measuring cycles, you ensure machining accuracy, shorten
idle times, and eliminate sources of faults, thus making a significant
contribution to further automation of the manufacturing
process.
Measuring cycles
Example: 2-angle measurement for determining the position of a plane in
space
In the case of tool measuring, the loaded tool (typically in the
revolver on turning machines) is moved toward the probe which
is either in a fixed position or swiveled into the working range by
a mechanical device. The automatically derived tool geometry is
entered in the relevant tool offset data record.
In the case of workpiece measuring, a probe is moved towards
the clamped workpiece like a tool. The flexible selection of
measuring cycles means that you can handle practically every
measuring task associated with turning or milling.
The principle of "on-the-fly measurement" is used in SINUMERIK
controls. The advantage of this principle is that the probe signal
is processed directly in the CNC. The measuring parameters
and the results of the measurements are output extremely clearly
in separate displays which are either automatically deselected
at the end of the cycle, or can be acknowledged when starting
the CNC.
The result of the workpiece measurement can either include
automatic offset of the zero point or a correction of the tool wear
by the difference between the actual value and the setpoint. The
measured results can be logged in a file. The Siemens measuring
cycles offer a standard log which you can also adapt.
In order to measure tool and workpiece dimensions, a touchtrigger
probe is required that supplies a constant signal (rather
than a pulse) when deflected. The probe should switch bouncefree,
and mechanical adjustment may be necessary.
Multidirectional probes can be used for all tool and workpiece
measurements on turning and milling machines. Bidirectional
probes are treated like a mono probe for workpiece measurements
on milling and machining centers, but are not suitable for
tool measurements.
Monodirectional probes can be used on milling machines and
machining centers with slight restrictions in workpiece measurements,
but are not suitable for tool measurements or for workpiece
measurements on turning machines.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/7

HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
Measuring functions/measuring cycles
CAD-Reader
4
■ Function (continued)
We offer:
• Measuring cycles for turning machines
- Tool measurements (calibration/measurement) for turning
tools
- Tool measurements for milling tools and drills on turning
machines
- Calibrating workpiece probes
- 1-point workpiece measurement
- 2-point workpiece measurement
• Measuring cycles for milling machines and machining centers
- Tool measurements (calibration/measurement) for milling
tools
- Calibrating workpiece probes
- Paraxial workpiece measurement on
hole/shaft/slot/web/rectangle
- 1-point workpiece measurement on area
- Workpiece measurement at any angle on hole/shaft/slot/web
- Workpiece measurement at angular position (1-/2-angle
measurement)
- Automatic set-up corner internal and external
- Measurement of workpiece sphere and automatic correction
of work offset
■ Integration
General (channel-specific) measuring functions are included as
standard in the basic version of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl/
840D sl CNC controls.
Axial measuring, measuring from synchronous actions and
continuous measuring can be implemented as options with
Measuring stage 2. With SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl, the measuring
cycles are included in the NCU system software with HMI-
Embedded and in the HMI-Advanced user interface software,
and can be used as an option with measuring cycles.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Measuring cycles
for drilling/milling and turning
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Measuring stage 2
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP28-0YB0
6FC5800-0AM32-0YB0
■ Overview
The CAD Reader program converts DXF files into contours or hole drilling
templates.
■ Function
• Importing of DXF files
• Suppressing of graphic layers
• Automatic contour tracing
• Any workpiece zero per extracted contour/drilling pattern
• Several contours/drilling patterns can be extracted
simultaneously
• Conversion into contours or drilling patterns for ShopMill,
ShopTurn, ManualTurn, HMI-Advanced or HMI-Embedded
• Display of extracted contours/drilling patterns in the
geometric processor/cycle support
■ Integration
The "CAD Reader" program can be used with:
• SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Preconditions:
• Windows 95/98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP operating system
• Mouse
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
CAD Reader for PC
incl. documentation
Languages: English, German
• Single license
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG1
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC5260-0AY00-0AG0
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC5260-7AY00-7AG0
of specific software version
• Software update service
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG2
• ServicePack on order of
6FC5260-7AY00-7AG8
specific software version
Example of specific software version, e.g., 6.2:
6FC5260-6....-2...
4/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Open Architecture
HMI Open Architecture
■ Overview
The graphics-based SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering tool is
used as the basis for configuration. You are therefore able to
create stand-alone user interfaces for operating and visualizing
plant and machine tools. The SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible
configuring package is also required in order to be able to configure
the SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl or its operating systems.
HMI openness provides OEMs with the option of achieving their
own look and for implementing their own operating and display
functions.
This openness is available with use of the SINUMERIK HMI
programming package and the SINUMERIK HMI configuration
package.
The SINUMERIK HMI add-in package allows machine manufacturers
to integrate their own applications into SINUMERIK
or a standard PC/PG with an MPI card which do not use
SINUMERIK communication and therefore do not require a
SINUMERIK HMI programming package; or SINUMERIK HMI
configuration package. The tool is available from the Customer
Support online shop.
■ Benefits
7 Open for applications created by third parties
7 Integration of user interfaces in HMI-Advanced with PCU 50.3
7 Integration of user interfaces in SIMATIC CE Panels into
SINUMERIK
7 User interfaces for standalone execution (without HMI-
Advanced) with the SINUMERIK HMI configuration package
7 Supports Microsoft COM and OPC interfaces
■ Function
SINUMERIK HMI programming package
The SINUMERIK HMI programming package enables high-level
language applications that are based on the Visual Basic and
Visual C++ programming languages to be integrated into HMI-
Advanced with PCU 50.3.
SINUMERIK HMI configuring package
With the SINUMERIK HMI configuring package, any skilled
worker with basic technical experience can create technologyrelated
modules for programming, operation and visualization,
without the need for high-level language expertise.
It is then possible to generate user interfaces, which can be
integrated into HMI-Advanced, or which can be used
autonomously, i.e., executed without HMI-Advanced, and which
use the communications interfaces of the SINUMERIK.
SINUMERIK HMI add-in package
Extensive documentation describing how to integrate applications
into HMI-Advanced is included with the SINUMERIK HMI
add-in package.
SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA
The SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA runtime license permits
execution of the user’s own HMI Open Architecture applications
on the SINUMERIK control, if created using:
• SINUMERIK HMI programming package or
• SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible configuring package or
• SINUMERIK HMI add-in package or
• Expand user interface > 20 configured screenforms
(integrated into HMI-Advanced and HMI-Embedded) or
• OPC (OLE for Process Control) openness to higher-level
systems thanks to standardized OPC interface
SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE
The SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE runtime license allows
users to run their own HMI Open Architecture applications on
SIMATIC CE panels on the SINUMERIK control. These applications
are created using the SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible
configuring package.
Consequently, the following functions can be used:
• NC variable dialog (symbolic presentation)
• NC file management (e.g., selection of part programs)
• NC functions (e.g., apply tool, NC Start/Stop and other PI
utilities)
• Alarms and messages in plain text
The SIMATIC Panels can be connected over MPI or PROFIBUS
to the SINUMERIK.
Note:
To develop your own applications, you need to run the software
version of the SINUMERIK HMI programming package that
matches the HMI-Advanced on the target hardware.
Example: HMI-Advanced V7.1.x requires SINUMERIK HMI programming
package V7.1.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible is not included in the SINUMERIK HMI
WinCC flexible configuring package and must be ordered
separately if required.
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/9

HMI software for CNC controls
Open Architecture
HMI Open Architecture
4
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK HMI
copy license OA and
• SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Expand user interface
• SINUMERIK operator panels:
after 21st screenform
OP 010/OP 010S/OP 010C/OP 012/OP 015/OP 015A/OP
015AT/TP 015A/TP 015AT
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• SIMATIC CE panels: OP 170B/TP 170B/Mobile Panel
• Single license
without data carrier
170/OP 270/TP 270/MP 270B/MP 370
Windows NT/XP
SINUMERIK HMI
copy license CE
• One SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA is required per control
Software option
in order to use supplementary software on the PCU.
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• One SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE is required per control • Single license
in order to use OEM applications on the SIMATIC CE Panels. without data carrier
• Always subject to conclusion of an OEM contract.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
SINUMERIK HMI add-in
package
incl. documentation
• Single license with CD-ROM
Designation
Order No.
Visualization systems
SINUMERIK HMI
programming package
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
incl. HMI-Advanced for PC/PG
Compact
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Runtime system languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish
Engineering system languages:
English, German
incl. Automation Value Card with
400 credits
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Software update service
• Upgrade/power pack
for specific software version
SINUMERIK HMI
WinCC flexible configuring
package
incl. HMI-Advanced for PC/PG
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Runtime system languages:
Supports all HMI runtime system
languages
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG1
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG0
6FC5253-7BX20-7AG0
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG2
6FC5253-7BX20-7AG3
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Standard
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Advanced
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP02-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP03-0YB0
6FC5253-0AF02-0AA0
6AV6611-0AA01-0AA0
6AV6612-0AA01-0AA0
6AV6613-0AA01-0AA0
■ More information
You will find further information in the "Updates" at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csinfo
You can obtain technical support and advice from:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
NL Stuttgart
Dept. RD SDW STG A&D CoC NC
Competence Center Stuttgart
Fax: +49(0)711-137-2838
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
Engineering system languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
incl. Automation Value Card with
400 credits
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Software update service
• Upgrade/power pack
for specific software version
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG1
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG0
6FC5253-7CX25-7AG0
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG2
6FC5253-7CX25-7AG3
4/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Open Architecture
EasyMask
EasyTrans
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
EasyMask is a simple configuring tool for generating operating
screens. EasyMask is configured using inputs in INI and text files
entered with an ASCII editor. This permits you to easily generate
your own operating screens.
EasyTrans is a simple tool for administration of data blocks.
Various parameter areas (R parameters, PLC data blocks and
PLC bit memories) can be saved in a backup file on the HMI, and
downloaded back into the control. EasyTrans can create, read
and delete several backup files in a directory. It is configured
using entries in an INI file.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
EasyMask
for HMI-Advanced 7.x
• Single license
without data carrier
• Disk
Order No.
6FC5263-0AY00-0AB1
6FC5263-7AY00-0AB0
Designation
EasyTrans
for HMI-Advanced 7.x
• Single license
without data carrier
•Disk
Order No.
6FC5263-0AY10-0AB1
6FC5263-7AY10-0AB0
■ More information
You can obtain further information on EasyMask/EasyTrans from:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
NL Stuttgart
Dept. A&D ES1
Competence Center for Machine Tools and Special Machines
Fax: +49(0)711-137-2838
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/11

HMI software for CNC controls
Open Architecture
HotWin
■ Overview
EasyMon
■ Overview
4
HotWin is an application which enables the user to configure up
to 32 input/output windows on the human-machine interface.
These windows can be activated via the PLC or using NCK
signals (signal 0: window cannot be seen, signal 1: window can
be seen).
The contents of the windows can be configured in EasyMask
syntax.
EasyMon is an application which facilitates online monitoring
of traverse paths (tool center point) at a selected level on the
operator interface.
The display is also active during program testing (PRT). The
monitoring window is configured using parameterization
displays.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
HotWin
for HMI-Advanced 7.x
• Single license
without data carrier
• Disk
Order No.
6FC5263-0AY20-0AB1
6FC5263-7AY20-0AB0
Designation
EasyMon
for HMI-Advanced 7.x
• Single license
without data carrier
•CD-ROM
Order No.
6FC5263-0AY30-0AG1
6FC5263-7AY30-0AG0
■ More information
You can obtain further information on HotWin/EasyMon from:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
NL Stuttgart
Dept. A&D ES1
Competence Center for Machine Tools and Special Machines
Fax: +49(0)711-137-2838
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
4/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
Introduction
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
■ Overview
■ Overview
DNC
Machine
DNC Cell
DNC Plant
4
With the Motion Control Information System you will increase the
productivity and reliability of your machine tools by integrating
the machines perfectly into the process chain.
For your production area, this means:
7 Smooth coordination of planning and execution
7 Shorter setup times and enhanced efficiency
7 Reduced machine downtimes
7 Simplified fault analyses
NC program management DNC
The NC program management DNC supports handling of the
NC programs, and reduces the costs for NC data organization.
As a result of the convenient electronic NC program management
and archiving, the NC programs are always available in
their latest version for the machines of the complete production
area. This is particularly relevant in production areas with a high
degree of flexibility and variation and where NC data frequently
change, for example in machining centers, special machines
and flexible production lines.
The NC program management DNC consists of software
modules which can be applied depending on the functional
requirements.
DNC Machine
DNC Machine is the software module for NC program transfer
between the SINUMERIK control and an NC programming
workstation (over the network file system).
DNC Cell
DNC Cell is the software module as a single-user solution for
DNC networking of a small production area.
DNC Plant
DNC Plant is the software module as a multi-user solution for
DNC networking throughout a factory.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/13

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Machine
■ Overview
■ Integration
4
DNC
Machine
DNC
Machine
DNC Machine is used to connect the SINUMERIK 840Di sl/
840D sl over the standard Ethernet network to a file system,
for example, to transfer NC programs between the NC programming
system and the CNC machine.
■ Function
• Operator interface for NC program transfer/uploading on the
SINUMERIK operator panel
• Fixed definition, or free navigation in Windows or UNIX network
directories in which the NC programs have been saved
by the programmer
• View of NC programs available for the machine in the network
directory. Filters are possible.
• Selection and transmission of single or several NC data/files
and workpiece directories
• Automatic NC program importing from a network directory
• Direct loading of NC programs into the CNC
• Utilization of Windows administration information (file name,
file length, generation/modification date)
• Logbook of NC program transfers
• Deletion of NC data in the network directory and in the
SINUMERIK control
• Key switch-dependent function privileges on the SINUMERIK
control
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• For connecting to a UNIX file system, network software is also
required on the SINUMERIK.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Benefits
Designation
Order No.
7 Cost reduction in NC data management
DNC Machine
7 Increased useful machine life thanks to shorter set-up times Software option
7 Fast, reliable provision of program
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Languages: English, French,
7 The latest NC programs are always available for the
German, Italian, Korean, Russian,
SINUMERIK control
Simpified Chinese
7 Simple integration of the SINUMERIK control into a standard
• Single license
6FC5800-0AP40-0YB0
Ethernet network
without data carrier
7 NC program input by the programmer and automatic transfer • CD-ROM without license
6FC6000-0AC00-0AA8
to the SINUMERIK control mean that handling of the program for current software version
on the machine by the operator is unnecessary.
• CD-ROM without license
6FC6000-0AC07-7AA8
for specific software version
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
• Trial license
Single license
for current software version
• Trial license
Single license
for specific software version
6FC6000-0AC07-7AE0
6FC6000-0AC00-0AT7
6FC6000-0AC07-7AT7
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-0AC02-0A..
4/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell
■ Benefits
7 Cost reduction in NC data management
• Convenient, central NC program management with
provision of the NC programs
• Low management overhead and simple handling mean that
a disk drive for archiving of NC data is unnecessary
7 Increase in machine operating times and reduction in setup
times through reliable and fast provision of NC program
7 No DNC terminals are required on the machine because the
NC program is requested directly on the CNC operator panel
7 Cost-effective and reliable electronic data archiving
7 Automatic NC data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
7 Simple integration of many different types and generations
of CNCs
7 Direct connection of SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 with Windows via
standard Industrial Ethernet network
4
DNC Cell supports handling of the NC programs. DNC Cell is
software for convenient management, archiving and transfer of
NC programs, and can be used to network small CNC production
areas.
As a result of the convenient electronic NC program management
and archiving, the NC programs are always available in
their latest version for the CNC machines of the complete production
area. This is particularly relevant in production areas
with a high degree of flexibility and variation and where NC data
frequently change, for example in machining centers, special
machines and flexible production lines.
■ Integration
DNC Cell
DNC IFC Serial/Dialog
DNC IFC SINUMERIK
DNC IFC Filesystem
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/15

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell
4
■ Function
• Software for managing and transferring NC programs on a
standard PC (workstation)
• Connection of up to 16 CNCs or tool setting stations via serial
interfaces using DNC IFC Serial
• Integration of up to 16 additional CNC machines over an
Ethernet network
- SINUMERIK control via standard Ethernet network with
DNC IFC SINUMERIK
- Ethernet-capable CNC machines that can be supplied with
NC programs through a network file system
(see DNC IFC File System)
• Connection of NC programming systems via standard
network, e.g., via Ethernet, Novell or token ring
• Automatic data import from NC programming system
• Shopfloor-oriented NC program archiving structures with
DNC Explorer
• User management with user-dependent functions such as
display, edit, copy, delete, enable NC programs
• Program transfer through operator inputs on the DNC Cell PC
• Program transfer directly on the CNC operator panel with
DNC IFC Dialog
• Automatic data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
• NC program comparison/machine adaptation between the
SINUMERIK control and DNC Cell using DNC Compare
• GUI for parameterization of interface parameters
• Scalable system configuration from small, local DNC systems
up to the factory-wide multi-user system DNC Plant
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DNC Cell
Software package
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
Order No.
6FC6000-0BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-0BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-0BC07-7AA0
6FC6000-0BC07-7AE0
Example of a specific software version, e.g.: 1.00:
6FC6000-1BC01-0A..
DNC Cell is a solution with a single PC (a workstation). The
management functions can only be operated from this PC.
Using the DNC IFC Serial interface client (per CNC), up to
16 CNC machines with a serial interface can be connected
to DNC Cell. DNC Cell already contains a DNC IFC Serial
interface module.
Up to 16 further Ethernet-capable CNC machines with
DNC IFC SINUMERIK or DNC IFC File System modules can
also be integrated.
DNC Cell thus permits uniform networking of the most heterogeneous
CNC machinery with many different generations and
types of CNCs from the production planning stage up to actual
production.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• Standard PC as required
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM
- Hard disks depending on data volumes of NC programs (at
least 1 GB space)
• Operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional/Server
(in the case of Server, additional client access licenses 1) )
- Windows 2003 Server
(additional client access licenses 1) )
- Windows XP Professional
• Internet Explorer
1) Client access licenses required for each DNC IFC SINUMERIK/DNC IFC
Filesystem and each additional connected computer.
4/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell – DNC IFC SINUMERIK
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell – DNC IFC Serial
■ Overview
■ Overview
The interface client DNC IFC Serial is used to connect CNC
machines with a serial interface to DNC Cell or DNC Plant.
The interface client DNC IFC SINUMERIK is used to connect the
SINUMERIK control to DNC Cell or DNC Plant, and provides the
machine operator with an operator interface for transfer of NC
programs.
■ Function
• Summary of the NC data/programs available for the
SINUMERIK control in the database of DNC Cell/DNC Plant
• Display of management information for the NC program
• Display of graphics on the SINUMERIK
• Selection and transfer of one or more (multiple selection) NC
data/files to the SINUMERIK control by means of operations
on the SINUMERIK
• Selection and uploading of one or more (multiple selection)
NC data/files to the DNC archive DNC Cell/DNC Plant by
means of operations on the SINUMERIK
• Key switch-dependent functions
One DNC IFC SINUMERIK license is required for each
SINUMERIK control to be connected.
■ Function
• Software module for connection of serial CNC machines
(punched-tape format) to DNC Cell/DNC Plant
(per serial CNC)
• Machine connections
- DNC Cell: max. 16 to DNC Cell PC
- DNC Plant: max. 16 per station PC/DNC Plant PC
(direct serial)
More than 16 machine connections to the station PC or plant
PC are possible through interface converters ("ComServer").
• Program transfer through operation on DNC Cell/DNC Plant
PC or on the station PC of DNC Plant (see DNC Plant)
• Program transfer directly on the CNC control panel with
DNC IFC Dialog (see DNC IFC Dialog)
• Reloading mode possible
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• Control with serial interface without special protocol
(punched-tape format)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DNC IFC Serial
for each serial CNC
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC6000-0FF00-0AB0
4
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DNC IFC SINUMERIK
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP41-0YB0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/17

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell – DNC IFC Dialog
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell – DNC IFC Filesystem
4
■ Overview
DNC IFC Dialog is a functional expansion of DNC IFC Serial.
DNC IFC Dialog means that DNC input terminals are superfluous
for transfer of NC programs since the transfer is carried
out directly on the control panel of the serial CNC machine.
■ Function
• DNC IFC Dialog (optional per serial CNC) can be used to
transfer programs directly on the CNC control panel of serial
CNC machines
• Connection of many different types of serial CNC machine
(without special transmission protocol)
■ Overview
The interface client DNC IFC Filesystem is used to connect
Ethernet-capable CNC machines (e.g. SINUMERIK with PCU 20
and non-Siemens controls) to DNC Cell or DNC Plant.
■ Function
• Software module for connection of Ethernet-capable CNC
machines to DNC Cell/DNC Plant (per Ethernet-capable
CNC)
• Machine connections
- DNC Cell: max. 16 to DNC Cell PC
(incl. DNC IFC SINUMERIK)
- DNC Plant: no limitation
• Program transfer via operation on DNC Cell/DNC Plant PC or
on the DNC Plant station PC
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• Control with serial interface without special protocol ■ Integration
(punched-tape format)
Preconditions:
• It must be possible to save at least two NC programs on the
• Controller with the capability of transferring NC programs in a
control unit
file system
• An NC program editor must be available with which a pseudo
program can be generated
■ Selection and Ordering Data
• The alphanumeric characters of the required NC program
name must be available on the machine’s operator panel Designation
Order No.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
DNC IFC Filesystem
6FC6000-0KF00-0AB0
for each Ethernet-capable CNC
Software option
Designation
Order No.
• Single license
DNC IFC Dialog
6FC6000-0GF00-0AB0
without data carrier
optional, for each serial CNC
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
4/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Cell – DNC Compare
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Plant
■ Overview
■ Overview
DNC Plant simplifies handling of the NC programs. DNC Plant is
software for convenient management, archiving and transfer of
NC programs for factory-wide CNC production.
As a result of the convenient electronic NC program management
and archiving, the NC programs are always available in
their latest version for the CFC machines of the complete
production area. This is particularly relevant in production areas
with a high degree of flexibility and variation and where NC data
frequently change, for example in machining centers, special
machines and flexible production lines.
DNC Compare is a supplementary function for DNC Cell/DNC
Plant with which
• different NC programs can be compared with one another,
• NC programs can be compared/adapted between the DNC
Cell/Plant archive and the SINUMERIK.
■ Benefits
7 Instrument for quality assurance
7 Fast, simple analysis of optimized NC programs, e.g. by
comparing with the original program
7 Avoidance of faulty machining operations through fast
checking on the SINUMERIK of non-released NC programs
■ Benefits
7 Cost reduction in NC data management
• Convenient, central NC program management with
provision of the NC programs
• Low management overhead and simple handling mean that
a disk drive for archiving of NC data is unnecessary
7 Increase in machine operating times and reduction in setup
times through reliable and fast provision of NC program
7 No DNC terminals on the machine as result of direct
requesting of NC program on the CNC operator panel
7 Cost-effective and reliable electronic data archiving
7 Automatic archiving of the NC data of the SINUMERIK control
7 Simple integration of many different types and generations of
CNCs
7 Direct connection of SINUMERIK PCU with Windows via
standard Industrial Ethernet network
4
■ Function
• Individual comparison of NC program
This function is used e.g. to compare two different program
versions. The differences are displayed color-coded.
• NC program comparison list
This function can be used to check whether the NC programs
present in the CNC machine (SINUMERIK) are also present on
the DNC computer. This is displayed in the form of a comparison/difference
list.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• The NC program comparison list is only possible for:
- SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
- SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
• The DNC IFC SINUMERIK software module is required on
the SINUMERIK.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DNC Compare
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC6000-0HF00-0AB0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/19

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Plant
4
■ Function
• Software for central management and transfer of NC
programs
• Executes on a standard PC
• Additional operation/management workstations with
DNC HMI. One user interface license is already included in
DNC Plant.
• Connection of CNCs or tool setting stations via serial
interfaces using DNC IFC Serial
• Integration of SINUMERIK control via standard Ethernet
network with DNC IFC SINUMERIK
• Integration of Ethernet-capable CNC machines that can
be supplied with NC programs via a network file system
(see DNC IFC File System)
• Connection of NC programming systems via standard
network, e.g., via Ethernet, Novell or token ring
• Automatic data import from NC programming system
• Shopfloor-oriented NC program archiving structures with
DNC Explorer
• User management with user-dependent functions such as
display, edit, copy, delete, enable NC programs
• Program transfer through operator inputs on the station PC,
DNC Plant PC or DNC HMI PC
• Program transfer through operator inputs on the DNC Plant PC
• Program transfer directly on the CNC operator panel with
DNC IFC Dialog
• Automatic NC data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
• NC program comparison/machine adaptation between the
SINUMERIK control and DNC Cell using DNC Compare
• GUI for parameterization of interface parameters
• Scalable system configuration from small, local DNC systems
up to the factory-wide multi-user system DNC Plant
DNC Plant is used when networking large production plants.
■ Integration
Several hundred CNC machines can be connected to
DNC Plant. The NC data are managed on a powerful central
server.
The DNC HMI (Human Machine Interface) software module can
be used to install further terminals (multi-user system) on
Windows PCs for management and handling of the NC
programs. For example, several NC programmers or machine
setters can work with the NC program management using PCs
in the office or production area.
The interface client DNC IFC SINUMERIK (per SINUMERIK) is
used to integrate the SINUMERIK controls into DNC Plant via the
Ethernet network. In addition, any Ethernet-capable CNC
machines can be supplied with NC programs using "DNC IFC
Filesystem" modules.
CNC machines with serial interfaces (without special protocol)
are integrated using station PCs. Up to 16 serial CNC machines
and the DNC IFC Serial interface clients (per CNC) can be connected
to DNC Plant on one station PC each.
DNC Plant thus permits uniform networking of the most heterogeneous
CNC machinery with many different generations and
types of CNCs from the production planning stage up to actual
production.
Preconditions:
• Server as required
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM
- Hard disks depending on data volumes of NC programs
(e.g. 3x 36 GB RAID 5)
• Operating system
- Windows 2000 Server
(in the case of Server, additional Client Access Licenses 1) )
- Windows 2003 Server
(additional Client Access Licenses 1) )
- Windows XP Professional
• The database is dependent on the size of the plant:
MSDE (included in scope of delivery, no license required) or
ORACLE, SQL-Server
• Internet Explorer 5.0
■ Integration
DNC Plant
DNC HMI
Station PC
DNC IFC Serial/Dialog
DNC IFC SINUMERIK
DNC IFC Filesystem
1) Client access licenses required for each DNC IFC SINUMERIK/DNC IFC
Filesystem and each additional connected computer.
4/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
DNC Plant
Software package
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
6FC6000-0CF00-0AB0
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-0CC00-0AA0
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-0CC07-7AA0
of specific software version
DNC IFC SINUMERIK 1)
6FC5800-0AP41-0YB0
for each
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC HMI
6FC6000-0DF00-0AB0
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC IFC Serial 1)
6FC6000-0FF00-0AB0
for each serial CNC
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC IFC Dialog 1)
6FC6000-0GF00-0AB0
optional for each serial CNC
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC IFC Filesystem 1)
6FC6000-0KF00-0AB0
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC Compare 1)
• Single license
without data carrier
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Plant
6FC6000-0HF00-0AB0
Example of a specific software version, e.g.: 1.00:
6FC6000-0CC01-0AA0
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
DNC – Direct Numeric Control
DNC Plant – DNC HMI
■ Overview
DNC HMI can be used to add operator stations to DNC Plant on
which e.g. the NC programmers can carry out the administration
of their NC programs.
■ Function
• DNC HMI extends DNC Plant by terminals, e.g. as workstation
for NC programmers, administrators, machine setters in the
production area
• All management and administration functions can be executed
on DNC HMI depending on the access privileges
• DNC Plant already contains a user interface DNC HMI.
A DNC HMI license is required for each further user interface.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• Standard PC
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM
• Operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional
- Windows 2003 Server
- Windows XP Professional
• Internet Explorer 5.0
4
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DNC HMI
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC6000-0DF00-0AB0
1) For product description, see DNC Cell.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/21

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
■ Overview
The following functions are available:
TDI Overview
Availability of actual tool data throughout the network
TDI Toolhandling
Operator-prompted loading and unloading with TO data import
from the tool setting station
TDI Planning
Planning of tool demand based on current magazine loading
TDI Statistic
4
Tool data management is one of the central tasks of CNC production.
Requirements are:
7 Smooth tool handling processes
7 Cost control
7 Cost savings
The Motion Control Information System Tool Data Information
(MCIS TDI) is applied here. It makes this potential for rationalization
transparent and provides functions that help attain the
potential savings revealed.
MCIS TDI has the correct connection concepts and functions for
a complete overview of the tools used and to permit a closed tool
data cycle in the production area for:
7 Single machines, flexible transfer lines, or complete
machinery
7 SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl highly-automated CNCs
7 SIMATIC S7-based controls
7 Integration of tool setting stations or cross-factory tool
management systems
Statistical evaluations of tool use
TDI IFC
Interface client for connecting external tool management
systems
TDI Cell
All available functions combined on a single server and networkwide
operation of client-based interfaces for small production
areas
TDI Plant
All available functions combined on a single server and networkwide
operation of client-based interfaces for large production
areas
TDI Machine
Stand-alone non-network-compatible function package for tool
planning and connection to tool setting stations
TDI Toolplan Generation
Auxiliary module for creating tool plans based on NC program
simulation
TDI Ident Connection
Stand-alone module for connecting tool identification systems
■ Benefits
7 With TDI you always have the right tool data at the right place
at the right time.
7 The transparency of the tool cycle permits savings in tool
costs.
7 The modularity of the TDI modules permits optimized
customer-oriented and demand-oriented application.
7 Use scalable from a single machine up to a complete machine
park.
4/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
■ Function
■ Integration
• TDI is a modular system from which you can combine the right
modules for each degree of automation.
• All TDI modules have been designed to run both on single
machines and on networks.
• As the system has been designed consistently as a clientserver
solution and uses the latest communication mechanisms
based on HTTP/XML, it is possible to vary the distribution
of the modules in the network and to access them from
any position. This means up-to-date information can always
be accessed wherever it is needed.
• The UIs of the MCIS TDI modules are designed such that they
execute and can be operated on a SINUMERIK platform
(function keys) as well as on a PC platform (pull-down menu)
and in the TRANSLINE HMI PRO environment.
• The MCIS TDI modules can be optionally combined in various
stages. This provides operators with optimum solutions for
their requirements.
• In each stage, the Customizing function (online as well as
offline on PG/PC) provides a user-friendly means of making
basic settings and enabling functions.
• On the basis of the existing TDI modules, all units can be networked
by means of the TDI server functionality such that an
overview of all actual tool data can be provided on a master
control or on a control system, for example.
• Furthermore, the functionality can be extended by
TDI Interface Client (IFC) for interfacing with other systems
(e.g., PDA).
Preconditions:
• In the case of controls from other vendors, the manageable
tool data are reduced to a simplified tool data structure. A
basic precondition is that the component must be Windowsbased,
the control must be accessible via Ethernet and the
interface must be OPC-compatible.
• If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
by TDI, a TDI tool handling user interface for loading and
unloading the tools (e.g., a Windows PC integrated in the network)
must be assigned to the respective storage location.
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 128 MB RAM,
Windows NT/2000/XP
• Server hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM,
hard disks depending on additional MCIS packages and
customer requirements, e.g., 3 x 36 GB (Raid 5),
Windows 2000 Server/XP Professional, client access licenses,
DAT tape drive for data backup, server database Oracle or
SQL server
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/23

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Overview
4
■ Overview
TDI Overview provides you with a clear and user-friendly overview
of the actual tool data of the connected units and tool
magazines using an Explorer structure. A wide selection of filters
permits you to search for specific tools or groups of tools.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• With SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl, it is assumed that the standard
tool management option is installed. SINUMERIK without
standard or vendor-specific tool management can be configured
as SIMATIC S7-based machines or must be connected
specific to the project.
• In the case of controls from other vendors, the tool data which
can be managed are reduced to a simplified tool data structure.
A basic precondition is that the component must be
Windows-based, the control must be accessible via Ethernet,
and the interface must be OPC-compatible.
• If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
by TDI, a TDI Toolhandling operator interface for loading
and unloading the tools (e.g. a Windows PC integrated in the
network) must be assigned to the respective storage location.
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3 with standard
tool management or Transline HMI Pro software version 3.2
and higher
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM
Windows 2000/XP
■ Selection and Ordering Data
The detailed view shows all data for a selected tool, and you can
modify tool data.
■ Benefits
7 Specific reduction of tool inventory using current information
on the tool situation of all connected machines
7 Increase in machine operating times through early recognition
of tool bottlenecks
7 Reduction in processing times (e.g.: generation of NC program)
through availability of tool data throughout the network
7 Specific tool searching using many different filters
7 Simple modification of tool data (increase service life, tool
disabling, adaptation of cutting edge data)
Designation
TDI Overview
Software option
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP34-0YB0
6FC6000-2EC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2EC07-7AA8
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.00:
6FC6000-2EC01-0A..
■ Function
• Clear representation of all tools present in the machine
• Selection of plant components using an Explorer structure
• Management and display of tools from all tool storage
locations present in a plant such as tool cabinets, tool
transportation units, tool stores etc.
• Convenient filter settings such as:
- Disabled/worn tools
- Tools in the prewarning limit
- Tool service life from ... to ...
- Only occupied or empty locations
• Set the service life of selected tools to 100% again using
function key
• Disable a selected tool using function key
• Table layout which can be adapted and saved online using a
freely-selectable combination of the columns of all actual tool
data displayed
• Display of all data of a selected tool (details) with the option to
modify cutting edge data
4/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Toolhandling
■ Overview
• Different setting possibilities when importing tool data
- Data import into tool list (no physical loading process)
- Import source location as target location (with possibility for
offset)
- Data import without PLC acknowledgment (import of
complete tool containers, e.g. tool cartridges)
- Direct specification of loading or unloading positions
Using the convenient dialog prompting of TDI Toolhandling you
can import, buffer or pass on available tool data when loading
and unloading – over the network. In this manner it is possible
e.g. to simply integrate a tool setting station or a tool store into
the system.
Any containers within a plant can be involved in the processes.
The objective is to achieve a closed tool data cycle without faultprone
entry of data by hand.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• With SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl, it is assumed that the
standard tool management option is installed. SINUMERIK
without standard or vendor-specific tool management can be
configured as S7-based machines or must be connected
specific to the project.
• If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
by TDI, a TDI Toolhandling operator interface for loading
and unloading the tools (e.g. a Windows PC integrated in the
network) must be assigned to the respective storage location.
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM
Windows 2000/XP
4
■ Benefits
7 Minimization of faults when entering tool data through data
acquisition from the system
7 No loss of tool data if the tools are no longer or not yet in the
machine
7 Easy integration of tool setting stations, and importing of TC
data directly into the CNC via the network
7 Use of low-cost tool identification systems (barcode, read
only) since tool data are obtained via the network
7 Fast tool loading on the machine through provision of
consignment lists
7 Clear representation of tool movements through functionbased
screen with source and target
TDI Toolhandling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
■ Function
• TDI Toolhandling executes in a network with TDI Cell/TDI
Plant, as well as on a single-user station (e.g. for importing tool
data from a tool setting station).
• Data simulation of all tool movements in a plant or on a single
machine
• Initialization of loading and unloading processes with direct
assignment of location or automatic searching for empty
location
• Generation of consignment lists with loading and unloading
processes and their automatic execution
• Representation on the operator interface of the respective
assignment situation at the source and target of the respective
tool movement
• Management of external tool stores with or without location
management
• Connection of tool setting stations via a defined standard
interface with importing of TC data directly into the tool
management option of the control
TDI Toolhandling
Software option
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
6FC5800-0AP35-0YB0
6FC6000-2FC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2FC07-7AA8
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC6000-2FC01-1A..
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/25

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Planning
4
■ Overview
The provision of tools for the next production period is of major
importance to ensure optimum utilization of machine capacity.
TDI Planning can be used to ensure that the required tools are
provided at the right time. TDI Planning generates the tool
requirements for the next production period based on the
current tool inventory on the machine.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• With SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl, it is assumed that the standard
tool management option is installed. SINUMERIK without
standard or vendor-specific tool management can be configured
as S7-based machines or must be connected specific to
the project.
• In the case of controls from other vendors, the tool data which
can be managed are reduced to a simplified tool data structure.
A basic precondition is that the component must be
Windows-based, the control must be accessible via Ethernet,
and the interface must be OPC-compatible.
• If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
by TDI, a TDI Toolhandling operator interface for loading
and unloading the tools (e.g. a Windows PC integrated in the
network) must be assigned to the respective storage location.
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM
Windows 2000/XP
■ Benefits
7 Minimization of machine downtimes through foresighted
provision of tools
7 Fast response to a new production situation as result of
planning possibilities on the machine and control system
7 Minimum magazine loading as result of information on which
tools are no longer required
TDI Planning
■ Function
TDI Planning can be used to plan the tools for subsequent production
orders on the basis of the actual tool data recorded.
The following functions are offered:
• Gross tool requirement
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools
for the selected machining sequence
• Net tool requirement
Display of total tool requirement, for the selected machining
sequence, where the tools in the magazines are taken into
account. The net requirement therefore results from comparison
of the gross tool requirements with the current
magazine loading.
• Unloading list
The unloading list contains magazine tools which are not
required in the net requirement, as well as disabled tools.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
TDI Planning
Software option
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP36-0YB0
6FC6000-2GC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2GC07-7AA8
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC6000-2GC01-1A..
4/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Statistic
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI IFC
■ Overview
■ Overview
TDI Cell
TDI Plant
TDM
TDI IFC TDM
4
TDI Statistic provides informative diagrams of recorded tool
events. These tool events are presented on the basis of the
following evaluations:
• Frequency of application of tools
• Duration of service of tools
• Tool failure in the spindle
• Program standstill due to missing tools
• Event list for all tools
■ Benefits
7 Very user-friendly thanks to visualization of tool requirements
7 The tool process on the machine is transparent
7 Database for analysis and optimization
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
• Standard tool management
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-2KC02-0A..
TDI IFC is used for importing and exporting tool data with external
systems for further processing purposes. Depending on
requirements, this interface can be parameterized specific to
the project.
■ Benefits
7 Closed tool data cycle in production prevents faulty inputs by
operator.
■ Function
TDI IFC can have different designs. A TDI IFC TDM is available,
which is an interface between TDI and TDM from TDM Systems.
The following data can be transferred via this interface:
• Tool master data
• Tool plans
• Planning results
■ Function
• TO data
In the "statistics" module, recorded machine events can be displayed
in diagrams or tables. The machines to be monitored can
Further TDI IFC designs must be clarified specific to the project.
be selected from a plant hierarchy display in a tree structure. A
■ Integration
filter mask allows diagrams of a specific type to be displayed for
selection, special event filters to be used and the time period for
monitoring to be defined.
Designation
TDI Statistic
Software option
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
Order No.
6FC6000-2KC00-0AB0
6FC6000-2KC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2KC07-7AA0
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM
Windows 2000/XP
Each interface must be clarified specific to the project.
■ More information
For further details, please contact our representative in your
local Siemens Regional Office.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/27

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Cell
4
■ Overview
■ Integration
The following plant components can be connected in TDI Cell:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl (the integration is carried out
project-specifically if standard tool management is not
present or if customized tool management exists)
• SIMATIC S7 with DB 59 via OPC server
• Non-Siemens controls via OPC server (project-specific
adaptation necessary)
• PC-based control systems (e.g., MCIS PDA or TDM from TDM
Systems)
• External tool store (e.g., preset tools or used tools without
machine assignment)
Preconditions:
• Master control with
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM,
Windows 2000/XP
You can use TDI Cell to make TDI functions installed on individual
machines available on a network-wide basis. Up to 16 CNC
machines can be interconnected to form an information network
using TDI Cell.
TDI Cell can be installed on a host computer or a master control
under Windows XP.
TDI Cell
■ Benefits
7 Network-wide availability of all tool information
7 Tool data at the right location and at the right time
7 Plant-wide transparency of tool usage
7 Closed tool data cycle in a complete production sequence
7 Reduction of tool organization costs thanks to central data
management
TDI Overview
TDI Toolhandling
TDI Planning
TDI IFC
TDI Statistic
■ Function
If a TDI Cell configuration has been produced, it is possible to
centrally display and manage tool data for all connected controls
on the host computer/master control.
• Central management of tool master data, tool plans and tool
requests for all connected CNCs
• Calling of all actual tool data of the connected units
• Planning sessions can be held for all connected units
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
• Data can be transferred from and to higher-level tool management
systems or production planning systems (MCIS PDA) Software option
TDI Cell
• Connection of up to 16 CNC machines
Languages:
• Design of a plant configuration with up to 4 levels
English, French, German, Italian,
(groups, units, machine magazines)
Spanish
• Single license
6FC6000-2BF00-0AB0
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
6FC6000-2BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2BC07-7AA0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC6000-2BC01-1A..
4/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Plant
■ Overview
TDI Plant permits you to make the TDI functions which are installed
on individual machines available throughout the network.
TDI Plant permits factory-wide networking of the CNCs and
further tool-specific system components. More than 16 CNC
machines can be interconnected to form an information network
using TDI Plant.
TDI Plant can be installed on a host computer under Windows
XP/Windows 2003 Server, and a multi-user configuration is
possible.
■ Benefits
7 Network-wide availability of all tool information
7 Tool data at the right location and at the right time
7 Plant-wide transparency of tool usage
7 Closed tool data cycle in a complete production sequence
7 Reduction of tool organization costs thanks to central data
management
TDI Overview
TDI Toolhandling
■ Function
TDI Planning
TDI IFC
If a TDI Plant configuration is set up, it is possible to centrally TDI Statistic
display and manage tool data for all connected controls on the
host computer:
• Central management of tool master data, tool plans and tool
requests for all connected controls
■ More information
• Calling of all actual tool data of the connected units
• Planning sessions can be held for all connected units
• Data can be transferred from and to higher-level tool management
systems or production planning systems (MCIS PDA)
• Additional operation/management workstations with TDI HMI
• Connection of up to 200 CNC machines or amalgamation of
several TDI Cells
• Design of a plant configuration with up to 4 levels
(groups, units, machine magazines)
■ Integration
The following plant components can be connected in TDI Cell:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl (the integration is carried out
project-specific if standard tool management is not present or
if customized tool management exists).
• SIMATIC S7 with DB 59 via OPC server
• Controls from other vendors via OPC server (project-specific
adaptation necessary)
• PC-based control systems (e.g. MCIS PDA or TDM from TDM
Systems)
• External tool store (e.g. preset tools or used tools without
machine assignment)
Preconditions:
• Server hardware, Pentium III and later, at least 512 MB RAM,
hard disks depending on OSF package and customer requirements,
e.g. 3 x 36 GB (Raid 5), Windows 2003 Server/
XP Professional, client access licenses, DAT drive for data
backup, server database Oracle 8 or SQL server 2003
TDI Plant
Purchase of TDI Plant is project-specific, and is offered in line
with customer requests.
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/29

4
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Machine
■ Overview
• Loading list
The list of tools to be loaded can be transferred from the
TDI Machine into the tool list of the NCK. The loading procedure
itself is carried out by the loading functions of the tool
management option.
• Communication with tool setting stations
TDI Machine is able to exchange all relevant data with tool
setting stations via TCP/IP
- Transfer of tool requirement to tool setting stations
- Importing of TC data of tool setting stations and transfer of
data to tool list of standard tool management option.
• Coupling to tool management systems
If tool management systems (e.g. from TDM Systems) are
present, a project-specific coupling can be installed.
- Importing of current tool master data and tool plans for
determination of tool requirement
- Transfer of determined tool requirement
- Importing of TO data, and transfer of data to the tool list of
the standard tool management option.
With TDI Machine, tool management already commences in the
CNC machine.
TDI Machine is a function package with the tool management
functions which are mostly used for single machines. TDI
Machine offers operators direct support for provision of tools
at the right time and when loading/unloading tools.
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• Standard tool management
■ Benefits
7 Very user-friendly thanks to visualization of tool requirements
7 Numerous filter functions for application-specific generation
of result lists
7 Operator-prompted loading and unloading of individual tools
in parallel with machining time together with the SINUMERIK
standard tool management option
7 Simple interfacing of a tool setting station via Ethernet for
importing of tool correction data
■ Function
The following functions help the operator to keep control of the
tool situation on the machine:
• Determination of actual tool requirements for next production
period by comparison with the actual state of the tool in the
magazine
• Communication with further systems relevant to the tool cycle,
such as host tool management systems, production planning
and tool setting
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
TDI Machine
Order No.
Software option
Machine downtimes are then minimized, and short setup times
Languages:
are achieved.
English, French, German, Italian,
The following functions are offered:
Spanish
• Gross tool requirement
• Single license
6FC5800-0AP37-0YB0
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools without data carrier
for the selected machining sequence
• Net tool requirement
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools
for the selected machining sequence, where the tools in the
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
6FC6000-2AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2AC07-7AA8
magazines and their remaining service life are taken into
account. The net requirement therefore results from comparison
of the gross tool requirements with the current magazine
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.00:
6FC6000-2AC01-0A..
loading.
• Unloading list
The unloading list contains magazine tools which are not
required in the net requirement, as well as disabled tools.
TDI Machine
4/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Toolplan Generation
■ Overview
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• NC programs must execute with the standard NC program
simulation of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
TDI Toolplan Generation permits you to generate the associated
tool plans on the SINUMERIK using simulation of NC programs.
■ Benefits
7 Autonomous generation of tool plans
7 Tool plans are always up-to-date since they are generated on
the basis of the NC programs actually used on the machine
TDI Toolplan Generation
Software option
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
6FC5800-0AP38-0YB0
6FC6000-2JC00-0AA8
6FC6000-2JC07-7AA8
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.00:
6FC6000-2JC01-0A..
4
■ Function
Tool plans are required for tool planning (in TDI Planning,
TDI Machine). If these tool plans are not provided by an NC programming
system, the machine operator can use TDI Toolplan
Generation to generate automatically the tool plans based on the
existing NC programs.
These tool plans can be saved in the NC data management
option. TDI Planning and TDI Machine have access to this
during the planning session.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/31

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TDI – Tool Data Information
TDI Ident Connection
■ Overview
TDI Ident Connection
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• Tool management option
■ Selection and Ordering Data
4
TDI Ident Connection is a software module for the
SINUMERIK with which tools with identification systems can be
conveniently loaded or unloaded using the PLC or the operator
interface of the standard tool management option. The tool data
can be uploaded or downloaded for the controller using the tool
cabinet, code carrier or host computer.
Designation
TDI Ident Connection
Software option
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC6000-2HF00-0AB0
6FC6000-2HC00-0AA0
6FC6000-2HC07-7AA0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.00:
6FC6000-2HC01-0A..
■ Benefits
7 Connection of many different data carriers
7 Various connection possibilities
7 Use of low-cost read-only data media through addition of tool
data via network
7 Reduction of fault-prone manual inputs
7 Transparent tool data through carrying of data on tool
■ Function
• The following data carriers are supported depending on the
type of connection:
- Connection via PROFIBUS/PLC
Balluff, Bilz, MOBY, bar code
- Connection via V.24 interface of PCU
Balluff (BIS C-480 or BIS C-600), bar code
• Loading/unloading of tool data with/without searching for
empty location
• Reading/writing tool and cutting edge data
• Creating/deleting tool in tool list
• Loading/unloading tool in tool cabinet
• Supplementing of tool data on code carrier with saved tool
data from the tool cabinet or list (e.g., when using read-only
chips and bar code)
• Interface for loading/uploading tool data for a production host
computer following successful identification of the tool by
means of the code carrier (MCIS RPC coupling software to
host computer)
• PLC interface for starting the write/read procedure, e.g., via
OP 177B, key or limit switch (e.g., automatic execution of
loading/unloading points with reading/writing on code carrier)
4/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
MDA Cell
■ Overview
■ Overview
Machine data management
The Motion Control Information System (MCIS) MDA function
package acquires machine data and machine status as well as
type-specific piece counts automatically or manually. What is
more, its diverse functions allow precise evaluations and analyses
to be performed. As a result, machine performance can be
verified through objectively established key figures. System
parameters such as cycle times and utilization ratio can be
monitored. Improved transparency leads to early recognition
of opportunities for improvement.
The positive detection and representation of faults simplifies
service, maintenance and repairs. You benefit from a significant
increase in capacity utilization and machine availability.
MDA Cell
MDA Cell is the software module that provides a single-workstation
solution for machine data acquisition and analysis of a
small manufacturing area. MDA Cell can be expanded on a
project-specific basis to the plant-wide MDA Plant solution.
MDA IFC
MDA IFC is the software module for SINUMERIK for local acquisition
of information on the machine (such as status, piece
counts, alarms, messages). Analysis and visualization is
performed on the server side in the MDA Cell or MDA Plant
modules.
MDA Machine
MDA Machine is the software module for SINUMERIK for local
acquisition and analysis of information on the machine (such as
status, piece counts, alarms, messages).
■ Benefits
■ Integration
MDA
Machine
MDA Cell
(Plant)
MDA IFC
MDA Cell is used to collect, analyze and store machine data
from small manufacturing areas with up to 16 machines on a
central server. MDA IFC is used on each machine to acquire
data at the machine level.
The analyses are performed at a workstation, whereby comparative
analyses of "analysis groups" are possible.
As a result, system operators benefit from substantially improved
transparency in their production. Improved transparency leads
to earlier recognition of opportunities for improvement.
Objectively established key figures are useful for verifying
machine performance and in monitoring and archiving system
parameters such as cycle times and utilization ratios.
Such key data (Key Performance Indicators) include:
7 The OEE key figure (Overall Equipment Effectiveness)
7 Utilization
7 Availability
7 Level of performance
7 Quality level
These figures are useful in formulating corrective measures
sooner and in eliminating faults in accordance with their importance.
The positive detection and analysis of faults simplifies
service and repairs or maintenance.
You benefit from a significant increase in productivity.
The value of the inherent functionality of this approach increases
with the number of the machines that are monitored in this manner.
A further gain in convenience and transparency is achieved
through comparative assessments of freely definable machines
on an analysis workstation.
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/33

SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
4
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
MDA Cell
■ Function
• Software for the analysis and storage of machine data on a
standard PC (a workstation)
• Connection of up to 16 machines/equipment units with
MDA IFC (per machine / equipment unit)
• Single-step process display
• Subsequent status correction after acquisition and transfer of
data from MDA IFC
• Comparative analyses can also be obtained via the lower-level
machines/equipment units ("self-definable analysis groups"):
- Workpiece counter (machine-specific and part-specific)
- Current states
- Fault analysis
- Status analysis
- Shift/daily/weekly/monthly total
- Logbook, (Prio) protocol
- Availability/capacity utilization
- History of availability/capacity utilization
- OEE indicators
- Only SINUMERIK: Alarm statistics, alarm protocol, current
alarms
• Export function to Excel, print-out of tables, hardcopy
MDA Cell is a solution with a single PC (a workstation). All functions
can be operated only from this PC.
For solutions with several analysis workstations or if you are connecting
more than 16 machines/equipment units, please ask
about MDA Plant, our expanded, project-specific solution. This
solution also supports additional analyses, e.g, cycle times. With
MDA Plant, it is also possible to integrate MES/ERP systems.
For each MDA Plant, 50 to 70 machines/equipment units can
be evaluated. For each operator panel: n x MDA IFC (n ≤ 8).
MDA IFC
S
S
S
S
MDA Plant
S
S
S
S
■ ■ Selection and Ordering Data
Integration
Designation
Preconditions:
MDA Cell
• Standard PC as required
Software package
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM
Languages: English, French,
- Hard drives as required by data volume (at least 1 GB free)
German, Italian, Simplified
• Operating system
Chinese, Spanish
- Windows 2000 Professional/Server
(in the case of Server, additional client access licenses 1) • Single license
) without data carrier
- Windows XP Professional
- Windows 2003 Server
• Single license with CD-ROM
(additional client access licenses 1) of current software version
)
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
MDA Cell
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
Order No.
6FC6000-3BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-3BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-3BC07-7AA0
6FC6000-3BC07-7AE0
Example of specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-3BC02-0A..
MDA IFC
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support
For each operator panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC
licenses) can be acquired. For each MDA Cell, a total of
16 machines/equipment units can be evaluated.
1) Client access licenses required for each operator panel networked via
Ethernet.
4/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
MDA IFC
■ Overview
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
MDA Machine + MDA IFC
S
S
S
S
4
The MDA IFC Interface Client is used to interconnect the
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl or an OPC-compatible controller
(e.g. SIMATIC S7) with MDA Cell (or with MDA Plant, the expanded
project solution).
This interface ensures reliable transmission and buffer storage in
the event of network disruptions.
■ Function
• Automatic acquisition of machine data from the open interface
in the DB13/14 standard data blocks of the PLC. Alternatively,
5 fixed states can be acquired via the plug-and-play interface.
- Machine status, processing results via DB
- Total piece counts DB
- Types of pieces, piece type-specific piece counts via DB
- Cycle times via DB
- Alarms and messages (only with SINUMERIK)
• Manual status entry, fault explanation by the operator
• Automatic buffer storage of the acquired data on the hard
drive of SINUMERIK. In the event of a network failure, these
data are then automatically tracked by MDA Cell/MDA Plant.
One MDA IFC license is required for each connected
SINUMERIK or OPC control.
If several equipment units are to be operated and analyzed on
one machine, several MDA IFC licenses must be obtained (can
also be combined with MDA Machine). For each operator panel,
up to 8 equipment units can be evaluated: 1 MDA Machine
license and up to 7 additional MDA IFC licenses.
MDA IFC
S
S
S
S
The system can be expanded with MDA Cell. For each operator
panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC licenses) can be acquired.
For each MDA Cell, a total of 16 machines/equipment
units can be evaluated.
MDA Cell
S
S
S
S
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
MDA IFC
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• Single license
without data carrier
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP43-0YB0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/35

SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
MDA Machine
■ Overview
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
MDA Machine + MDA IFC
4
S
S
S
S
MDA Machine software is used by SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
to acquire and analyze information (such as status, quantities,
alarms and messages) at the machine.
■ Benefits
7 Up-to-date machine data allow swift responses
7 Greater transparency at the machine and in the production
process leads to earlier recognition of possible improvements
7 Targeted actions increase machine utilization times
7 Verification of machine performance through objectively
established indicators and performance data (OEE number,
availability, capacity utilization, performance, quality)
■ Function
• Automatic acquisition of machine data from the open interface
in the DB13/14 standard data blocks of the PLC. Alternatively,
5 fixed states can be acquired via the plug-and-play interface.
- Machine status, processing results via DB
- Total piece counts DB
- Types of pieces, piece type-specific piece counts via DB
- Cycle times via DB
- Alarms and messages (only with SINUMERIK)
• Manual status entry, fault explanation by the operator
• Automatic buffer storage of the acquired data on the hard
drive of SINUMERIK. In the event of a network failure, these
data are then automatically tracked by MDA Cell/MDA Plant.
• Export function to Excel, print-out of tables, hardcopy
• Analyses:
- Workpiece counter (machine-specific and part-specific)
- Current states
- Fault analysis
- Status analysis
- Shift/daily/weekly/monthly total
- Logbook, (Prio) protocol
- Availability/capacity utilization
- History of availability/capacity utilization
- Key performance indicators (capacity utilization, availability)
- Alarm statistics, alarm log, current alarms (for SINUMERIK
only)
If several equipment units are to be operated and analyzed on
one machine, additional MDA IFC licenses must be obtained.
For each operator panel, up to 8 equipment units can be evaluated:
1 MDA Machine license and up to 7 additional MDA IFC
licenses.
MDA IFC
S
S
S
S
The system can be expanded with MDA Cell. For each operator
panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC licenses) can be acquired.
For each MDA Cell, a total of 16 machines/equipment
units can be evaluated.
MDA Cell
S
S
S
S
One MDA Machine license is required for each connected
SINUMERIK or OPC control.
4/36 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition
MDA Machine
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
MDA Machine
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
• Trial license
Single license
for current software version
• Trial license
Single license
for specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP42-0YB0
6FC6000-3AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-3AC07-7AA8
6FC6000-3AC07-7AE0
6FC6000-3AC00-0AT7
6FC6000-3AC07-7AT7
4
Example of specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-3AC02-0A..
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/37

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
RPC – Remote Procedure Call
(computer coupling)
■ Overview
■ Integration
RPC SINUMERIK software is used to integrate
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810Di sl/840D sl into a customer’s production network.
All essential machine data (such as status, piece counts,
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
alarms, messages, NC programs, machine tool downtimes) can • Computer-controlled loading and unloading of tools requires
be exchanged via RPC SINUMERIK between a numerical control
system and a
MCIS TDI Toolhandling.
PLC.
■ Benefits
7 Simple integration of the controller with customer/project applications
through a defined Ethernet/TCP-IP-based interface
7 Simple configuring on the PLC of the data to be transmitted
7 Use of MCIS RPC as a tool for implementing productivityboosting
measures:
- Higher level of machine utilization through production
planning and control
- Reduction in machine downtime through transfer of
maintenance data etc.
7 Simple application through the use of standard hardware/
software components from the PC world
- Networking hardware/software (Ethernet cards, TCP-IP)
- Familiarization
- Start-up, maintenance
4
RPC SINUMERIK
■ Function
• Defined, open communication interface for exchanging
essential SINUMERIK control data
• Data transmission can be initiated by the host computer
and/or by the SINUMERIK control
• The host application is created by the user in the RPC environment
(interfaces, examples). This can be performed by the
end user or a software firm, or ordered from Siemens.
• The original equipment manufacturer (OEM) prepares the
control:
- Installs RPC on the control
- Supplies the data interface in the PLC (DB12)
• The following data can be exchanged:
- NC programs, tool data
- Machine status data
- Messages
- Data for the production dialog
- Mode switching, synchronization
- Transport requests
- Configurable data from PLC or NC
Even without its own user interface, RPC SINUMERIK can also
run with additional languages (e.g., Korean, Russian, Simplified
Chinese). The tools supplied with RPC continue to be available
in English/German.
RPC SINUMERIK cannot run by itself in a given systems environment.
An application to be created for a customer specifically
(not included in RPC SINUMERIK) must always be provided on
the host computer side.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
RPC SINUMERIK
Software package
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
Languages: English, German
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP50-0YB0
6FC6000-7AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-7AC07-7AA8
6FC6000-7AC07-7AE0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-7AC02-0A..
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support
4/38 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TPM – Total Productive Maintenance
■ Overview
MCIS TPM provides support for cleaning, inspection, maintenance
and/or repair operations which have to be carried out on
machines and plants. MCIS TPM can be used on all standard
PCs, single or series-connected machines, e.g. machining
centers, as well as in transfer lines and flexible production lines.
The maintenance measures to be taken can be defined and
administered by either the user or machine manufacturer.
■ Benefits
7 MCIS TPM is a maintenance standard integrated into the
CNC.
7 Increased incorporation of machine operators into maintenance
operations for machines and plants, thus reduced
workload for maintenance departments with simple routine
operations
7 The machine operator becomes aware of the maintenance
requirements of the machine
7 Overview of all networked machines on a central PC in the
supervisors office
7 Reduction in paper documentation (paperless production) by
including electronic documents and pictures on the machine
7 Maintenance instructions integrated onto the control
7 Optimization of total plant efficiency by striving for zero defect
and zero breakdown production
7 Single mode or networking with central database
7 Maintenance measures can be coupled with PLC states or
time intervals (e.g. filter change every 12 months or regularly
after every 5000 hours of operation)
■ Function
The traffic light symbol of the software module TPM (Total Productive
Maintenance) reminds the operator on the machine or
the maintenance engineer in the workshop in advance to perform
or plan the necessary maintenance work . After being
prompted by the traffic light symbol, the machine operator can
call up the appropriate brief instructions on the control and is
thus integrated into the maintenance process.
The various modules are as follows:
4
TPM Machine
Single-user system for SINUMERIK with user interface and local
data storage which can also be networked later with TPM Cell or
in projects with TPM Plant. Licensing is for each machine.
TPM Cell
Acknowledgement, evaluation and data storage on a central PC.
The number of machines that can be connected is restricted to
a maximum of 16 machines with TPM IFC.
TPM IFC
The TPM user interface without a local database for SINUMERIK
can only be used in combination with TPM Cell or in projects with
TPM Plant. Licensing is for each machine.
TPM HMI
An additional TPM user interface on PCs in the production area
for connection to TPM Cell or TPM Plant. Licensing is for each
installation.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/39

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
TPM – Total Productive Maintenance
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• TPM Machine/TPM IFC: SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with
PCU 50.3
• TPM HMI: Standard PC, Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB
RAM with Windows 2000 Professional/XP Professional with
appropriate capacities
• TPM Cell: Server operating system with the appropriate
licenses (Windows 2000/Windows 2003 server) and a database,
e.g., Microsoft SQL Server 2003, are also required.
• Mouse (useful for operation)
RCS – Remote Control System
■ Overview
4
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
TPM
Software package
Languages: English, French,
German, Hungarian, Italian,
Russian, Simplified Chinese,
Spanish
TPM Machine
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
with PCU 50.3
• Single license
without data carrier
• CD-ROM without license
for current software version
• CD-ROM without license
for specific software version
•Upgrade
TPM Cell
for Windows-based PC
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
TPM IFC
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
with PCU 50.3
• Single license
without data carrier
TPM HMI
for Windows-based PC
• Single license
without data carrier
TPM demo version
TPM Machine/TPM Cell
• Trial license
with CD-ROM
of current software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP32-0YB0
6FC6000-1AC00-0AA8
6FC6000-1AC07-7AA8
6FC6000-1AC07-7AF0
6FC6000-1BF00-0AB0
6FC6000-1BC00-0AA0
6FC6000-1BC07-7AA0
6FC5800-0AP46-0YB0
6FC6000-1DF00-0AB0
6FC6000-1AC00-0AT7
Using the RCS Host and RCS Viewer or RCS Remote Diagnostics
product combination, you are able to service your machinery
remotely from a central service point. This means:
7 Less frequent service calls for the machines
7 More efficient deployment of on-site service personnel
7 Better preparation of service calls
Machine availability is enhanced thanks to:
7 Rapid online presence on site
7 Conference calls involving several specialists
7 Rapid data transfer to and from the machine
RCS @Event also offers a facility for sending e-mails or text
messages automatically to the necessary people in the event
of a fault.
Example of specific software version, e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-1AC02-0A..
4/40 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
RCS – Remote Control System
RCS @Event
■ Overview
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• Internet service provider and e-mail account (e.g., T-Online)
• Modem or network interface to the e-mail account
• E-mail client (e.g., Outlook Express)
• E-mail/text message gateway for sending a text message
SINUMERIK
PCU 50.3/
PCU 50/
PCU 70
4
Interrupt-driven signaling by e-mail in event of fault
Fast, fully-automatic notification in the event of faults is provided
by the software RCS @Event. Faults can be defined by the
grouping of alarms and messages. Error or malfunction-specific
information can now be passed on to various recipients by e-
mail, with or without appended files, or via text message to a cell
phone (without appended files). Idle times in the case of malfunctions
can be considerably reduced and remote diagnostics
sessions prepared far better. In order to send e-mails, e-mail
client software must be present and correctly configured.
Connection overview for RCS @Event
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Function
• Sending of e-mails in the event of an alarm
• Escalation: Inform other receivers following an expired period
• Calendar: Define the time of day at which the receiver is to
obtain information
• Send PLC status: Configuring of PLC information belonging to
the respective fault
Designation
RCS @Event
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
Order No.
The e-mail client Microsoft Outlook Express is part of the scope
of delivery of the Windows-based SINUMERIK PCU 50.3.
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Upgrade with CD-ROM
for a specific software version
6FC6000-6BF00-0BB0
6FC6000-6BC00-0BA0
6FC6000-6BC07-7BA0
6FC6000-6BC07-7BE0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.00:
6FC6000-6BC01-0B..
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/41

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
RCS – Remote Control System
RCS Host/RCS Viewer
4
■ Overview
Remote diagnosis for SINUMERIK with Windows-based HMI
RCS Host and RCS Viewer software facilitates remote maintenance
of your machines with HMI-Advanced. Remote mainte-
■ Integration
nance functions include the complete remote control of all user
interfaces, exchange of files between systems as well as remote
administration for network administrators.
RCS Host allows the user to request a remote diagnosis e-mail
in combination with the software "RCS@Event" via either the user
interface or a PLC program. The Host software is already included
on the Windows-based PCUs on delivery. The function
can be ordered separately for each SINUMERIK operator panel.
The RCS Viewer software is installed on the PC in the service
center.
■ Benefits
Cost savings in service thanks to:
7 Less frequent service calls for the machines
7 More efficient deployment of on-site service personnel
7 Better preparation of service calls
Machine availability is enhanced thanks to:
7 Rapid local online presence
7 Conference calls involving several specialists
7 Rapid data transfer to and from the machine
■ Function
• Request for remote diagnostics support by e-mail
• Automatic establishment of Internet connection
• Status display on the operator panel and in the PLC
• Connection control via the PLC
As well as Symantec pcAnywhere basic functions, e.g.:
• Remote control, monitoring and administration
• Transfer of files including file synchronization
• Session recording
• Exchange of text information (chat)
• Event logging
• Remote working, local printing
• Simultaneous connections on Viewer possible
• Multiplex configuration with several Viewers and one host
• Effective security concept to prevent unauthorized access
(login and password, operator approval or callback to a
previously defined connection)
The components can be connected over:
• Ethernet in local networks (LAN)
• Wide Area Networks (WAN)
• Internet (VPN)
• Point-to-point connection (analog, ISDN modem)
Preconditions:
• RCS Viewer
PCs with Windows 2000/XP Professional operating system
and network or modem connection
• RCS Host
- SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
- HMI-Advanced software version 6.3.15 and higher
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
RCS Host
Software option
• Single license
without data carrier
RCS Viewer
for PC/PG
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP30-0YB0
6FC6000-6DF00-0BB0
6FC6000-6DC00-0BA0
6FC6000-6DC0 7-7BA0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC6000-6DC01-1BA0.
4/42 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
RCS – Remote Control System
RCS Host/RCS Viewer Embedded
■ Integration
The components can be connected via:
• Ethernet in local networks (LAN)
• Wide Area Networks (WAN)
• Internet (VPN)
Preconditions:
• RCS Viewer Embedded
- PC with Windows 2000/XP Professional operating system
and Ethernet network interface connection
- Optional: VPN router for reliable, secure access to the Internet
or company networks (Cisco 801/803 was tested)
• RCS Host
- SINUMERIK 840D sl and NCU system software
- Option for managing up to 4 additional network drives
- Optional: VPN router for reliable, secure access to the Internet
or company networks (Cisco 801/803 was tested)
4
Remote diagnostics integrated into NCU software
RCS Host and RCS Viewer Embedded software facilitate remote
maintenance of your machines with HMI-Embedded. Remote
maintenance functions include complete remote control, exchange
of files between the machine and communications partner
as well as remote administration for network administrators.
The RCS Host option can be activated using machine data in
combination with a license.
The RCS Viewer Embedded software is installed from CD-ROM
onto a Windows-based PC in the service center.
■ Benefits
Cost savings in service thanks to:
7 Less frequent service calls for the machines
7 More efficient deployment of on-site service personnel
7 Better preparation of service jobs
Machine availability is enhanced thanks to:
7 Rapid "online presence" on site
7 Conference calls involving several specialists
7 Rapid data transfer to and from the machine
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
RCS Host
Software option
for SINUMERIK 840D sl
• Single license
without data carrier
Management of up to 4
additional network drives
Software option for file transfer
for SINUMERIK 840D sl
• Single license
without data carrier
RCS Viewer Embedded
for PC/PG
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC5800-0AP30-0YB0
6FC5800-0AP01-0YB0
6FC6000-6DF88-8BB0
6FC6000-6DC80-0BA0
6FC6000-6DC87-7BA0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC6000-6DC81-1BA..
■ Function
• Remote control
• Remote monitoring
• Remote administration
• File transfer
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/43

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
ADDM – Data Management
■ Overview
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
ADDM has a unique way of managing your data uniformly in
production.
Optimum availability
Reliable backup of all system and configuring data, including
documentation and circuit diagrams, can be carried out
manually or automatically with time control – for made-tomeasure
distributed control concepts.
4
With ADDM, you are completely in control of the SIMATIC and
SINUMERIK controllers – around the clock and with any program
version. This tool is indispensable in a modern production area
and ensures user-friendly backup, comparison and management
of control data.
Controls fully mastered - across all program versions
Backup can be time-driven, fully-automatic or manual. The data
are available at all times and can be used for fast, simple disaster
recovery in the event of a fault.
System-active checking
If, for example, data changes become obvious in an online-offline
comparison, automatic backup can take place and/or the
change can be notified by e-mail.
Easy to handle
No programming knowledge required – so no need for special
training courses. With the use of communication modules, data
can also be exchanged conveniently with controllers via the
MPI/PROFIBUS interface on TCP/IP.
Contiguous archiving
The machine data are fully versioned and archived and can be
copied back at any time. This also includes the documentation.
■ Benefits
Operator-free data backup using the ADDM Agent
7 Absolute clarity in data management
With ADDM, everything executes on a uniform user interface -
all types and formats of CNC, PLC and configuration data right
through to system software. The tool offers you unambiguous
Data backup of SINUMERIK controls can be time-driven or manual,
without installing a user interface, using the ADDM Agent.
The backup, load and compare functions can be performed
remotely using the ADDM Client.
access authorizations and intuitive handing. The directory
structure is always in line with the physical production layout,
■ Selection and Ordering Data
even complex systems can be understood at a glance.
7 Secure and flexible management of distributed control
concepts
ADDM can be flexibly used for every client/server and online
Designation
ADDM
software package
Order No.
storage system as well as for stand-alone machines. This Languages: English, German
means: Central data storage with maximum fault tolerance
ADDM Single User
and availability as well as efficient archiving of all machine
data. Thus: Fast feedback of the required version, if required.
Checked, controlled and documented archiving when several
persons are working in parallel.
7 Minimize downtimes
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Trial license with CD-ROM
of current software version
6BQ3030-1AA30-3AB0
6BQ3030-1AA70-3AB0
You can rely on ADDM every time. Even when control components
have to be replaced, for example. ADDM makes all the
ADDM Client
data available again immediately. With one click, without timeconsuming
reparameterization and configuration, whether for
• Single license
without data carrier
6BQ3030-1AA20-1AB0
individual programs or complete hard disk partitions, you will
have the right data in the right place.
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
6BQ3030-1AA10-0AB0
■ Function
• Software update service
6BQ3030-1AB10-8AB0
ADDM server
• Single license with CD-ROM 6BQ3030-1AA00-3AB0
of current software version
• Software update service
ADDM Agent
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Software update service
6BQ3030-1AB00-8AB0
6BQ3030-3AA00-0AA0
6BQ3030-3AA10-0AA0
Hot version backups
The required version can be called up immediately from up to
99 backups (regardless of archive versions).
Total transparency and overview
The practice-oriented structure is ideal not only for highlycomplex
control systems but also for non-networked single
machines – with a uniform user interface for all data types and
formats. Checked, controlled and documented archiving when
several persons are working in parallel.
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/addm
4/44 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Motion Control Information System MCIS
ePS Network Services
■ Overview
■ Function
ePS Network Services provide you with functions for remote
control (eP-Access), for notification in the event of a fault (eP-
Dynamic) and for status-oriented maintenance (eP-Performance)
over the Internet.
eP-Access
• Remote access to machine controls
eP-Dynamic
eP-Dynamic contains eP-Access and additional functions such
as:
• Notification by e-mail or text message in the event of a fault or
in the event of specific operating states
• Data archiving and data comparison
• Monitors and action log functions
• Fault event overview
4
ePS Network Services provides you with utilities that enable you
to obtain information about the status of the machine from trend
analyses obtained from regular test procedures. This makes
prognostic maintenance possible. Functions that relate to fault
states are also available and can be accessed by various different
service organizations. The Internet-based ePS platform
forms the basis for the cross-company access concept.
Machine manufacturers and other service providers are able to
develop and market product-related services through ePS Network
Services. This allows innovative potentials to be used to
achieve better integration into the service and support processes
of the machine operator. Remote operation and remote
monitoring allow faults to be localized and analyzed from a
distance. Data can be archived and compared. Test and
measuring procedures are available to the manufacturers of
machine tools and their maintenance departments as well as
trend analyses for continuous evaluation of the status of the
machines. Siemens Customer Support can also provide you with
support using ePS Network Services.
eP-Performance
eP-Performance contains eP-Dynamic and the following additional
functions:
• Circularity test
• Synchronized axes test
• Universal axis test
• Cyclic monitoring of running performance of feed axes and
spindles
• Planning and monitoring of cyclic execution of tests
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
• Internet access
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
ePS Network Services
Initial order for utilizing the
services for each service
■ Benefits
organization
7 Remote access and detailed information are available worldwide
to support fast fault localization and targeted fault
Utilization credit for
ePS Value Account 1000Cr
analysis.
ePS Network Services
(1000 credits)
7 Faults are rectified faster, resource deployment is optimized
and costs are therefore reduced.
7 Prognostic maintenance reduces unplanned downtimes as ■ More information
well as maintenance costs thanks to the optimized disposition
of spare parts.
7 Secure communication in harmony with IT guidelines is
facilitated.
Order No.
6FC6001-0EE00-0AM8
6FC6001-0EE00-0AF8
When you order ePS Network Services, you can access the
functions on behalf of your service organization. Use of the
services for each service organization as well as the machineoriented
services is always purchased for one year and is
automatically extended for a further year unless cancelled. The
prices of the individual services for each machine as well as
components that are use-dependent are deducted from your
credit balance each month. The credit can be topped up at any
time with an order from the ePS Value Account. The General
Conditions for Application Service Providing (ASP) of
Siemens AG, Automation and Drives, are applicable.
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik/eps
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/45

HMI software for CNC controls
Supplementary hardware for HMI software
MOBY E tool identification system
■ Overview
■ Integration
SINUMERIK
PROFIBUS
DP
ASM
452
SLG 75
ANT 12
Antenna 12
4
Tool with
data medium
IM 361
ASM
475
SLG 75
ANT 12
The MOBY E product family comprises identification systems
with components for the optimization and control of the material
flow during production. MOBY E also contains appropriate
powerful components for integration in the SIMATIC S7-300 or
the SINUMERIK specially for tool identification.
EG SIMATIC
S7-300
Antenna 12
Tool with
data medium
G_NC01_EN_00040c
MOBY E consists of the 3 following components:
7 Mobile data memory (MDS)
7 Read/write device (SLG)
7 Interface module (ASM)
Mobile data memories (code carriers) which contain all the
production and quality data are attached to the object to be
identified (tool). The required data can now be read or written
contact-free (inductively) with a stationary read/write device. The
read/write devices are connected to the interface by a serial
cable (max. 1000 m), which in conjunction with the MOBY
standard software facilitates easy integration in the SIMATIC S7/
SINUMERIK (TDI Ident Connection).
MCIS TDI Ident Connection permits reading/writing of code media
for tools in association with the standard tool management
option of the SINUMERIK and permits automatic loading/unloading
via a PLC interface.
Connection overview of MOBY E identification system
■ Technical specifications
Type
MDS E623
SLG 75
ANT 12
ASM 452
ASM 475
Designation
Data memory with 752 byte EEPROM,
diam. 10 mm x 4.5 mm (0.394 in x 0.177 in) to
DIN 69873, read/write distance up to 5 mm (0.197 in)
Read/write device with remote antenna (3 m/9.8 ft
cable) (M12 x 1.5 mm x 40 mm (0.059 in x 1.575 in))
PROFIBUS DP interface (without plug/connecting
cable), max. 2 write/read devices connectable in
multiplex operation
ASM 450-read/write device connecting cable
Interface for SIMATIC S7-300, max. 2 read/write
devices connectable in parallel mode
■ Benefits
ASM 470-read/write device connecting cable
MOBY software FC45
7 Very good immunity to noise, and fast data transmission due
to the high frequency of 13.56 MHz
7 Very high level of reliability even in the presence of contamination,
oil, dust, and variations in temperature.
7 Worldwide support, configuration and service support
STG E
■ More information
Mobile handheld terminal (PSION workabout MX base)
incl. MOBY E read/write head
MOBY E Configuration Manual
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/moby
4/46 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Supplementary hardware for HMI software
MOBY I identification system
■ Overview
The MOBY I contactless identification system has been successfully
used for many years in a host of applications worldwide.
It is specially designed for industrial production applications
where there is a great demand for reliability, dynamic
writing and reading, high degree of protection etc. It is used, for
example, where workpiece carriers, skids, overhead monorail
conveyors have to be automatically identified quickly and reliably
without contact. Depending on the requirements (system
integration, EEPROM/RAM/FRAM, size, environmental conditions,
large distance etc.), various
• interface modules (ASMs)
• read/write devices (SLGs)
• mobile data memories (MDS)
are available.
Mobile data memories carry all current production and quality
data along with the product or workpiece carrier in automated
production/manufacture.
Using stationary as well as mobile read/write devices, the necessary
information can be read without contact (inductively)
from the mobile data memory, regardless of the time and place.
The data can also be supplemented or modified without the
need for a direct line-of-sight.
By means of a serial cable, the read/write devices are connected
to the interface modules, which can be integrated into SIMATIC
controllers or operated on PROFIBUS networks and on PCs.
■ Benefits
7 Contact-free RF identification systems 1)
7 Extensive range of reusable data memories (max. 32 KB
FRAM/8 KB EEPROM)
7 Special heat resistant or "long-range" data carriers for the
automotive industry
7 High data transfer rate between MDS and SLG; typically
0.8 ms/byte
7 Graduated read/write devices up to a maximum distance of
150 mm (5.91 in)
7 Simple integration into SIMATIC S5 and S7 incl. FB/FC as well
as SINUMERIK
7 Can be connected to any system, e.g. PC, via serial cables
7 Simple connection to PROFIBUS DP (including FB/FC)
7 Very high level of reliability even in case of contamination, oil,
dust, and variations in temperature.
7 Radio approval FTZ 17 TR 2100 or ETS 300 330/220/683
7 Very high communication security of data transmission thanks
to CRC and ECC
7 Manufacturing and production data located directly on the
product ("electronic delivery note")
7 Simple restart in the event of faults, as all production
parameters are located directly on the product
7 Worldwide support, configuration and service support
■ Application
• Assembly technology,
e.g. data memory is attached to the workpiece carrier
• Conveyor systems,
e.g. data memory is attached to a single rail overhead
conveyor
• Processing industry,
e.g. data memory is attached to the product carrier
• Assembly lines in the automotive industry
(heat-resistant or long-range data memories)
• Flexible manufacturing systems.
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
4
http://www.siemens.com/moby
1) RF = radio frequency.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/47

HMI software for CNC controls
Supplementary hardware for HMI software
MOBY I identification system
Mobile data memories MDS
4
■ Overview
MOBY identification systems ensure that important data accompanies
the product from the very beginning.
Mobile data memories (MDS) are first attached to the product or
its transport or packing unit, e.g. workpiece carrier, then inscribed,
modified and read using non-contact methods. All the
information that is important for manufacturing and material flow
control is thus available on the product.
A rugged housing supports use under harsh industrial conditions
and makes the MDS resistant to many chemical substances.
MDS 401
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM, button shape, for flushmounting
in metal) for identifying small workpiece carriers, housing
dimensions Ø 27 mm x 9 mm (1.06 in x 0.35 in), IP67 degree
of protection, temperature range up to +85 °C (185 °F)
MDS 402
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) for identifying small workpiece
carriers (MDS 302 compatible), housing dimensions
47 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm (1.85 in x 0.98 in x 0.59 in), IP68/IPX9k
degree of protection 1) , temperature range up to +70 °C (158 °F)
MDS 403
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) with a read/write distance
of up to 70 mm (2.76 in) for identifying, for example, small workpiece
carriers, housing similar to MDS 302, housing dimensions
47 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm (1.85 in x 0.98 in x 0.59 in), IP68/IPX9K
degree of protection, temperature range up to +85 °C (185 °F)
MDS 404
Data memory for universal applications (8 KB FRAM), housing
dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm (1.97 in x 1.97 in x 0.79 in)
(compatible to MDS 413 E and MDS 114), IP68/IPX9K degree of
protection, temperature range up to +85 °C (185 °F)
MDS 506
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing
dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm (2.76 in x 2.76 in x 1.57 in),
IP68 degree of protection, temperature range up to +70 °C
(158 °F)
MDS 514
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing
dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm (1.97 in x 1.97 in x 0.79 in),
IP68/IPX9K degree of protection 1) ,temperature range up to
+85 °C (185 °F)
MDS 439 E
Designed for skid identification in paint shops, 8 KB EEPROM,
housing dimensions Ø 114 mm x 83 mm (4.49 in x 3.27 in), IP68
degree of protection, temperature range up to +220 °C (428 °F)
cyclical
■ Technical specifications
Field data
The field data for all MOBY I components of the MDS and SLG
are shown in the table below. It is, therefore, easy to select the
right MDS and SLG.
The listed field data are typical values and are valid for a room
temperature of +25°C (77 °F) and a supply voltage of 24 V DC.
Note:
MDS 401
MDS 402
FRAM memories have the advantages of the SRAM and EE-
PROM memory. They do not need a backup battery and can be
read and written an almost unlimited number of times.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
MDS 403 MDS 404
MDS 514
MDS 506
Operating distance S a /limit distance S g in mm (in)
SLG 40 2-8/10 – – – –
(0.08-
0.31/ 0.39)
SLG 40S 2-6/8
(0.08-
0.24/ 0.31)
– – – –
SLG 41/
SLG 41 S/
SLG 41 C/
SLG 41 CC
0-6/10
(0-0.24/
0.39)
4-15/30
(0.16-
0.59/ 1.18)
SLG 42 – 10-30/80
(0.39-
1.18/ 3.15)
0-12/25
(0-0.47/
0.98)
0-30/60
(0-1.18/
2.36)
– –
10-35/70
(0.39-
1.38/ 2.76)
SLG 43 – – 0-50/90
(0-
1.97/3.54)
20-
100/150
(0.79-
3.94/5.91)
SIM 41/
42/43
– 4-25/40
(0.16-
0.98/ 1.57)
Designation
MDS 401 mobile data memory
8 KB FRAM
MDS 402 mobile data memory
8 KB FRAM
MDS 403 mobile data memory
8 KB FRAM
MDS 404 mobile data memory
8 KB FRAM,
with fixing frame
MDS 506 mobile data memory
32 KB FRAM
MDS 514 mobile data memory
32 KB FRAM,
with fixing frame
MDS 439 E mobile data memory
8 KB EEPROM
Holder for MDS 439 E
•Short type
• Covering hood
0-20/33
(0-0.79/
1.30)
0-25/40
(0-0.98/
1.57)
Order No.
6GT2000-0CA10
6GT2000-0CA20
6GT2000-1CF00
6GT2000-0EG00
6GT2000-0DC00-0AA0
6GT2000-0DG10
6GT2000-0CD30-0AC0
6GT2090-0QA00
6GT2090-0QB00
For further mobile data memories (MDS), see Catalog FS 10.
1) Extract:
Test equipment: Steam blaster 0 °C, +30 °C, +60 °C, +90 °C
(32 °F, 86 °F, 140 °F, 194 °F)
Water flow: 10 ... 15 l/min at 100 bar (+75 °C/167 °F)
Distance: 10 ... 15 cm (3.94 ... 5.91 in)
MDS 439 E
10-55/70
(0.39-2.17/
2.76)
20-80/125
(0.79-
3.15/4.92)
0-25/33 (0-
0.98/ 1.30)
4/48 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Supplementary hardware for HMI software
MOBY I identification system
Write/read devices SLG
■ Overview
The write/read device (SLG) supports inductive communication
with the mobile data memories (MDS) and serial coupling to the
interface modules (ASM).
Various write/read devices are available for small, medium and
large distances to the MDS to satisfy customer requirements.
SLG 40 S
Write/read device with separate antenna (Ø 18 mm x 30 mm)
(Ø 0.71 in x 1.18 in) for assembly lines with small workpiece
holders, for example, max. W/R distance 8 mm (0.31 in), IP65
degree of protection, max. temperature +70°C (158°F)
SLG 40
Write/read device with separate antenna (Ø 30 mm x 54 mm)
(Ø 1.18 in x 2.13 in) for assembly lines with small workpiece
holders, for example, max. W/R distance 10 mm (0.39 in), IP65
degree of protection, max. temperature +70°C (158°F)
SLG 41
Universal, compact write/read device with rotatable antenna
head (BERO housing), max. W/R distance 30 mm (1.18 in),
housing dimensions 120 mm x 40 mm x 40 mm (4.72 in x 1.57 in
x 1.57 in), IP65 degree of protection, max. temperature +70°C
(158°F)
SLG 41 S
Same as SLG 41, but with antenna rotated by 90°.
SLG 41 C
Universal, compact write/read device with 3 m (9.84 ft) connecting
cable, max. W/R distance 30 mm (1.18 in), housing dimensions
55 mm x 75 mm x 30 mm (2.17 in x 2.95 in x 1.18 in), IP67
degree of protection, max. temperature +70°C (158°F)
SLG 41 CC
Same as SLG 41 C, with 2 m (6.56 ft) connecting cable and
double M12 plug.
SLG 42
Universal, compact write/read device, max. W/R distance
70 mm (2.76 in), housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm
(2.95 in x 2.95 in x 1.57 in), IP65 degree of protection, max.
temperature +70°C (158°F)
SLG 43
Universal, compact write/read device, max. W/R distance
150 mm (5.91 in), housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm
(2.95 in x 2.95 in x 1.57 in), IP65 degree of protection, max.
temperature +70°C (158°F)
SIM 41/42/43
Universal write/read device with serial connection to PC/PLC,
max. W/R distance 40 mm (1.57 in),
housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm (2.95 in x 2.95 in
x 1.57 in), IP54 degree of protection, max. temperature +70°C
(158°F)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
ASM 452 adapter module
for PROFIBUS DP V1,
1 SLG U92 or
2 SLG 4x, 7x, 8x can be
connected,
without connector
Connector
for ASM 450/451/452
for connection to PROFIBUS DP
and 24 V supply,
3 items required per
ASM 450/451/452
ASM 473 adapter module
ET200X expansion module for
BM 141/142/143/147,
1 SLG can be connected per
ASM 473
ASM 475 interface module
max. 2 SLG can be connected in
parallel mode,
without front connector
Write/read devices
for connecting to ASM
•SLG40S
•SLG40
•SLG41
•SLG41S
•SLG41C
•SLG41CC
•SLG42
•SLG43
Write/read devices for
direct connection to the PC
or PLC
• SIM 41
with V.24 (RS 232) interface
• SIM 42
with RS 422 (RS 485, V.11)
interface
• SIM 43
with TTY (20 mA line current)
interface
MOBY software
CD-ROM, FB/FC for SIMATIC/
SINUMERIK, 3964R driver for
DOS/Windows 95/NT,
C libraries, PC demonstration
program,
MOBY documentation
Languages: German/English
Order No.
6GT2002-0EB20
6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0
6GT2002-0HA10
6GT2002-0GA10
6GT2001-0EB00
6GT2001-0EA10
6GT2001-0AA00
6GT2001-0AA00-0AX0
6GT2001-0AC00
6GT2001-0AC00-0AX0
6GT2001-0BA00
6GT2001-0CA10
6GT2005-0AA10
6GT2005-0BA10
6GT2005-0CA10
6GT2080-2AA10
For SLG plug-in cables and documentation, see Catalog FS 10.
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/49

HMI software for CNC controls
Tools
SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK hardware
Startup software for
SINAMICS S120/SIMODRIVE 611 digital
4
■ Overview
■ Overview
The SIMATIC STEP 7 software for service functions can be used
to read status and service displays of the CPU via the PLC program
without the need for an additional programming device,
and to integrate new modules.
The software is designed for service functions. The conditions of
the SINUMERIK supply contract apply.
■ Integration
Existing service packs for SIMATIC STEP 7 are released separately
for STEP 7 on PCU.
■ Integration
SIMATIC STEP 7 can be used on:
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70/PCU 50.3
Preconditions:
• Mouse and PC keyboard
• Windows XP SP1 for SIMATIC STEP7 V5.3
• Windows XP SP1 or SP1a for SIMATIC STEP7 V5.3 SP1
• Windows XP SP1 or SP2 for SIMATIC STEP7 V5.3 SP2
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SIMATIC STEP 7 for
SINUMERIK hardware
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC5252-0AY00-0AG1
6FC5252-0AY00-0AG0
6FC5252-7AY01-7AG0
Example of specific software version, e.g., 5.3:
6FC5252-5....-3...
The startup software for PCs/programming devices can be used
to optimize first-time starting of drives with SINAMICS S120/
SIMODRIVE 611 digital if HMI-Advanced user interface software
is not available.
Preconditions:
• Windows XP operating system
The startup software is included in HMI-Advanced.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Startup software 1)
for SINAMICS S120/
SIMODRIVE 611 digital
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
• Software update service
• Update on order of
specific software version
Order No.
6FC5255-0AX00-0AB1
6FC5255-7AX00-7AG0
6FC5255-0AX00-0AB2
6FC5255-7AX00-7AG3
Example of specific software version, e.g., 7.1:
6FC5255-7....-1...
1) The CD-ROM contains several software versions.
4/50 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Tools
■ Overview
The SinuCom program package consists of:
7 SinuCom NC
- SinuCom NC Trace
-SinuCom NC SI
7 SinuCom CFS
7 SinuCom ARC
7 SinuCom PCIN
This program package supports simple and effective startup of
SINUMERIK 840D sl controls on CNC machines.
The included programs provide comprehensive support during
the startup of machines, including the use of the Trace functionality,
during the Safety Integrated acceptance test, in generating
PC-card images, in the management of serial startup data, and
for the transmission of CNC user data.
The programs are designed mainly for use by the startup and
service personnel of original equipment manufacturers (OEMs).
■ Function
SinuCom NC
The SinuCom NC program enables SINUMERIK 840D sl controls
to be started up easily using:
• Dialog-based parameterization of machine data
• Management of series machine startup files
• Integrated online help for functions, machine data and alarms
• Functional description in German and English as PDF (part of
the online Help)
Preconditions:
• Windows XP operating system
• SINUMERIK 840D sl software version 1 and higher
• Mouse
The program is included in the scope of delivery of the
SINUMERIK 840Di sl.
SinuCom
SinuCom NC Trace
The SinuCom NC Trace function is used for the dynamic recording
of CNC, PLC and HMI variables, and of drive signals that are
available via the CNC. These variables can be displayed,
printed out or stored in a file, similar to using an oscillograph or
logic analyzer. The SinuCom NC Trace function provides support
in:
• Fault detection and fault correction
• Machine performance analysis, benchmarking and tuning
• Process performance analysis, benchmarking and tuning
Preconditions:
• Windows XP operating system
• SINUMERIK 840D sl software version 1 and higher and
HMI-Advanced software version 7.1 and higher
• Mouse
SinuCom NC SI
The SinuCom NC SI function is used to automate the Safety
Integrated acceptance test, supports the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM), and optimizes the process:
• Verification of machines in accordance with EU Machinery
Directive EN954-1 (control category 3)
• Testing of safety functions (partly automated) during the
machine acceptance
• Logging of measured data and test results incl. Trace function
records
• Testing of single/special-purpose machines, machine components
(as a partial test) and series machines as series startup
• Shorter startup times since, in the new acceptance mode,
power-on alarms during the acceptance test are acknowledged
by RESET
• User-friendly operation due to controlled execution and the
automatic configuration of the Trace functions
• Unambiguous quality verification for original equipment
manufacturers as well as customers, and for dealings with
government agencies
Preconditions:
• Windows XP operating system
• SINUMERIK 840D sl software version 1 or higher and
HMI-Advanced software version 7.1 or higher
• Mouse
4
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/51

HMI software for CNC controls
Tools
SinuCom
4
■ Function (continued)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
SinuCom CFS
Designation
Order No.
The SinuCom CFS program is used to generate an image for the SinuCom
startup/service tools
SINUMERIK 840D sl NCU’s CF card, in Ext3 format. It contains:
SinuCom NC (incl.
• Processing of the flash file system
SinuCom NC Trace,
SinuCom NC SI),
• Preparing the image for programming the CF card
SinuCom CFS, SinuCom ARC
• Integrated help
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish
The CF card is programmed using standard tools. These tools Documentation: English/German
are not included in SinuCom CFS.
• Single license
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG1
Preconditions:
• Windows XP operating system
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC5250-0AY00-0AG0
• SINUMERIK 840D sl
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM 6FC5250-7AY00-7AG0
When copying the software, be sure to follow the A&D software of specific software version
marketing guidelines!
• Software update service
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG2
SinuCom ARC
The SinuCom ARC program simplifies the processing of series
• Update on order of
specific software version
6FC5250-7AY00-7AG3
startup files:
Example of specific software version, e.g., 7.1:
• Reading, deleting, inserting and changing series startup files 6FC5250-7....-1...
• Integrated help
Preconditions:
• Windows ME/NT 4.0/2000/XP operating system
4/52 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

HMI software for CNC controls
Tools
SinuCom PLC Manager
■ Overview
■ Integration
Preconditions:
• Windows 2000/XP operating system
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl (PCU 50.3)/SINUMERIK 840D sl
(NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1)
• SIMATIC STEP 7 software version 5.1 and higher
Presentation on the PC/PG (e.g. for creation of a project from subcomponents)
The program package "SinuCom PLC Manager" is PC software
for creating complete PLC user programs when programming
standard lathes and standard milling machines.
Using the graphical user interface of "SinuCom PLC Manager",
all PLC-related functions of the machine (axes, spindles,
machine control panels, turrets for tools, bar loaders, M functions,
etc.) can be quickly and conveniently integrated. STEP 7
must also be installed on the PC/PG along with "SinuCom PLC
Manager". After a selection has been made, from within the
"SinuCom PLC Manager" a basic PLC project can be generated
complete with the corresponding function blocks.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SinuCom PLC Manager
Software tool for generating PLC
user programs
Languages: English/German
Documentation: English/German
• Single license
without data carrier
• Single license with CD-ROM
of current software version
• Single license with CD-ROM
of specific software version
Order No.
6FC5250-0AY10-0AG1
6FC5250-0AY10-0AG0
6FC5250-7AY10-7AG0
Example of specific software version, e.g., 2.1:
6FC5250-2....-1...
4
■ Application
"SinuCom PLC Manager" covers the following applications:
• Creation of a common basic project with standard functions
for machine control panels, axes and spindles
• Separate directory for all accessory blocks for completing the
basic project
• Individual combination of accessory components when
configuring the machine
• Freely-assignable inputs/outputs as well as freely-selectable
levels of these I/Os
• Subsequent expansion of the PLC program with STEP 7 is
possible without any problems
• Expansion of the function block library with additional
(user-created) function blocks is possible at any time
• Individual components (such as turrets) can be used in
another PLC program
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/53

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
4
■ Overview
What is meant by Solution Provider in the context of motion
control?
7 The basis of business relations between an external service
provider and Siemens is a mutual agreement. Once this
contract has been made and signed, the external service -
provider has the right to call himself a Solution Provider.
7 A Solution Provider develops solutions (hardware and/or
software) for use in motion control.
7 A Solution Provider product does not stand in competition with
Siemens motion control products, but rather supplements
them.
7 The Solution Provider is himself responsible for the development,
sales, delivery, warranty, and service of his Solution
Provider products.
SINUMERIK Solution Providers use their special expertise to
supplement the open SINUMERIK control with specific special
functionalities. SINUMERIK Solution Providers have backgrounds
in many different sectors and technologies – say hello
to the partners of the future.
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
ARTIS Gesellschaft für angewandte Messtechnik mbH
Tool and process monitoring
Brankamp System Prozessautomation GmbH
Tool monitoring
Gibbs and Associates
Graphic programming package
GraphiTech Ltd.
Digitizing and milling software
Hofmann GmbH & Co. KG
Measuring and balancing technology
IBE Software GmbH
Shopfloor-oriented cutting applications
IP Team Raabe+Möller GmbH
CNC program generator
JEL Präzisionswerkzeuge
High-precision tools - application cycles
Klaus Müller VIDEO VISION
Video-link teleservice
m&h inprocess Messtechnik GmbH
3D workpiece measurement
Page
4/55
4/55
4/56
4/56
4/57
4/57
4/58
4/58
4/59
4/59
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Measuring, balancing and acoustic monitoring
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Laser tool inspection
4/60
4/60
Mitutoyo Messgeräte GmbH
Evaluation software for the feedback ability of
measuring data
4/61
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik
Or contact:
Siemens AG
A&D MC MT S 3
Helmut May
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 - 98 - 13 03
E-mail: helmut.may@siemens.com
Montronix GmbH
Tool and process monitoring
MPM – Micro Präzision Marx GmbH
Balancing software
Nordmann GmbH & Co KG
Tool monitoring
OMATIVE Systems
Monitoring system for feedrate optimization
OPEN MIND Technologies AG
SINUMERIK CAM Client
4/61
4/62
4/62
4/63
4/63
Renishaw Plc.
Non-contact tool inspection
4/64
PROMETEC GmbH
PROMOS process monitoring system
4/64
PROMETEC GmbH
PROSIN drill breakage monitoring
4/65
Vogel France SAS
Minimum quantity lubrication
4/65
Walter DITTEL GmbH
Balancing and process monitoring systems
4/66
4/54 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

ARTIS GmbH
Tool and process monitoring
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Brankamp System Prozessautomation GmbH
Tool monitoring
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Tool and process monitoring system
The autonomous CTM system (Computer integrated Tool and
Machine monitoring) from ARTIS can be integrated into the CNC
and is used to monitor tools, machines and processes.
It features:
7 Fast integration resulting from minimized hardware and
fieldbus technology
7 Simple, fast installation of software
7 Omission of all additional wiring and cabling with the sensorfree
solution
7 Four independent monitoring channels on one CTM card
7 Autonomous mode of operation, thus minimum load on the
control
7 System and sensors from a single source
Operator control of CTM as well as visualization can be integrated
into the user interface of the CNC. Operation is clear,
informative and easy to master following a short period of
training.
Tool monitoring prevents the production of faulty parts or the
occurrence of other damage resulting from worn, broken or
missing tools. Bearing damage on motor spindles, tool unbalance
and collisions are detected by the machine monitoring
functions. The functions for process monitoring are responsible
for observation of quality criteria, for example, the tolerances of
tap-drill sizes and thread depths.
■ More information
Please contact:
ARTIS Gesellschaft für angewandte Messtechnik mbH
Contact Sales and Marketing: Volker Meyer
Contact Engineering: Dr. Dirk Lange
Sellhorner Weg 28-30
29646 BISPINGEN-BEHRINGEN
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 51 94 - 95 0 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 51 94 - 78 25
E-mail: meyer@artis.de
E-mail: lange@artis.de
http://www.artis.de
CNC-integrated tool monitoring/
tool breakage – wear – collision
CNC-integrated tool monitoring is possible using Brankamp iM-
Soft (integrated monitoring software) together with the modular
Brankamp B100 system. The performance range has been
extended by Brankamp with the addition of the Brankamp iM-
Board. The iMBoard is simply inserted into the machine control
and the CFC software adapted. It is then possible to handle
machine control and machine monitoring on a single user
interface.
Sensor equipment
Your production machine can be monitored using just one sensor.
The multi-sensor measuring technology offers optimum
monitoring for every application. Retrofitting is also simple.
Brankamp sensor modules
Power sensor, acoustic emission sensor, flush-mounted sensor,
universal sensor, PDA, MIS, variable probe, Combiflex, 3-component
crystal, micro-probe
Applications
Turning machines, automatic multi-spindle machines, machining
centers, transfer lines, rotary indexing machines, turn
broaching machines, broaching machines, CNC milling
machines, rotary machines, drilling units, robots, special
machines and other applications.
■ More information
Please contact:
Brankamp System Prozessautomation GmbH
Contact:
Sales manager: Werner Ebeling
Technical manager: Dipl.-Ing. Hans-Peter Schneider
Max-Planck-Straße 9
40699 ERKRATH
Germany
Phone: +49(0)211-25076-0
Fax: +49(0)211-208402
E-mail: bpd@brankamp.com
http://www.brankamp.com
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/55

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Gibbs and Associates
Graphic programming package
GraphiTech Ltd.
Digitizing and milling software
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Graphic programming package (2½D) for the workshop
Gibbs and Associates offers a 2½D programming package for
the workshop (milling). The graphical, interactive user interface
permits easy operation on the machine.
The programmed contours can be displayed in a powerful
volume simulation prior to machining. Similar workpieces from
parts families can be rapidly produced using parametrics and
associativity. The programs are 100% exchangeable with all
CNCs with GibbsSFP.
■ More information
Please contact:
Gibbs and Associates
Contact: Mr. John Sare
323 Science Drive, Moorepark
USA-93021 California
Phone (USA): +1 80 55 23 00 04
Fax (USA): +1 80 55 23 00 06
E-mail: jsare@gibbscam.com
Representation in Germany:
Wingenbach & Pickhardt GmbH
Phone: +49 (0) 21 22 54 16 10
Fax: +49 (0) 21 22 54 16 11
http://www.gibbscam.com
CopyMate digitizing and milling software for CNCs
Advanced laser technologies
CopyMate is a new approach that makes the complex task of
copying 3D parts simple. By utilizing a laser head from Optimet,
CopyMate digitalizes 3D parts quickly and efficiently.
Data is scanned and automatically converted into a computerized
model. CopyMate provides a trouble-free way of adapting
the model to the customer’s production requirements. A wizard
guides the user through the process of creating NC paths and
sending data to the machine.
With CopyMate, copying 3D parts is as simple as using a
copying machine!
CopyMate features:
• Generation of scatter diagrams
• Machining
• Data filtering
• Surface generation and manipulation
• NC path creation
• Optimet laser head
■ More information
Please contact:
GraphiTech Ltd.
Givat Hashlosha,
48800 Israel
Phone +97239036850
Phone (Europe): +49 (0) 89 - 54 84 21 51
E-mail: info@concept-metrology.com
http://www.graphitech.net
4/56 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Hofmann GmbH & Co. KG
Measuring and balancing technology
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
IBE software GmbH
Shopfloor-oriented cutting applications
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
EMB 7000 ring balancer
The EMB 7000 ring balancer is simply a revolutionary solution.
The vibrations caused by unbalance on rotating systems will be
actively eliminated during rotation within a fraction of a second.
Two unbalanced disks are permanently fixed onto the tooling
spindle via thin ring bearings. A fast intelligent controller determines
the unbalance in the spindle using sensors, computers
and controls the two disks into the optimum position to compensate
for the unbalance. Both disks are quickly shifted electromagnetically
by the stators into the estimated positions.
Benefits:
7 Operates at spindle speeds up to 51,000 rpm
7 Positioning of the compensation rings within fractions of a
second also during the non-stationary acceleration phase
7 Spindle monitoring systems
7 2-plane-balancing
■ More information
Please contact:
Hofmann Mess- und Auswuchttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Contact Sales and Marketing: Günter Danz
Werner-von-Siemens-Straße 21
64319 PFUNGSTADT
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 61 57 - 94 91 22
Fax: +49 (0) 6157 - 94 91 20
E-mail: hofmann@auswuchttechnik.de
http://www.auswuchttechnik.de
Shopfloor-oriented cutting applications
With cncCUT, NC programs can be created directly on the CNC
control quickly and easily without the need for specialist knowledge.
The geometry is based on various graphical formats, including
DXF. Different geometrical shapes can also be created directly
at the machine using ready-made macros based on dimension
parameters. The system automatically creates the cutting paths,
complete with first cuts, but they can be modified manually.
By entering the number of parts, nesting is performed based on
the shortest traversing paths with subsequent creation of the NC
program. The saved nesting diagrams can be called again at
any time and executed. Technologies, such as different velocities,
can be stored in a reference and can be assigned automatically
according to material and thickness.
■ More information
Please contact:
IBE Software GmbH
Contact: Gustav Evers
Friedrich-Paffrath-Straße 41
26389 WILHELMSHAVEN
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 44 21 - 99 43 57
Fax: +49(0)4421-994371
E-mail: info@ibe-software.de
http://www.cnccut.org
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/57

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
IP Team Raabe+Möller GmbH
CNC program generator
JEL precision tools
Application cycles
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
TwinCAM 32 CNC program generator
TwinCAM 32 is a CNC program generator for woodworking. The
generator, whose flexible design makes it easy to adapt to
machines from different manufacturers, draws on many years
of experience in creating programs for CNC woodworking
machines.
TwinCAM 32 is based on a parameterized description of workpiece
and machining. With the graphical user interface, you can
create complex, executable CNC programs for your machines in
seconds. In addition to creating elements by entering coordinates
referring to one of the nine "magic points", TwinCAM 32
also enables you to use freely definable variables and formulae
in the input fields. Thus, the system achieves enormous flexibility.
General CAD functionalities for free design are also available,
together with DXF import.
The graphic real-time simulation of the created CNC program,
which can be used for traversing path visualization during
machining, is another highlight. Manual changes to the CNC
code can also be displayed graphically and simulated. The
graphical tool location list editor provides users with clear and
simple management of their different tool arrangements on the
machine.
■ More information
Please contact:
IP Team Raabe + Möller GmbH
Contact: Uwe Raabe
Lübbecker Straße 9
32584 LÖHNE
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 57 32 - 9 41 30
Fax: +49 (0) 57 32 - 94 13 33
E-mail: team@ipteam.de
http://www.ipteam.de
Application cycles
The company JEL Präzisionswerkzeuge (precision tools) offers
application cycles for thread milling and drill and thread milling.
Advantages:
7 Optimum traversing motion for milling internal threads
7 Approaches the pitch of the contour without damaging the
flank of the thread
7 180° approach loop with optimized cutting force
7 Graphic operator support
7 Error-free program run
7 Quick local programming on the machine or at the
programming workstation
7 Fully automatic integration of cycles in the NC program
7 Extremely easy correction of existing cycles by cycle
recompilation
Special cycles are available for the following JEL product
groups:
• BGF drill and thread milling cutter
• MGF/MKG thread cutter
• Tomill thread cutter
■ More information
Please contact:
JEL Präzisionswerkzeuge
Contact: Dr.-Ing. R. Durst
Ruppmannstraße 32
70565 STUTTGART
Germany
Phone: +49(0)711-78891-0
Fax: +49(0)711-78891-11
E-mail: jel_precision@compuserve.com
http://www.jel.de
4/58 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Klaus Müller VIDEO VISION GmbH
Teleservice with video
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
m&h inprocess Messtechnik
3D workpiece measurement
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Teleservice with video
3D workpiece measurement
VIDEO VISION is a video conferencing system that can be used
worldwide and has been developed specifically for machine servicing.
It enables the service engineers to operate the control as
though they were on site. Through the simultaneous audio and
video connection, the engineer is able to examine the machine
and to provide the user with expert support in order to carry out
repairs by means of remote instructions.
VIDEO VISION NM permits flexible use. This video conferencing
system contains all the VIDEO VISION functions, but can also be
installed on a notebook, inter alia, and permits connection via
ISDN, an analog line, GSM, or the Internet.
In the case of larger machines and production systems, the
audio-video-radio link is recommended, which can transmit
sound and video images wirelessly over distances of up to 70 m
(230 ft). The supplied ear-phones and an integrated directional
microphone even permit use in a very loud production environment.
VIDEO VISION EVI is appropriate for pure video monitoring of
the machine. You can monitor your complete machine environment
from the control using up to 7 pan-and-tilt zoom cameras.
Requirements for VIDEO VISION:
• Telecommunications link (ISDN connection recommended)
■ More information
Please contact:
Klaus Müller VIDEO VISION GmbH
■ More information
Contact: Kai Müller
Please contact:
Unter Lau 21
m&h inprocess
72587 RÖMERSTEIN
Messtechnik GmbH
Germany
Contact: W. Madlener
Phone: +49 (0) 73 82 93 96 0
Fax: +49 (0) 73 82 93 96 26
Am Langholz 11
E-mail: info@vivi.de
88289 WALDBURG
http://www.vivi.de
Germany
Phone: 0049 (0) 75 29 / 97 33 - 0
Fax: 0049 (0) 75 29 / 97 33 - 7
E-mail: info@mh-inprocess.com
http://www.mh-inprocess.com
The high-speed 3D control solution for tool and mold makers
supporting workpiece measuring directly on the machine tool.
3D form inspect offers you:
7 3D form control on the machine tool
7 Cost savings – no need for a measuring machine
7 Reworking possible, because measuring takes place on the
machine tool while the part is still clamped in position
7 Time savings, as there is no need to move the part to a
measuring machine
3D form inspect overview:
• Free-form surfaces can be measured at any angle on the
machine tool
• Touch trigger points can be selected easily just by clicking with
the mouse on the PC
• Software is easy to use, no need for special measuring
knowledge
• Graphic evaluation on the screen or via report generator on
printer
• Available for Siemens controls
High precision in combination with high precision m&h probes
and a laser-calibrated machine tool with linear scales. Many
companies have been using our proven, trend-setting probes for
more than a decade. High-precision probes from m&h ensure
secure radio/infrared transmission with optimum receiving
technology, reliable activation, operation tailored for a workshop,
durability, and the highest degree of precision.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/59

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Measuring, balancing and acoustic monitoring
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Laser tool inspection
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
CNC-integrated user interface for measuring, balancing and
acoustic monitoring
Displaying real-time information and programming are the basic
ergonomic demands on the user interfaces of machine tools.
Marposs proposes a user interface that can be integrated in the
CNC control for connecting Marposs gauges to CNC machines.
Features:
7 Input of parameters for the individual cycles is tailored to the
end user:
- PART/CYCLE program generation
- Cycle control limits
- Selection of measurement elaboration according to the part
surface
- Control limits of grinding wheel unbalance
- Control limits of the acoustic sensors signal
- Determination of the masses position to manually balance
the grinding wheel
7 Shared user interface: These features are fundamental in the
case of applications on different makes of machines in the
same production section at an end user plant.
7 Combination both of pre-process, in-process and postprocess
measurements with grinding wheel balance systems
and gap/crash control functions in only one hardware
7 Both automatic and manual wheel balance functions are
integrated in only one system. Thanks to integrated sensors
to check vibrations in the machine tool and to automatic
balance-cycle management, the software installed in the
system can do without portable grinding wheel control
systems.
■ More information
Please contact:
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Contact Sales and Marketing: Dipl. Ing. Horst Peipers
Contact Engineering: Dipl. Ing. (FH) Georg Schulte-Hubbert
Mercedesstr. 10
71384 WEINSTADT
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 71 51 - 20 54 151
Fax: +49 (0) 71 51 - 20 54 552
E-mail: horst.peipers@de.marposs.com
E-mail: georg.schulte-hubbert@de.marposs.com
Software for Marposs spindle measurements, monitoring of
contact tools and laser tool monitoring on machine tools.
Measuring cycles for part and tool measuring cycles with
Marposs Mida measuring heads and Mida lasers. Easy programming
thanks to the special user interface. All the necessary
measurements can be performed on the part and on the tool for
rapid setup of the machine, high-speed monitoring of the part
before and after the machining cycle as well as continuous
monitoring of the safe range of stress.
Tool measurements with Mida laser:
• Tool status and breakage
• Measuring the length and diameter of the tool
• Checking and updating the length and diameter of the tool
• Checking the condition of the cutting profile of the tool
• Measuring and updating the cutting radius and determining
the deflection range
• Compensating the thermal deviation of the machine axes
Part measurements with Mida spindle measuring heads:
• Protected positioning of the measuring head
• Measuring of drilled holes, pins, pockets and shoulders
• Single surface measurement
• Measuring the internal and external cross-arm
International contact: Andrea Turrini
MARPOSS S.p.A. – via Saliceto 13
40100 Bentivoglio BO – Italy
Phone: +39051899253
Fax.: +39051899950
E-mail: andrea.turrini@marposs.com
http://www.marposs.com
4/60 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Mitutoyo GmbH
Evaluation software
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Montronix GmbH
Tool and process monitoring
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Evaluation software for the feedback of measuring data
The "Correct Plus" evaluation software ensures the fast feedback
of measuring data to machining centers when integrated in the
user interface of the CNC control. It makes the immediate online
correction of machining data, which are received continuously or
as samples by a coordinate measuring device, possible. Online
correction can include each individual feature, e.g., the position
and diameter of drilled holes.
Advantages:
7 Integration of the calculated correction values into the correction
database of the machine tool
7 Production of the subsequent workpiece with corrected data
due to the immediate transfer of the modified work program to
the machine control unit
7 Cost-saving shortening of the run-in times of new process
sequences
7 A.S.A.P. change-over of 100% measurements to inspections
on the basis of samples due to an extremely quick stabilization
of run-in times
7 Automatic analysis of measurement results, calculation of new
set values and direct creation of correction databases without
time losses
7 Clear improvement of process security thanks to error reduction,
since the corrections are always performed in the direction
of the nominal value
7 Considerable reduction in scrap, since possible fabrication
defects do not cumulate all the time, but can be corrected
directly on the next workpiece to be processed
7 Full automation of process sequences via optional software
7 Executes under Windows 98/NT 4.0/2000/XP
■ More information
Please contact:
Mitutoyo Messgeräte GmbH
Contact: Ralf Kuzella
Borsigstraße 8-10
41469 NEUSS
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 21 37 10 20
Fax: +49 (0) 21 37 86 85
E-mail: r.kuzella@mitutoyo.de
http://www.mitutoyo.de
Tool and process monitoring system
Montronix monitoring systems and the support of the Montronix
employees will ensure that you have your machining process
under control. Montronix is your competent partner worldwide
for all machining tasks.
Montronix systems provide you with the following advantages:
7 Tool monitoring and protection
7 Shorter machine downtimes
7 Avoidance of faults and reduction in rejects
7 Improvement in quality
7 Optimization of machining process
The visualization software (M-View) enables the machine operator
to evaluate the machining process rapidly and precisely. The
graphic display shows process deviations, broken tools, increasing
wear, and collisions, and these can be statistically
recorded and evaluated.
The IPM (Integrated Process Monitor) operator control and visualization
software combines operation and simultaneous visualization.
Communication is via an RS 232 C or RS 485 interface.
It is possible to switch from the machining process to process
visualization at any time. A fast, reliable working method is
ensured by the clear and simple operation.
■ More information
Please contact:
Montronix GmbH
Contact: J. Kraft
Am Teerhaus 5
71720 OBERSTENFELD
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 70 62 - 67 93 - 00
Fax: +49(0)7062-6793-10
E-mail: info@montronix.de
http://www.montronix.de
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/61

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
MPM – Micro Präzision Marx GmbH
Balancing software
Nordmann GmbH & Co KG
Tool monitoring
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Balancing software
Highlights:
7 The BALCON balancing software supports the operation of
fully automatic balancing systems within the control.
7 All relevant settings, such as tolerance, speed and alarm
limits, can be adjusted using the control.
7 The balancing process can be carried out fully-automatically
or semi-automatically (to permit adjustments as necessary).
7 The control of All MPM balancing equipment (flange mounting,
spindle mounting and special equipment) can be optimized
using the BALCON balancing software and the AB100
balancing modules.
■ More information
Please contact:
MPM-Micro Präzision Marx GmbH
Contact: Mr. Hartwig
Neuenweiherstraße 19
91056 ERLANGEN
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 91 31 - 90 57 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 - 90 57 - 20
E-mail: mpm@marx-online.com
http://www.marx-online.com
PROFIBUS-capable, highly-sensitive tool monitoring using
SEM-PROFIBUS
The SinTerm software supports efficient tool monitoring in series
production. In addition to the 8-channel sensor-free active power
or torque measurement via the PROFIBUS, this solution integrated
in the control also permits connection of up to 8 further
sensors from the Nordmann range, permitting monitoring of the
complete range of tools.
The following additional measuring systems are available:
• Force sensors, also as expansion sensors for particularly easy
mounting
• Structure-borne noise sensors (with contact or contact-free,
various patents for connection to moving tools or workpieces,
e.g., via a coolant jet as sound wave guide)
• Active power meters for analog drives without PROFIBUS capability
• Buttons for checking workpiece lengths in automatic multispindle
lathes
• Audible dimensional checking of workpieces using a test tool
in CNC turning machines
• Optical laser sensors for direct checking of workpiece length
or workpiece surface
• Sensors directly on the tool insert for exact determination of
wear and breakage even when manufacturing single parts
The measured values adapted in real-time to the monitoring task
are displayed on the operator panel and evaluated using envelope
curves, dynamic or static limits for tool wear, breakage,
workpiece contact, or workpiece dimension.
■ More information
Please contact:
Nordmann GmbH & Co. KG
Contact: Dr.-Ing. Klaus Nordmann
Kalscheurener Straße 8
50354 HÜRTH
Germany
Tel.: +49 (0) 22 33 - 96 88 - 0 or
0700/NORDMANN(=0700/66736266)
Fax: +49(0)2233-9688-22
E-mail: nordmann@nordmann-online.de
http://www.nordmann-online.de
4/62 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

OMATIVE Systems
Real-time feedrate optimization
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
OPEN MIND Technologies
SINUMERIK CAM client
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
ADAPTIVE CONTROL & MONITORING (ACM) for real-time
feedrate optimization
The OMATIVE ACM system is fully integrated into SINUMERIK
NCK version 6.5 or higher and into the SINUMERIK HMI environment’s
user interface purely as a software solution.
ACM can be used for every cutting operation in feedrate-control,
monitoring and event-recording modes.
In feedrate-control mode, ACM measures the current spindle
load and continuously calculates the optimum feedrate for each
individual tool and material. The feedrate is set to the highest
possible value automatically and in real time. This reduces cycle
times and also prevents tool breakage and damage to the tool
and spindle, particularly during critical roughing operations and
in rough-finishing applications. If the tool becomes overloaded,
ACM stabilizes to an acceptable value automatically. This value
is defined via an algorithm in the internal expert system and, if
necessary, the feed is suspended. In this way, tool breakage can
also be detected.
In monitoring mode, the spindle load is monitored without
adaptation of the feedrate. If the spindle becomes underloaded
or overloaded, an alarm is triggered and, if necessary, the
machine is stopped. Missing tools or tool breakages are also
detected.
In event-recording mode, the machine’s event data are saved
or transferred via the PC network using the OMATIVE Pro software
and can be analyzed as machine and production reports.
Event recording is performed automatically in feedrate-control
and monitoring modes.
"CAM-fortable" SINUMERIK
The SINUMERIK CAM client from OPEN MIND provides bidirectional
data flow from the machine control to the programming
workplace with hyperMILL. This is ideal when the two workstations
are at different locations and saves unnecessary travel
and paper printouts. And you stay up-to-date because the same
data is used at both ends.
The CAM client is tailored to the requirements of the machine
operator, it makes project data available locally and provides a
fast, paperless overview of settings, tools and tool paths. The
machining and machine model simulation as well as the collision
check create a realistic image. It is easy to modify technology
parameters or machining sequences directly on the control.
Moreover, the CAM client supports setup, e.g., with automated
comparison between the tools used and those available. Last
but not least, not only does the CAM client simplify and improve
data flow from CAM programming to the machine, it also provides
the user with handy utilities for handling the return flow of
information to programming.
■ More information
Please contact:
OMATIVE Systems
OMATIVE Systems Head Office
P.O. Box 34272
Jerusalem 91341 Israel
Tel.: 972-2-6510310
Fax: 972-2-6511786
E-mail: omative@omative.com
http://www.omative.com
Location Europe
OMATIVE Systems Europe GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Michael Mend
Industriestr. 21
78112 ST. GEORGEN
Germany
Tel.: +49 (0) 77 24 - 91 59 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 77 24 - 91 59 - 18
E-mail: info@omative-europe.de
http://www.omative-europe.de
■ More information
Please contact:
OPEN MIND Technologies AG
Kanalstr. 7
85774 UNTERFÖHRING
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 89 - 9 50 03 - 05
Fax: +49 (0) 89 - 9 50 69 79
E-mail: Sales.Europe@openmind-tech.com
http://www.openmind-tech.com
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/63

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Renishaw Plc.
Non-contact tool inspection
PROMETEC GmbH
Process Monitor System PROMOS
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
Renishaw has developed software that can be used in conjunction
with the systems for non-contact tool control NC1, NC3 and
NC4.
The program routines contain the following functions:
7 Static length measurement (e.g. drill, tap)
7 Length determination with spindle rotating (e.g. end mill,
milling heads)
7 High-speed tool-breakage monitoring
7 Automatic tool measuring
7 Monitoring of the cutting edge geometry and profile
monitoring for breakage of a single edge
7 Temperature compensation
Renishaw systems for tool monitoring are available as carrier
systems or module systems which cover a wide range of
different applications. All systems use the MicroHole; technology
that provides protection to IP68 even during the measuring
procedure. The NC4 system also offers an integrated
PassiveSeal;, which maintains full protection even if the
compressed air supply is interrupted. Active drip suppression
prevents false response caused by drops of coolant.
■ More information
Please contact:
Renishaw Plc.
Contact: Dr.-Ing. Jan Linnenbürger
New Mills
Wotton-under-Edge
Gloucestershire
GL12 8JR
UK
Phone: +49 (0) 71 27 98 10
Fax:+49(0)712788237
E-mail: jan.linnenbuerger@renishaw.com
http://www.renishaw.com
Modular tool and process monitoring system
The modular PROMOS process monitoring system provides fast
collision detection and reliable tool monitoring for all machining
processes:
• Detection of tool breakage
• Detection of tool wear
• Detection of idle passes
• Detection of tool contact
Furthermore, additional functions are available for the visualization
and, therefore, diagnosis and optimization of the machining
operations. For the user, this means:
7 Avoidance of tool breakage to a large extent by automatically
replacing the tool in time
7 Tool or workpiece damage is minimized, consequential
damage prevented
7 Increase in productivity without increased use of personnel
7 Increase in quality resulting from process optimization
In addition to machine and tool protection, PROMOS also permits a
reduction of unit times and an increase in part quality, inter alia.
Operator inputs are made centrally using the operator panel of
the control. The RS 485 or RS 232 C interface is used for communication
with the PROMOS monitor modules.
The PROMOS modules can be supplied with different performance
data (e.g., available monitoring functions, number of
monitorable tools) to permit optimum matching to the machining
task with regard to price and function. PROMOS can be operated
with all PROMETEC sensors (force, expansion, distance,
active power, torque, vibration, structure-borne noise, sound
emission, fluid noise).
■ More information
Please contact:
PROMETEC GmbH
Contact: Dr. Werner Kluft
Jülicher Straße 338
52070 AACHEN
Germany
Phone: +49(0)241-16609-10
Fax: +49(0)241-16609-50
E-mail: kluft@prometec.com
http://www.prometec.com
4/64 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

PROMETEC GmbH
PROSIN drill bit breakage monitoring
HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Vogel France SAS
Minimum quantity lubrication
■ Overview
■ Overview
4
PROSIN drill breakage detection
The low-cost PROSIN software permits direct access to the
current values of the digital drives of the machine tool. If a tool
breaks, the current of the associated drive changes; this value is
increased in the case of a blunt tool. Therefore, it is unnecessary
to use additional sensors or complete monitoring electronics.
Features:
7 Breakage detection for drills of 2 mm (0.08 in) or more
7 Operation using SINUMERIK operator panels
7 No additional hardware required
7 Only one operating side
7 Extremely easy to retrofit
7 Up to 120 cuts
A special screen page, which is integrated in the standard user
interface of the CNC, is available for parameterization of the operations
of a CNC program to be monitored. This screen page
permits input and optimization of the settings for the cuts of one
or more tools to be monitored as well as display of the values that
are actually measured.
■ More information
The limits of the software-based monitoring solution presented here Please contact:
depend on the application: if collisions are to be detected, or turning
tools reliably monitored for breakage, the specially adapted Willy Vogel AG
sensor technology of other PROMETEC solutions is still required. Motzener Strasse 35/37
This tool monitoring is particularly interesting for the mass production
of metal parts, e.g., in the automotive supply industry, in Germany
12277 BERLIN
order to increase quality while reducing costs.
■ More information
Please contact:
PROMETEC GmbH
Contact: Dr. Werner Kluft
Jülicher Straße 338
52070 AACHEN
Germany
Phone: +49(0)241-16609-10
Fax: +49(0)241-16609-50
E-mail: kluft@prometec.com
http://www.prometec.com
Easylub - The control for minimum quantity lubrication
Easylub software is used for accurate setting of parameters for
minimum quantity lubrication systems, in accordance with the
machining conditions (material, cutting speed, depth of cut, etc.).
The functions of the software are as follows:
7 PROFIBUS compatibility
7 Control of 4 different minimum-quantity lubrication units
regardless of the technology
- External MMS: lubricates the tool from the outside
- Internal MMS: propels the lubricant through the inside of the
tool to the cutting edge
7 Setting and storing the parameter sets
7 Direct access in real-time to a selected parameter set
(the control is integrated in the machine program)
7 Easy storage of data (Excel files)
Easylub can be used both in test mode (for repeated test runs)
and in production mode (the parameters of minimum-quantity
lubrication are adapted to the machining requirements and
stored). All minimum-quantity lubrication techniques currently in
use can be employed even during high-speed processing.
Vogel France SAS
Rue Robert Amy, B.P. 130
49404 Saumur cedex
France
Phone:+33(0)241400342
Fax:+33(0)241400342
E-mail: easylub@vogelfrance.com
http://www.vogelag.com
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
4/65

HMI software for CNC controls
SINUMERIK Solution Providers
Walter DITTEL GmbH
Balancing and process monitoring system
■ Overview
4
6000 fully-automatic balancing and process monitoring
system
The 6000 fully automatic balancing and process monitoring
system can be completely remote-controlled by the control and
displays process signals on the machine screen. All data of the
balancing procedure and the structure-borne noise signals (AE)
are therefore available online for the machine operator.
Customer benefit:
7 Convenient balancing system with non-contact transmission
of signals and power makes it wear-free and maintenance-free
7 2 out-of-balance, 2 speed and 4 AE signal limits can be
programmed
7 Balancing heads are available with built-in AE sensor and
neutral position of the balancing weights (spindle, attachment
and ring balancing systems), large balancing capacity within
very small space, speeds up to 15,000 rpm
7 Tools for machine diagnostics (compliance, resonance)
7 Connection facility for 4 structure-borne noise sensors,
stationary or rotary
7 AE sensor technology positioned directly at place of
occurrence, resulting in high signal quality
7 State-of-the-art evaluation of structure-borne noise for bypassing
air grinding, monitoring of grinding process and
dressing, 31 different settings can be permanently saved
7 Storage of measured AE signals on control PC or external PC;
connection via RS 232 C interface
■ More information
Please contact:
Walter DITTEL GmbH
Contact: Adi Sporer
Erpftinger Str. 36
86899 LANDSBERG/LECH
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 81 91 - 33 51 - 17
Fax: +49 (0) 81 91 - 33 51 - 49
E-mail: sporer@dittel.com
http://www.dittel.com
4/66 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
5
5/2 CNC controls
5/2 Introduction
5/3 SINUMERIK 802D sl
5/5 Machine control panel MCP
5/6 Machine control panel MCP 802D sl
5/7 SINUMERIK 840Di sl
5/12 MCI board extension slot version
5/13 SINUMERIK 840D sl
5/15 NCU 710.1
5/15 NCU 720.1
5/15 NCU 730.1
5/18 Numeric Control Extensions
NX10/NX15
5/19 Compile cycles
5/19 OA package NCK
5/20 SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
5/21 SINUMERIK I/O
5/21 ADI 4
5/23 PP 72/48 I/O module
5/24 Supplementary components
5/24 Power supplies SITOP power
5/24 Power supplies 24 V
5/25 Modular power supplies
with add-on modules
5/26 DC UPS modules
5/26 Battery modules
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
Introduction
CNC control
Drive system
SINUMERIK 802D sl
1 MG/1 channel
6 axes
• 4 axes digital +
1 spindle digital/analog +
1 positioning axis
or
• 3 axes digital +
• 2 spindles digital/analog +
1 positioning axis
SINAMICS S120
5
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
PCU 50.3 + MCI2 board
2 MGs/2 channels
6 axes/spindles
10 MGs/10 channels
20 axes/spindles
SINAMICS S120 with CU320
SINUMERIK 840D sl
NCU 710.1
2 MGs/2 channels
6 axes/spindles digital
NCU 720.1
10 MGs/10 channels
12 axes/spindles digital
NCU 730.1
10 MGs/10 channels
31 axes/spindles digital
CF card
NX10 NCU 720.1 SINAMICS S120
SINUMERIK I/O
ADI 4
I/O module PP 72/48
ADI 4
Analog Drive Interface
for 4 axes
I/O module
PP 72/48
5/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 802D sl
■ Overview
■ Function
• 5 digital feed drives (4 feed axes + 1 spindle or 3 feed axes +
2 spindles) (and 1 positioning axis available soon)
• A bipolar analog spindle can be used
• Turning or milling are freely selectable
• RS 232 C interface
• Pre-assigned machine data
• Sample program and PLC library included in scope of supply
• Simple PLC (S7-200) "ladder" programming
• 216 digital inputs and 144 digital outputs (0.25 A)
The SINUMERIK 802D sl is an operator panel control combining
all the components of a CNC (NC, PLC, HMI) and drive control
in a single unit. 6 digital drives can be connected via a DRIVE-
CLiQ link.
Of these, a maximum of 2 axes can be declared as spindles. The
I/Os are easy to operate via the PROFIBUS DP system. This
design is conceived to ensure very simple and robust installation
with minimum wiring. In combination with the modular structure
of the drive system used, the control is designed to offer maximum
flexibility.
The scope of functions of the control makes it ideal for use on
standardized turning and milling machines, and applications
ranging from one-off production to 3-axis mold-making. The
availability of an additional PLC-controlled axis in the drive group
adds an independent, non-interpolating axis to the range of
potential applications.
■ Integration
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 802D sl:
• Full CNC keyboard (vertical or horizontal format)
• Up to 2 electronic handwheels
• One mini handheld unit (contains one handwheel)
• One machine control panel MCP via a PP 72/48 I/O module or
an MCP 802D sl machine control panel via an MCPA module
• Up to 3 PP 72/48 I/O modules
• SINAMICS S120 drive system via DRIVE-CLiQ
SINUMERIK
802D sl
X8
X5
X40
X9
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
6FX8 002-1AA01-....
Supplied as standard with
the full CNC keyboard
RS 232 C
interface
Ethernet
24 V DC
power supply,
e.g.
SITOP power
Full CNC
keyboard
5
■ Benefits
7 Easy to operate thanks to DIN programming and ISO code
7 High reliability
7 Compact control with very simple, interference-immune wiring
7 Components delivered for individual construction
7 Comprehensive programming aids with cycles and contour
definitions
7 Digital drive technology via DRIVE-CLiQ
7 Maintenance-free: no battery or fan
7 Remote diagnostics via RCS 802 (option)
7 CF card for series startup and program memory/program
execution
X30
X6
X1
Cable
6FX8 008-1BD61-1FA0 1)
≤ 3 m (10 ft)
Plug
6FC9 348-7HX
PROFIBUS cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
≤ 100 m (328 ft)
Plug
6ES7 972-0BA40-0XA0
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
see "MOTION-CONNECT"
1) Length supplied: Only in 50 m (164 ft) rings.
Electronic
handwheel
(up to 2)
PP 72/48 I/O
module
(up to 3)
SINAMICS
S120
G_NC01_EN_00314
Connection overview for SINUMERIK 802D sl
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/3

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 802D sl
5
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5 370-0AA00-2AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK 802D sl PCU 210.3 with T/M plus software, export version
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max.
50 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP20
Humidity rating in accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 5 ... 95%
•Transport 5 ... 95%
•Operation 5 ... 95%
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
0 ... +50 °C (+32 ... +122 °F)
Weight, approx.
4.9 kg (10.80 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
310 mm (12.20 in)
•Height
330 mm (12.99 in)
•Depth
70 mm (2.75 in)
Order No. 6FC5 303-0DT12-1AA0 6FC5 303-0DM13-1AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK 802D sl, full CNC keyboard,
for vertical mounting
SINUMERIK 802D sl, full CNC keyboard,
for horizontal mounting
Input voltage
Via the PCU
Degree of protection to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
•Front
IP65
•Rear
IP20
Humidity rating in accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 5 ... 95%
•Transport 5 ... 95%
•Operation 5 ... 95%
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
0 ... +50 °C (+32 ... +122 °F)
Weight, approx.
1.7 kg (3.74 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
172 mm (6.77 in)
•Height
330 mm (12.99 in)
•Depth
24 mm (0.94 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Hardware components
Hardware components
SINUMERIK 802D sl
operator panel CNC (PCU)
• Version T/M plus
Full CNC keyboard,
vertical format
for mounting on
the side of the PCU
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Full CNC keyboard,
horizontal format
for mounting under the PCU
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Terminal strip converter
50-pole
Cable set
6 m (20 ft) ribbon cable, 50-pole
8 insulation displacement connectors,
50-pole
6FC5370-0AA00-2AA0
6FC5303-0DT12-1AA0
6FC5303-0DM13-1AA0
6EP5406-5AA00
6EP5306-5BG00
CompactFlash card
for series startup and program
memory/program execution
• 64 MB, empty
• 512 MB, empty
Software
SINUMERIK 802D sl Toolbox
on CD-ROM incl.
• Cycles
• Languages
• Starter (stand-alone)
• PLC 802 programming tool
•RCS 802
•PLC library
• Adobe Reader
6FC5313-2AG00-0AA0
6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0
6FC5810-0CY10-0YU8
5/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 802D sl
MCP machine control panel
■ Overview
The machine control panel MCP with plastic front for the
SINUMERIK 802D controls offers a simple solution for turning
and milling machines. This panel includes all the keys required
to operate the machine; these can be connected directly to the
PP 72/48 I/O module by means of a ribbon cable. The connections
are at the 24 V DC level for easier implementation.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
•Rear
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
6FC5603-0AD00-0AA2
MCP machine control panel
vertical format
24 V DC
5W
IP54
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded.
Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 5 ... 95%
• Transport 5 ... 95%
•Operation 5 ... 95%
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
0 … +50 °C (+32 ... +122 °F)
Weight, approx.
1.5 kg (3.30 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
170 mm (6.69 in)
•Height
330 mm (12.99 in)
•Depth
68 mm (2.67 in)
5
■ Benefits
7 Easily connected using ribbon cables and post links
7 Dimensions to suit SINUMERIK 802D controls
7 Fully equipped with all the necessary function elements
■ Function
• 24 V DC supply level
• Can be adapted to turning and milling applications
by means of replaceable keys
• User-assignable keys with LED indicator
• Emergency stop mushroom pushbutton with NO and NC
contacts
• 2 override rotary knobs for feedrate and spindle drive
■ Integration
The MCP machine control panel can be used with the following
CNC systems:
• SINUMERIK 802D
• SINUMERIK 802D base line
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Machine control panel MCP
for SINUMERIK 802D controls
Accessories
2nd switching element for
emergency stop
with 2 contacts 1 NO + 1 NC,
2-pole screw terminal
Order No.
6FC5603-0AD00-0AA2
3SB3400-0A
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/5

5
Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 802D sl
MCP 802D sl machine control panel
■ Overview
The machine control panel MCP 802D sl with plastic front for the
SINUMERIK 802D sl offers a simple solution for turning and
milling machines. The panel includes all the keys required to
operate the machine.
■ Benefits
7 Simple connection via ribbon cables and post links on the
MCPA module
7 Suitable dimensions for the SINUMERIK 802D sl
7 Fully equipped with all the necessary function elements
■ Function
• Can be adapted to turning and milling applications
by means of replaceable keys
• User-assignable keys with LED indicator
• Emergency stop mushroom pushbutton with NO and NC
contacts
• 2 override rotary knobs for feedrate and spindle drive
• ±10 V interface for an analog spindle drive on the MCPA
module
■ Integration
The MCP 802D sl machine control panel can be used with the
CNC system:
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
The MCP 802D sl is connected using a ribbon cable on the
MCPA module, which is mounted on the rear of the PCU on
the SINUMERIK 802D sl.
The MCPA module can also be used on its own, in order to
connect an analog spindle.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6FC5303-0AF30-1AA0
Product name
Machine control panel
MCP 802D sl
Input voltage 5 V DC +20%/-15%
Power consumption, max.
5W
Inputs/outputs
Connector acc. to
MIL-C-83-503/DIN 41-651
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
•Front
IP54
•Rear
IP00
Condensation
not admissible
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
0 … +50 °C (+32 ... +122 °F)
Weight, approx.
1.5 kg (3.30 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
170 mm (6.69 in)
•Height
330 mm (12.99 in)
•Depth
60 mm (2.36 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
MCP 802D sl
6FC5303-0AF30-1AA0
machine control panel
vertical format for side mounting
on PCU
incl. ribbon cable
MCPA module
6FC5312-0DA01-0AA0
for MCP 802D sl connection and
with ±10 V interface
for an analog spindle
Accessories
2nd switching element for
emergency stop
with 2 contacts 1 NO + 1 NC,
2-pole screw terminal
3SB3400-0A
5/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
■ Overview
■ Function
The SINUMERIK 840Di sl is a fully PC-integrated numerical
control and works in combination with the SINAMICS S120 drive
system. The control, which is open with regard to both hardware
and software, is particularly suited to customers who are looking
for distributed automation solutions in the field of PLC I/O and
drives and/or prefer a fully PC-integrated control.
■ Application
The technological areas of application for the SINUMERIK
840Di sl range from machine tools and special machines
through handling devices to retrofits.
The SINUMERIK 840DiE sl is available as an export version for
use in countries where approval is required.
Performance and flexibility
The SINUMERIK 840Di sl is available with different system
software for up to 6 or 20 axes. Two hardware variants of the
SINUMERIK 840Di sl are available depending on performance
requirements:
• PCU 50.3-C 1.5 GHz/512 MB + MCI2 board, Windows XP
• PCU 50.3-P 2.0 GHz/1024 MB + MCI2 board, Windows XP
The MCI board extension (optional) can be plugged in to connect
handwheels, probes and high-speed inputs and outputs.
The SINAMICS drive system is connected through the CU320
Control Unit. The connection to the SINUMERIK 840Di sl is
established over PROFIBUS. A CU320 can control up to 6 axes,
if more axes are needed, several CU320s can be connected to
PROFIBUS.
Openness for HMI and PLCs
Thanks to openness for HMI and PLCs, users can apply their
special know-how such that they achieve the individual technology
solution desired.
Well-proven operator software and programming software
SINUMERIK 840Di sl startup is included in the system software.
Startup is a Windows program for easy familiarization with
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and supports simple operating procedures
as well as creating and activating application programs.
SINUMERIK 840Di sl startup is not specially designed for
machine tool operation. The user interface software
HMI-Advanced is available as an option as the user interface
for machine tools. The SINUMERIK HMI programming package
or the SINUMERIK HMI engineering package can be used to
modify this user interface.
5
■ Design
The SINUMERIK 840Di sl consists of the PCU 50.3 industrial PC,
the MCI2 board and the system software for 6 or 20 axes. The
PROFIBUS DP interface on the MCI2 board enables the connection
of the SINAMICS S120 drive system and the ■ Integration
SIMATIC DP ET 200 I/O. The PROFIBUS DP with Motion Control
(isochrone mode, equidistant) is operated at a transfer rate of
12 Mbit/s.
The mounting brackets for installation behind an operator panel
front must be ordered separately.
■ Benefits
7 Robust industrial PC
7 Flexible communication via USB and Ethernet interfaces
7 System-wide openness as regards operation
7 For use in machine tools, special machines and retrofits
ShopMill or ShopTurn are also available for genuine workshop
CNC and Motion Control Information System products
(MCIS products).
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 840Di sl:
• SINUMERIK operator panel front with/without TCU, machine
control panel, pushbutton panel
• SINUMERIK handheld units
• Distributed PLC I/O via PROFIBUS DP connection
• PP 72/48 I/O module
• Analog drive interface for 4 axes (ADI 4)
• SINAMICS S120 drive system via CU320 control unit
• Feed and main spindle motors
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/7

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
■ Integration (continued)
SINUMERIK
840Di sl
PCU 50.3
Pre-assembled cable
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
5
MCI board
extension
slot variant
(option)
6FX8002-4AA41-....
6FX8002-4AA21-....
6FX8002-4AA21-....
6FX8002-4AA21-....
MCI2-Board
PP 72/48
I/O
module
SIMATIC
ET 200 DP
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
Connection overview for SINUMERIK 840Di sl
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
5/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5 220-0AA31-2AA0 6FC5 220-0AA33-2AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK 840Di sl PCU 50.3 with MCI2 board
Processor
• Clock frequency 1.5 GHz 2 GHz
Input voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption, max.
190 W
Power loss ride-through time
20 ms
Degree of protection to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
IP20
Humidity rating in accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Transport
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
•Operation
10 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
•Operation
- At 9 W electronic power for expansion boards 1) +5 ... +55 °C (+41 ... +131 °F)
- At 14 W electronic power for expansion boards 1) +5 ... +50 °C (+41 ... +122 °F)
- At 24 W electronic power for expansion boards 1) +5 ... +45 °C (+41 ... +113 °F)
Weight, approx.
7.2 kg (15.87 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
297 mm (11.69 in)
•Height
267 mm (10.51 in)
•Depth
81.7 mm (3.21 in)
1) MCI2 board already inserted, additional floppy disk drive or expansion cards, for example, such as an MCI board extension
5
■ Selection and Ordering Data
With SINUMERIK 840Di sl, there are essentially two methods for
ordering software (see also the ordering examples).
Ordering as a bundle
Order No. with order code
License key included in delivery
For this type of order, the SINUMERIK 840Di sl system software
is supplied on the hard disk of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl.
The license key is included in the scope of supply as well as
the CoL (Certificate of License).
If options are ordered for this using order codes, the license keys
will also be included in the scope of supply and the appropriate
CoLs will be supplied. The license key for the system software
and options is supplied with the SINUMERIK 840Di sl control.
Ordering individually
Ordering using the complete Order No.
License key obtained over Internet
The SINUMERIK 840Di sl system software is ordered on a
CD-ROM, the corresponding license must be ordered separately.
A CoL is included in the package.
When options are ordered, the appropriate CoLs are supplied.
The license key must be obtained over the Internet for both the
system software and the options.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/9

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
5
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation Order No. Order code
SINUMERIK 840DiE sl/840Di sl system software
System software 6 axes
max. 6 axes
• Export 840DiE sl on hard disk 1)
L11
- Single license without data carrier 6FC5820-1YP00-0YB0
- Single license
Q00+R00
for current software version
- Single license
Q07+R77
for specific software version
• Standard 840Di sl on hard disk 1)
L10
- Single license without data carrier 6FC5820-1XP00-0YB0
- Single license
Q00+R00
for current software version
- Single license
Q07+R77
for specific software version
System software 20 axes
max. 20 axes
• Export 840DiE sl on hard disk 1)
L15
- Single license without data carrier 6FC5820-3YP00-0YB0
- Single license
Q00+R00
for current software version
- Single license
Q07+R77
for specific software version
• Standard 840Di sl on hard disk 1)
L14
- Single license without data carrier 6FC5820-3XP00-0YB0
- Single license
Q00+R00
for current software version
- Single license
Q07+R77
for specific software version
System software 6 and 20 axes
without single license
• Export 840DiE sl
- Specific software version on CD-ROM
6FC5820-3YC77-7YA8
incl. ShopMill HMI and ShopTurn HMI
- Software update service 6FC5820-3YP00-0YL8
• Standard 840Di sl
- Specific software version on CD-ROM
6FC5820-3XC77-7YA8
incl. ShopMill HMI and ShopTurn HMI
- Software update service 6FC5820-3XP00-0YL8
HMI-Advanced on hard disk 1)
(appropriate software version)
L00
Example of "specific software version", e.g., 1.00.:
6FC5820-3YC10-0YA8
1) Can only be ordered with an order code, SINUMERIK 840Di sl hardware
must be specified.
5/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK 840Di sl with
MCI2 board
comprising:
• PCU 50.3-C/1.5 GHz
512 MB SDRAM/
40 GB hard disk
Windows XP ProEmbSys
•MCI2 board
MPI/Motion Control with
PROFIBUS DP interface,
integrated SIMATIC PLC
317-2 DP
• 1 x PCI expansion slot,
175 mm (6.89 in) spare
SINUMERIK 840Di sl with
MCI2 board
comprising:
• PCU 50.3-P/2.0 GHz
1024 MB SDRAM/
40 GB hard disk
Windows XP ProEmbSys
•MCI2 board
MPI/Motion Control with
PROFIBUS DP interface,
integrated SIMATIC PLC
317-2 DP
• 1 x PCI expansion slot,
175 mm (6.89 in) spare
Mounting bracket
for mounting a PCU behind an
operator panel front
Accessories
Memory expansion
512 MB
for PCU 50.3
Memory expansion
1024 MB
for PCU 50.3
Spare and wear parts
MCI2 board
for SINUMERIK 840Di sl
Hard disk
for PCU 50.3 with support plate
and damper
Order No.
6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0
6FC5220-0AA33-2AA0
6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0
6ES7648-2AG30-0GA0
6ES7648-2AG40-0GA0
6FC5222-0AA02-2AA0
6FC5247-0AF08-4AA0
The possible software options are listed in the overview of
functions. Software options shown with an order code can be
ordered in combination with the system software.
■ Ordering examples
Ordering as a bundle
Order using Order No. with order codes
License key included in delivery
Order item
Item 1:
1 x 6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0-Z
L11+Q01+R00+L00+A01+C11
Explanation
6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0
Remarks
Ordering individually
Ordering using the complete Order No.
License key obtained over Internet
SINUMERIK 840Di sl with MCI2
board PCU 50.3-C/1.5 GHz,
system software 6/20 axes
Export 840DiE sl
without single license on CD-ROM
specific software version 1.00
incl. ShopMill HMI/ShopTurn HMI,
system software 6 axes
Export 840DiE sl on hard disk,
single license without data carrier
HMI-Advanced for PCU 50.3
single license with CD-ROM,
specific software version 7.1,
1 x additional axis/spindle,
1 x additional machining channel
SINUMERIK 840Di sl with MCI2
board PCU 50.3-C/1.5 GHz
-Z Followed by order codes
L11
System software 6 axes
Export 840DiE sl on hard disk
Q01+R00
Single license of specific
software version 1.00,
name of software version
Q01+R00 corresponds to version
1.00 (Q01 = 1, R00 = 00)
L00
HMI-Advanced on hard disk, the
software version suitable for
840DiE sl system software is
selected automatically.
A01
1 x additional axis/spindle
C11
1 x additional machining channel
Order item
Remarks
Item 1:
1 x 6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0 SINUMERIK 840Di sl with MCI2
board PCU 50.3-C/1.5 GHz
Item 2:
1 x 6FC5820-3YC10-0YA8 System software 6/20 axes
Export 840DiE sl, without
single license on CD-ROM,
specific software version 1.00,
incl. ShopMill HMI/ShopTurn HMI
Item 3:
1 x 6FC5820-1YP00-0YB0 System software 6 axes
Export 840DiE sl on hard disk
Single license without data carrier
Item 4:
1 x 6FC5253-7BX10-1AG0 HMI-Advanced for PCU 50.3
Single license with CD-ROM,
specific software version 7.1
Item 5:
1 x 6FC5800-0AA00-0YB0 1 x additional axis/spindle
Item 6:
1 x 6FC5800-0AC10-0YB0 1 x additional machining channel
5
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/11

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
MCI board extension slot version
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
MCI board extension
slot version
Cable distributor
without DU box connector
for connection of 2 handwheels
(encoders with differential or TTL
signals, as required), 2 probes
and 4 fast digital CNC inputs/
outputs each
DU box connector (10 units) 2)
for connecting devices to cable
distributor
Order No.
6FC5222-0AA00-0AA1
6FX2006-1BA02
6FX2003-0FA00
5
The MCI board extension slot version is offered as an option for
connecting 2 handwheels (encoders with either differential
signals or TTL signals), 2 probes and 4 high-speed digital CNC
inputs and outputs.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Power consumption, max. 1)
Degree of protection
DIN EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
Ambient temperature
•Storage
•Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6FC5 222-0AA00-0AA1
SINUMERIK 840Di MCI board
extension, slot version
2.1 W
IP00
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded.
Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 95% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
5 ... 80% at +25 °C (+77 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
5 … 55 °C (+41 ... +131 °F)
0.1 kg (3.52 oz)
90 mm (3.54 in)
120 mm (4.72 in)
15 mm (0.59 in)
1) Power consumption increased by max. 5 W (max. 1 A, 5 V), depending on
connected handwheels.
2) The pre-assembled cable 6FX8002-4AA21-.... is supplied with a DU box
connector.
5/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
■ Overview
■ Design
SINUMERIK 840D sl combines CNC, HMI, PLC, closed-loop
control and communication tasks on one SINUMERIK NCU
(NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1).
For operation, programming and visualization, the corresponding
software is already integrated into the NCU software and
therefore executes on the high-performance NCU multiprocessor
module. For increased operating performance,
the SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 industrial PC can be used.
Up to 4 distributed OPs can be operated on one NCU/PCU. The
operator panel can be installed as a Thin Client at a distance of
up to 100 m (328 ft).
The high-performance NCU Multi-processor module can be
installed to the left of the Line Module of the SINAMICS S120.
If necessary, the NCU can be installed separately at a distance
of up to 100 m (328 ft). MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
from Siemens are used for the connections.
The new SINUMERIK 840D sl offers you modularity, openness,
flexibility, and a uniform structure for operation, programming
and visualization. It provides a system platform with trendsetting
functions for almost all technologies.
Integrated into the SINAMICS S120 drive system and complemented
by the SIMATIC S7-300 automation system, the
SINUMERIK 840D sl forms a new complete digital system that is
best suited for the mid to upper performance range. The
SINUMERIK 840D sl distinguishes itself through its flexibility,
maximum dynamics, precision, and optimum integration in
networks.
With SINUMERIK 840D sl, integrated, certified safety functions
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated are available. Consequently,
highly effective protection for personnel and machines is
achieved in a simple, economical and practical manner.
■ Benefits
7 The SINUMERIK 840D sl is a digital CNC-system for medium
to complex tasks.
7 Maximum performance and flexibility especially for complex
multiple-axis systems
7 Uniform openness from operation up to the NC core.
7 Integral, certified safety functions for man and machine:
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
7 Well-proven operating and programming software such as
ShopMill or ShopTurn and Motion Control Information System
products (MCIS products) for the production area
■ Application
The SINUMERIK 840D sl can be used worldwide for turning,
drilling, milling, grinding, laser machining, nibbling, punching, in
tool and mold making, for high-speed cutting applications, for
wood and glass processing, for handling operations, in transfer
lines and rotary indexing machines, for mass production and
JobShop production.
The SINUMERIK 840DE sl is available as an export version for
use in countries where approval is required.
■ Function
Performance and flexibility
The scalability of the hardware and software – both in the CNC
and control area – provides exceptional conditions for using the
SINUMERIK 840D sl in many sectors. The possibilities range
from simple positioning tasks up to complex multi-axis systems.
We offer different types of NCU for your machining tasks.
Up to 6 axes are available with the SINUMERIK 840D sl with
NCU 710.1. On the NCU 720.1 and NCU 730.1, the number
of axes and/or the performance of the drive control can be
increased to 31 axes.
Using the "milling" machining package, machining tasks such as
the milling of free-form surfaces can be performed easily and
conveniently. The following functions are included: 5-axis transformation
with tool orientation, 5-axis tool length compensation,
oriented tool retraction, tool-oriented RTCP, cardan millhead/
nutating head, multi-axis interpolation, spline interpolation, and
3D tool radius compensation.
Use of an NCU 730.1 is recommended for maximum dynamics
and accuracy in mold making or in the HSC sector.
System-wide openness
Thanks to openness across the HMI, CNC and PLC, users can
apply their specific expertise such that they achieve exactly the
individual control solution desired. The SINUMERIK 840D sl
offers openness right to the NC core. This open architecture and
the high computing performance of the SINUMERIK 840D sl
mean that the CNC functions can be adapted to many different
innovative machine kinematics flexibly, rapidly and cost-effectively.
Additional technology-specific functions can be subsequently
loaded as compile cycles.
Integrated certified safety functions
With SINUMERIK 840D sl, integrated, certified safety functions
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated are available. Consequently,
highly effective protection for personnel and machines is
achieved in a simple, economical and practical manner.
Proven operator software and programming software
ShopMill or ShopTurn for genuine workshop CNC and MCIS
products, such as NC program management for the production
area.
5
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/13

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
■ Integration
SINUMERIK
840D sl
NCU
Pre-assembled cable
5
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
SIMATIC
I/O
PROFIBUS DP
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0
Connection overview for SINUMERIK 840D sl
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
5/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Overview
NCU 710.1
The NCU 710.1 represents the first performance stage of the
SINUMERIK 840D sl range. Up to 6 axes are available in up to
2 machining channels which can be executed in up to 2 mode
groups. Up to 6 axes/spindles are supported per channel. Interpolation
is possible for a maximum of 5 axes with the NCU
system software (multi-axis interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 9 MB.
Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
NCU 720.1
The NCU 720.1 represents the mid-performance stage within
the SINUMERIK 840D sl range. Up to 31 axes are available in up
to 10 machining channels which can be executed in up to
10 mode groups. Up to 12 axes/spindels are supported per
channel. Interpolation is possible for a maximum of 12 axes with
the NCU system software (multi-axis interpolation option)
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 15 MB.
NCU 730.1
The NCU 730.1 is the flagship of the SINUMERIK 840D sl, representing
the highest configuration within the SINUMERIK 840D sl
range. Up to 31 axes are available in up to 10 machining channels
which can be executed in up to 10 mode groups. Up to
12 axes/spindles are supported per channel. Interpolation is
possible for a maximum of 12 axes with the NCU system software
(multi-axis interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 15 MB.
■ Integration
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• SINUMERIK operator panel front with TCU, PCU 50.3 and
machine control panel, pushbutton panel
• SIMATIC CE panel
• SINUMERIK handheld units
• Distributed PLC I/O via PROFIBUS DP connection
• SINAMICS S120 drive system
• Feed and main spindle motors
5
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5 371-0AA10-0AA0 6FC5 372-0AA00-0AA0 6FC5 373-0AA00-0AA0
Product name
SINUMERIK 840D sl; NCU 710.1 with
PLC 317-2DP
SINUMERIK 840D sl; NCU 720.1 with
PLC 317-2DP
SINUMERIK 840D sl; NCU 730.1 with
PLC 317-2DP
Processor Intel Celeron D Intel Pentium M
RAM 256 MB DRAM; 0.5 MB SRAM 256 MB DRAM; 1 MB SRAM
SIMATIC S7 - integrated
PLC 317-2 DP
Input voltage
24 V
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (+32 °F)
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 10 ... 95%
•Transport 10 ... 95%
•Operation
≤ 85% over max. 2 months
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
•Transport
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
•Operation
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
3.6 kg (8 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
50 mm (1.96 in)
•Height
418 mm (16.45 in)
•Depth
272 mm (10.7 in)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/15

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Software
Software
5
NCU system software
4 G axes with
HMI-Embedded
for grinding
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 6 axes with
HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 31 axes with
HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 4G/6/31 axes with
HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CD-ROM
without single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
• Software update service
6FC5843-0YG00-0YA0
6FC5843-0YG77-7YA0
6FC5840-1YG00-0YA0
6FC5840-1YG77-7YA0
6FC5840-1XG00-0YA0
6FC5840-1XG77-7YA0
6FC5840-3YG00-0YA0
6FC5840-3YG77-7YA0
6FC5840-3XG00-0YA0
6FC5840-3XG77-7YA0
6FC5840-3YC00-0YA8
6FC5840-3YC77-7YA8
6FC5840-3YP00-0YL8
NCU system software
up to 6/31 axes with
HMI-Embedded
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CD-ROM
without single license
Standard 840D sl
• Specific software version
• Current software version
• Software update service
NCU system software
up to six axes and
ShopMill HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 31 axes and
ShopMill HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 6/31 axes and
ShopMill HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CD-ROM
without single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
• Software update service
6FC5840-3XC77-7YA8
6FC5840-3XC00-0YA8
6FC5840-3XP00-0YL8
6FC5841-1YG00-0YA0
6FC5841-1YG77-7YA0
6FC5841-1XG00-0YA0
6FC5841-1XG77-7YA0
6FC5841-3YG00-0YA0
6FC5841-3YG77-7YA0
6FC5841-3XG00-0YA0
6FC5841-3XG77-7YA0
6FC5841-3YC00-0YA8
6FC5841-3YC77-7YA8
6FC5841-3YP00-0YL8
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
6FC5841-3XC00-0YA8
• Specific software version
6FC5841-3XC77-7YA8
• Software update service
6FC5841-3XP00-0YL8
5/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Software
NCU 710.1 with PLC 317-2DP
6FC5371-0AA10-0AA0
NCU system software
up to 6 axes and
ShopTurn HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
Export 840DE sl
NCU 720.1 with PLC 317-2DP
NCU 730.1 with PLC 317-2DP
Seal for external
heat dissipation
for NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/
NCU 730.1
Numeric Control Extension
NX10
6FC5372-0AA00-0AA0
6FC5373-0AA00-0AA0
6FC5348-0AA07-0AA0
6SL3040-0NC00-0AA0
• Current software version
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
• Specific software version
6FC5842-1YG00-0YA0
6FC5842-1YG77-7YA0
6FC5842-1XG00-0YA0
6FC5842-1XG77-7YA0
Numeric Control Extension
NX15
CNC user memory
expanded by 2 MB
PLC user memory
expanded by 128 KB
6SL3040-0NB00-0AA0
6FC5800-0AD00-0YB0
6FC5800-0AD10-0YB0
NCU system software
up to 31 axes and
ShopTurn HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CF card
Single license
HMI user memory
additional 256 MB
on NCU’s CF card
Spare and wear parts
Spacer
for NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/
NCU 730.1
6FC5800-0AP12-0YB0
6FC5348-0AA06-0AA0
5
Export 840DE sl
Battery
6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
• Current software version
6FC5842-3YG00-0YA0
Fan/battery module
6FC5348-0AA01-0AA0
• Specific software version
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
6FC5842-3YG77-7YA0
6FC5842-3XG00-0YA0
Blanking cover
for control unit CU320/
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/
NCU 730.1
6SL3064-3BB00-0AA0
• Specific software version
NCU system software
up to 6/31 axes and
ShopTurn HMI
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish)
on CD-ROM
without single license
Export 840DE sl
• Current software version
6FC5842-3XG77-7YA0
6FC5842-3YC00-0YA8
CompactFlash Card 512 MB
empty
6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 1.01:
6FC5842-3XC10-1...
Example of a specific software version, e.g., 7.1:
6FC5253-7BX10-1XG8
The possible software options are listed in the overview of
functions. Software options shown with an order code can be
ordered in combination with the NCU system software.
• Specific software version
6FC5842-3YC77-7YA8
For ordering examples, see "Overview of functions".
• Software update service
6FC5842-3YP00-0YL8
Standard 840D sl
• Current software version
6FC5842-3XC00-0YA8
• Specific software version
6FC5842-3XC77-7YA8
• Software update service
6FC5842-3XP00-0YL8
SINUMERIK 840D sl/840Di sl
Toolbox 1)
2 languages (English, German)
on CD-ROM
without single license
• Current software version
6FC5840-0YC00-0YA8
• Specific software version
6FC5840-0YC77-7YA8
• Software update service
6FC5840-0YP00-0YL8
Additional languages 2)
on CD-ROM
6FC5253-7BX10-7XG8
Languages: Czech, Danish,
Dutch, Finnish, Hungarian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish,
Portuguese/Brazilian, Russian,
Simplified Chinese, Swedish,
Traditional Chinese, Turkish
1) No license necessary.
2) Please enquire about software versions available.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/17

5
Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
Numeric Control Extensions NX10/NX15
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Supply voltage
• Rated value
• Permissible range
Current consumption, typ.
Inrush current, typ.
Degree of protection to
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Relative atmospheric
humidity (without condensation)
Atmospheric pressure
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
•Operation
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6SL3040-0NC00-
0AA0
Numeric Control
Extension NX10
24 V DC
20.4 ... 28.8 V
800 mA
1.6 A
IP20
5...95%
700 ... 1060 hPa
6SL3040-0NB00-
0AA0
Numeric Control
Extension NX15
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
1.5 kg (3.30 lb)
25 mm (0.98 in)
380 mm (14.96 in)
230 mm (9 in)
The NX10/NX15 Numeric Control Extensions are used with
SINUMERIK 840D sl for applications with large numbers of axes.
NX10/NX15 allows the drive-end computing performance for the
SINAMICS drives within the SINUMERIK 840D sl to be increased.
The modules are in the same design as the SINAMICS S120
components. With a width of only 25 mm (1 in), the modules are
also ideal for installation in compact machines.
■ Function
The drive control is expanded modularly in steps of 3 or 6 additional
servo axes by means of Numeric Control Extensions. Each
NX10 component can control up to 3 additional servo axes and
each NX15 component can control up to 6 additional servo axes.
The SINUMERIK 840D sl control handles coordinate transformation,
motion control and PLC control for up to 31 axes,
whereby the drive control for up to 6 servo axes is already
integrated into the SINUMERIK 840D sl.
Data management for the NX10/NX15 components is located
exclusively on the SINUMERIK 840D sl, making it much easier to
replace components.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Numeric Control Extension
NX10
Expansion of the drive control for
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• Standard computing performance
for up to 3 axes
Numeric Control Extension
NX15
Expansion of the drive control for
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• High computing performance
for up to 6 axes
Order No.
6SL3040-0NC00-0AA0
6SL3040-0NB00-0AA0
■ Integration
The following can be operated in an axis grouping with
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• Up to 2 NX10/NX15 components on the NCU 710.1
• Up to 6 NX10/NX15 components on the NCU 720.1/
NCU 730.1
The NX10/NX15 is connected to the SINUMERIK 840D sl via
DRIVE-CLiQ cables. This ensures that drive control remains high
performance and clock synchronized. The communications
interfaces on the SINUMERIK 840D sl remain available for other
connections.
5/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINUMERIK 840D sl
Compile cycles
Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
OA package NCK
■ Overview
■ Overview
The NCK OA package (Open Architecture package NCK) is a
component of the SINUMERIK Open Architecture that allows
manufacturer-specific NCK functions (compile cycles) to be
implemented in the system. They are implemented in the NCU’s
system software in C or C++.
The NCK OA package requires an export approval.
An OEM contract is required to use the NCK OA package.
The development system must be a SUN workstation with Solaris
operating system.
The openness of the SINUMERIK 840D sl NCK allows users to
develop solutions for (almost) every technological problem and
application!
This is made possible by the integration of technological add-on
functions in the NCU system software in the form of compile
cycles. These compile cycles can either be programmed based
on the NCK OA package and the appropriate development
environment, or through development and testing in industrial
conditions contracted to Siemens.
To date, the following, software-specific technological add-on
functions have been developed in the form of compile cycles
and are available as options with SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• 1D/3D clearance control in position-control cycle
• Axial coupling in the machine coordinate system
• Handling transformation package
• Pantograph kinematics transformation, two axes
• PARACOP 3-axis transformation for parallel kinematics
(first channel)
• TRICEPT transformation
• HEXAPOD transformation
• Laser switching signal, high-speed
• Continue machining at the contour
• PROFIBUS tool and process monitoring
• 3D space error compensation for Cartesian machines
Additional compile cycles are being developed or can be
developed at the customer’s request.
A typical example for the use of compile cycles are special
transformations for specific machine kinematics. With these
transformations, workpieces can be programmed in Cartesian
coordinates while the transformation calculates the required
machine axis movements.
■ More information
For more information about the compile cycles, NCK OA
package, contact:
Siemens AG
A&D MC MT S 3
Contact: Mr. May
Phone: +49 (0) 91 31 - 98 - 35 92
Fax: +49(0)9131-98-63592
E-mail: helmut.may@siemens.com
5
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/19

Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
■ Overview
■ Function
The safety functions are available in all modes and can communicate
with the process using safety-oriented input/output
signals.
5
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated provides integrated safety
functions that support the implementation of highly effective
personnel and machine protection (prototype test available
soon). The safety functions comply with the requirements of
Category 3 according to EU standard EN 954-1 and safety
integrity level SIL2 of IEC 61508. Consequently, important
functional safety requirements can be converted easily and
efficiently. Available functions include, among others:
• Functions for safety monitoring of velocity and standstill
• Functions for establishing safe boundaries in work spaces
and protected spaces, and for range recognition (available
soon)
• Direct connection of all safety-related signals and their internal
logical linkage
The prototype test will be performed by the German statutory
institute for occupational safety and health (BGIA).
■ Benefits
7 High level of safety:
Complete implementation of the safety functions in
Category 3/SIL 2
7 High level of flexibility:
Supports the implementation of practically sound safety and
operating concepts
7 Extremely cost-effective:
Reduced hardware and installation costs
7 Enhanced availability:
Absence of interference-susceptible electromechanical
switching elements
They can be implemented for each individual axis and spindle:
• Safe shutdown
Provides transition of the drive from motion to rest when a
monitoring device or a sensor (e.g. a light barrier) is triggered.
• Safe operation stop (SBH)
Monitors drives for standstill. The drives remain fully functional
for position control.
• Safe stop (SS)
Pulse suppression of drives, providing safe electronic
interruption of the power supply.
• Safe reduced velocity (SG)
Monitoring of configurable velocity limit values, e.g. during
setup without enabling button.
• Safe software limit switch (SE) (available soon)
Variable travel limitation
• Safe software cam (SN) (available soon)
Range recognition
• Safety-related input/output signals (SGE/SGA)
Interface with process
• Safe programmable logic (SPL)
Direct connection of all safety-related signals and their internal
logical linkage.
• Safe brake management (SBM)
- Dual-channel brake control (integrated into the Motor
Module) and
- Cyclic brake test (available soon)
• Safety-oriented communication via standard bus
Connection of distributed I/Os for process and safety signals
using the PROFIsafe protocol via PROFIBUS.
• Integrated acceptance test
Partially automated acceptance test for all safety-related
functions. Simple operation of the test process, automatic
configuration of Trace functions and automatic generation
of an acceptance record.
■ Integration
Preconditions for SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• General
- SINUMERIK 840D sl (NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1)
- SINAMICS S120
- The measuring circuit cables must comply with the
specifications of the SINAMICS S120.
• For the integrated acceptance test
- SinuComNC software tool (can run on PC/PG)
• Sensor/actuator integration with PROFIsafe I/Os
- Failsafe modules
- SIMATIC ET 200S or
- SIMATIC ET 200eco or
- SIMATIC ET 200pro (available soon)
- S7 F Configuration Pack software module
5/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
for SINUMERIK 840D sl
• SI Basic
(incl. 1 axis/spindle; up to
4 inputs/outputs can be used for
the safe programmable logic)
•SI Comfort
(for 1 axis/spindle; up to
64 inputs/outputs can be used
for the safe programmable logic)
• SI axis/spindle
(extra for each additional
axis/spindle)
• SI axis/spindle Package
(additional 15 axes/spindles)
Order No.
6FC5800-0AM63-0YB0
6FC5800-0AM64-0YB0
6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0
6FC5800-0AC60-0YB0
Basic components
CNC controls
SINUMERIK 840D sl
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Only one SI Basic and one SI Comfort option can be ordered for
each NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1. If a machine with
Safety Integrated requires up to 4 safe inputs and 4 safe outputs,
the SI Basic option can be ordered. If 5 or more safe inputs/
outputs are required, the SI Comfort option should be ordered.
Ordering example 1:
The machine has 2 axes and 1 spindle, which are to be monitored
by Safety Integrated. 4 safe inputs and 3 safe outputs are
required. The following options must be ordered:
1 x 6FC5800-0AM63-0YB0 SI Basic
1 x 6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0 SI axis/spindle
Ordering example 2:
The machine has 5 axes and 1 spindle, which are to be monitored
by Safety Integrated. 9 safe inputs and 5 safe outputs are
required. The following options must be ordered:
1 x 6FC5800-0AM64-0YB0 SI Comfort
5 x 6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0 SI axis/spindle
SINUMERIK I/O
ADI 4 (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes)
5
■ Overview
■ Benefits
7 Connection via PROFIBUS DP to motion control functionality
(isochrone mode)
7 4 inputs for incremental encoder (TTL signals) or optionally
4 inputs for absolute encoder (SSI)
7 4 analog outputs ±10 V for the setpoint
7 4 relay contacts for drive enable axes 1 to 4
7 10 digital outputs
(4 general, 6 drive-specific)
7 10 digital drive-specific inputs
7 Onboard status display on 4 diagnostics LEDs
An external power supply (+24 V DC) is required for the module
and the digital outputs.
■ Integration
The ADI 4 interface module can be used with the following
controls:
• SINUMERIK 802D
• SINUMERIK 802D base line
• SINUMERIK 840Di
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
The ADI 4 (analog drive interface for 4 axes) can be used to
operate up to 4 drives with analog setpoint interface.
Several ADI 4 modules can be connected to the SINUMERIK
840 Di sl, permitting analog control of up to all of its axes. Mixed
operation of digital drives and ADI 4 modules is possible; the
axes can interpolate with one another.
Encoder connection:
In the case of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl, the number of pulses per
revolution (P/R) can be configured.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/21

Basic components
SINUMERIK I/O
SINUMERIK I/O
ADI 4 (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes)
■ Integration (continued)
■ Technical specifications
5
ADI 4
Pre-assembled cable
MSTB 2,5/3-ST-5.08
Phoenix
6FX2002-3AD01-....
6FX.002-2CD01-....
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
Input/output interfaces
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with
EN 60721-3-3
6FC5 211-0BA01-0AA2
SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface
for 4 axes, ADI 4
24 V DC
30.2 W
4 outputs, ±10 V setpoint
IP20
Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C
(+32 °F)
Relative atmospheric humidity
•Storage 5 ... 95%
• Transport 5 ... 95%
•Operation 5 ... 95%
Ambient temperature
•Storage
-20 ... +55 °C (-4 ... +131 °F)
• Transport
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
•Operation
0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx.
1.5 kg (3.30 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
48.5 mm (1.9 in)
•Height
325 mm (12.79 in)
•Depth
154.4 mm (6 in)
6FX.002-2CD24-....
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
ADI 4
Analog Drive Interface
for 4 axes
Order No.
6FC5211-0BA01-0AA2
6FX.002-2CC11-....
FK-MCP 1,5/15-ST-3.81
Phoenix
Connection overview for ADI 4
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
5/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
SINUMERIK I/O
PP 72/48 I/O module
■ Overview
PP 72/48
I/O module
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
X1
24 V DC
X2
For PROFIBUS cable,
see "MOTION-CONNECT"
≤ 100 m (328 ft)
SINUMERIK
840Di sl/840Di
SINUMERIK
802D sl/802D/
802D base line
The I/O module PP 72/48 is connected to PROFIBUS DP and
provides 72 digital inputs and 48 digital outputs. The 3 plug-in
1) Standard product, ordered by the meter.
connectors for the inputs and outputs are 50-pole terminal posts Connection overview for PP 72/48
for connecting ribbon cables.
Maximum permissible cable lengths (e.g. ≤ 25 m/82 ft) must be
■ Benefits
observed. Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
7 Connection via PROFIBUS DP
■ Technical specifications
7 3 post links with 24 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs each
with 24 V DC, 0.25 A
Order No.
6FC5 611-0CA01-0AA0
7 With mounting plate for easy mounting
Product name
SINUMERIK PP 72/48 I/O module
Input voltage
24 V DC
7 Integral 24 V DC power supply with electrical isolation
Power consumption, max.
11 W
between inputs and outputs and PROFIBUS
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP00
(IEC 60529)
■ Integration
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3
excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C
The PP 72/48 I/O module can be used for the following CNC
(+32 °F)
controls:
Relative atmospheric humidity
• SINUMERIK 802D
•Storage 5 ... 95%
• Transport 5 ... 95%
• SINUMERIK 802D base line
•Operation 5 ... 95%
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
Ambient temperature
• SINUMERIK 840Di
•Storage
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• Transport
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
•Operation
0 ... 50 °C (+32 ... +122 °F)
A power supply (+24 V DC) is required for the module and the
digital outputs.
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
1.2 kg (2.64 lb)
•Width
325 mm (12.79 in)
•Height
194 mm (7.63 in)
•Depth
35 mm (1.37 in)
X111
X222
X333
2 x 50-pole 1)
MCP machine
control panel
Terminal strip
converter
G_NC01_EN_00271b
5
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
PP 72/48
I/O module for 72 digital inputs
and 48 digital outputs
Accessories
Terminal strip converter
50-pole
Cable set comprising:
6 m (20 ft) ribbon cable, 50-pole
8 insulation displacement
connectors, 50-pole
PROFIBUS cable
PROFIBUS connectors
Order No.
6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0
6EP5406-5AA00
6EP5306-5BG00
6XV1830-0EH10
6ES7972-0BA40-0XA0
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/23

Basic components
Supplementary components
Power supplies SITOP power
24 V power supplies
■ Overview
■ Benefits
The 24 V power supply units from the SITOP range are optimized 7 Precise output voltage
for industrial use and operate on the switched-mode principle. 7 Low residual ripple
Due to the precisely regulated output voltage, the devices are
7 Wide input voltage range
even suitable for the connection of sensitive sensors. Different
versions are available depending on the output current and field 7 High efficiency
of application. In some cases, functional expansion is possible 7 Simple installation
with add-on modules. For example, for back-up in the event of
7 Integrated electronic short-circuit protection
long supply system outages, DC UPS modules 6 A, 15 A and
40 A are available with external back-up by rechargeable
7 Safe electric isolation (SELV acc. to EN 60950 or EN 50178)
batteries.
7 Compliance with national and international standards, e.g.
EMC compliant with EN 61000-6/-2 and EN 55022 Class B, UL
■ More information
and cUL (CSA) approval
7 No release of silicon
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
5
http://www.siemens.com/sitop
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Design Input Output Order No.
Voltage
U erated
24 V DC/2.5 A; 5 A; 10 A single-phase
2.5 A 120 V/230 V AC
(85…132V/
170 ... 264 V AC)
Voltage
U a rated
24 V DC
±3%
Current
I a rated
2.5 A 6EP1332-2BA10
5A
120 V/230 V AC
(85…132V/
170 ... 264 V AC)
24 V DC
±3%
5A
6EP1333-2BA01
10 A 120 V/230 V AC
(85...132V/
170 ... 264 V AC)
24 V DC
±3%
10 A 6EP1334-2BA01
24 V DC/5 A; 10 A single-phase, flat design
5A
120 V/230 V AC
(85...132V/
170 ... 264 V AC)
24 V DC
±1%
5A
6EP1333-1AL12
10 A 120 V/230 V AC
(85...132V/
170 ... 264 V AC)
24 V DC
±1%
10 A 6EP1334-1AL12
24 V DC/20 A single-phase
20 A 120 V/230 V AC
(93...132V/
187 ... 264 V AC)
24 V DC
±3%
20 A 6EP1336-2BA00
24 V DC/20 A two-phase for industrial power systems in Canada and the USA
20 A 400...600V2AC
(420 ... 682 V 2 AC)
24 V DC
±3%
20 A 6EP1536-2AA00
5/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Basic components
Supplementary components
Power supplies SITOP power
Modular power supplies with add-on modules
■ Overview
The modular concept is based on basic power supply units in
compact design with outputs from 24 V/5 A to 24 V/40 A, with
• Metal housing for standard rail mounting
• 5 A and 10 A units with single-phase and two-phase
connection (L1 and N, L1 and L2)
• 20 A and 40 A units with single-phase or three-phase
connection
• Adjustable output voltage up to 28.8 V
• 3 x LED status display
• Selectable short-circuit response, constant current or
retentive shutdown
• Switchover for parallel operation
• Radio interference level Class B
• Input current harmonics limitation acc. to
EN 61000-3-2 (except 6EP1337-3BA00)
Three add-on modules offer supplementary functions.
The signaling module can be snapped onto the side of the basic
unit; complete with isolated signaling contacts "Output voltage
OK" and "Ready"; with signal input for remote On/Off switching of
basic unit.
The back-up module bridges line interruptions in the millisecond
range. 100 ms at 40 A, 800 ms at 5 A, up to 3 s at minimal load
current; standard rail mounting at any location in the control
cabinet.
The redundancy module decouples the basic units from each
other via diodes so that a redundant 24 V power supply can be
established.
Power supply units and add-on modules
• Ambient temperature 0 to +60 °C (+32 ... +140 °F)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Design Input Output Order No.
Voltage
U erated
Basic power supply units
5A
120/230 ... 500 V AC
(85...132V/
176 ... 550 V)
Voltage
U a rated
24 V DC
±3%
Current
I a rated
5A
6EP1333-3BA00
5
10 A 120/230 ... 500 V AC
(85...132V/
176 ... 550 V)
24 V DC
±3%
10 A 6EP1334-3BA00
20 A 120/230 V AC
(85...132V/
176 ... 264 V)
400...500V3AC
(320 ... 550 V)
400...500V3AC
(320 ... 550 V)
Wide-range input
40 A 120/230 V AC
(85...132V/
176 ... 264 V)
400...500V3AC
(320 ... 550 V)
Add-on modules
Signaling module 24 V DC
24 V DC
±3%
24 V DC
±3%
48 V DC
±3%
24 V DC
±3%
24 V DC
±3%
20 A 6EP1336-3BA00
20 A 6EP1436-3BA00
20 A 6EP1457-3BA00
40 A 6EP1337-3BA00
40 A 6EP1437-3BA00
6EP1961-3BA10
Backup module
24 V DC
(24 ... 28.8 V)
U e - approx. 1 V 40 A 6EP1961-3BA00
Redundancy
module
24 V DC
(24 ... 28.8 V)
U e - approx. 0.5 V 20 A 6EP1961-3BA20
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
5/25

Basic components
Supplementary components
Power supplies SITOP power
DC UPS modules
■ Overview
By combining a DC UPS module with at least one battery module
and a SITOP power supply, long power failures can be bridged
absolutely free of interruptions.
DC UPS modules
• Radio interference level Class B
• Ambient temperature 0 to +60 °C (+32 ... +140 °F)
Battery modules
• 2.5 Ah: Ambient temperature -40 to +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
• 1.2 to 12 Ah: Ambient temperature +5 to +40 °C
(+41 ... +104 °F)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
5
Design Input Output Order No.
Voltage
U erated
DC UPS modules 24 V DC
6A
24 V DC
(22 ... 29 V DC)
With serial interface
With USB interface
15 A 24 V DC
(22 ... 29 V DC)
With serial interface
With USB interface
40 A 24 V DC
(22 ... 29 V DC)
With USB interface
Voltage
U a rated
24 V DC
(mains operation:
22 ... 28.5 V,
battery operation:
27 ... 19 V)
24 V DC
(mains operation:
22 ... 28 V,
battery operation:
27 ... 19 V)
24 V DC
(mains operation:
22 ... 28.5 V,
battery operation:
27 ... 19 V)
Current
I a rated
6A
6EP1931-2DC21
6EP1931-2DC31
6EP1931-2DC41
15 A 6EP1931-2EC11
6EP1931-2EC31
6EP1931-2EC41
40 A 6EP1931-2FC21
6EP1931-2FC41
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Design Charging voltage Output Order No.
at +25°C (77°F)
U charge
6 A and 15 A battery modules for DC UPS modules
2.5 Ah/
high-temperature
rechargeable battery
Voltage
U a rated
27.7 V DC 24 V DC
(end of charge voltage:
27.7 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
1.2 Ah 27.0 V DC 24 V DC
(end of charge voltage:
27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
3.2 Ah 27.0 V DC 24 V DC
(end of charge voltage:
27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
15 A and 40 A battery modules for DC UPS modules
7 Ah 27.0 V DC 24 V DC
(end of charge voltage:
27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
12 Ah 27.0 V DC 24 V DC
(end of charge voltage:
27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
6EP1935-6MD31
6EP1935-6MC01
6EP1935-6MD11
6EP1935-6ME21
6EP1935-6MF01
5/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
6
6/2 Introduction
6/5 1FT6 motors
6/6 Core type, natural cooling
6/8 Standard type, natural cooling
6/18 Standard type, forced ventilation
6/22 Standard type, water cooling
6/27 1FK7 motors
6/28 Compact core type,
natural cooling
6/30 High Dynamic core type,
natural cooling
6/32 Gearboxes
6/32 Planetary gearbox series SP+
for 1FT6 motors
6/37 Planetary gearbox series SP+
for 1FK7 motors
6/42 Planetary gearbox series LP
for 1FK7 motors
6/44 CGM compact geared motor
6/45 1FN linear motors
6/48 1FN1 standard type,
water cooling
6/50 1FN3 standard type,
water cooling
6/56 Hall-effect sensor box
6/56 Connector box
6/57 Measuring systems
6/57 Liquid cooling
6/58 1FW6 built-in torque motors
Standard type, water cooling
6/64 Linear/torque motors
SME91 Sensor Module External
6/66 1FE1 built-in motors
Standard type, water cooling
6/76 VPM Voltage Protection Module
6/78 2SP1 ECS motor spindles
Standard type, water cooling
6/82 Selection guide
Type/mounting position
Degree of protection
6/83 Dimension drawings
6/83 1FT6 motors
6/95 1FK7 motors
6/98 1FT6 motors with planetary gearbox
series SP+
6/103 1FK7 motors with planetary gearbox
series SP+
6/108 1FK7 motors with planetary gearbox
series LP
6/111 1FN1 linear motors
6/112 1FN3 linear motors
6/113 1FW6 built-in torque motors
6/77 1FE1 built-in motors
6/114 2SP1 ECS motor spindles
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
for SINAMICS S120
Introduction
■ Overview
1FT6
1FK7 Compact
1FK7 High Dynamic
Rated speed 1500 ... 6000 rpm 2000 ... 6000 rpm
Static torque M 0 0.4 ... 300 Nm (3.54 ... 2655.24 lb ƒ -in) 0.85 ... 48 Nm (7.52 ... 424.84 lb ƒ -in)
(1FK7 Compact)
1.3 ... 28 Nm (11.51 ... 247.82 lb ƒ -in)
(1FK7 High Dynamic)
Overload capability up to max. 4 × M 0 3 × M 0
6
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Sound pressure level in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling
Insulation of the stator winding in accordance
with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Holding brake
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder, EnDat
• Resolver
See the technical specifications and the selection and ordering data for the required motor for
information about a compatible encoder system.
55 ... 74 dB (A)
IP64 ... IP68
Natural cooling
Forced ventilation
Water cooling
Temperature class F for a winding temperature rise of ∆T = 100 K
at an ambient temperature of 40 °C (104 °F)
With water cooling
max. inlet temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Built-in (option)
IP64
IP65, additional IP67 drive end flange
Natural cooling
Type of motor
Permanently excited synchronous motor,
3-phase
Paint finish Anthracite No paint finish, anthracite (option)
Mounted gearing
• Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
–
• Planetary gearbox series LP
i = 5, i = 10 (single-stage)
• Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
■ Application
1FT6/1FK7 synchronous motors can be used for a wide variety
of applications. On machine tools, they are designated and used
as feed motors. On production machines such as printing, packaging
and textile machines, they are designated as synchronous
servo motors. In this description, the motors are generally designated
as synchronous motors due to their principle of
operation.
Core types can be supplied for certain motor types. These
core types have several advantages over the standard types:
shorter delivery time and faster spare parts supply. For this
reason, core types should be used for configuration wherever
possible.
6/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
for SINAMICS S120
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
1FN1
Linear motors
1FN3
Linear motors
Speed 65 ... 214 m/min (213 ... 702 ft/min) 30 ... 519 m/min (98 ... 1703 ft/min) 1)
Feedrate force F rated 790 ... 14,500 N (177.59 ... 3259.74 lb ƒ ) 200 ... 20,700 N (44.96 ... 4653.57 lb ƒ )
Overload capability up to max. 2.25 x F rated 2.75 x F rated
Encoder system
Linear scale (enclosed or open)
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
Degree of protection in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Cooling
IP65
Water cooling
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type of motor
Temperature class H for a winding temperature
of 130 °C/140 °C (266 °F/284 °F)
Inlet temperature of coolant, max. 35 °C (95 °F)
Permanently excited synchronous linear motor,
3-phase
Temperature class H for a winding temperature
of 120 °C (248 °F)
Paint finish
No paint finish
6
1) Observe maximum speed of measuring system.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/3

Synchronous motors
for SINAMICS S120
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
1FW6
built-in torque motors
1FE1
built-in motors
2SP1
ECS motor spindles
Speed 40 ... 495 rpm Up to 40,000 rpm Up to 18,000 rpm
Static torque M 0
96.8 ... 2450 Nm
– –
(856.76 ... 21,684.76 lb ƒ -in)
Rated torque M rated – 5 ... 820 Nm
(44.26 ... 7257.86 lb ƒ -in)
42 ... 170 Nm
(371.74 ... 1504.64 lb ƒ -in)
Overload capability up to max. 2xM 0 – –
Encoder system
Rotary encoders
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder with EnDat
Hollow-shaft measuring system
•SIMAGH2
• L&B GEL 244
Hollow-shaft measuring system
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
256 pulses/revolution (built-in)
interface
Sound pressure level
in accordance with EN ISO 1680
– Depending on spindle design 70 dB (A) 1)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Cooling
IP21
Water cooling
IP00 or as specified by
spindle manufacturer
IP64 (in working area)
IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
6
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a winding
temperature rise of ∆T =100K
at an ambient temperature
of 40 °C (104 °F)
Inlet temperature of coolant,
max. 35 °C (95 °F)
Temperature class F
Inlet temperature of coolant 25 °C (77 °F)
Holding brake – Using spindle design –
Type of motor
Paint finish
Permanently excited
synchronous torque motor,
3-phase
No paint finish
AC main spindle motor
in synchronous system with
permanent magnets
AC main spindle motor
in asynchronous/synchronous
system
1) Sound pressure level of stock removal and tool changing are not taken
into account.
6/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 motors
■ Overview
ren
1FT6 motors are permanently excited synchronous motors with
compact dimensions.
1FT6 motors with built-in encoders are suitable for use with the
SINAMICS S drive system.
The fully digital control system of the SINAMICS S drive system
and the encoder technology of the 1FT6 motors fulfill the highest
demands in terms of dynamic performance, speed setting range
and rotational and positioning accuracy.
The motors are primarily designed for operation without external
cooling, and the heat is dissipated through the motor surface.
The heat generated in the stator winding and stator core can be
directly dissipated via the good thermal coupling to the motor
enclosure. The concept of brushless, permanently excited
synchronous motors shows its special merits here.
■ Benefits
7 Optimum surface quality of the workpiece thanks to high
smooth running accuracy (sinusoidal current injection)
7 Short non-productive times due to high dynamic performance
7 Power and signal connections for use in
severely contaminated areas
7 Easy installation due to reduced cabling overhead
7 High resistance to lateral force
■ Application
• High-performance machine tools
• Machines with high requirements in terms of dynamic
performance and precision
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Type of motor
Magnet material
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling
Temperature monitoring
Paint finish
2nd rating plate
Shaft extension on the drive end
in accordance with
DIN 748-3 (IEC 60072-1)
Rotational accuracy,
concentricity and linear movement
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Vibration severity
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Max. sound pressure level
in accordance with EN ISO 1680
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Connection
Options
1FT6 motors
Permanently excited
synchronous motor
Rare-earth magnet material
Temperature class F for a winding
temperature of ∆T = 100 K at an
ambient temperature of
40 °C (104 °F)
For water cooling max. inlet
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
IM B14 (IM V18, IM V19)
IM B35 with 1FT613
IP64 standard type,
IP65 core type
Natural cooling, forced ventilation,
water cooling
KTY 84 temperature sensor in stator
winding
Anthracite
Enclosed separately
Plain shaft
Tolerance N (normal)
Grade N (normal)
Motors with natural/water cooling
1FT602 ... 1FT604: 55 dB (A)
1FT606 ... 1FT613: 70 dB (A)
Motors with forced ventilation
1FT608/1FT610: 70 dB (A)
1FT613:
74 dB (A)
Incremental encoder sin/cos
1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder,
multiturn, 2048 pulses/revolution
with 1FT603 to 1FT613
512 pulses/revolution with 1FT602
and traversing range of 4096 revolutions
with EnDat interface
Multipole resolver
(number of pole pairs corresponds to
number of pole pairs of the motor)
2-pole resolver
Connectors for signals and power
Terminal box possible on 1FT61
• Shaft extension on the drive end
with fitted key and keyway
(half-key balancing)
• Built-in holding brake
• Degree of protection IP67, IP68
M5 sealing air connection present
(except with forced ventilation)
• Terminal box for power terminal
• Planetary gearbox, built-on
(requirement: plain shaft extension,
radial eccentricity tolerance N,
vibration severity grade N and
IP65 degree of protection)
6
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/5

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 core type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No. Rotor moment
of of inertia
pole (without brake)
pairs
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Core type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
6
2000 100 4.8 (6.43) 27 (239) 23 (203.6) 11 1FT6102 - 1AC71 - 7 7 7 1 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
8.0 (10.72) 50 (442.6) 38 (336.3) 17.6 1FT6105 - 1AC71 - 7 7 7 1 4 168 (0.1487) 39.5 (87.1)
3000 48 1.4 (1.88) 5 (44.3) 4.3 (38.1) 2.9 1FT6044 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 2 5.1 (0.0045) 8.3 (18.3)
63 1.5 (2.01)
2.2 (2.95)
6 (53.1)
9.5 (84.1)
4.7 (41.6)
7 (62)
3.4
4.9
1FT6062 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1
1FT6064 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1
3
3
8.5 (0.0752)
13 (0.0115)
80 3.2 (4.29) 13 (115.1) 10.3 (91.2) 8.7 1FT6082 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 30 (0.0266)
4.6 (6.17) 20 (177) 14.7 (130.1) 11 1FT6084 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425)
5.8 (7.77) 27 (239) 18.5 (163.7) 13 1FT6086 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 66.5 (0.0589)
4500 63 1.7 (2.28) 6 (53.1) 3.6 (31.9) 3.9 1FT6062 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 3 8.5 (0.0752)
2.3 (3.08) 9.5 (84.1) 4.8 (42.5) 5.5 1FT6064 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 3 13 (0.0115)
80 4.9 (6.57) 20 (177) 10.5 (92.9) 12.5 1FT6084 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425)
5.7 (7.64) 27 (239) 12 (106.2) 12.6 1FT6086 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 4 66.5 (0.0589)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
15 (33.1)
20.5 (45.2)
25.5 (56.2)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
20.5 (45.2)
25.5 (56.2)
6000 36 0.88 (1.18) 2 (17.7) 1.4 (12.4) 2.1 1FT6034 - 1AK71 - 7 7 7 1 2 1.1 (0.001) 4.4 (9.7)
80 4.1 (5.5) 20 (177) 6.5 (57.5) 9.2 1FT6084 - 1AK71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
Type: IM B5 1
Connector outlet direction:
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Plain shaft/radial eccentricity
tolerance N:
Transverse right (not for 1FT603/1FT604/1FT606)
Transverse left (not for 1FT603/1FT604/1FT606)
Axial NDE
Axial DE
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Without holding brake
With holding brake
1
2
3
4
A
E
D
F
G
H
6/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 core type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6102-1AC7...
1FT6105-1AC7...
12.1
21.4
5.7 (7.64)
10.5 (14.08)
18
30
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
1FT6044-1AF7... 3 1.6 (2.14) 3 6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6062-1AF7...
1FT6064-1AF7...
4.1
6.1
1.9 (2.55)
3 (4.02)
5
9
6SL3127 - 7 TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6082-1AF7...
1FT6084-1AF7...
1FT6086-1AF7...
9.6
13.2
16.4
4.1 (5.5)
6.3 (8.45)
8.5 (11.39)
18
18
18
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S31-....
1FT6062-1AH7...
1FT6064-1AH7...
5.7
9
2.8 (3.75)
4.5 (6.03)
9
9
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6084-1AH7...
1FT6086-1AH7...
19.8
23.3
9.4 (12.6)
12.7 (17.02)
18
30
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
1FT6034-1AK7... 2.6 1.3 (1.74) 3 6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6084-1AK7... 24.1 12.6 (16.89) 30 6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4 x 4 (0.006) 6FX7 002-57S41-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
6
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operating conditions with an ambient
air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/7

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia
(without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
1500 100 3.8 (5.09)
27 (239)
24.5 (216.8)
8.4
1FT6102 - 8AB77 - 7 7 7 7
4
99 (0.0876)
27.5 (60 .6)
6.4 (8.58)
50 (442.6)
41 (362.9)
14.5
1FT6105 - 8AB77 - 7 7 7 7
4
168 (0.1487)
39.5 (87.1)
9.6 (12.87)
70 (619.6)
61 (539.9)
20.5
1FT6108 - 8AB77 - 7 7 7 7
4
260 (0.2301)
55.5 (122.4)
132 9.7 (13)
75 (663.8)
62 (548.8)
19
1FT6132 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
430 (0.3806)
85 (187.4)
11.8 (15.82)
95 (840.8)
75 (663.8)
24
1FT6134 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
547 (0.4841)
100 (220.5)
13.8 (18.5)
115 (1017.8)
88 (778.9)
27
1FT6136 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
664 (0.5876)
117 (258)
Type:
IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT613)
1
2
Connector outlet direction:
Transverse right
Transverse left
Axial NDE (not for 1FT613)
Axial DE
1
2
3
4
6
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
5
6
7
8
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
R
R
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
D
E
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
R
R
R
R
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
0
1
2
6
3
4
5
7
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable Order No.
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
Pre-assembled cable
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
1FT6102-8AB7...
1FT6105-8AB7...
1FT6108-8AB7...
8.7
16
22.3
4.2 (5.63)
7.9 (10.59)
11 (14.75)
9
18
30
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 11TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S31-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
1FT6132-6AB7 ...
1FT6134-6AB7 ...
1FT6136-6AB7...
21.6
27
34
11.8 (15.82)
14.9 (19.97)
18.1 (24.26)
30
30
45
6SL3127 - 11TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 11TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 11TE24-5A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S64-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
Without brake cores
With brake cores
8
5
C
D
6
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/9

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
2000 63 0.8 (1.07)
4 (35.4)
3.7 (32.7)
1.9
1FT6061 - 6AC77 - 7 7 7 7
3
6 (0.0053)
8 (17.6)
1.1 (1.47)
6 (53.1)
5.2 (46)
2.6
1FT6062 - 6AC77 - 7 7 7 7
3
8.5 (0.0075)
9.5 (20.9)
1.7 (2.28)
9.5 (84.1)
8 (70.8)
3.8
1FT6064 - 6AC77 - 7 7 7 7
3
13 (0.0115)
12.5 (27.6)
80 1.6 (2.14)
8 (70.8)
7.5 (66.4)
4.1
1FT6081 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
21 (0.0186)
12.5 (27.6)
2.4 (3.22)
13 (115.1)
11.4 (101)
6.6
1FT6082 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
30 (0.0266)
15 (33.1)
3.5 (4.69)
20 (177)
16.9 (149.6)
8.3
1FT6084 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
48 (0.0425)
20.5 (45.2)
4.7 (6.3)
27 (239)
22.5 (199)
10.9
1FT6086 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
66.5 (0.0589)
25.5 (56.2)
100 4.8 (6.43)
27 (239)
23 (203.6)
11
1FT6102 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
99 (0.0876)
27.5 (60.6)
8.0 (10.72)
50 (442.5)
38 (336.3)
17.6
1FT6105 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
168 (0.1478)
39.5 (87.1)
11.5 (15.42)
70 (620)
55 (486.8)
24.5
1FT6108 - 8AC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
260 (0.2301)
55.5 (122.4)
132 11.5 (15.42)
75 (663.8)
55 (486.8)
23
1FT6132 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
430 (0.3806)
85 (187.5)
13.6 (18.23)
95 (840.8)
65 (575.3)
27
1FT6134 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
547 (0.4841)
100 (220.5)
15.5 (20.78)
115 (1018)
74 (655)
30
1FT6136 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7
3
664 (0.5876)
117 (258)
6
Type:
Connector outlet direction:
IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT613)
Transverse right (not for 1FT606)
Transverse left (not for 1FT606)
Axial NDE (not for 1FT613)
Axial DE
1
2
1
2
3
4
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
Holding brake:
without
with
A
B
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
R
R
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
without
with
D
E
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
0
1
2
6
R
R
R
R
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
3
4
5
7
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I 0 P calc
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable
at M 0 for M 0
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K ∆T=100 K ∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
3)
see "SINAMICS S120
A kW (HP) A drive system".
Size mm 2 (in 2 )
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6061-6AC7...
1FT6062-6AC7...
1FT6064-6AC7...
1.9
2.7
4.2
0.84 (1.13)
1.3 (1.74)
2.0 (2.68)
3
3
5
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE15-0A..
1
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6081-8AC7...
1FT6082-8AC7...
1FT6084-8AC7...
1FT6086-8AC7...
3.9
6.6
8.8
11.3
1.7 (2.28)
2.7 (3.62)
4.2 (5.63)
5.7 (7.64)
5
9
9
18
6SL3127 - 7 TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
1FT6102-8AC7...
1FT6105-8AC7...
1FT6108-8AC7...
12.1
21.4
29
5.7 (7.64)
10.5 (14.07)
14.7 (19.71)
18
30
30
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 6 (0.009)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S51-....
1FT6132-6AC7 ...
1FT6134-6AC7 ...
1FT6136-6AC7...
29
36
42
15.7 (21.05)
19.9 (26.68)
24.1 (32.31)
30
45
45
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE24-5A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE24-5A..
1.5
1.5
3
4 x 6 (0.009)
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S51-....
6FX7 002-57S64-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
6
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/11

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia
(without brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated Order No.
at Standard type
∆T=100 K
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
6
3000 48 0.7 (0.99)
1.4 (1.88)
2.6 (23)
5 (44.3)
2.15 (19)
4.3 (38.1)
1.7
2.9
1FT6041 - 4AF71 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6044 - 4AF71 - 7 7 7 7
2
2
2.9 (0.0025)
5.1 (0.0045)
6.6 (14.6)
8.3 (18.3)
63 1.1 (1.47)
1.5 (2.01)
2.2 (2.95)
4 (35.4)
6 (53.1)
9.5 (84.1)
3.5 (31)
4.7 (41.6)
7 (62)
2.6
3.4
4.9
1FT6061 - 6AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6062 - 6AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6064 - 6AF77 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
3
6 (0.0053)
8.5 (0.0075)
13 (0.0115)
8 (17.6)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
80 2.2 (2.95)
3.2 (4.29)
4.6 (6.17)
5.8 (7.77)
8 (70.8)
13 (115.1)
20 (177)
27 (239)
6.9 (61.1)
10.3 (91.2)
14.7 (130.1)
18.5 (163.7)
5.6
8.7
11
13
1FT6081 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6082 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6084 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
4
4
21 (0.0186)
30 (0.0266)
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
12.5 (27.6)
15 (33.1)
20.5 (45.2)
25.5 (56.2)
100 6.1 (8.18)
9.7 (13)
11.6 (15.55)
27 (239)
50 (442.6)
70 (619.6)
19.5 (172.6)
31 (274.4)
37 (327.5)
13.2
22.5
25
1FT6102 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6105 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6108 - 8AF77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
4
99 (0.0876)
168 (0.1487)
260 (0.2301)
27.5 (60.6)
39.5 (87.1)
55.5 (122.4)
132 11.3 (15.15) 75 (663.8) 36 (318.6) 23 1FT6132 - 6AF71 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 85 (187.4)
Type:
Connector outlet direction:
IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT604/1FT613)
Transverse right (not for 1FT604/1FT606)
Transverse left (not for 1FT604/1FT606)
Axial NDE (not for 1FT613)
Axial DE
1
2
1
2
3
4
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
R
R
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
D
E
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
0
1
2
6
R
R
R
R
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
3
4
5
7
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6041-4AF7 ...
1FT6044-4AF7 ...
1.9
3
0.8 (1.07)
1.6 (2.14)
3
3
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6061-6AF7 ...
1FT6062-6AF7 ...
1FT6064-6AF7 ...
2.7
4.1
6.1
1.3 (1.74)
1.9 (2.55)
3.0 (4.02)
3
5
9
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
1
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6081-8AF7 ...
1FT6082-8AF7 ...
1FT6084-8AF7 ...
1FT6086-8AF7 ...
5.8
9.6
13.2
16.4
2.5 (3.35)
4.1 (5.5)
6.3 (8.45)
8.5 (11.39)
9
18
18
18
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S31-....
1FT6102-8AF7 ...
1FT6105-8AF7 ...
1FT6108-8AF7 ...
16.9
32
41
8.5 (11.39)
15.7 (21.05)
22.0 (29.49)
18
30 3)
45
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE24-5A..
1.5
1.5
3
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
4 x 6 (0.009)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S31-....
6FX7 002-57S51-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
1FT6132-6AF7 ... 43 23.6 (31.64) 45 6SL3127 - 1 TE24-5A.. 3 4 x 10 (0.016) 6FX7 002-57S13-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
6
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3) With the specified Motor Module, the motor cannot be fully utilized after ∆T = 100 K winding temperature rise. If a motor module with a higher rating is used,
you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
4) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/13

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment of
inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
4500 63 1.4 (1.88)
1.7 (2.28)
2.3 (3.08)
4 (35.4)
6 (53.1)
9.5 (84.1)
2.9 (25.7)
3.6 (31.9)
4.8 (42.5)
3.4
3.9
5.5
1FT6061 - 6AH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6062 - 6AH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6064 - 6AH77 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
3
6 (0.0053)
8.5 (0.0075)
13 (0.0115)
8 (17.6)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
80 2.7 (3.62)
4 (5.36)
4.9 (6.57)
5.7 (7.64)
8 (70.8)
13 (115.1)
20 (177)
27 (239)
5.8 (51.3)
8.5 (75.2)
10.5 (92.9)
12 (106.2)
7.3
11
12.5
12.6
1FT6081 - 8AH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6082 - 8AH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6084 - 8AH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8AH77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
4
4
21 (0.0186)
30 (0.0266)
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
12.5 (27.6)
15 (33.1)
20.5 (45.2)
25.5 (56.2)
100 5.7 (7.64) 27 (239) 12 (106.2) 12 1FT6102 - 8AH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
Type:
IM B5
IM B14 2)
1
2
6
Connector outlet direction:
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse right (not for 1FT606)
Transverse left (not for 1FT606)
Axial NDE
Axial DE
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
Holding brake:
without
with
A
B
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
R
R
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
without
with
D
E
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
R
R
R
R
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
0
1
2
6
3
4
5
7
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
I rated Order No.
at M 0
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
Power
connector
A Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Motor cable
cross-section 4)
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6061-6AH7...
1FT6062-6AH7...
1FT6064-6AH7...
4
5.7
9.0
1.9 (2.55)
2.8 (3.75)
4.5 (6.03)
5
9
9
6SL3127-7TE15-0A..
6SL3127-7TE21-0A..
6SL3127-7TE21-0A..
1
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6081-8AH7...
1FT6082-8AH7...
1FT6084-8AH7...
1FT6086-8AH7...
8.6
14.8
19.8
23.3
3.8 (5.09)
6.1 (8.18)
9.4 (12.6)
12.7 (17.02)
9
18
18 3)
30
6SL3127-7TE21-0A..
6SL3127-7TE21-8A..
6SL3127-7TE21-8A..
6SL3127-1TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
1FT6102-8AH7... 24.1 12.7 (17.02) 30 6SL3127-1TE23-0A.. 1.5 4 x 4 (0.006) 6FX7 002-57S41-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
1
2
8
5
6
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3) With the specified motor module, the motor cannot be fully utilized after ∆T = 100 K winding temperature rise.
4) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/15

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
output
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No. of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
6000 28 0.19 (0.25)
0.4 (3.5)
0.3 (2.7)
1.1
1FT6021 - 6AK71 - 7 7 7 7
3
0.21 (0.0002)
1.2 (2.6)
0.31 (0.42)
0.8 (7.1)
0.5 (4.4)
0.9
1FT6024 - 6AK71 - 7 7 7 7
3
0.34 (0.0003)
2.1 (4.6)
36 0.47 (0.63)
1 (8.8)
0.75 (6.6)
1.2
1FT6031 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7
2
0.65 (0.0006)
3.1 (6.8)
0.88 (1.18)
2 (17.7)
1.4 (12.4)
2.1
1FT6034 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7
2
1.1 (0.0010)
4.4 (9.7)
48 1.1 (1.47)
2.6 (23)
1.7 (15)
2.4
1FT6041 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7
2
2.9 (0.0025)
6.6 (14.6)
1.9 (2.55)
5 (44.3)
3 (26.6)
4.1
1FT6044 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7
2
5.1 (0.0045)
8.3 (18.3)
63 1.3 (1.74)
4 (35.4)
2.1 (18.6)
3.1
1FT6061 - 6AK77 - 7 7 7 7
3
6 (0.0053)
8 (17.6)
1.3 (1.74)
6 (53.1)
2.1 (18.6)
3.2
1FT6062 - 6AK77 - 7 7 7 7
3
8.5 (0.0075)
9.5 (20.9)
1.3 (1.74)
9.5 (84.1)
2.1 (18.6)
3.5
1FT6064 - 6AK77 - 7 7 7 7
3
13 (0.0115)
12.5 (27.6)
80 2.9 (3.89)
8 (70.8)
4.6 (40.7)
7.7
1FT6081 - 8AK77 - 7 7 7 7
4
21 (0.0186)
12.5 (27.6)
3.5 (4.69)
13 (115.1)
5.5 (48.7)
9.1
1FT6082 - 8AK77 - 7 7 7 7
4
30 (0.0266)
15 (33.1)
4.1 (5.55)
20 (177)
6.5 (57.5)
9.2
1FT6084 - 8AK77 - 7 7 7 7
4
48 (0.0425)
20.5 (45.2)
6
Type:
Connector outlet direction:
IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT602/1FT603/1FT604)
Transverse right (not for 1FT603/1FT604/1FT606)
Transverse left (not for 1FT603/1FT604/1FT606)
Axial NDE
Axial DE
1
2
1
2
3
4
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FT602)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FT602)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FT602)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FT602)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
L
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
R
R
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
D
E
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
R
R
R
R
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65 (not for 1FT602)
IP67
IP68 (not for 1FT602)
IP64
IP65 (not for 1FT602)
IP67
IP68 (not for 1FT602)
0
1
2
6
3
4
5
7
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6021-6AK7 ...
1FT6024-6AK7...
1.25
1.25
0.3 (0.4)
0.5 (0.67)
3
3
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6031-4AK7 ...
1FT6034-4AK7...
1.4
2.6
0.6 (0.8)
1.3 (1.74)
3
3
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6041-4AK7 ...
1FT6044-4AK7 ...
3
5.9
1.6 (2.14)
3.1 (4.16)
3
9
6SL3127 - 7 TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6061-6AK7...
1FT6062-6AK7...
1FT6064-6AK7...
5
7.6
12
2.5 (3.35)
3.8 (5.09)
4.0 (5.36)
5
9
18
6SL3127 - 7 TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
1
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6081-8AK7...
1FT6082-8AK7...
1FT6084-8AK7...
11.1
17.3
24.1
5.0 (6.7)
8.2 (10.99)
12.6 (16.89)
18
18
30
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7 TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1 TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S21-....
6FX7 002-57S31-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
0
1
1
2
6
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/17

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Forced ventilation
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Forced ventilation 2)
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
1500 100 9.3 (12.47)
65 (575.3)
59 (522.2)
21.7
1FT6105 - 8SB77 - 7 7 7 7
4
168 (0.1487)
45.5 (100.3)
13 (17.43)
90 (796.6)
83 (734.6)
31
1FT6108 - 8SB77 - 7 7 7 7
4
260 (0.2301)
61.5 (135.6)
132 16 (21.45)
110 (973.6)
102 (902.8)
36
1FT6132 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7
3
430 (0.3806)
91 (200.6)
20.4 (27.35)
140 (1239.1)
130 (1150.6)
45
1FT6134 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7
3
547 (0.4810)
106 (233.7)
25.1 (33.65)
175 (1548.9)
160 (1416.2)
55
1FT6136 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7
3
664 (0.5876)
123 (271.2)
2000 100 11.7 (15.68)
65 (575.3)
56 (495.6)
28
1FT6105 - 8SC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
168 (0.1487)
45.5 (100.3)
16.8 (22.52)
90 (796.6)
80 (708.1)
40
1FT6108 - 8SC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
260 (0.2301)
61.5 (135.6)
132 20.5 (27.48)
110 (973.6)
98 (867.4)
46
1FT6132 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7
3
430 (0.3806)
91 (200.6)
26.2 (35.12)
140 (1239.1)
125 (1106.4)
57
1FT6134 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7
3
547 (0.4810)
106 (233.7)
32.5 (43.56)
175 (1548.9)
155 (1371.9)
72
1FT6136 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7
3
664 (0.5876)
123 (271.2)
Type:
IM B5
IM B14 3)
1
2
6
Connector outlet direction:
Transverse right
Transverse left
Axial NDE (not for 1FT613)
Axial DE
1
2
3
4
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
Holding brake:
without
with
A
B
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
R
R
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
without
with
D
E
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
R
R
Degree of protection: 4)
IP64
IP65
IP64
IP65
0
1
3
4
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
I rated Order No.
Power
at M 0
connector
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Forced ventilation
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
Motor cable
cross-section 5)
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6105-8SB7...
1FT6108-8SB7...
21.9
30
10.2 (13.67)
14.1 (18.9)
30
30
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 6 (0.009)
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S51-....
1FT6132-6SB7...
1FT6134-6SB7...
1FT6136-6SB7...
36
44
55
17.3 (23.19)
22 (29.49)
27.5 (36.86)
45
60
60
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
3
3
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 16 (0.025)
6FX7 002-57S13-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
6FX7 002-57S23-....
1FT6105-8SC7...
1FT6108-8SC7...
30
41
13.6 (18.23)
18.8 (25.2)
30
45
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
1.5
3
4 x 6 (0.009)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S51-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
1FT6132-6SC7...
1FT6134-6SC7...
1FT6136-6SC7...
47
58
77
23 (30.83)
29.3 (39.28)
36.6 (49.06)
60
60
85
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A..
3
3
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 16 (0.025)
4 x 25 (0.039)
6FX7 002-57S13-....
6FX7 002-57S23-....
6FX7 002-5DS33-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module 1
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
0
1
8
5
6
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
Notes on forced ventilation:
Shaft height 80 and 100 Shaft height 132
Direction of air flow From NDE to DE From DE to NDE
Connection system Connector size 1 Terminal box
Type of connecting cable 6FX.002-5CA01-.... 6FX.008-1BB11-....
Pin and terminal assignments Pin 1: L1, Pin 2: N U1/L1: V2/L2: W3/L3
Supply voltage 220/260 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz 400/460 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz
Max. fan current 0.3 A 0.4 A
Weight of the fan module, approx. 4.8 kg (10.6 lb) 5.6 kg (12.3 lb)
Sound pressure level 70 dB (A) 74 dB (A)
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Not for use in environments containing electrically-conductive dust. Forced ventilation cannot be used if flammable, chemically aggressive,
electrically-conductive or explosive dust is present.
3) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4) The degree of protection refers to the motor. The built-on fan meets the requirements of degree of protection IP54.
5) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/19

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Forced ventilation
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Forced ventilation 2)
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
3000 80 6.9 (9.25)
9.7 (13)
26 (230.1)
35 (309.8)
22 (194.7)
31 (274.4)
17
24.5
1FT6084 - 8SF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8SF77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
100 15.7 (21.05) 65 (575.3) 50 (442.6) 35 1FT6105 - 8SF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487)
22 (29.49) 90 (796.6) 70 (619.6) 53 1FT6108 - 8SF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301)
132 28.3 (37.94) 110 (973.6) 90 (796.6) 62 1FT6132 - 6SF71 1- 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806)
34.6 (46.38) 140 (1239.1) 110 (973.6) 72 1FT6134 - 6SF71 - 7 7 7 7 3 547 (0.4810)
45.5 (60.99) 175 (1548.9) 145 (1283.4) 104 1FT6136 - 6SF71 - 7 7 7 7 3 664 (0.5876)
4500 80 9.4 (12.6) 26 (230.1) 20 (177) 24.5 1FT6084 - 8SH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425)
12.7 (17.02) 35 (309.8) 27 (239) 31.5 1FT6086 - 8SH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589)
25 (55.1)
30 (66.2)
45.5 (100.3)
61.5 (135.6)
91 (200.6)
106 (233.7)
123 (271.2)
25 (55.1)
30 (66.2)
100 18.8 (25.2) 65 (575.3) 40 (354) 41 1FT6105 - 8SH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 45.5 (100.3)
6000 80 10.7 (14.34) 26 (230.1) 17 (150.5) 25.5 1FT6084 - 8SK77 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 25 (55.1)
13.8 (18.5) 35 (309.8) 22 (194.7) 29 1FT6086 - 8SK77 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 30 (66.2)
6
Type:
Connector outlet direction
(not for 1FT6136):
IM B5
IM B14 3) (only for 1FT613)
Transverse right
Transverse left
Axial NDE (not for 1FT613)
Axial DE
1
2
1
2
3
4
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
R
R
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
D
E
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
N
N
R
R
without
with
without
with
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
R
R
Degree of protection: 4)
IP64
IP65
IP64
IP65
0
1
3
4
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
I rated Order No.
Power
at M 0
connector
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Forced ventilation
Power cable, with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
Motor cable
cross-section 6)
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FT6084-8SF7...
1FT6086-8SF7...
18.2
25
8.2 (10.99)
11 (14.75)
18 5)
30
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
1.5
1.5
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002-57S31-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
1FT6105-8SF7...
1FT6108-8SF7...
42
62
20.4 (27.35)
28.3 (37.94)
45
60 5) 6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
3
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 16 (0.025)
6FX7 002-57S13-....
6FX7 002-57S23-....
1FT6132-6SF7...
1FT6134-6SF7...
69
83
34.6 (46.38)
44 (58.98)
85
85
6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A..
3
3
4 x 25 (0.039)
4 x 25 (0.039)
6FX7 002-5DS33-....
6FX7 002-5DS33- ....
1FT6136-6SF7... 110 55 (73.7) 132 6SL3127 - 1TE31-3A.. Terminal box
1FT6084-8SH7...
1FT6086-8SH7...
26
38
12.3 (16.49)
16.5 (22.12)
30
45
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
1.5
3
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
1FT6105-8SH7... 59 30.6 (41.02) 85 6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A.. 3 4 x 16 (0.025) 6FX7 002-57S23-....
1FT6084-8SK7...
1FT6086-8SK7...
35
44
16.3 (21.85)
22 (29.49)
45
45
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
1.5
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S64-....
6FX7 002-57S13-....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
0
1
1
2
6
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
Notes on forced ventilation:
Shaft height 80 and 100 Shaft height 132
Direction of air flow From NDE to DE From DE to NDE
Connection system Connector size 1 Terminal box
Type of connecting cable 6FX.002-5CA01-.... 6FX.008-1BB11-....
Pin and terminal assignments Pin 1: L1, Pin 2: N U1/L1: V2/L2: W3/L3
Supply voltage 220/260 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz 400/460 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz
Max. fan current 0.3 A 0.4 A
Weight of the fan module, approx. 4.8 kg (10.6 lb) 5.6 kg (12.3 lb)
Sound pressure level 70 dB (A) 74 dB (A)
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) Not for use in environments containing electrically-conductive dust. Forced ventilation cannot be used if flammable, chemically aggressive,
electrically-conductive or explosive dust is present.
3) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4) The degree of protection refers to the motor. The built-on fan meets the requirements of degree of protection IP54.
5) With the specified Motor Module, the motor cannot be fully utilized after ∆T = 100 K winding temperature rise.
6) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/21

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors No.
1) 2)
Water cooling
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment of
inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
rpm
kW
(HP)
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
J
m
kg
(lb)
6
1500 100 18.2 (24.4) 119 (1053.3) 116 (1026.7) 43 1FT6108 - 8WB77 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
2000 100 17.2 (23.06)
24.1 (32.31)
85 (752.3)
115 (1053.3)
82 (725.8)
119 (1017.8)
60
57
1FT6105 - 8WC77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6108 - 8WC77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
168 (0.1487)
260 (0.2301)
45.5 (100.3)
61.5 (135.6)
3000 63 3.2 (4.29)
5.1 (6.84)
10.2 (90.3)
16.2 (143.4)
10 (88.5)
16 (141.6)
6.9
10.3
1FT6062 - 6WF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6064 - 6WF77 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
8.5 (0.0075)
13 (0.0115)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
80 11 (14.75)
14.5 (19.44)
35 (309.8)
47 (416)
35 (309.8)
46 (407.1)
27
37
1FT6084 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
21 (46.3)
26 (57.3)
100 24.5 (32.84)
34.2 (45.84)
85 (752.3)
119 (1053.3)
78 (690.4)
109 (964.8)
82
81
1FT6105 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6108 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
168 (0.1487)
260 (0.2301)
45.5 (100.3)
61.5 (135.6)
4500 63 4.7 (6.3)
7.5 (10.05)
10.2 (90.3)
16.2 (143.4)
10 (88.5)
16 (141.6)
9.6
15.2
1FT6062 - 6WH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6064 - 6WH77 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
8.5 (0.0075)
13 (0.0115)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
80 16.5 (22.12)
21.2 (28.42)
35 (309.8)
47 (416)
35 (309.8)
45 (398.3)
39
53
1FT6084 - 8WH77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8WH77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
21 (46.3)
26 (57.3)
6000 63 6.2 (8.31)
9.9 (13.27)
10.2 (90.3)
16.2 (143.4)
9.8 (87)
15.8 (139.8)
12.7
20
1FT6062 - 6WK77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6064 - 6WK77 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
8.5 (0.0075)
13 (0.0115)
9.5 (20.9)
12.5 (27.6)
80 21.4 (28.69)
27.7 (37.13)
35 (309.8)
47 (416)
34 (300.9)
44 (389.4)
51
58
1FT6084 - 8WK77 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6086 - 8WK77 - 7 7 7 7
4
4
48 (0.0425)
66.5 (0.0589)
21 (46.3)
26 (57.3)
Type:
Connector outlet direction:
IM B5
1
IM B14 3) 2
Transverse right (not for 1FT606)
1
Transverse left (not for 1FT606)
2
Axial NDE
Axial DE (1FT6062 only with water connection on side or below) 2) 3
4
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
(only for 1FT61)
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
R
R
N
N
R
R
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
without
with
without
with
A
B
D
E
G
H
K
L
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
N
N
R
R
R
R
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
IP64
IP65
IP67
IP68
0
1
2
6
3
4
5
7
6/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Water cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable Order No.
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
Pre-assembled cable
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
1FT6108-8WB7... 43 18.7 (25.07) 45 6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A.. 3 4 x 10 (0.016) 6FX7 002-57S13-....
1FT6105-8WC7...
1FT6108-8WC7...
58
57
17.8 (23.86)
24.9 (33.38)
60
60
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
3
3
4 x 16 (0.025)
4 x 16 (0.025)
6FX7 002-57S23-....
6FX7 002-57S23-....
1FT6062-6WF7...
1FT6064-6WF7...
6.9
10.3
3.2 (4.29)
5.1 (6.84)
9
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FT6084-8WF7...
1FT6086-8WF7...
24.5
34
11 (14.75)
14.8 (19.84)
30
45
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
1.5
1.5
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S64-....
1FT6105-8WF7...
1FT6108-8WF7...
83
86
26.7 (35.79)
37.4 (50.13)
85
85 4) 6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28-5A..
3
3
4 x 25 (0.039)
4 x 35 (0.054)
6FX5 002-5DS33-....
6FX5 002-5DS43-....
1FT6062-6WH7...
1FT6064-6WH7...
9.7
15.4
4.8 (6.43)
7.6 (10.19)
18
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S11-....
1FT6084-8WH7...
1FT6086-8WH7...
37
52
16.5 (22.12)
22.1 (29.62)
45
60
6SL3127 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
1.5
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 16 (0.025)
6FX7 002-57S64-....
6FX7 002- 57S23-....
1FT6062- WK7...
1FT6064-6WK7...
12.9
20.5
6.4 (8.58)
10.2 (13.67)
18
30
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S11-....
1FT6084-8WK7...
1FT6086-8WK7...
47
59
22 (29.49)
29.5 (39.54)
60
60
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26-0A..
3
3
4 x 10 (0.016)
4 x 16 (0.025)
6FX7 002-57S13-....
6FX7 002-5DS23-....
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
Notes on water cooling:
• Inlet temperature of cooling water: max. 30 °C (86 °F)
• Cooling water throughput: at least 5 l/min
(5 l = 1.1 British gallons/1.32 US gallons)
• Pressure ahead of motor: p max = 3 bar
• Cooling water connection: G 3/8"
• Coolant: water with up to 25% corrosion protection
(recommendation:Tyfocor)
• Loss of pressure between inlet and outlet < 0.1 bar
1) Delivered as standard with water connection "top".
2) Water connection right side: Order code Q20
Water connection left side: Order code Q21
Water connection below: Order code Q22
3) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4) With the specified Motor Module, the motor cannot be fully utilized after ∆T = 100 K winding temperature rise.
If a Motor Module with a higher rating is used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
5) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions
with an ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/23

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static
torque
Rated
torque
Rated
current
1FT6 synchronous motors
Water-cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment
of inertia
(without brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Standard type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
1500 132 23.6 (31.64)
29.1 (39.01)
36.1 (48.39)
155 (1371.9)
200 (1770.1)
240 (2124.2)
150 (1327.6)
185 (1637.4)
230 (2035.7)
58
67
90
1FT6132 - 6WB76 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6134 - 6WB76 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6136 - 6WB76 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
3
430 (0.3805)
547 (0.4841)
665 (0.5885)
90 (198.5)
103 (227.1)
120 (264.6)
45.5 (60.99) 300 (2655.2) 290 (2566.7) 112 1FT6138 - 6WB76 - 7 7 7 7 3 845 (0.7478) 137 (302.1)
2500 132 35.3 (47.32)
48.4 (64.88)
57.6 (77.21)
155 (1371.9)
200 (1770.1)
240 (2124.2)
135 (1194.8)
185 (1637.4)
220 (1947.2)
82
115
149
1FT6132 - 6WD76 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6134 - 6WD76 - 7 7 7 7
1FT6136 - 6WD76 - 7 7 7 7
3
3
3
430 (0.3805)
547 (0.4841)
665 (0.5885)
90 (198.5)
103 (227.1)
120 (264.6)
72 (96.51) 300 (2655.2) 275 (2433.9) 162 1FT6138 - 6WD76 - 7 7 7 7 3 845 (0.7478) 137 (302.1)
Type: IM B35 6
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Transverse/from right
Transverse/from left
Axial/from NDE
Axial/from DE
5
6
7
8
6
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
Holding brake:
without
A
Fitted key and keyway
R
without
D
Plain shaft
N
without
G
Plain shaft
R
without
K
Vibration severity grade:
N
N
R
R
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65
IP64
IP65
1
2
3
4
To select the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
6/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FT6 standard type motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
I rated
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Order No.
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection via
terminal box
1FT6132-6WB7 ...
1FT6134-6WB7 ...
1FT6136-6WB7 ...
58
73
92
24.3 (32.57)
31.4 (42.09)
37.7 (50.54)
60 1)
85
132
6SL3127 - 1TE 26 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE 28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE 31 - 3A..
1FT6138-6WB7 ... 112 47.1 (63.14) 132 6SL3127 - 1TE 31 - 3A..
1FT6132-6WD7 ... 92 40.6 (54.42) 85 1) 6SL3127 - 1TE 28 - 5A..
1FT6134-6WD7 ... 122 52.4 (70.24) 132 6SL3127 - 1TE 31 - 3A..
1FT6136-6WD7 ... 158 62.8 (84.18) 200 6SL3127 - 1TE 32 - 0A..
1FT6138-6WD7 ... 167 78.5 (105.23) 200 6SL3127 - 1TE 32 - 0A..
For power and signal cables, see
"MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
Cooling
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module
Single Motor Module 1
Notes on water cooling:
• Inlet temperature of cooling water: max. 30 °C (86 °F)
• Cooling water throughput: at least 8 l/min
(8 l = 1.76 British gallons/2.11 US gallons)
• Pressure ahead of motor: p max = 6 bar
• Cooling water connection: G 3/8"
• Coolant: water with up to max. 25% corrosion protection,
(recommendation:Tyfocor)
• Loss of pressure between inlet and outlet < 0.1 bar
6
1) With the specified Motor Module, the motor can only be utilized for a short time after M 0 .
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/25

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
■ Overview
1FT6
1FK7 Compact
1FK7 High Dynamic
Rated speed 1500 ... 6000 rpm 2000 ... 6000 rpm
Static torque M 0 0.4 ... 300 Nm (3.54 ... 2655.24 lb ƒ -in) 0.85 ... 48 Nm (7.52 ... 424.84 lb ƒ -in)
(1FK7 Compact)
1.3 ... 28 Nm (11.51 ... 247.82 lb ƒ -in)
(1FK7 High Dynamic)
Overload capability up to max. 4 × M 0 3 × M 0
6
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Sound pressure level in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling
Insulation of the stator winding in accordance
with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Holding brake
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder, EnDat
• Resolver
See the technical specifications and the selection and ordering data for the required motor for
information about a compatible encoder system.
55 ... 74 dB (A)
IP64 ... IP68
Natural cooling
Forced ventilation
Water cooling
Temperature class F for a winding temperature rise of ∆T = 100 K
at an ambient temperature of 40 °C (104 °F)
For water cooling
max. inlet temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Built-in (option)
IP64
IP65, additional IP67 drive end flange
Natural cooling
Type of motor
Permanently excited synchronous motor,
3-phase
Paint finish Anthracite No paint finish, anthracite (option)
Mounted gearing
• Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
–
• Planetary gearbox series LP
i = 5, i = 10 (single-stage)
• Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
6/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FK7 motors
■ Overview
1FK7 motors are extremely compact, permanently excited synchronous
motors. The available options, gear units and encoders,
together with the expanded product range, mean that the 1FK7
motors can be optimally adapted to any application. They therefore
also satisfy the permanently increasing demands of state-of-the-art
machine generations.
1FK7 motors can be combined with the SINAMICS S drive
system to create a powerful system with high functionality.
Built-in encoder systems for speed and position
control can be selected depending on the application.
The motors are designed for operation without external cooling
and the heat is dissipated through the motor surface. The 1FK7
motors have a high overload capability.
■ Benefits
The 1FK7 Compact motors offer:
7 Space-saving installation due to extremely high power density
7 For universal applications
7 Wide range of motors
The 1FK7 High Dynamic motors offer:
7 Extremely high dynamic response thanks to low rotor moment
of inertia
■ Application
• Machine tools
• Robots and manipulators
• Wood, glass, ceramics and stone working
• Packaging, plastics and textile machines
• Auxiliary axes
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Type of motor
Magnet material
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling
Temperature monitoring
Paint finish
Shaft extension on the drive end
in accordance with
DIN 748-3 (IEC 60072-1)
1FK7 motors
Permanently excited synchronous
motor
Rare-earth magnet material
Temperature class F for a winding
temperature rise of
∆T = 100 K at an ambient
temperature of 40 °C (104 °F)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
IP64
Natural cooling
KTY 84 temperature sensor in
stator winding
No paint finish
Plain shaft
2nd rating plate
Glued to end shield
3rd rating plate
Enclosed separately
Rotational accuracy,
Tolerance N (normal)
concentricity and linear movement
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Vibration severity
Grade N (normal)
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680, max.
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Connection
Options
1FK702: 55 dB (A)
1FK703: 55 dB (A)
1FK704: 55 dB (A)
1FK706: 65 dB (A)
1FK708: 70 dB (A)
1FK710: 70 dB (A)
Incremental encoder sin/cos
1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder, multiturn,
2048 pulses/revolution with
1FK704 to 1FK710
512 pulses/revolution with1FK702
and 1FK703 and traversing range
4096 revolutions with EnDat interface
Basic absolute encoder,
multiturn, 32 pulses/revolution and
traversing range 4096 revolutions
with EnDat interface
Multipole resolver
(number of pole pairs corresponds to
number of pole pairs of the motor)
2-pole resolver
Connectors for signals and power
can be rotated (270°)
Shaft extension on the drive end with
fitted key and keyway (half-key
balancing)
Built-in holding brake
Degree of protection IP65, additional
drive end flange IP67
Planetary gearbox (requires:
plain shaft extension and
degree of protection IP65)
Anthracite paint finish
6
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/27

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FK7 Compact core type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static torque Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FK7 Compact
synchronous motor
Natural cooling
No.
of
pole
pairs
Rotor moment of
inertia (without
brake)
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Core type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
2000 100 7.75 (10.39) 48 (424.8) 37 (327.5) 16 1FK7105 - 5AC71- 17 7 7 4 156 (0.1381) 39.1 (86.2)
3000 48 0.82 (1.1) 3 (26.6) 2.6 (23) 1.95 1FK7042 - 5AF71- 17 7 7 4 3.01 (0.0027) 4.9 (10.8)
6
63 1.48 (1.98)
2.29 (3.07)
6 (53.1)
11 (97.4)
4.7 (41.6)
7.3 (64.6)
3.7
5.6
1FK7060 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
1FK7063 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
4
4
7.95 (0.0070)
15.1 (0.0134)
7 (15.4)
11.5 (25.4)
80 2.14 (2.87)
3.3 (4.42)
8 (70.8)
16 (141.6)
6.8 (60.2)
10.5 (92.9)
4.4
7.4
1FK7080 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
1FK7083 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
4
4
15 (0.0133)
27.3 (0.0242)
10 (22.1)
14 (30.9)
100 3.77 (5.05)
4.87 (6.53)
5.37 (7.2) 2)
8.17 (10.95)
18 (159.3)
27 (238)
36 (318.6)
48 (424.8)
12 (106.1)
15.5 (137.2)
20.5 (181.4) 2)
26 (230.1)
8
11.8
16.5 2)
18
1FK7100 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
1FK7101 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
1FK7103 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
1FK7105 - 5AF71- 17 7 7
4
4
4
4
55.3 (0.0489)
79.9 (0.0707)
105 (0.0929)
156 (0.1381)
19 (41.9)
21 (46.3)
29 (63.9)
39 (86.2)
4500 63 1.74 (2.33)
3.7 (32.7)
4 7.95 (0.0070) 7 (15.4)
2.09 (2.8) 3) 11 (97.4) 5 (44.3) 3) 6.1 3) 1FK7063 - 5AH71- 17 7 7 4 15.1 (0.0134) 11.5 (25.4)
80 2.39 (3.2) 3)
5.7 (50.5) 3)
4 15 (0.0133) 10 (22.1)
3.04 (4.8) 4) 16 (141.6) 8.3 (73.5) 4) 9 4) 1FK7083 - 5AH71- 17 7 7 4 27.3 (0.0242) 14 (30.9)
6000 28 0.4 (0.54) 0.85 (7.5) 0.6 (5.3) 1.4 1FK7022 - 5AK71- 17 7 7 3 0.28 (0.0002) 1.8 (4)
36 0.5 (0.67)
0.63 (0.84)
1.1 (9.7)
1.6 (14.2)
0.8 (7.1)
1 (8.9)
1.3
1.3
1FK7032 - 5AK71- 17 7 7
1FK7034 - 5AK71- 17 7 7
3
3
0.61 (0.0005)
0.9 (0.0008)
2.7 (6)
3.7 (8.2)
48 0.69 (0.92) 1.6 (14.2) 1.1 (9.7) 1.7 1FK7040 - 5AK71- 17 7 7 4 1.69 (0.0015) 3.5 (7.7)
1.02 (1.41) 5) 3 (26.6) 2 (17.7) 5) 3.1 5) 1FK7042 - 5AK71- 17 7 7 4 3.01 (0.0027) 4.9 (10.8)
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK702/1FK703)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FK702/1FK703)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat 32 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK702/1FK703)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK702/1FK703)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FK702/1FK703)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat 32 pulses/revolution 1)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
G
S
T
D
F
L
K
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
N
N
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
G
H
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange
IP64 and anthracite paint finish
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange, anthracite paint finish
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange, anthracite paint finish
and metal rating plate on motor
0
2
3
5
8
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
I 0
at M 0
∆T=100 K
A
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
P calc
for M 0
∆T=100 K
kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
I rated Order No.
at M 0
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FK7 Compact core type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
Power
connector
A Size mm 2
(in 2 )
Motor cable
cross-section 7)
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
1FK7105-5AC71... 20 10 (13.4) 30 6SL3127 - 7TE23-0A.. 1.5 4 x 2.5 (0.004) 6FX7 002-57S31-....
1FK7042-5AF71... 2.2 0.9 (1.21) 3 6SL3127 - 7TE13-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7060-5AF71...
1FK7063-5AF71...
4.5
8
1.9 (2.55)
3.5 (4.69)
5
9
6SL3127 - 7TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7080-5AF71...
1FK7083-5AF71...
4.8
10.4
2.5 (3.35)
5 (6.7)
5
9 6) 6SL3127 - 7TE15-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7100-5AF71...
1FK7101-5AF71...
1FK7103-5AF71...
1FK7105-5AF71...
11.2
19
27.5
31
5.7 (7.64)
8.5 (11.39)
11.3 (15.15)
15 (20.11)
18
18 6)
30
30 6) 6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23-0A..
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 2.5 (0.004)
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 10 (0.016)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S31-....
6FX7 002-57S41-....
6FX7 002-57S61-....
1FK7060-5AH71...
1FK7063-5AH71...
6.2
12
2.8 (3.75)
5.2 (6.97)
9
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7080-5AH71...
1FK7083-5AH71...
7.4
15
3.8 (5.09)
7.5 (10.05)
9
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21-8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7022-5AK71... 1.8 0.5 (0.67) 3 6SL3127 - 7TE13-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7032-5AK71...
1FK7034-5AK71...
1.7
1.9
0.7 (0.94)
1 (1.34)
3
3
6SL3127 - 7TE13-0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE13-0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002-57S01-....
6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7040-5AK71... 2.25 1 (1.34) 3 6SL3127 - 7TE13-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
1FK7042-5AK71... 4.4 1.9 (2.55) 5 6SL3127 - 7TE15-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002-57S01-....
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) These values refer to n = 2500 rpm.
3) These values refer to n = 4000 rpm.
4) These values refer to n = 3500 rpm.
5) These values refer to n = 5000 rpm.
6) With the specified Motor Module, the motor cannot be fully utilized after ∆T = 100 K winding temperature rise. If a Motor Module with a higher rating is used,
you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
7) The current carrying capacity of the power cables corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions with an ambient
air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/29

Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FK7 High Dynamic core type motors
Natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
Rated
power
Static torque Rated
torque 1)
Rated
current
1FK7 High Dynamic
synchronous motors
Natural cooling
No. Rotor moment
of of inertia
pole (without brake)
pairs
Weight
(without
brake)
n rated SH P rated
at
∆T=100 K
M 0
at
∆T=100 K
M rated
at
∆T=100 K
I rated
at
∆T=100 K
Order No.
Core type
J
m
rpm
kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
A 10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
3000 48 1.1 (1.47) 4 (35.4) 3.5 (31) 4 1FK7044 - 7AF71-17 7 7 3 1.28 (0.0011) 7.7 (17)
63 1.7 (2.29)
2.51 (3.36)
6.4 (56.6)
12 (106.2)
5.4 (47.8)
8 (70.8)
5.3
7.5
1FK7061 - 7AF71-17 7 7
1FK7064 - 7AF71-17 7 7
3
3
3.4 (0.0030)
6.5 (0.0058)
10 (22.1)
15.5 (34.2)
80 2.51 (3.36)
3.14 (4.21) 2)
3.77 (5.05) 3) 14 (123.9)
22 (194.7)
28 (247.8)
8 (70.8)
12 (106.2) 2)
18 (159.3) 3) 6.7
12.5 2)
14.5 3) 1FK7082 - 7AF71-17 7 7
1FK7085 - 7AF71-17 7 7
1FK7086 - 7AF71-17 7 7
4
4
4
14 (0.0124)
23 (0.0204)
23 (0.0204)
17.2 (37 .9)
23.5 (51.8)
23.5 (51.8)
4500 48 1.23 (1.65)
1.41 (1.53)
3.1 (27.4)
4 (35.4)
2.6 (23)
3 (26.6)
4
4.9
1FK7043 - 7AH71-17 7 7
1FK7044 - 7AH71-17 7 7
3
3
1 (0.0009)
1.28 (0.0011)
6.3 (13.9)
7.7 (17)
63 2.03 (2.72)
2.36 (3.16)
6.4 (56.6)
12 (106.2)
4.3 (38.1)
5 (44.3)
5.9
7
1FK7061 - 7AH71-17 7 7
1FK7064 - 7AH71-17 7 7
3
3
3.4 (0.0030)
6.5 (0.0058)
10 (22.1)
15.5 (34.2)
6000 36 0.57 (0.76) 1.3 (11.5) 0.9 (8) 1.5 1FK7033 - 7AK71-17 7 7 3 0.27 (0.0002) 3.1 (6.8)
48 1.26 (1.69) 3.1 (27.4) 2 (17.7) 4.4 1FK7043 - 7AK71-17 7 7 3 1 (0.0009) 6.3 (13.9)
6
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK703)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FK703)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat 32 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK703)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
G
S
T
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK703)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1)
(only for 1FK703)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat 32 pulses/revolution 1)
(not for 1FK703)
Multipole resolver
2-pole resolver
D
F
L
K
U
P
Shaft extension:
Fitted key and keyway
Fitted key and keyway
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Radial eccentricity tolerance:
N
N
N
N
Holding brake:
without
with
without
with
A
B
G
H
Degree of protection:
IP64
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange
IP64, anthracite paint finish
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange, anthracite paint finish
IP65 and additional IP67 drive end flange, anthracite paint finish and
metal rating plate on motor
0
2
3
5
8
To select the degree of protection and type, see "Selection guide".
6/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
Calculated
power
P calc =
M 0 x n rated /9550
I 0 P calc
at M 0 for M 0
∆T=100 K ∆T=100 K
A kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated
output
current
Synchronous motors
Feed motors for SINAMICS S120
1FK7 High Dynamic core type motors
Natural cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection (and brake connection)
via power connector
I rated Order No.
Power Motor cable Order No.
at M 0
connector cross-section
∆T=100 K
For complete Order No.,
Pre-assembled cable
see "SINAMICS S120
A drive system".
Size mm 2
(in 2 )
1FK7044-7AF71... 4.5 1.3 (1.74) 5 6SL3127 - 7TE15 - 0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
1FK7061-7AF71...
1FK7064-7AF71...
6.1
11
2.0 (2.68)
3.8 (5.09)
9
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
1FK7082-7AF71...
1FK7085-7AF71...
1FK7086-7AF71...
10.6
22.5
21
4.4 (5.9)
6.9 (9.25)
8.8 (11.80)
18
30
30
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
1
1.5
1.5
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 4 (0.006)
4 x 4 (0.006)
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
6FX7 002 - 57S41 - ....
6FX7 002 - 57S41 - ....
1FK7043-7AH71...
1FK7044-7AH71...
4.5
6.3
1.5 (2.01)
1.9 (2.55)
5
9
6SL3127 - 7TE15 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 0A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
1FK7061-7AH71...
1FK7064-7AH71...
8
15
3.0 (4.02)
5.7 (7.64)
9
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1
1
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
4 x 1.5 (0.002)
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
1FK7033-7AK71... 2.2 0.8 (1.07) 3 6SL3127 - 7TE13 - 0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
1FK7043-7AK71... 6.4 1.9 (2.55) 9 6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 0A.. 1 4 x 1.5 (0.002) 6FX7 002 - 57S01 - ....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
0
1
1
2
6
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800
MOTION-CONNECT 500
8
5
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) If the absolute encoder is used, M rated is reduced by 10%.
2) These values refer to n = 2500 rpm.
3) These values refer to n = 2000 rpm.
4) The current carrying capacity of the Motor Module corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous operation conditions with an ambient
air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), designed for I 0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/31

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox Series SP+
for 1FT6 motors with natural cooling
■ Overview
1FT6 motors can be combined with planetary gearboxes to form
compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged directly
to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allowance
must be made for the jolt factor f 2 (see Planning Guide
"General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
The gearboxes are only available in non-balanced design.
6
■ Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%, 2-stage: > 94%
7 Minimum torque play, single-stage: ≤ 4 arcmin,
2-stage: ≤ 6 arcmin
Synchronous motor with mounted planetary gearbox
7 Power transmission from the central sun gear via planetary
gears
7 No shaft deflections in the planetary gear set due to
■ Integration
symmetrical force distribution
7 Very low moment of inertia and hence short acceleration times
of the motors
7 Output shaft bearings dimensioned for high cantilever and
axial loads with preloaded tapered-roller bearings
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an
integrated clamping hub. A plain motor shaft extension is
necessary for this purpose. Radial eccentricity tolerance N in
accordance with DIN 42955 and vibration severity grade N in
accordance with EN 60034-14 are sufficient. The motor flange
is adapted via adapter plates.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with oil at the factory. They are lubricated
and sealed for their service life. Gearboxes of sizes SP 060S
to SP 180S are suitable for all mounting positions. The oil filling
quantity for gearboxes of sizes SP 210 and SP 240 depends
on the mounting position.
The mounting position has to be specified when ordering.
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP65 (IP64 for sizes SP 210/
SP 240)
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
1FT602 and 1FT613 naturally-cooled motors are supplied ex
factory (Siemens) complete with flange-mounted planetary
gearbox.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear ratios
i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed in the
selection table. When making your selection, note the maximum
permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should be equal
to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection tables
are mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time ≤ 60%
and ≤ 20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output
torques apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60%
or > 20 min). The gearbox temperature must not exceed
90 °C (194 °F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
1FT6 motors should be designed with plain motor shaft extension/radial
eccentricity tolerance N and vibration severity N/
degree of protection IP65 (1FT602: IP64) for mounting onto the
gearbox.
6/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, single-stage Series SP+
for 1FT6 motors with natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor
Natural
cooling
Planetary gearbox
single-stage
Type Type Torque
play
Gearbox
weight,
approx.
1FT6021
1FT6024
SP 060S-MF1 ≤ 4 1.9
(4.19)
1FT6031
1FT6034
1FT6034 SP 075S-MF1 ≤ 4 3.9
1FT6041
(8.6)
1FT6044
1FT6061 SP 100S-MF1 ≤ 3 7.7
1FT6062
(16.98)
1FT6064
1FT6081 SP 140S-MF1 ≤ 3 17.2
1FT6082
(37.93)
1FT6084
1FT6086
1FT6086
1FT6102
SP 180S-MF1 ≤ 3 34
(74.97)
1FT6105
1FT6108
1FT6105 SP 210-MF1 2) ≤ 4 53
1FT6 108
(116.87)
1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
1FT6134 SP 240-MF1 2) ≤ 4 80
1FT6136
(176.4)
Available
gear ratios i =
4 5 7 10 n G1
Max. perm.
motor
speed
S3-60%
(n 1 )
Max. perm.
output
torque
S3-60%
M G2
(T 2B )
Max. perm.
radial output
shaft
loading 3)
F r
(F 2Rmax )
Max. perm.
axial output
shaft
loading 3)
F a
(F 2Amax )
arcmin kg (lb) rpm Nm (lb ƒ -ft) N (lb ƒ ) N (lb ƒ )
–
✔
✔
✔
–
✔
✔
✔
–
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
–
6000 40 (29.5)
[32 (23.6) for i = 10]
– – – ✔ 6000 110 (81.1)
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
[90 (66.4) for i = 10]
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
–
4500 300 (221.3)
[225 (166.0) for i = 10]
4000 600 (442.6)
[480 (354.0) for i = 10]
–
✔
–
✔
–
✔
✔
✔
3500 1100 (811.4)
[880 (649.1) for i = 10]
✔ ✔ ✔ –
✔ ✔ ✔ –
–
–
✔
✔
✔
–
–
–
–
✔
✔
✔
–
–
–
–
✔
✔
✔
–
–
✔
✔
✔
–
–
✔
✔
2500 1900 (1401.4)
[1520 (1121.2) for i = 10]
2700
(606.99)
4000
(899.24)
6300
(1416.30)
9450
(2124.45)
14700
(3304.71)
18000
(4046.58)
2200 2720 (2006.3) 27000
(6069.87)
2400
(539.54)
3350
(753.11)
5650
(1270.18)
9870
(2218.87)
14150
(3181.06)
22500
(5058.23)
27800
(6249.72)
6
Order codes
• Gear shaft with fitted key J02 J03 J05 J09
• Gear shaft without fitted key J22 J23 J25 J29
Ordering data 1FT6 ...-.A. 71-..7 1-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7
order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G
Preconditions for mounting the planetary gearbox:
H
Plain motor shaft extension/radial eccentricity tolerance N and vibration severity grade N/
IP65 degree of protection 1)
1) IP64 degree of protection with 1FT602.: 1FT602.-6AK71-.. 7 0-Z J..
G
H
2) With these versions, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FT6...-.A.79-.. 7 1-Z J.. + M1 7
G
H Mounting position IM V1
3) In reference to the drive shaft center.
H
G Mounting position IM V3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/33

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, single-stage Series SP+
for 1FT6 motors with natural cooling
■ Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FT6 motor, natural cooling
Single-stage Gear Motor Output torque Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type
ratio speed
Continuous duty S1 1) 1FT602. 1FT603. 1FT604. 1FT606. 1FT608. 1FT610. 1FT613.
n rated1 M rated 2 (T 2 rated ) J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1
rpm Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
6
SP 060S-MF1 4 3300 26 (230.12) 0.16 (0.00014) 0.24 (0.00021) — — — — —
5 3300 26 (230.12) 0.13 (0.00012) 0.22 (0.00019) — — — — —
7 4000 26 (230.12) 0.11 (0.00010) 0.19 (0.00017) — — — — —
10 4000 17 (150.46) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) — — — — —
SP 075S-MF1 4 2900 75 (663.81) — 0.69 (0.00061) 0.94 (0.00083) — — — —
5 2900 75 (663.81) — 0.58 (0.00051) 0.83 (0.00073) — — — —
7 3100 75 (663.81) — 0.48 (0.00042) 0.73 (0.00065) — — — —
10 3100 52 (460.24) — 0.42 (0.00037) 0.67 (0.00059) — — — —
SP 100S-MF1 4 2500 180 (1593.14) — — — 3.65 (0.00323) — — —
5 2500 175 (1548.89) — — — 2.99 (0.00265) — — —
7 2800 170 (1504.64) — — — 2.81 (0.00249) — — —
10 2800 120 (1062.10) — — — 2.58 (0.00228) — — —
SP 140S-MF1 4 2100 360 (3186.29) — — — — 14.26 (0.01262) — —
5 2100 360 (3186.29) — — — — 13.06 (0.01156) — —
7 2600 360 (3186.29) — — — — 11.97 (0.01059) — —
10 2600 220 (1947.18) — — — — 11.39 (0.01008) — —
SP 180S-MF1 4 1500 750 (6638.10) — — — — 45.08 (0.03990) 45.08 (0.03990) —
5 1500 750 (6638.10) — — — — 36.37 (0.03219) 36.37 (0.03219) —
7 2300 750 (6638.10) — — — — 28.57 (0.02528) 28.57 (0.02528) —
10 2300 750 (6638.10) — — — — 24.40 (0.02159) 24.40 (0.02159) —
SP 210-MF1 4 1200 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 75.80 (0.06708) 75.80 (0.06708)
5 1200 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 63.50 (0.05620) 63.50 (0.05620)
7 1700 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 52.90 (0.04682) 52.90 (0.04682)
10 1700 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 47.10 (0.04168) 47.10 (0.04168)
SP 240-MF1 4 1000 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — — 146.30 (0.12947)
5 1000 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — — 119.90 (0.10611)
7 1500 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — — 96.40 (0.08531)
10 1500 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — — 83.10 (0.07354)
1) The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 °C (194 °F)
6/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, 2-stage Series SP+
for 1FT6 motors with natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor
Natural
cooling
Planetary gearbox
2-stage
Type Type Torque
play
1FT6021
1FT6024
Gearbox
weight,
approx.
SP 060S-MF2 ≤ 6 2
(4.41)
Available
gear ratios i =
16 20 28 40 50 n G1
Max.
perm.
motor
speed
S3-60%
(n 1 )
Max. perm.
output
torque
S3-60%
M G2
(T 2B )
Max. perm.
radial output
shaft
loading 3)
F r
(F 2Rmax )
Max. perm.
axial output
shaft
loading 3)
F a
(F 2Amax )
arcmin kg (lb) rpm Nm (lb ƒ -ft) N (lb ƒ ) N (lb ƒ )
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
–
6000 40 (29.5) 2700
(606.99)
1FT6031 ✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FT6024
1FT6031
SP 075S-MF2 ≤ 6 3.6
(7.94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
✔
✔
✔
6000 110 (81.1) 4000
(899.24)
1FT6034
✔ ✔ ✔
–
1FT6041 ✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6034 SP 100S-MF2 ≤ 5 7.9 – – – ✔ ✔ 4500 300 (221.3) 6300
1FT6041
(17.42)
– – ✔ ✔ ✔
(1416.30)
1FT6044
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FT6061
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
1FT6062
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FT6064
✔ – – – –
1FT6044 SP 140S-MF2 ≤ 5 17 – – – ✔ ✔ 4000 600 (442.6) 9450
1FT6061
(37.49)
– – – – ✔
(2124.45)
1FT6062
– – – ✔ ✔
–
1FT6064
✔ ✔ – –
1FT6081
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
1FT6082
✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6084
✔ – – – –
1FT6064 SP 180S-MF2 ≤ 5 36.4 – – – ✔ ✔ 4000 1100 (811.4) 14700
1FT6081
(80.26)
– – – – ✔
(3304.71)
1FT6082
– – ✔ ✔ –
1FT6084
– ✔ ✔ – –
1FT6086
✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6102 ✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6082 SP 210-MF2 2) ≤ 6 50 – – – – ✔ 3500 1900 (1401.4) 18000
1FT6105
(110.25)
✔ – – – –
(4046.58)
1FT6084 SP 240-MF2 2) ≤ 6 70 – – – ✔ ✔ 3500 3400 (2507.8) 27000
1FT6086
(154.35) – – ✔ ✔ ✔
(6069.87)
1FT6102
– – ✔ ✔ ✔
1FT6105
– ✔ ✔ – –
1FT6108
✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6132
✔ ✔ – – –
1FT6134
✔ – – – –
1FT6136
✔ – – – –
Order codes
• Gear shaft with fitted key J12 J13 J15 J16 J17
• Gear shaft without fitted key J32 J33 J35 J36 J37
2400 (539.54)
3350 (753.11)
5650
(1270.18)
9870
(2218.87)
14150
(3181.06)
22500
(5058.23)
27800
(6249.72)
6
Ordering data 1FT6...-.A.71-..7 1-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7
order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G
Preconditions for mounting the planetary gearbox:
H
Plain motor shaft extension/radial eccentricity tolerance N and vibration severity grade N/
IP65 degree of protection 1)
1) IP64 degree of protection with 1FT602.: 1FT602.-6AK71-.. 7 0-Z J..
G
H
2) With these versions, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FT6...-.A.79-.. 71-Z J.. + M1 7
G
H Mounting position IM V1
3) In reference to the drive shaft center.
H
G Mounting position IM V3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/35

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, 2-stage Series SP+
for 1FT6 motors with natural cooling
■ Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FT6 motor, natural cooling
2-stage Gear Motor Output torque Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type
ratio speed
Continuous duty S1 1) 1FT602. 1FT603. 1FT604. 1FT606. 1FT608. 1FT610. 1FT613.
n rated1 M rated 2 (T 2 rated ) J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1
rpm Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
6
SP 060S-MF2 16 4400 26 (230.12) 0.08 (0.00007) 0.18 (0.00016) — — — — —
20 4400 26 (230.12) 0.07 (0.00006) 0.17 (0.00015) — — — — —
28 4400 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — — —
40 4400 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — — —
50 4800 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — — —
SP 075S-MF2 16 3500 75 (663.81) 0.17 (0.00015) 0.25 (0.00022) 0.68 (0.00060) — — — —
20 3500 75 (663.81) 0.14 (0.00012) 0.22 (0.00019) 0.65 (0.00058) — — — —
28 3500 75 (663.81) 0.11 (0.00010) 0.19 (0.00017) 0.62 (0.00055) — — — —
40 3500 75 (663.81) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) 0.61 (0.00054) — — — —
50 3800 75 (663.81) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) 0.61 (0.00054) — — — —
SP 100S-MF2 16 3100 180 (1593.14) — 0.72 (0.00064) 0.96 (0.00085) 2.60 (0.00230) — — —
20 3100 180 (1593.14) — 0.60 (0.00053) 0.84 (0.00074) 2.48 (0.00219) — — —
28 3100 180 (1593.14) — 0.49 (0.00043) 0.73 (0.00065) 2.36 (0.00209) — — —
40 3100 180 (1593.14) — 0.43 (0.00038) 0.67 (0.00059) 2.31 (0.00204) — — —
50 3500 175 (1548.89) — 0.43 (0.00038) 0.66 (0.00058) 2.30 (0.00204) — — —
SP 140S-MF2 16 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 2.79 (0.00247) 3.61 (0.00319) 9.60 (0.00850) — —
20 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 2.26 (0.00200) 3.08 (0.00273) 9.07 (0.00803) — —
28 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 1.84 (0.00163) 2.66 (0.00235) 8.65 (0.00766) — —
40 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 1.58 (0.00140) 2.39 (0.00212) 8.39 (0.00743) — —
50 3200 360 (3186.29) — — 1.57 (0.00139) 2.38 (0.00211) 8.37 (0.00741) — —
SP 180S-MF2 16 2700 750 (6638.10) — — — 10.24 (0.00906) 15.83 (0.01401) 14.36 (0.01271) —
20 2700 750 (6638.10) — — — 8.48 (0.00750) 14.08 (0.01246) 12.06 (0.01067) —
28 2700 750 (6638.10) — — — 6.90 (0.00611) 12.49 (0.01105) 11.02 (0.00975) —
40 2700 750 (6638.10) — — — 6.06 (0.00536) 11.65 (0.01031) 10.17 (0.00900) —
50 2900 750 (6638.10) — — — 5.98 (0.00529) 11.58 (0.01025) 10.10 (0.00894) —
SP 210-MF2 16 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 36.30 (0.03212) 37.40 (0.03310) —
20 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 34.50 (0.03053) 35.60 (0.03151) —
28 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 32.30 (0.02859) 33.40 (0.02956) —
40 2300 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 23.10 (0.02044) 24.30 (0.02151) —
50 2300 1000 (8850.80 — — — — 21.90 (0.01938) 23.00 (0.02053) —
SP 240-MF2 16 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — 47.30 (0.04186) 48.40 (0.04283) 53.00 (0.04690)
20 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — 43.10 (0.03814) 44.20 (0.03912) 48.80 (0.04319)
28 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — 37.50 (0.03319) 38.60 (0.03416) 43.20 (0.03823)
40 2100 1700 (15046.36) — — — — 32.40 (0.02867) 33.60 (0.02974) 38.10 (0.03372)
50 2100 1700 (15046.36) — — — — 29.50 (0.02611) 30.60 (0.02708) 35.10 (0.03106)
1) The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 °C (194 °F)
6/36 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox Series SP+
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
■ Overview
1FK7 motors can be combined with planetary gearboxes to form
compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged directly
to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allowance
must be made for the jolt factor f 2 (see Planning Guide
"General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
The gearboxes are only available in non-balanced design.
■ Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%, 2-stage: > 94%
7 Minimum torque play, single-stage: ≤ 4 arcmin,
2-stage: ≤ 6 arcmin
Synchronous motor with mounted planetary gearbox
7 Power transmission from the central sun gear via planetary
gears
■ Integration
7 No shaft deflections in the planetary gear set due to
symmetrical force distribution
7 Very low moment of inertia and hence short acceleration times
of the motors
7 Output shaft bearings dimensioned for high cantilever and
axial loads with preloaded tapered-roller bearings
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an integrated
clamping hub. A plain motor shaft extension is
necessary for this purpose. Radial eccentricity tolerance N in
accordance with DIN 42955 and vibration severity grade N in
accordance with EN 60034-14 are sufficient. The motor flange
is adapted via adapter plates.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with oil at the factory. They are lubricated
and sealed for their service life. Gearboxes of sizes SP 060S
to SP 180S are suitable for all mounting positions. The oil filling
quantity for gearboxes of sizes SP 210 and SP 240 depends
on the mounting position.
The mounting position has to be specified when ordering.
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP65 (IP64 for sizes SP 210/
SP 240)
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
1FK702 to 1FK710 naturally-cooled motors are supplied ex
factory (Siemens) complete with flange-mounted planetary
gearbox.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear
ratios i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed
in the selection table. When making your selection, note the
maximum permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should
be equal to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection tables
are mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time ≤ 60%
and ≤ 20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output
torques apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or
> 20 min). The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 °C
(194 °F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
1FK7 motors should be designed with plain motor shaft extension/radial
eccentricity tolerance N, degree of protection IP65
and anthracite paint finish for mounting onto the gearbox.
6
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/37

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, single-stage Series SP+
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor
Natural
cooling
Planetary gearbox
single-stage
Type Type Torque
play
Gearbox
weight,
approx.
Available
gear ratios i =
4 5 7 10 n G1
Max. perm.
motor speed
S3-60%
(n 1 )
Max. perm.
output
torque
S3-60%
M G2
(T 2B )
Max. perm.
radial output
shaft
loading 1)
F r
(F 2Rmax )
Max. perm.
axial output
shaft
loading 1)
F a
(F 2Amax )
arcmin kg (lb) rpm Nm (lb ƒ -ft) N (lb ƒ ) N (lb ƒ )
6
1FK7022 SP 060S-MF1 ≤ 4 1.9 (4.19) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 6000 40 (29.5)
[32 (23.6) for i = 10]
1FK7032
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7033
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7040 SP 075S-MF1 ≤ 4 3.9 (8.60) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 6000 110 (81.1)
1FK7042
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
[90 (66.4) for i = 10]
1FK7043
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7044
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7060 SP 100S-MF1 ≤ 3 7.7 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 4500 300 (221.3)
1FK7061
(16.98) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
[225 (166.0) for i = 10]
1FK7063
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7064
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7080 SP 140S-MF1 ≤ 3 17.2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 4000 600 (442.6)
1FK7082
(37.93) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
[480 (354.0) for i = 10]
1FK7083
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7085
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7100
1FK7101
1FK7103
1FK7105
SP 180S-MF1 ≤ 3 34
(74.97)
1FK7105 SP 210-MF1 2) ≤ 4 53
(116.87)
Order codes
• Gear shaft with fitted key J02 J03 J05 J09
• Gear shaft without fitted key J22 J23 J25 J29
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
–
2700
(606.99)
4000
(899.24)
6300
(1416.30)
9450
(2124.45)
3500 1100 (811.4) 14700
(3304.71)
– – – ✔ 2200 2720 (2006.3) 18000
(4046.58)
2400
(539.54)
3350
(753.11)
5650
(1270.18)
9870
(2218.87)
14150
(3181.06)
22500
(5058.23)
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-..7 5-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7
order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G
Preconditions for mounting the planetary gearing:
H
Plain motor shaft extension and IP65 degree of protection, anthracite paint finish
1) In reference to the drive shaft center.
2) With this version, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FK7...-.A.79-.. 7 5-Z J.. + M1 7
G
H Mounting position IM V1
H
G Mounting position IM V3
6/38 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Technical specifications
Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, single-stage Series SP+
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
Planetary gearbox with 1FK7 motor, natural cooling
Single-stage Gear Motor Output torque Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type
ratio speed
Continuous duty S1 1) 1FK702. 1FK703. 1FK704. 1FK706. 1FK708. 1FK710.
n rated 1 M rated 2 (T 2 rated ) J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1
rpm Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
SP 060S-MF1 4 3300 26 (230.12) 0.16 (0.00014) 0.24 (0.00021) — — — —
5 3300 26 (230.12) 0.13 (0.00012) 0.22 (0.00019) — — — —
7 4000 26 (230.12) 0.11 (0.00010) 0.19 (0.00017) — — — —
10 4000 17 (150.46) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) — — — —
SP 075S-MF1 4 2900 75 (663.81) — — 0.94 (0.00083) — — —
5 2900 75 (663.81) — — 0.83 (0.00073) — — —
7 3100 75 (663.81) — — 0.73 (0.00065) — — —
10 3100 52 (460.24) — — 0.67 (0.00059) — — —
SP 100S-MF1 4 2500 180 (1593.14) — — — 3.65 (0.00323) — —
5 2500 175 (1548.89) — — — 2.99 (0.00265) — —
7 2800 170 (1504.64) — — — 2.81 (0.00249) — —
10 2800 120 (1062.10) — — — 2.58 (0.00228) — —
SP 140S-MF1 4 2100 360 (3186.29) — — — — 14.26 (0.01262) —
5 2100 360(3186.29) — — — — 13.06 (0.01156) —
7 2600 360 (3186.29) — — — — 11.97 (0.01059) —
10 2600 220 (1947.18) — — — — 11.39 (0.01008) —
SP 180S-MF1 4 1500 750 (6638.10) — — — — — 45.08 (0.03990)
5 1500 750 (6638.10) — — — — — 36.37 (0.03219)
7 2300 750 (6638.10) — — — — — 28.57 (0.02528)
10 2300 750 (6638.10) — — — — — 24.40 (0.02159)
SP 210-MF1 4 1200 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 75.80 (0.06708)
5 1200 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 63.50 (0.05620)
7 1700 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 52.90 (0.04682)
10 1700 1000 (8850.80) — — — — — 47.10 (0.04168)
SP 240-MF1 4 1000 1700 (15046.36) — — — — —
5 1000 1700 (15046.36) — — — — —
7 1500 1700 (15046.36) — — — — —
10 1500 1700 (15046.36) — — — — —
6
1) The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 °C (194 °F)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/39

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, 2-stage Series SP+
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor
Natural
cooling
Planetary gearbox
2-stage
Type Type Torque
play
Gearbox
weight,
approx.
Available
gear ratios i =
16 20 28 40 50 n G1
Max.
perm.
motor
speed
S3-60%
Max. perm.
output
torque
S3-60%
Max. perm.
radial output
shaft
loading 1)
Max. perm.
axial output
shaft
loading 1)
(n 1 ) (T 2B )
(F 2Rmax ) (F 2Amax )
arcmin kg (lb) rpm Nm (lb ƒ -ft) N (lb ƒ ) N (lb ƒ )
1FK7022 SP 060S-MF2 ≤ 6 2 (4.41) ✔ ✔ ✔ – – 6000 40 (29.5) 2700 (606.99) 2400 (539.54)
1FK7032
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7033
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7022 SP 075S-MF2 ≤ 6 3.6 – – – ✔ ✔ 6000 110 (81.1) 4000 (899.24) 3350 (753.11)
1FK7032
(7.94)
– – ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7033
– – ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7040
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FK7042
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7043
✔ – – – –
1FK7040 SP 100S-MF2 ≤ 5 7.9 – – – ✔ ✔ 4500 300 (221.3) 6300 (1416.30) 5650 (1270.18)
1FK7042
(17.42) – – ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7043
– ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
✔
1FK7044
✔ ✔ ✔ –
1FK7060
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FK7061
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7044 SP 140S-MF2 ≤ 5 17 – – – – ✔ 4000 600 (442.6) 9450 (2124.45) 9870 (2218.87)
1FK7060
(37.49)
– – – ✔ ✔
1FK7061
– – ✔ ✔ ✔
1FK7063
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FK7064
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FK7080
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
1FK7082
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7083
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7063 SP 180S-MF2 ≤ 5 36.4 – – – ✔ ✔ 4000 1100 (811.4) 14700 (3304.71) 14150 (3181.06)
1FK7064
(80.26) – – – ✔ ✔
1FK7080
– – – – ✔
1FK7082
– – ✔ ✔ –
1FK7083
– – ✔ – –
1FK7085
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7100
✔ ✔ ✔ – –
1FK7101
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7103
✔ – – – –
1FK7082 SP 210-MF2 2) ≤ 6 50 – – – – ✔ 3500 1900 (1401.4) 18000 (4046.58) 22500 (5058.23)
1FK7083
(110.25) – – – ✔ ✔
1FK7085
– – ✔ ✔ –
1FK7100
– – – ✔ ✔
1FK7101
– – ✔ – –
1FK7103
– ✔ – – –
1FK7105
✔ ✔ – – –
1FK7101 SP 240-MF2 2) ≤ 6 70 – – – ✔ ✔ 3500 3400 (2507.8) 27000 (6069.87) 27800 (6249.72)
1FK7103
(154.35) – – ✔ ✔ –
–
1FK7105
– ✔ – –
Order codes
• Gear shaft with fitted key J12 J13 J15 J16 J17
• Gear shaft without fitted key J32 J33 J35 J36 J37
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-..7 5-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7
order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G
Preconditions for mounting the planetary gearbox:
H
Plain motor shaft extension and IP65 degree of protection, anthracite paint finish
1) In reference to the drive shaft center.
2) With this version, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FK7...-.A.79-.. 75-Z J.. + M1 7
G
H Mounting position IM V1
H
G Mounting position IM V3
M G2
F r
F a
6/40 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Technical specifications
Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox, 2-stage Series SP+
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
Planetary gearbox with 1FK7 motor, natural cooling
2-stage Gear Motor Output torque Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type
ratio speed
Continuous duty S1 1) 1FK702. 1FK703. 1FK704. 1FK706. 1FK708. 1FK710.
n rated 1 M rated 2 (T 2 rated ) J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J 1
rpm Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kgcm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
SP 060S-MF2 16 4400 26 (230.12) 0.08 (0.00007) 0.18 (0.00016) — — — —
20 4400 26 (230.12) 0.07 (0.00006) 0.17 (0.00015) — — — —
28 4400 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — —
40 4400 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — —
50 4800 26 (230.12) 0.06 (0.00005) 0.16 (0.00014) — — — —
SP 075S-MF2 16 3500 75 (663.81) 0.17 (0.00015) 0.25 (0.00022) 0.68 (0.00060) — — —
20 3500 75 (663.81) 0.14 (0.00012) 0.22 (0.00019) 0.65 (0.00058) — — —
28 3500 75 (663.81) 0.11 (0.00010) 0.19 (0.00017) 0.62 (0.00055) — — —
40 3500 75 (663.81) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) 0.61 (0.00054) — — —
50 3800 75 (663.81) 0.10 (0.00009) 0.18 (0.00016) 0.61 (0.00054) — — —
SP 100S-MF2 16 3100 180 (1593.14) — — 0.96 (0.00085) 2.60 (0.00230) — —
20 3100 180 (1593.14) — — 0.84 (0.00074) 2.48 (0.00219) — —
28 3100 180 (1593.14) — — 0.73 (0.00065) 2.36 (0.00209) — —
40 3100 180 (1593.14) — — 0.67 (0.00059) 2.31 (0.00204) — —
50 3500 175 (1548.89) — — 0.66 (0.00058) 2.30 (0.00204) — —
SP 140S-MF2 16 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 2.79 (0.00247) 3.61 (0.00319) 9.60 (0.00850) —
20 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 2.26 (0.00200) 3.08 (0.00273) 9.07 (0.00803) —
28 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 1.84 (0.00163) 2.66 (0.00235) 8.65 (0.00766) —
40 2900 360 (3186.29) — — 1.58 (0.00140) 2.39 (0.00212) 8.39 (0.00743) —
50 3200 360 (3186.29) — — 1.57 (0.00139) 2.38 (0.00211) 8.37 (0.00741) —
SP 180S-MF2 16 2700 750 (6638.29) — — — 10.24 (0.00906) 15.83 (0.01401) 14.36 (0.01271)
20 2700 750 (6638.29) — — — 8.48 (0.00750) 14.08 (0.01246) 12.06 (0.01067)
28 2700 750 (6638.29) — — — 6.90 (0.00611) 12.49 (0.01105) 11.02 (0.00975)
40 2700 750 (6638.29) — — — 6.06 (0.00536) 11.65 (0.01031) 10.17 (0.00900)
50 2900 750 (6638.29) — — — 5.98 (0.00529) 11.58 (0.01025) 10.10 (0.00894)
SP 210-MF2 16 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 36.30 (0.03212) 37.40 (0.03310)
20 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 34.50 (0.03053) 35.60 (0.03151)
28 2100 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 32.30 (0.02859) 33.40 (0.02956)
40 2300 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 23.10 (0.02044) 24.30 (0.02151)
50 2300 1000 (8850.80) — — — — 21.90 (0.01938) 23.00 (0.02035)
SP 240-MF2 16 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — 48.40 (0.04283)
20 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — 44.20 (0.03912)
28 1900 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — 38.60 (0.03416)
40 2100 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — 33.60 (0.02974)
50 2100 1700 (15046.36) — — — — — 30.60 (0.02708)
6
1) The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 °C (194 °F)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/41

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox Series LP
for 1FK7 motors
■ Overview
1FK7 motors can easily be combined with planetary gearboxes
to form compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged
directly to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allowance
must be made for the jolt factor f 2 (see Planning Guide
"General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
The gearboxes are only available in non-balanced design and
with fitted key.
6
■ Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%
7 Torque play, single-stage: ≤ 12 arcmin
7 Power transmission from the central sun gear via
Planetary gearbox series LP
planetary gears
7 No shaft deflections in the planetary gear set due to ■ Integration
symmetrical force distribution
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an integrated
clamping hub. A plain motor shaft extension is
necessary for this purpose. Radial eccentricity tolerance N in
accordance with DIN 42955 and vibration severity grade N in
accordance with EN 60034-14 are sufficient. The motor flange
is adapted via adapter plates.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are suitable for all mounting positions.
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with grease at the factory.
They are lubricated and sealed for their service life.
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP64
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
1FK702 to 1FK710 motors are supplied ex factory (Siemens)
complete with flange-mounted planetary gearbox.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear
ratios i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed
in the selection table. When making your selection, note the
maximum permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should
be equal to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection table are
mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time ≤ 60% and
≤ 20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output torques
apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time >60% or >20min).
The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 °C (194 °F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
6/42 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
Planetary gearbox Series LP
for 1FK7 motors with natural cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor
Natural
cooling
Planetary gearbox
single-stage
Torque play ≤ 12 arcmin
Available gear
ratios i =
Max. perm.
input speed
S5 operation
Max. perm.
output torque
S5 operation
Max. perm.
output shaft
radial force 1)
Moment of inertia
of gearbox
Type Type Gearbox
weight,
approx.
kg
(lb)
5 10 n G1 M G2
at i = 5
rpm
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
M G2
at i = 10
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
F r
N
(lb ƒ )
J G
at i = 5/10
10 -4 kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
1FK7022 LP 050-M01 0.77
(1.7)
1FK7022 LP 070-M01 1.9
1FK7032
(4.2)
1FK7033
1FK7034
1FK7040 LP 090-M01 4.1
1FK7042
(9)
1FK7043
1FK7044
1FK7060 LP 120-M01 9
1FK7061
(19.8)
1FK7063
1FK7064
1FK7080 LP 155-M01 17.5
1FK7082
(38.6)
1FK7083
1FK7085
1FK7086
1FK7100
1FK7101
1FK7103
✔ – 8000 11.5
(8.5)
–
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
–
✔
✔
✔
–
–
–
–
–
6000 32
(23.6)
6000 80
(59)
4800 200
(147.5)
3600 400
(295)
10.5
(7.7)
29
(21.4)
72
(53.1)
180
(132.8)
320
(236)
650 (146.1) 0.059 (0.00005)
1450 (326) 0.28 (0.00025)
2400 (540) 1.77 (0.0016)
4600 (1034.1) 5.42 (0.0048)
7500 (1686.1) 25.73 (0.0228)
6
Order code
• Gear shaft with fitted key V40 V42
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-..7 .-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
V7 7
order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G
Precondition:
H
Plain motor shaft extension
Continuous duty S1
Continuous duty is permissible at the rated speed and rated
torque. The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 °C
(194 °F).
Planetary gearbox
single-stage
Torque play ≤ 12 arcmin
Rated input
speed
Rated
output
torque
Type n rated 1 M rated 2
at i = 5
rpm
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
M rated 2
at i = 10
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
LP 050-M01 4000 5.7 (4.2) 5.2 (3.8)
LP 070-M01 3700 16 (11.8) 15 (11.1)
LP 090-M01 3400 40 (29.5) 35 (25.8)
LP 120-M01 2600 100 (73.8) 90 (66.4)
LP 155-M01 2000 290 (213.9) 170 (125.4)
1) Referred to the center of the output shaft at 100 rpm.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/43

Synchronous motors
Gearboxes
CGM compact geared motor
Gearbox with integrated 1FK7 motor
■ Overview
■ Application
• Robots and handling systems
• Machine tools (rotary tables, automatic tool changers)
• Laser and flame cutters
• Packaging, plastics and textile machines
• Wire wrapping machines
• Printing machines
• Woodworking machines
■ Technical specifications
1FK7 synchronous
motor
Compact geared motor
Acceleration torque 1)
Shaft height Type Type T 2b
Nm (lb ƒ -ft)
48 1FK704. CGM110 Up to 220 (162.3)
63 1FK706. CGM250 Up to 500 (368.8)
80 1FK708. CGM700 Up to 1400 (1032.6)
For technical specifications for this motor type, see 1FK7
synchronous motors.
6
The CGM compact geared motor consists of a 1FK7 synchronous
motor, integrated in a precision gearbox with low backlash
and a high transmission ratio, and with an output flange. The
customer gets an extremely compact drive unit with high output
torques. A high degree of accuracy is achieved thanks to the
high precision and low backlash of the mechanical gearbox
components.
CGM compact geared motors are available in three frame sizes
with various motor sizes. Motors with shaft heights 48, 63 and 80
(1.89, 2.48 and 3.15) are used. In order to cover a wide range of
applications, various gear ratios of between 20 and 103 are
available for each frame size.
■ More information
CGM compact geared motors can be ordered directly from
Siemens.
Please contact your Siemens regional office.
■ Benefits
7 High efficiency ≥ 94%
7 Constant minimum torque play ≤ 0.5 arcmin
7 Compact design due to integration of motor and gearbox
7 High dynamic performance due to considerably reduced
moment of inertia due to integration of motor and gearbox
7 High output loads permissible due to large-dimensioned
output bearings and output flange
7 The compact geared motors are filled with grease at the
factory and lubricated and sealed for their service life.
7 Operation is possible in all mounting positions.
7 Degree of protection IP65
7 Low weight
1) Maximum values depend on the gear ratio and motor type.
6/44 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
■ Overview
1FN1
linear motors
1FN3
linear motors
Velocity 65 ... 214 m/min (213 ... 702 ft/min) 30 ... 519 m/min (98 ... 1703 ft/min) 1)
Feedrate force F rated 790 ... 14,500 N (177.59 ... 3259.74 lb ƒ ) 200 ... 20,700 N (44.96 ... 4653.57 lb ƒ )
Overload capability up to max. 2.25 x F rated 2.75 x F rated
Encoder system
Linear scale (enclosed or open)
Degree of protection in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Cooling
Insulation of the stator winding in
accordance with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type of motor
Paint finish
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
IP65
Water cooling
Temperature class H for a winding temperature
of 130 °C/140 °C (266 °F/284 °F)
Inlet temperature of coolant, max. 35 °C (95 °F)
Permanently excited synchronous linear motor,
3-phase
No paint finish
Temperature class H for a winding temperature
of 120 °C (248 °F)
6
1) Observe maximum speed of measuring system.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/45

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
■ Overview
■ Design
The simple mechanical construction without transmission
elements, such as ballscrew, coupling or belt, enhances the
reliability of the drive components.
Heat loss occurs almost exclusively in the primary section and is
dissipated via an integrated liquid cooling system. The Thermo-
Sandwich dual-circuit cooling system (integral in 1FN1, optional
for 1FN3) permits both a thermal decoupling of the motor from
the machine, and also a low-cost cooling concept.
The stainless metal encapsulation of the primary section ensure
the high mechanical ruggedness and resistance to soiling required
for use in machine tools, as well as high resistance to
corrosive liquids. In addition, the motor places minimal demands
on the preparation of mounting surfaces thanks to the large air
gap. The mounting tolerances for the air gap are ±0.3 mm
(0.012 in).
Construction variants
6
In combination with the SINAMICS S120, 1FN1/1FN3 linear
motors provide an optimally tuned linear direct drive system for
the requirements of modern machine construction.
The motors comprise a primary section and a secondary section
with magnets made of rare-earth material. The primary section
has fixed dimensions, while the secondary section is made up of
individual elements (segments) to suit the required traversing
range. Through parallel operation of the motors, feedrate force
and length can be scaled beyond the available spectrum.
■ Benefits
7 Outstanding dynamic response and very high traversing
velocity
7 Excellent precision
7 Simple installation
7 Drive components are free of wear thanks to contactless drive
force transmission
The main advantage of linear direct drive technology is the
extensive avoidance of the effects of elasticity, play, and friction,
as well as natural oscillation in the drive train. This results in a
higher dynamic response and increased precision. If suitable
measuring systems are used and the temperature conditions are
appropriate, the motors can be positioned in the nanometer
range.
1FN linear motors are available as single-sided or double-sided
motors.
• Single-sided motors
The single-sided version consists of a primary section with
standard winding that is mounted parallel to the associated
secondary section.
• Double-sided motors
The secondary section of the double-sided version lies
between two primary sections (one primary section with
standard winding and one with complementary winding).
The construction as double-sided motor is particularly suitable
for applications with movable secondary section and
small traversing paths with fast acceleration (e.g. non-circular
machining).
■ Application 1FN1 linear motors
• High-speed cutting
• Non-circular machining
• Grinding
• Ultra-precision machining
■ Application 1FN3 linear motors
• High-dynamic and flexible machine tool construction
• Laser machining
• Handling
6/46 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
■ Technical specifications
Product name 1FN1 linear motors 1FN3 linear motors
Type of motor
Permanently excited synchronous linear motor
Magnet material
Rare-earth magnet material
Insulation of stator winding
in accordance with EN (IEC) 60034-1
Temperature class F for a winding temperature of
130 °C (266 °F) for 1FN1072 to 1FN1126 120 °C (248 °F)
140 °C (284 °F) for 1FN1184 to 1FN1246
Overload ratio (F MAX :F rated ) up to max. 2.25 2.75
Degree of protection in accordance with IP65
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling method
Water cooling
Water cooler connections Fast-fit connector for all primary section coolers G 1/8 internal thread on all primary and
secondary section coolers
Temperature influence on
surrounding construction with precision
cooling, max.
+2 K +4 K
Permissible coolant inlet temperature
Temperature monitoring integrated in the
primary section winding
35 °C (95 °F) (prevent condensation)
> 35 °C (95 °F) with reduction of rated motor force
Temperature switch (NC contact)
KTY 84 temperature sensor
2 monitoring circuits (Temp-S with PTC thermistor) and
Temp-F with KTY 84 temperature sensor (for 1FN3050,
Temp-S only)
Available configurations – Different gradations thanks to modular
construction
Cover for secondary section Segmented, non-exchangeable Exchangeable through all segments or segment by
segment
2nd rating plate
Enclosed separately
Recommended measuring systems See "Overview of Measuring Systems"
Type of connection
Connectors or cable outlet for power and
temperature monitoring
Terminal box with cable gland
Optional: accessory for connector and cable
connection
6
The 1FN1/1FN3 linear motors have an overload range available
for acceleration processes. The maximum force F MAX can only
be utilized up to a maximum velocity V MAX(FMAX) ; up to velocity
V MAX(Frated) , only the feedrate force F rated is available.
F
F
F
0
0
v F
v F
v
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/47

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Feedrate force
Maximum
velocity 3)
1FN1 linear motors
Water cooling
Weight
approx.
1) 2) F rated F MAX V MAX at
F MAX
V MAX at
F rated
Primary section
Order No.
Secondary section
Order No.
Primary
section
Secondary section
-0AA0
-1AA0
N
(lb ƒ )
N
(lb ƒ )
m/min
(ft/min)
m/min
(ft/min)
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
790
(177.59)
1720
(386.66)
97
(318.31)
203
(666.14)
1FN1072-3 A F7 7 -0AA0 1FN1070-0AA00- 7 AA0 10.1
(22.27)
3
(6.62)
7.5
(16.54)
1580
(355.18)
3450
(775.56)
96
(315.02)
202
(662.86)
1FN1076-3 A F7 1 -0AA0 1FN1070-0AA00- 7 AA0 17.5
(38.59)
3
(6.62)
7.5
(16.54)
1475
(331.58)
3250
(730.60)
72
(236.27)
163
(534.88)
1FN1122-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 23.2
(51.16)
6.8
(14.99)
15.9
(35.06)
105
(344.56)
214
(702.24)
1FN1122-5 7 F7 1 -0AA0 23.2
(51.16)
6.8
(14.99)
15.9
(35.06)
2200
(494.56)
4850
(1090.28)
89
(292.05)
189
(620.20)
1FN1124-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 31.9
(70.34)
6.8
(14.99)
15.9
(35.06)
101
(331.33)
208
(682.55)
1FN1124-5 7 F7 1 -0AA0 31.9
(70.34)
6.8
(14.99)
15.9
(35.06)
2950
(663.16)
6500
(1461.20)
71
(232.99)
162
(531.60)
1FN1126-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 40.7
(89.74)
6.8
(14.99)
15.9
(35.06)
6
3600
(809.28)
7920
(1780.50)
104
(341.28)
74
(242.83)
213
(698.96)
162
(531.60)
1FN1126-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 40.7
(89.74)
1FN1184-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1180-0AA00- 7 AA0 44.5
(98.12)
6.8
(14.99)
10
(22.05)
15.9
(35.06)
23.3
(51.38)
100
(328.15)
204
(669.43)
1FN1184-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 44.5
(98.12)
10
(22.05)
23.3
(51.38)
4800
(1079.04)
10600
(2382.88)
68
(223.14)
152
(498.79)
1FN1186-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1180-0AA00- 7 AA0 57.7
(127.23)
10
(22.05)
23.3
(51.38)
100
(328.15)
204
(669.43)
1FN1186-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 57.7
(127.23)
10
(22.05)
23.3
(51.38)
4950
(1112.76)
10900
(2450.32)
65
(213.30)
149
(488.94)
1FN1244-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1240-0AA00- 7 AA0 60.1
(132.52)
11.9
(26.24)
27.7
(61.08)
100
(328.15)
203
(666.14)
1FN1244-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 60.1
(132.52)
11.9
(26.24)
27.7
(61.08)
6600
(1483.68)
14500
(3259.60)
67
(219.86)
151
(495.51)
1FN1246-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1240-0AA00- 7 AA0 76
(167.58)
11.9
(26.24)
27.7
(61.08)
Power connector for pre-assembled cables
Cable outlet, not pre-assembled
Length: 3 m (9.84 ft)
A
K
Standard winding for single-sided variant
Complementary winding for double-sided version
(special secondary section for double-sided motors
available on request)
1
2
Length:
215.4 mm (8.48 in) (for 1FN1070: 225 mm (8.86 in)).
503.4 mm (19.82 in) (for 1FN1070: 563.4 mm (22.18 in)).
0
1
6/48 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Primary section
Motor phase
current
Calculated
power
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated
current Order No.
Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection via
power connector
Power
connector
Cable crosssection
I 1) rated
A
I MAX
A
P calc
kW
I rated /I MAX
A
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Size
Motor
mm 2
Sensor
mm 2
(HP)
(in 2 ) (in 2 )
Order No.
Pre-assembled
cable
1FN1072-3AF7.-... 5.6 14 7.9
(10.59)
9/18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A.. 1 4 x 1.5
(0.002)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA02- ....
1FN1076-3AF71-... 11.1 28 15.7
(21.05)
18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. 1 4 x 1.5
(0.002)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA02- ....
1FN1122-5.C71-... 8.9 22.4 12.5
(16.76)
9/18 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A.. 1.5 4 x 2.5
(0.004)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA31- ....
1FN1122-5.F71-... 11.3 28 14.3
(19.17)
18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. 1.5 4x2.5
(0.004)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA31- ....
1FN1124-5.C71-... 15 37.5 19.9
(26.68)
18/36 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. 1.5 4 x 2.5
(0.004)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA31- ....
1FN1124-5.F71-... 16.2 40.8 21.0
(28.15)
18/36 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. 1.5 4 x 2.5
(0.004)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA31- ....
1FN1126-5.C71-... 17.7 44.8 24.9
(33.38)
18/36 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. 1.5 4 x 2.5
(0.004)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA31- ....
1FN1126-5AF71-... 22.1 56 28.4
(38.07)
1FN1184-5AC71-... 22.6 54.1 29.0
(38.87)
30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4x4
(0.006)
30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4x4
(0.006)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA41- ....
6FX7002-5EA41- ....
6
1FN1184-5AF71-... 26.1 65.5 32.3
(43.30)
30/56 4) 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4x4
(0.006)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN1186-5AC71-... 27.2 67.9 37.0
(49.60)
30/56 4) 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4x4
(0.006)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN1186-5AF71-... 34.8 86.9 43.1
(57.77)
60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A.. 1.5 4x6
(0.009)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA51- ....
1FN1244-5AC71-... 28 69.9 38.0
(50.94)
30/56 4) 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A.. 1.5 4x4
(0.006)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN1244-5AF71-... 36.3 90.8 43.8
(58.71)
60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A.. 1.5 4 x 10
(0.016)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN1246-5AC71-... 37.7 93.7 50.3
(67.43)
60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A.. 1.5 4 x 10
(0.016)
4 x 0.5
(0.0008)
6FX7002-5EA61- ....
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
1) For water cooling with inlet temperature 35 °C (95 °F)
2) A reduction of up to 30% must be expected in case of motor standstill, at very low speeds, or with very short traverse paths.
3) Velocity values refer to a converter DC link voltage of 600 V DC.
4) Motor Modules are designed for feedrate force F rated . If feedrate force F MAX is utilized, the next largest Motor Module must be used.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/49

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Feedrate force
Maximum
velocity 3)
1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
Weight
approx.
F 1) 2) rated F MAX V MAX at
F MAX
V MAX at
F rated
Primary section
Order No.
Secondary section
Order No.
Primary section
without/with
precision cooling
Secondary
section
without/with
heatsink profile
N
(lb ƒ )
N
(lb ƒ )
m/min
(ft/min)
m/min
(ft/min)
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
200 (45) 550 (123.6) 146 (479) 373 (1223.8) 1FN3050-2WC00-0AA0 1FN3050-4SA00-0AA0 2.4/2.9 (5.3/6.4) 0.4/0.5 (0.9/1.1)
200 (45) 490 (110.2) 138 (452.8) 322 (1056.4) 1FN3100-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3100-4SA00-0AA0 2.2/– (4.9/–) 4) 0.7/0.8 (1.5/1.8)
450 (101.2) 1100 (247.3) 131 (429.8) 297 (974.4) 1FN3100-2WC00-0AA1 3.8/4.4 (8.4/9.7)
450 (101.2) 1100 (247.3) 237 (777.6) 497 (1630.6) 1FN3100-2WE00-0AA1 3.8/4.4 (8.4/9.7)
675 (151.7) 1650 (370.9) 120 (393.8) 277 (908.8) 1FN3100-3WC00-0AA1 5.4/6.2 (11.9/13.7)
675 (151.7) 1650 (370.9) 237 (777.6) 497 (1630.6) 1FN3100-3WE00-0AA1 5.4/6.2 (11.9/13.7)
900 (202.3) 2200 (494.6) 131 (429.8) 297 (974.4) 1FN3100-4WC00-0AA1 7.4/8.5 (16.3/18.7)
1125 (252.9) 2750 (618.2) 109 (357.6) 255 (836.6) 1FN3100-5WC00-0AA1 9.1/10.4 (20.1/22.9)
340 (76.4) 820 (184.3) 126 (413.4) 282 (925.2) 1FN3150-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0 3.0/– (6.6/–) 4) 1.2/1.3 (2.7/2.9)
675 (151.7) 1650 (370.9) 126 (413.4) 282 (925.2) 1FN3150-2WC00-0AA1 5.3/6 (11.7/13.2)
1015 (228.2) 2470 (555.3) 126 (413.4) 282 (925.2) 1FN3150-3WC00-0AA1 7.8/8.7 (17.2/19.2)
6
1350 (303.5) 3300 (741.8) 126 (413.4) 282 (925.2) 1FN3150-4WC00-0AA1 10.2/11.4 (22.5/25.1)
1690 (379.9) 4120 (926.2) 126 (413.4) 282 (925.2) 1FN3150-5WC00-0AA1 12.8/14.2 (28.2/31.3)
615 (138.3) 1720 (386.66) 128 (419.9) 309 (1013.8) 1FN3300-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3300-4SA00-0AA0 6.2/ – (13.7/–) 4) 2.4/2.6 (5.3/5.7)
1225 (275.4) 3450 (775.56) 63 (206.7) 176 (577.4) 1FN3300-2WB00-0AA1 11.4/12.4 (25.1/27.3)
1225 (275.4) 3450 (775.56) 125 (410.1) 297 (974.4) 1FN3300-2WC00-0AA1 11.4/12.4 (25.1/27.3)
1840 (413.6) 5170 (1162.22) 125 (410.1) 297 (974.4) 1FN3300-3WC00-0AA1 17/18.4 (37.5/40.6)
2450 (550.8) 6900 (1551.12) 63 (206.7) 176 (577.4) 1FN3300-4WB00-0AA1 22.2/24 (48.9/52.9)
2450 (550.8) 6900 (1551.12) 125 (410.1) 297 (974.4) 1FN3300-4WC00-0AA1 22.2/24 (48.9/52.9)
One temperature monitoring circuit:
Two temperature monitoring circuits:
Temp-S
Temp-S and
Temp-F
0
1
6/50 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
Primary section
(continued)
Motor phase
current
Calculated
power
I 1) rated I MAX P calc I rated /
I MAX
A A kW
(HP)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated
current Order No.
For complete Order No.,
A see "SINAMICS S120
mm 2
drive system".
(in 2 )
Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection via adapter cable with power
connector for increased velocity/acceleration
Order No. Cable crosssection
Order No.
Pre-assembled
adapter cable
Motor
Power
connector
Size
Pre-assembled
cable
1FN3050-2WC00-... 2.7 8.2 4.1 (5.5) 5/10 6SL312 7 - 7 TE15-0A.. Pre-assembled cables available soon.
1FN3100-1WC00-... 2.4 6.5 3.1 (4.16) 5/10 6SL312 7 - 7 TE15-0A..
1FN3100-2WC00-... 5.1 13.5 6.3 (8.45) 9/18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FN3100-2WE00-... 8.1 21.5 8.3 (11.13) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3100-3WC00-... 7.2 19.1 9.2 (12.33) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3100-3WE00-... 12.1 32.2 12.4 (16.62) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3100-4WC00-... 10.1 27.0 12.6 (16.89) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3100-5WC00-... 11.0 29.5 14.4 (19.3) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3150-1WC00-... 3.6 9.5 4.3 (5.76) 5/10 6SL312 7 - 7 TE15-0A..
1FN3150-2WC00-... 7.2 19.1 8.7 (11.66) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3150-3WC00-... 10.7 28.6 13.0 (17.43) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3150-4WC00-... 14.3 38.2 17.4 (23.32) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3150-5WC00-... 17.9 47.7 21.7 (29.09) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3300-1WC00-... 6.5 20.0 8.7 (11.66) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3300-2WB00-... 8.0 24.7 13.2 (17.69) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3300-2WC00-... 12.6 39.2 16.8 (22.52) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3300-3WC00-... 19.0 58.7 25.1 (33.65) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3300-4WB00-... 16.0 49.4 26.3 (35.25) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3300-4WC00-... 25.3 78.3 33.5 (44.91) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1) For water cooling with inlet temperature 35 °C (95 °F)
2) A reduction of up to 30% must be expected in case of motor standstill, at very low speeds, or with very short traverse paths.
3) Velocity values refer to a converter DC link voltage of 600 V DC.
4) No precision cooler available.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/51

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Feedrate force
Maximum
velocity 3)
1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
Weight
approx.
F 1) 2) rated F MAX V MAX at
F MAX
V MAX at
F rated
Primary section
Order No.
Secondary section
Order No.
Primary section
without/with
precision cooling
Secondary
section without/with
heatsink profile
N
(lb ƒ )
N
(lb ƒ )
m/min
(ft/min)
m/min
(ft/min)
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
6
1930 (433.9) 5180 (1164.5) 30 (98.4) 112 (367.5) 1FN3450-2WA50-0AA1 1FN3450-4SA00-0AA0 15.9/17.1 (35.1/37.7) 3.8/4 (8.4/8.8)
1930 (433.9) 5180 (1164.5) 120 (393.7) 275 (902.2) 1FN3450-2WC00-0AA1 15.9/17.1 (35.1/37.7)
2895 (650.8) 7760 (1744.5) 62 (203.4) 164 (538.1) 1FN3450-3WB00-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
2895 (650.8) 7760 (1744.5) 120 (393.7) 275 (902.2) 1FN3450-3WC00-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
3860 (867.7) 10350 (2326.7) 62 (203.4) 164 (538.1) 1FN3450-4WB00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
3860 (867.7) 10350 (2326.7) 120 (393.7) 275 (902.2) 1FN3450-4WC00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
3860 (867.7) 10350 (2326.7) 240 (787.4) 519 (1702.8) 1FN3450-4WE00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
2610 (586.7) 6900 (1551.1) 36 (118.1) 120 (393.7) 1FN3600-2WA50-0AA1 1FN3600-4SA00-0AA0 22.2/24.7 (49/54.5) 4.6/5
3915 (880.1) 10350 (2326.7) 58 (190.3) 155 (508.5) 1FN3600-3WB00-0AA1 31.5/33.4 (69.5/73.7)
(10.1/11)
3915 (880.1) 10350 (2326.7) 112 (367.5) 254 (833.3) 1FN3600-3WC00-0AA1 31.5/33.4 (69.5/73.7)
5220 (1173.5) 13800 (3102.2) 58 (190.3) 155 (508.5) 1FN3600-4WB00-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
5220 (1173.5) 13800 (3102.2) 91 (298.6) 215 (705.4) 1FN3600-4WB50-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
5220 (1173.5) 13800 (3102.2) 112 (367.5) 254 (833.3) 1FN3600-4WC00-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
4050 (910.4) 10350 (2326.7) 65 (213.3) 160 (524.9) 1FN3900-2WB00-0AA1 1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 28.2/29.7 (62.2/65.4) 7.5/7.9
4050 (910.4) 10350 (2326.7) 115 (377.3) 253 (830.1) 1FN3900-2WC00-0AA1 28.2/29.7 (62.2/65.4)
(16.5/17.4)
6075 (1365.7) 15530 (3491.1) 75 (246.1) 181 (593.8) 1FN3900-3WB00-0AA1 42.2/44.3 (93.1/97.6)
8100 (1820.9) 20700 (4653.4) 65 (213.3) 160 (524.9) 1FN3900-4WB00-0AA1 56.2/58.9 (124/130)
8100 (1820.9) 20700 (4653.4) 115 (377.3) 253 (830) 1FN3900-4WC00-0AA1 56.2/58.9 (124/130)
Two temperature monitoring circuits:
Temp-S and
Temp-F
1
6/52 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
Primary section
(continued)
Motor phase
current
Calculated
power
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated
current Order No.
1) I rated I MAX P calc I rated /I MAX Pre-assembled
adapter cable
A A kW
(HP)
Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
For complete Order No.,
A see "SINAMICS S120
mm 2
drive system".
(in 2 )
Power cable with complete shield
Motor connection via adapter cable with power
connector for increased velocity/acceleration
Order No. Cable crosssection
Order No.
Motor
Power
connector
Size
Pre-assembled
cable
1FN3450-2WA50-... 8.6 25.3 15.9 (21.31) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. Pre-assembled cables available soon.
1FN3450-2WC00-... 18.8 55.3 23.1 (30.97) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3450-3WB00-... 17.9 52.7 27.5 (36.86) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FN3450-3WC00-... 28.1 83.0 34.6 (46.38) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3450-4WB00-... 23.8 70.3 36.7 (49.2) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3450-4WC00-... 37.5 110.6 46.2 (61.93) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3450-4WE00-... 67.6 199.5 65.3 (87.53) 132/210 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FN3600-2WA50-... 12.4 36.0 21.9 (29.36) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FN3600-3WB00-... 23.2 67.3 35.4 (47.45) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3600-3WC00-... 35.2 102.4 41.6 (55.76) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3600-4WB00-... 30.9 89.8 47.2 (63.27) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3600-4WB50-... 40.8 118.5 52.2 (69.97) 85/141 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FN3600-4WC00-... 46.9 136.5 55.5 (74.4) 85/141 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FN3900-2WB00-... 24.7 69.5 34.5 (46.25) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3900-2WC00-... 36.7 103.3 41.0 (54.96) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FN3900-3WB00-... 40.6 114.0 54.5 (73.06) 85/141 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FN3900-4WB00-... 49.4 138.9 68.9 (92.36) 85/141 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FN3900-4WC00-... 73.5 206.5 81.9 (109.79) 132/210 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1) For water cooling with inlet temperature 35 °C (95 °F)
2) A reduction of up to 30% must be expected in case of motor standstill, at very low speeds, or with very short traverse paths.
3) Velocity values refer to a converter DC link voltage of 600 V DC.
4) No precision cooler available.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/53

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Linear motors
Type
Optional components
Secondary section cover
Cover end pieces for
secondary section cover 2)
Integrated 1) Segmented Retaining of the integrated cover
without heatsink profiles
Order No. Order No. Order No.
1FN3050-... 1FN3050-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3050-4TP00-1A 7 7 1FN3050-0TC00-0AA0
1FN3100-... 1FN3100-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3100-4TP00-1A 7 7 1FN3100-0TC00-0AA0
1FN3150-... 1FN3150-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3150-4TP00-1A 7 7 1FN3150-0TC00-0AA0
1FN3300-... 1FN3300-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3300-4TP00-1A 7 7 1FN3300-0TC00-0AA0
1FN3450-... 1FN3450-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3450-4TP00-1A 7 7 1FN3450-0TC00-0AA0
1FN3600-... 1FN3600-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3600-4TP00-1A 7 7 –
1FN3900-... 1FN3900-0TB00-1 7 7 0 1FN3900-4TP00-1A 7 7 –
Number of
secondary sections
0
10
20
30
40
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
Number of secondary
sections
for all frame sizes
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
C 5
D 0
D 5
E 0
F 0
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Number of secondary
sections
for frame sizes
1FN3600/1FN3900
5.5
6.5
F
G
5
5
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Linear motors
Optional components
Type
Precision cooler
Order No.
1FN3050-2W...
1FN3100-2W...
1FN3100-3W...
1FN3100-4W...
1FN3100-5W...
1FN3150-2W...
1FN3150-3W...
1FN3150-4W...
1FN3150-5W...
1FN3300-2W...
1FN3300-3W...
1FN3300-4W...
1FN3450-2W...
1FN3450-3W...
1FN3450-4W...
1FN3600-2W...
1FN3600-3W...
1FN3600-4W...
1FN3900-2W...
1FN3900-3W...
1FN3900-4W...
1FN3050-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-5PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-5PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3600-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3600-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3600-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3900-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3900-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3900-4PK00-0AA0
1) Continuous cover for several secondary sections. The maximum length of
the secondary section cover is 6 m (19.69 ft). For the following frame
sizes, this corresponds to: 1FN3050 to 1FN3150, a maximum number of
50 secondary sections (AB to FA). 1FN3300 to 1FN3900, a maximum
number of 32 secondary sections (AB to DC).
2) The secondary section end pieces are designed to allow clamping of the
integrated secondary section cover.
3) Sizes
1FN3050 to 1FN3450: 2 units per secondary section track.
1FN3600 to 1FN3900: 3 units per secondary section track.
The maximum available length of a single-part heatsink profile is 3 m
(9.84 ft).
For the following frame sizes, this corresponds to:
1FN3050 to 1FN3150 a maximum of 24 secondary sections (AB to CE)
1FN3300 to 1FN3900 a maximum of 16 secondary sections (AB to BG)
6/54 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 standard type linear motors
Water cooling
Precision cooler
Primary section
Secondary section cover
Secondary section
Power cooler
Terminal box
Heatsink profile
Combi distributor
G_NC01_EN_00299
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Linear motors
Optional components
Type Heatsink profile 3) Secondary section end pieces 2)
Combi distributor Combi adapter Combi end piece
Parallel water connection
for all heatsink profiles
Combi adapter and end piece can only be implemented
together.
Single-sided
Water diversion
water connection
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
1FN3050-... 1FN3002-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3050-0TJ01-0AA0 1FN3050-0TG01-0AA0 1FN3050-0TF01-0AA0
1FN3100-... 1FN3002-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3100-0TJ01-0AA0 1FN3100-0TG01-0AA0 1FN3100-0TF01-0AA0
1FN3150-... 1FN3002-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3150-0TJ01-0AA0 1FN3150-0TG01-0AA0 1FN3150-0TF01-0AA0
1FN3300-... 1FN3003-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3300-0TJ01-0AA0 1FN3300-0TG01-0AA0 1FN3300-0TF01-0AA0
1FN3450-... 1FN3003-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3450-0TJ01-0AA0 1FN3450-0TG01-0AA0 1FN3450-0TF01-0AA0
1FN3600-... 1FN3004-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3600-0TJ01-0AA0 – –
1FN3900-... 1FN3005-0TK0 7 -1 7 7 0 1FN3900-0TJ01-0AA0 – –
With plug-in coupling prepared for
connection to combi distributor with
plug-in coupling, combi adapter with plugin
coupling, combi end piece with plug-in
coupling, or as intermediate unit for heatsink
profile with cable grommet nipple
Frame sizes 1FN3050 to 1FN3450:
Grommet nipple only on right end
of secondary section track
Frame sizes 1FN3600/1FN3900:
Grommet nipple on both ends
of secondary section track
Frame sizes 1FN3050 to 1FN3450:
Grommet nipple only on left end
of secondary section track
4
6
7
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Number of
secondary sections
0
10
20
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/55

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN3 linear motors
Hall-effect sensor box
■ Overview
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Connector box
■ Overview
6
The motor position can be identified with an incremental linear
measuring system using an additional Hall-effect sensor box, or
also motion-based when considering certain additional conditions.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Linear motor Hall-effect sensor box
Type
Mounted opposite of primary section terminal end
Straight cable outlet Lateral cable outlet
1FN3 Order No. Order No.
1FN3050-2W...
1FN3100-2W...
1FN3100-4W...
1FN3150-2W...
1FN3150-4W...
1FN3100-1W...
1FN3100-3W...
1FN3100-5W...
1FN3150-1W...
1FN3150-3W...
1FN3150-5W...
1FN3300-2W...
1FN3300-4W...
1FN3450-2W...
1FN3450-4W...
1FN3600-2W...
1FN3600-4W...
1FN3900-2W...
1FN3900-4W...
1FN3300-1W...
1FN3300-3W...
1FN3450-3W...
1FN3600-3W...
1FN3900-3W...
1FN3002-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3005-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3003-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3006-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3002-0PH01-0AA0
1FN3005-0PH01-0AA0
1FN3003-0PH01-0AA0
1FN 006-0PH01-0AA0
A connector box is required to connect a Hall-effect sensor box
(option).
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Permissible air humidity
in accordance with DIN 40040
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
(without sockets or
cable glands)
•Width
•Height
•Depth
Connector box
IP65
95% (without condensation)
0.26 kg (0.58 lb)
69.6 mm (2.74 in)
54 mm (2.13 in)
25 mm (0.98 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Connector box
1FN1910-0AA00-0AA0
for connecting an incremental
encoder
Linear motor
Type
Hall-effect sensor box
Mounted on primary section terminal end
Straight cable outlet Lateral cable outlet
Order No.
Order No.
1FN3050-...
1FN3100-...
1FN3150-...
1FN3300-...
1FN3450-...
1FN3600-...
1FN3900-...
1FN3002-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3003-0PH00-0AA0
1FN3002-0PH01-0AA0
1FN3003-0PH01-0AA0
6/56 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Linear motors for SINAMICS S120
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Measuring systems
■ Overview
Recommended
linear measuring systems for
1FN linear motors
Temperature sensors
LC 182/LC 481
absolute encoder
EnDat
encapsulated
LS 186
incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
encapsulated
LS 486
incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
encapsulated
LIDA 185/LIDA 485
incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
open
Signal cycle µm 20/20 20 20 40/20 20
Max. permissible acceleration
in measuring direction
Max. permissible traversing
velocity
Maximum measuring
length
Renishaw RG2
incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
open
m/s 2
(ft/s 2 )
50 (164.04) 50 (164.04) 50 (164.04) 200 (656.16) 1) 300 (984.24) 1)
m/min 120 (393.7) 120 (393.7) 120 (393.7) 480 (1574.78) 300 (984.24)
(ft/min)
mm (in) 3040 (119.68) 3040 (119.68) 2040 (80.31) 30,040 (1182.67) 50,000 (1968.50)
Output signal EnDat/1 V pp 1V pp 1V pp 1V pp 1V pp
In order to monitor the motor temperature, the temperature sensors
(Temp-S and Temp-F) are decoupled from the power cable
and connected to the SINAMICS S120 via the SME91 module, in
conjunction with an SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted.
As with SIMODRIVE 611 digital/universal HRS, the motor temperature
can be evaluated with the thermistor motor protection
device 3RN1013-1GW10.
The 1FN3050-2W/-1NE/-2NC motors only have Temp-S sensors.
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
Liquid cooling
■ Overview
Non-Siemens products whose fundamental suitability is familiar
to us. It goes without saying that equivalent products from other
manufacturers may be used. Our recommendations are to be
seen as helpful information, not as requirements or dictates.
We do not warrant the composition, nature, state or quality of
non-Siemens products.
Please get in touch with the contact persons of the cooler
manufacturers listed below for technical information.
6
■ More information
BKW Kälte-Wärme-Versorgungstechnik GmbH
Benzstraße 2
72649 WOLFSCHLUGEN, Germany
Phone:+49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 - 30
E-mail: info@bkw-kuema.de
www.bkw-kuema.de
Pfannenberg GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Hille
Werner-Witt-Straße 1
21035 HAMBURG, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 40 - 7 34 12 - 1 27
Fax: +49 (0) 40 - 7 34 12 - 1 01
E-mail: werner.hille@pfannenberg.com
www.pfannenberg.com
Helmut Schimpke and Team Industriekühlanlagen GmbH + Co. KG
Postfach 101 661
42760 HAAN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 21 29 - 94 38 - 0
Fax: +49(0)2129-9438-99
E-mail: info@schimpke.de
www.schimpke.com
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
Contact:
Mr. Cieslar
Postfach 16 62
35726 HERBORN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 20 63
Fax: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 29 66
E-mail: cieslar.g@rittal.de
www.rittal.com
Hydac System GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Klein
Postfach 12 51
66273 SULZBACH/SAAR, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 68 97 - 5 09 - 7 08
Fax: +49 (0) 68 97 - 5 09 - 4 54
E-mail: winfried.klein@hydac.com
www.hydac.com
For design of cooling units, see Planning Guide
(see documentation for Order No.).
1) Refers to the measuring head.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/57

Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
■ Overview
■ Benefits
7 No elasticity in the drive train
7 High availability, since there are no gear components subject
to wear in the drive train
7 High torque for a compact design and small size
7 Low moment of inertia
7 Direct coupling to the machine using flanges
■ Application
In conjunction with the SINAMICS S120 drive system,
the built-in torque motors can be used as direct drive for the
following machine applications:
• Rotary indexing machines, rotary tables, swivel axes
• Rotary axes (A, B, C axis in 5-axis machine tools)
• Turret indexing and cylinder indexing for single-spindle and
multi-spindle machines
• Dynamic tool magazines
• Rotating spindles in milling machines
6
1FW6 built-in torque motors are liquid-cooled, multi-pole permanently
excited AC synchronous motors with hollow-shaft rotor.
The 1FW6 motors are supplied as built-in components that are
held together in the delivered state by transport locks. For a
complete drive unit, an additional bearing and shaft encoder are
required.
Each frame size is available in 4 axis lengths. The stator and
rotor are equipped with flanges at each end with centering
surfaces and threaded holes for installation in the machine.
Please note that when 1FW6 direct motors (torque motors)
are used in fork heads for machine tools or robots, a license
for US patent US5584621 and the associated international
patent protection may be required.
■ Design
The 1FW6 built-in torque motor comprises the following
components:
Stator
Iron core with a 3-phase AC winding. To improve dissipation of
the heat loss, the motor can be force-cooled by means of a liquid
cooler (main cooler).
Rotor
Cylindrical hollow shaft made of steel with permanent magnets
fixed to the circumference.
If the main cooler and precision cooler are used together in a
heat exchanger, a cooling connection adapter (accessory) can
be ordered separately for simpler connection.
6/58 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
■ Design (continued)
Cooler types
• Motors with jacket cooling
The coolant inlet and outlet must be provided by the machine
manufacturer in the surrounding construction.
The design of the cooler system is dependent on the size
(external diameter) of the motor.
Motor
type
1FW6090/1FW6130
1FW6160 to 1FW6290
Cooling method
Jacket cooling
Integrated cooling
■ Integration
The motors which must be fed from the SINAMICS S120 drive
system are designed for operation on a 600 V DC-link voltage
level and require a sinusoidal current.
The 1FW6 built-in torque motors are supplied with one power
cable and one signal cable (temperature sensors) with free
cable ends, 2 m (6.56 ft) in length.
The cable connection protrudes from the front face of the stator
and the free cable end must be connected to a terminal box
provided by the machine manufacturer. The length of the power
and signal cables from the motor to the drive system must not
exceed 50 m (164 ft).
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Type of motor
Max. motor voltage
(stabilized terminal voltage)
1FW6 built-in torque motors
Synchronous motor with
permanent magnet rotor,
multi-pole
(rotor pole number from 44 to 98)
720 V 3 AC
6
Motor components of sizes 1FW6090/1FW6130 with jacket cooling
(transport locks, rotor, stator)
• Motors with integrated cooling
These motors feature a ready-to-connect, integrated dualcircuit
cooling system and are therefore thermally insulated
against the mechanical axis construction to a considerable
extent.
Torque ripple ≤ 1.5% M 0
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type (cf. ISO)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
IEC 60034-5
Coolant inlet temperature, max.
Pressure in cooling circuit, max.
Temperature monitoring
Paint finish
Encoder system
(not included in scope of supply)
Connection, electrical
Option
Temperature class F for a coolant
inlet temperature of 40 °C (104 °F)
Individual components:
Stator, rotor
IP21
35°C (95 °F)
10 bar (static)
2 x PTC thermistor drilled hole with
response threshold 130/150 °C
(266/302 °F) (DIN 44081/44082)
and 1 x KTY84 thermistor
(IEC 34-11) in the stator
No paint finish
The encoder must be selected
according to the mechanical and
converter-specific boundary conditions
Free cable ends with
l = 2 m (6.56 ft)
for power connection and
sensor connection
Power and signal cables
(for connecting to the SME91
module) with connector
Motor components of sizes 1FW6160 to 1FW6290 with integrated cooling
(transport locks, rotor, stator)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/59

Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Maximum torque Static torque
1) 3)
Rated torque
2) 3)
Max. speed
at maximum
torque 2)
Max. speed 1FW6 built-in torque motors Moment of
torque 2) rotor
at rated
inertia of
Weight, approx.
stator + rotor
M max M 0 M rated n max at M max n max at
M rated
Order No. J m
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Standard type
rpm rpm kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
6
179 (1584.29) 119 (1053.25) 113 (1000.14) 46 140 1FW6090-0 P B05-0FC2 0.0152 (0.1345) 9.2 (20.29)
109 (964.74) 140 250 1FW6090-0 P B05-0KC2 0.0152 (0.1345) 9.2 (20.29)
251 (2221.55) 166 (1469.23) 154 (1363.02) 120 220 1FW6090-0 P B07-0KC2 0.022 (0.1947) 12.2 (26.9)
142 (1256.81) 270 430 1FW6090-0 P B07-1JC2 0.022 (0.1947) 12.2 (26.9)
358 (3168.59) 238 (2106.49) 231 (2044.53) 8.7 82 1FW6090-0 P B10-0KC2 0.0309 (0.2735) 17.2 (37.93)
216 (1911.77) 170 270 1FW6090-0 P B10-1JC2 0.0309 (0.2735) 17.2 (37.93)
537 (4752.88) 357 (3159.74) 338 (2991.57) 78 150 1FW6090-0 P B15-1JC2 0.0465 (0.4115) 27.2 (59.98)
319 (2823.41) 200 310 1FW6090-0 P B15-2JC2 0.0465 (0.4115) 27.2 (59.98)
439 (3885.50) 258 (2283.51) 241 (2133.04) 47 130 1FW6130-0 P B05-0KC2 0.0637 (0.5637) 13.2 (29.11)
217 (1920.62) 180 310 1FW6130-0 P B05-1JC2 0.0637 (0.5637) 13.2 (29.11)
614 (5434.39) 361 (3195.14) 344 (3044.68) 21 96 1FW6130-0 P B07-0KC2 0.0892 (0.7894) 18.2 (40.13)
324 (2867.66) 110 200 1FW6130-0 P B07-1JC2 0.0892 (0.7894) 18.2 (40.13)
878 (7771.00) 516 (4567.01) 484 (4283.79) 50 120 1FW6130-0 P B10-1JC2 0.127 (1.1239) 25.2 (55.57)
450 (3982.86) 150 250 1FW6130-0 P B10-2JC2 0.127 (1.1239) 25.2 (55.57)
1320 (11683.06) 775 (6859.37) 744 (6585.00) 14 78 1FW6130-0 P B15-1JC2 0.191 (1.6903) 38.2 (84.23)
714 (6319.47) 77 150 1FW6130-0 P B15-2JC2 0.191 (1.6903) 38.2 (84.23)
Cooling method:
Jacket cooling (only for 1FW6090/1FW6130), axial cable outlet
P
6/60 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static Rated Maximum
power
Calculated SINAMICS Motor Module
current current
1) 3) 2) 3) current 2) Required
rated current
I 0 I rated I max P el, max I rated /I max Order No.
A A A kW
(HP)
Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
For complete Order No., see
Motor
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
A mm 2
(in 2 )
Power cable
with complete shield
Cable crosssection
Sensor
mm 2
(in 2 )
Order No.
1FW6090-0PB05-0F.. 5.9 5.6 9.5 6.55 (8.78) 5/10 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE15-0A.. Pre-assembled
1FW6090-0PB05-0K.. 8.2 7.4 13 8.12 (10.88) 9/18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
cables available soon.
1FW6090-0PB07-0K.. 10 9.5 16 10.3 (13.81) 9/18 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FW6090-0PB07-1J.. 16 13 26 14.1 (18.9) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6090-0PB10-0K.. 8.2 7.9 13 9.43 (12.64) 9/18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FW6090-0PB10-1J.. 16 14 26 15.3 (20.51) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6090-0PB15-1J.. 16 15 26 17.1 (22.92) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6090-0PB15-2J.. 26 23 43 24.1 (32.31) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6130-0PB05-0K.. 9.7 9 18 12.2 (16.35) 9/18 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FW6130-0PB05-1J.. 17 14 32 18.3 (24.53) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6130-0PB07-0K.. 10 10 20 14.2 (19.03) 9/18 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FW6130-0PB07-1J.. 17 15 32 19.7 (26.41) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6130-0PB10-1J.. 17 16 32 21.4 (28.69) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6130-0PB10-2J.. 28 24 53 30.6 (41.02) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6130-0PB15-1J.. 19 18 36 25.4 (34.05) 18/36 4) 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6130-0PB15-2J.. 28 26 54 34.1 (45.71) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1) Torque and current at low speeds.
2) The values refer to a supply voltage of 400 V 3 AC ±10% (converter DC link voltage 600 V DC).
3) In case of water cooling with inlet temperature of 35 °C (95 °F) and maximum rotor flange temperature of 60 °C (140 °F).
4) Selection optimized to Motor Module. The next higher Motor Module offers 100% torque utilization.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/61

Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Maximum torque Static torque 1) 3) Rated torque
2) 3)
Max. speed
at maximum
torque 2)
M max M 0 M rated n max at
M max
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Max. speed 1FW6 built-in torque motors Moment of
torque 2) rotor
at rated
inertia of
n max at Order No. J m
M rated
Standard type
rpm rpm kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Weight,
approx.
stator + rotor
kg
(lb)
6
716 (6337.17) 467 (4133.32) 431 (3814.69) 84 140 1FW6160-0 7 B05-1JC2 0.19 (1.6815) 36.3 (80.04)
404 (3575.72) 150 250 1FW6160-0 7 B05-2JC2 0.19 (1.6815) 36.3 (80.04)
1000 (8850.80) 653 (5779.57) 620 (5487.50) 53 96 1FW6160-0 7 B07-1JC2 0.258 (2.2833) 48.3 (106.5)
594 (5257.38) 100 170 1FW6160-0 7 B07-2JC2 0.258 (2.2833) 48.3 (106.5)
1430 (12656.64) 933 (8257.80) 903 (7992.27) 29 60 1FW6160-0 7 B10-1JC2 0.36 (3.1859) 66.3 (146.19)
878 (7771.00) 65 110 1FW6160-0 7 B10-2JC2 0.36 (3.1859) 66.3 (146.19)
2150 (19029.22) 1400 (12391.12) 1350 (11948.58) 34 66 1FW6160-0 7 B15-2JC2 0.531 (4.6993) 95.3 (210.14)
1280 (11329.02) 97 160 1FW6160-0 7 B15-5GC2 0.531 (4.6993) 95.3 (210.14)
990 (8762.29) 672 (5947.74) 633 (5602.56) 54 97 1FW6190-0 7 B05-1JC2 0.358 (3.1682) 42.8 (94.37)
605 (5354.73) 96 160 1FW6190-0 7 B05-2JC2 0.358 (3.1682) 42.8 (94.37)
1390 (12302.61) 941 (8328.60) 905 (8009.97) 33 63 1FW6190-0 7 B07-1JC2 0.468 (4.1417) 55.8 (123.04)
879 (7779.85) 64 110 1FW6190-0 7 B07-2JC2 0.468 (4.1417) 55.8 (123.04)
1980 (17524.58) 1340 (11860.07) 1310 (11594.55) 14 38 1FW6190-0 7 B10-1JC2 0.678 (6.0002) 75.8 (167.14)
1290 (11417.53) 39 70 1FW6190-0 7 B10-2JC2 0.678 (6.0002) 75.8 (167.14)
2970 (26286.88) 2020 (17878.62) 1970 (17436.08) 17 40 1FW6190-0 7 B15-2JC2 0.998 (8.8322) 107.8 (237.7)
1890 (16728.01) 62 100 1FW6190-0 7 B15-5GC2 0.998 (8.8322) 107.8 (237.7)
1320 (11683.06) 841 (7443.52) 799 (7071.79) 34 69 1FW6230-0 7 B05-1JC2 0.622 (5.5046) 44.8 (98.78)
774 (6850.52) 59 110 1FW6230-0 7 B05-2JC2 0.622 (5.5046) 44.8 (98.78)
1840 (16285.47) 1180 (10443.94) 1140 (10089.91) 19 45 1FW6230-0 7 B07-1JC2 0.843 (7.4604) 58.8 (129.65)
1120 (9912.90) 38 73 1FW6230-0 7 B07-2JC2 0.843 (7.4604) 58.8 (129.65)
2630 (23277.60) 1680 (14869.34) 1630 (14426.80) 21 46 1FW6230-0 7 B10-2JC2 1.18 (10.4428) 81.8 (180.37)
1520 (13453.22) 74 130 1FW6230-0 7 B10-5GC2 1.18 (10.4428) 81.8 (180.37)
3950 (34960.66) 2520 (22304.02) 2440 (21595.95) 19 43 1FW6230-0 7 B15-4CC2 1.73 (15.3102) 117.8 (259.75)
2380 (21064.90) 44 80 1FW6230-0 7 B15-5GC2 1.73 (15.3102) 117.8 (259.75)
8570 (75851.36) 4760 (42129.81) 4590 (40625.17) 28 53 1FW6290-0 7 B15-7AC2 4.40 (38.9393) 214.6 (473.19)
Cooling method:
Integrated cooling (only for 1FW6160 to 1FW6290)
Axial cable outlet
Radial cable outlet to outside
W
V
6/62 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Torque motors for SINAMICS S120
1FW6 standard type built-in torque motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Static
current
1) 3)
Rated
current
2 ) 3)
Maximum
power
Calculated
current 2)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated current
Power cable
with complete shield
I 0 I rated I max P el, max I rated /I max Order No.
A A A kW
(HP)
A
For complete Order No., see
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
Cable cross-section
Motor Sensor
mm 2
(in 2 )
mm 2
(in 2 )
Order No.
1FW6 160-0.B05-1J.. 17 16 31 15.1 (20.24) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A.. Pre-assembled cables
1FW6 160-0.B05-2J.. 28 24 49 20 (26.81) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
available soon.
1FW6 160-0.B07-1J.. 17 16 31 16.7 (22.39) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 160-0.B07-2J.. 28 25 49 21.8 (29.22) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-8A..
1FW6 160-0.B10-1J.. 17 17 31 19 (25.47) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 160-0.B10-2J.. 28 26 49 24.4 (32.71) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 160-0.B15-2J.. 28 26 49 28.2 (37.8) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 160-0.B15-5G.. 56 50 98 42.6 (57.1) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FW6 190-0.B05-1J.. 18 17 31 16.3 (21.85) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 190-0.B05-2J.. 27 24 47 20.6 (27.61) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 190-0.B07-1J.. 18 17 31 18.2 (24.4) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 190-0.B07-2J.. 27 25 47 22.7 (30.43) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 190-0.B10-1J.. 18 17 31 20.7 (27.75) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 190-0.B10-2J.. 27 26 47 25.7 (34.45) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 190-0.B15-2J.. 27 26 47 30.1 (40.35) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 190-0.B15-5G.. 54 50 95 44.1 (59.12) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FW6 230-0.B05-1J.. 16 15 31 17.3 (23.19) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 230-0.B05-2J.. 24 22 45 21 (28.15) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 230-0.B07-1J.. 16 16 31 19.4 (26.01) 18/36 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FW6 230-0.B07-2J.. 24 22 45 23.6 (31.64) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 230-0.B10-2J.. 24 23 45 27.1 (36.33) 30/56 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FW6 230-0.B10-5G.. 54 48 100 42 (56.3) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FW6 230-0.B15-4C.. 33 32 63 38 (50.94) 45/85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FW6 230-0.B15-5G.. 53 49 100 47.4 (63.54) 60/113 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FW6 290-0.B15-7A.. 64 61 130 65.2 (87.4) 85/141 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
■ Accessories
Name
Cooling connection adapter for
• Torque motors
1FW6160 to 1FW6230
• Torque motors
1FW6290
Order No.
1FW6160-1BA00-0AA0
1FW6290-1BA00-0AA0
1) Torque and current at low speeds.
2) The values refer to a supply voltage of 400 V 3 AC ±10% (converter DC link voltage 600 V DC).
3) In case of water cooling with inlet temperature of 35 °C (95 °F) and maximum rotor flange temperature of 60 °C (140 °F).
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/63

Synchronous motors
Linear/torque motors for SINAMICS S120
SME91 Sensor Module External
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Permissible air humidity
in accordance with DIN 40040
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
(without sockets or cable gland)
•Width
•Height
•Depth
SME91 Sensor Module External
IP67
5 ... 85% (without condensation)
0.721 kg (25.43 oz)
150 mm (5.91 in)
64 mm (2.52 in)
34 mm (1.34 in)
The SME91 Sensor Module External enables motor and position
encoder sensors to be connected in the vicinity of the motor in
the case of drives with built-in motors. The SME91 is responsible
for protecting the motor and outputting the current operating
temperature/overtemperature to the drive/converter system
without time delay.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SME91 Sensor Module External
for connecting an absolute
position measuring system
• 1 x connection for temperature
sensors, 7-pole
Order No.
1FN1910-0AA20-1AA0
6
■ Benefits
7 Motor protection
7 Fault-free transmission to the drive/converter system
7 Low cabling overhead
7 PU-molded PCB in the housing, making the module extremely
rugged and suitable for direct use in the machine
■ Application
The SME91 is suitable for 1FN linear motors and 1FW6 torque
motors to which external position measuring systems and
commutation equipment cannot be connected for reasons
of space.
■ Integration
The SME91 Sensor Module External can be used via SMC20
on the SINAMICS S120 drive system or on the SIMODRIVE 611
converter system for 1FN1/1FN3 linear motors and 1FW6 torque
motors.
6/64 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
■ Overview
1FW6
built-in torque motors
1FE1
built-in motors
2SP1
ECS motor spindles
Speed 40 ... 495 rpm Up to 40,000 rpm Up to 18,000 rpm
Static torque M 0
96.8 ... 2450 Nm
(856.78 ... 21,684.95 lb ƒ -in)
– –
Rated torque M rated – 5 ... 820 Nm
(44.26 ... 7257.82 lb ƒ -in)
42 ... 170 Nm
(371.74 ... 1504.67 lb ƒ -in)
Overload capability up to max. 2xM 0 – –
Encoder system
Rotary encoders
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
Hollow-shaft measuring system
•SIMAGH2
• L&B GEL 244
Hollow-shaft measuring system
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
256 pulses/revolution (built-in)
Sound pressure level in
accordance with EN ISO 1680
– Depending on spindle design 70 dB (A) 1)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
IP21
IP00 or as specified by
spindle manufacturer
IP64 (in working area)
IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
Cooling
Water cooling
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a winding
temperature rise of ∆T =100K
at an ambient temperature
of 40 °C (104 °F)
Inlet temperature of coolant,
max. 35 °C (95 °F)
Temperature class F
Inlet temperature of coolant 25 °C (77 °F)
Holding brake – Using spindle design –
Type of motor
Paint finish
Permanently-excited
synchronous torque motor,
3-phase
No paint finish
AC main spindle motor
in synchronous system with
permanent magnets
AC main spindle motor
in asynchronous/synchronous
system
6
1) Sound pressure level of stock removal and tool changing are not taken
into account.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/65

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Overview
7 Compatible system of SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS
and motor, therefore ensuring fast commissioning
7 Higher machine productivity:
The permanently excited motor spindles (PE spindles)
increase the power density and economic efficiency of CNC
machines. The optimized combination of 1FE1 synchronous
built-in motor, drive control and CNC control offers further
opportunities for rationalization, such as lower workpiece
machining times and fewer clamping faces.
■ Application
The 1FE1 built-in water-cooled synchronous motors are used in
combination with the SINAMICS drive system or the
SIMODRIVE 611 converter system where there is a requirement
for
• extreme demands on the machining quality, accuracy and
running smoothness, and
• very short ramp-up times.
6
The 1FE1 built-in motors are water-cooled, synchronous motors
that are supplied as stator and rotor components. When the rotor
has been mounted to the spindle in the spindle box, a complete
spindle unit is created.
■ Benefits
7 Compact design (e.g. for turning machines and vertical milling
machines) by dispensing with mechanical components, ■ Design
such as motor switch armature, belt drive, gearbox and spindle
encoder
7 High power density thanks to water cooling
7 Maximum speed up to 40,000 rpm, torque up to 820 Nm
(605 lb ƒ -in) for S1 duty
7 Higher torque - up to 60% - with the same active component
volume, consequently more compact machine design
compared to 1PH2
7 Extremely short ramp-up and braking times (50%) thanks to
higher torque compared to 1PH2
7 Cold rotor due to excitation using permanent magnets,
Rotor with sleeve
resulting in:
considerably reduced power loss in the rotor in the lower
speed range and therefore less heating of bearings/spindle
expansion
7 The stator and rotor are ready to install, no finishing is
necessary
7 The absence of drive transverse forces permits extremely high
accuracy on the workpiece thanks to smooth, accurate Rotor without sleeve
spindle motion even at very low speeds.
7 Larger rotor inner bore than squirrel-cage rotor of asynchronous
motors, but with the same outer diameter, which is an
advantage with regard to the bar capacity of automatic turning
machines and results in higher spindle stiffness due to larger
shaft diameters for milling spindles
7 Increased rigidity of the spindle drive achieved by mounting
the motor components between the spindle main bearings
7 Less cooling capacity required for the same power compared
to 1PH2, i.e. greater efficiency
7 Only one encoder (hollow-shaft measuring system) for
sensing motor speed and spindle position
7 Simple servicing by replacing complete motor spindles
The 1FE1 built-in motors are offered in two main versions:
• High-torque series
6-pole/8-pole synchronous motors, developed for turning
machines and grinding machines with moderate maximum
speeds, are available.
These motors are characterized by a very high torque utilization.
In this case, the speed range is approximately 1:2.
• High-speed series
In this series, 4-pole synchronous motors are available for
milling. These motors are optimized for high maximum speeds
and a speed range of over 1:4. A voltage limitation module is
required for these motors when they are operated up to the
maximum speed.
The 1FE1 built-in motor comprises:
• A laminated, permanently excited rotor, which, as an option,
can be designed with a sleeve for simple mounting and
removal.
• A wound stator package with cooling jacket and encapsulated
winding overhang.
- Free cable ends of 0.5 m/1.5 m (1.64 ft/4.92 ft)
- Two integral PTC thermistors (incl. 1 spare), optionally with
full or universal protection
- A cooling jacket into which the stator has been inserted
Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play by
means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is mounted on
the spindle by thermal shrinking.
The rotor with sleeve is pre-balanced and can be removed and
subsequently remounted. The bond can be released by pressure-oil
injection without affecting the joint surfaces.
Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play by
means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is mounted on
the spindle by thermal shrinking.
Removal of the rotor is not possible with this type of mounting.
Rotors without sleeves are not pre-balanced.
6/66 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Comparison of synchronous/asynchronous spindle
%
200
150
100
50
Torque
(same active
component volume)
Motor spindle as
induction motor
Ramp-up time
(same moment
of inertia)
Advantages of 1FE1 synchronous spindle over asynchronous spindle
Comparison of power/speed characteristic
Rotor power
dissipation
(same rated current)
Permanently excited motor spindle
(PE spindle) as synchronous motor
Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Machine type
Constant power range
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Type (cf. ISO)
Degree of protection
in accordance with IEC 60034-5
Recommended coolant inlet
temperature, approx.
Standard protection – temperature
monitoring
Full protection optional
Application example:
processing at motor standstill
1FE1 built-in motors
Synchronous spindle with
permanently excited rotor
1:2 (6-/8-pole) / 1:4 (4-pole)
Temperature class F for a coolant
temperature of 25 °C (77 °F)
Individual components: stator,
rotor, motor encoder
IP00
25°C (77 °F)
2 KTY thermistors in the stator
winding, 1 as spare
In addition to standard protection
3 x PTC thermistor drilling
can be evaluated, e.g., using a
thermal motor protection unit:
Order No.: 3RN1013-1BW10
Universal protection optional • Full protection +
• NTC PT3-51F
• NTC K227
Balance quality of rotor
in accordance with ISO 1940-1
• Rotor with sleeve
• Rotor without sleeve
Recommended motor encoder
(not included in scope of supply)
Motor connection
Pre-balanced depending on the
design, balance quality G 2.5
Reference speed 3600 rpm
or unbalanced for complete
balancing after mounting
Not pre-balanced
Hollow-shaft measuring system
SIMAG H2 or L&B GEL 244 for
speeds greater than 33,000 rpm
Free cable ends with length
I = 0.5 m/1.5 m (1.64 ft/4.92 ft)
■ More information
Please refer to "Asynchronous motors – Liquid cooling" for a list
of heat exchanger manufacturers.
6
Comparison of torque/speed characteristic
Power/speed and torque/speed characteristics of PE spindles
compared to the asynchronous version under the following
boundary conditions: identical active part volume and identical
rated current (60 A) of the power section.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/67

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated power for duty type Rated torque 1) Rated
IEC 60034-1 1) in accordance with
speed
Max.
speed
1FE1 built-in motors
Water cooling
Moment of inertia of
rotor
without sleeve 8)
P rated M rated n rated n max Order No.
J
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40%
Standard type
kW
kW Nm
Nm
rpm rpm kgm 2
(HP) (HP) (lb ƒ -in) (lb ƒ -in)
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
High-Torque series, 6-pole
Weight,
approx.
(rotor and
stator)
7.4 (9.92) 10 (13.40) 4.5 (39.83) 6 (53.10) 15800 20000 1FE1041-6WM 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.00019 (0.0017) 2.8 (6.17)
14.4 (19.30) 18 (24.13) 11 (97.36) 14 (123.91) 12500 18000 1FE1042-6WN 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.00033 (0.0029) 6.5 (14.33)
11.5 (15.42) 14.6 (19.57) 11 (97.36) 14 (123.91) 10000 15000 1FE1042-6WR 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.00033 (0.0029) 6.5 (14.33)
6.3 (8.45) 7.9 (10.59) 10 (88.51) 12.6 (111.52) 6000 12000 1FE1051-6WN 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00106 (0.0094) 5.5 (12.13)
8.3 (11.13) 10.4 (13.94) 10 (88.51) 12.6 (111.52) 8000 15000 1FE1051-6WK 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00106 (0.0094) 5.5 (12.13)
11.5 (15.42) 14.5 (19.44) 20 (177.02) 25.2 (223.04) 5500 12000 1FE1052-6WN 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00195 (0.0173) 8.2 (18.08)
14 (18.77) 18 (24.13) 18 (159.31) 23 (203.57) 7500 15000 1FE1052-6WK 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00195 (0.0173) 8.2 (18.08)
23 (30.83) 29 (38.87) 37 (327.48) 46 (407.14) 6000 12000 1FE1054-6WN 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.0038 (0.0336) 14.3 (31.53)
11.6 (15.55) 15 (20.11) 13 (115.06) 17 (150.46) 8500 12000 1FE1061-6WH 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00141 (0.0125) 5.5 (12.13)
4 (5.36) 5.3 (7.10) 13 (115.06) 17 (150.46) 3000 5000 1FE1061-6WY 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00141 (0.0125) 5.5 (12.13)
25 (33.51) 36.5 (48.93) 56 (495.64) 81 (716.91) 4300 12000 1FE1064-6WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00553 (0.0489) 14.5 (31.97)
20 (26.81) 29 (38.87) 56 (495.64) 81 (716.91) 3400 10000 1FE1064-6WQ 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00553 (0.0489) 14.5 (31.97)
34 (45.58) 42 (56.30) 65 (575.30) 81 (716.91) 5000 8500 1FE1082-6WP 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.01048 (0.0927) 14 (30.87)
24.5 (32.84) 30.5 (40.88) 65 (575.30) 81 (716.91) 3600 6000 1FE1082-6WS 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.01048 (0.0927) 14 (30.87)
29.3 (39.28) 36.5 (48.93) 65 (575.30) 81 (716.91) 4300 9000 1FE1082-6WQ 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.01048 (0.0927) 14 (30.87)
15 (20.11) 18.7 (25.07) 65 (575.30) 81 (716.91) 2200 9000 1FE1082-6WW 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.01048 (0.0927) 14 (30.87)
23.1 (30.97) 31.1 (41.69) 130 (1150.60) 175 (1548.89) 1700 7000 1FE1084-6WU 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02067 (0.1829) 30 (66.15)
31 (41.55) 42 (56.30) 130 (1150.60) 175 (1548.89) 2300 9000 1FE1084-6WR 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02067 (0.1829) 30 (66.15)
15 (20.11) 19 (25.47) 130 (1150.60) 175 (1548.89) 1100 4500 1FE1084-6WX 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02067 (0.1829) 30 (66.15)
10 (13.40) 13.2 (17.69) 28 (247.82) 36 (318.63) 3500 7000 1FE1091-6WN 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00814 (0.0720) 20 (44.1)
6.3 (8.45) 7.5 (10.05) 30 (265.52) 36 (318.63) 2000 4000 1FE1091-6WS 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.00814 (0.0720) 20 (44.1)
24.2 (32.44) 31 (41.55) 66 (584.15) 85 (752.32) 3500 7000 1FE1092-6WN 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.01566 (0.1386) 30.5 (67.25)
22 (29.49) 28 (37.53) 66 (584.15) 85 (752.32) 3200 7000 1FE1092-6WR 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.024 (0.2124) 30.5 (67.25)
36.6 (49.06) 47 (63) 100 (885.08) 128 (1132.90) 3500 7000 1FE1093-6WN 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.02317 (0.2051) 41 (90.41)
21 (28.15) 27 (36.19) 100 (885.08) 128 (1132.90) 2000 4000 1FE1093-6WS 7 0- 1 B 7 7 0.02317 (0.2051) 41 (90.41)
16.8 (22.52) 21.5 (28.82) 100 (885.08) 128 (1132.90) 1600 7000 1FE1093-6WV 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02317 (0.2051) 41 (90.41)
m
kg
(lb)
• Standard protection: 2xKTY 2)
1
• Full protection: 2xKTY + 3xPTC thermistor drilling 6)
3
• Universal protection 7) 5
• Delivery of stator + rotor 2) 4) 5) 1
2) 3)
• Stator with cooling jacket B
• Without rotor jacket
• With rotor jacket, for d* see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket, for d** see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket "-..D." for 1FE1082.../1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket "-..E." for 1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table
• Free cable ends with rigid connection, length 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
• Free cable ends, flexible, length 0.5 m (1.64 ft) (preferred variant)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
A
B
C
D
E
0
1
2
3
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
6/68 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Rated current for duty type in
accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
Voltage Protection
Module 9)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required rated
current
I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-40% S1 to n max
A A A
For complete Order No., see
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
High-Torque series, 6-pole
1FE1041-6WM... 13 17.5 – 18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FE1042-6WN... 24 32 – 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1042-6WR... 19 26 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1051-6WN... 15 22 – 18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FE1051-6WK... 20 29 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1052-6WN... 30 44 – 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1052-6WK... 37 54 – 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1054-6WN... 60 88 – 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1061-6WH... 21 30 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1061-6WY... 8 11.5 – 9 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-0A..
1FE1064-6WN... 56 80 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1064-6WQ... 43 61 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1082-6WP... 65 91 – 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1082-6WS... 45 62 – 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1082-6WQ... 60 84 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1082-6WW... 30 42 VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1084-6WU... 45 64 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1084-6WR... 60 84 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1084-6WX... 30 42 VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1091-6WN... 24 35 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1091-6WS... 15 19 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1092-6WN... 58 84 – 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1092-6WR... 41 58 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1093-6WN... 83 120 – 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1093-6WS... 53 76 – 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1093-6WV... 43 60 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1) Data for ∆T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2) Standard scope of supply: Potted winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
3) Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
4) Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
5) Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
6) Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1BW10
7) Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227
8) For moment of inertia with sleeve, see Planning Guide.
9) Power section with integrated VPM available soon.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/69

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated power for duty type Rated torque 1) Rated
IEC 60034-1 1) in accordance with
speed
Max.
speed
1FE1 built-in motors
Water cooling
Moment of inertia
of rotor
without sleeve 9)
P rated M rated n rated n max Order No.
J
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40%
Standard type
kW
kW
Nm
Nm
rpm rpm kgm 2
(HP)
(HP)
(lb ƒ -in) (lb ƒ -in)
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
High-Torque series, 6-pole
Weight,
approx.
(rotor and
stator)
33 (44.24) 35 (46.92) 150 (1327.62) 190 (1681.65) 2100 6500 1FE1113-6WU 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.065 (0.5752) 57 (125.69)
22 (29.49) 24 (32.17) 150 (1327.62) 190 (1681.65) 1400 5700 1FE1113-6WX 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.065 (0.5752) 57 (125.69)
41.9 (56.17) 53.6 (71.85) 200 (1770.16) 256 (2265.80) 2000 6500 1FE1114-6WR 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.06239 (0.5521) 80 (176.4)
29.3 (39.28) 37.5 (50.27) 200 (1770.16) 256 (2265.80) 1400 6500 1FE1114-6WT 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.06239 (0.5521) 80 (176.4)
20.9 (28.02) 26.8 (35.92) 200 (1770.16) 256 (2265.80) 1000 6000 1FE1114-6WW 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.06239 (0.5521) 80 (176.4)
37.7 (50.54) 48.3 (64.75) 300 (2655.24) 384 (3398.71) 1200 6500 1FE1116-6WR 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.09285 (0.8217) 103 (227.12)
28.3 (37.94) 36.2 (48.53) 300 (2655.24) 384 (3398.71) 900 5500 1FE1116-6WT 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.09285 (0.8217) 103 (227.12)
22 (29.49) 28 (37.53) 300 (2655.24) 384 (3398.71) 700 4000 1FE1116-6WW 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.09285 (0.8217) 103 (227.12)
High-Torque series, 8-pole
104 (139.41) 124 2) (166.22) 585 (5177.72) 795 2) (7036.39) 1700 8000 1FE1145-8WN 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.21636 (1.9148) 117 (257.99)
79.6 (106.70) 96 (128.69) 585 (5177.72) 795 (7036.39) 1300 6000 1FE1145-8WQ 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.21636 (1.9148) 117 (257.99)
67.4 (90.35) 80 (107.24) 585 (5177.72) 795 (7036.39) 1100 5000 1FE1145-8WS 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.21636 (1.9148) 117 (257.99)
103 (138.07) 124 2) (166.22) 820 (7257.66) 1110 2) (9824.39) 1200 5500 1FE1147-8WN 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (341.78)
81.6 (109.38) 96 (128.69) 820 (7257.66) 1110 (9824.39) 950 4200 1FE1147-8WQ 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (341.78)
64.4 (86.33) 80 (107.24) 820 (7257.66) 1110 (9824.39) 750 3500 1FE1147-8WS 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (341.78)
m
kg
(lb)
• Standard protection: 2xKTY 3)
1
• Full protection: 2xKTY + 3xPTC thermistor drilling 7)
3
• Universal protection 8) 5
• Delivery of stator + rotor 3) 5) 6) 1
• Stator with cooling jacket 3) 4)
B
• Without rotor jacket
• With rotor jacket, for d* see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket, for d** see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket "-..D." for 1FE1082.../1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table
• With rotor jacket "-..E." for 1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table
• Free cable ends with rigid connection, length 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
• Free cable ends, flexible, length 0.5 m (1.64 ft) (preferred variant)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
A
B
C
D
E
0
1
2
3
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
6/70 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Rated current for duty type in
accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
Voltage Protection
Module 10)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated current
I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-40% S1
For complete Order No., see
A A A
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
High-Torque series, 6-pole
1FE1113-6WU... 60 91 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1113-6WX... 43 62 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1114-6WR... 108 160 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1114-6WT... 84 123 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1114-6WW... 58 85 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1116-6WR... 109 160 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1116-6WT... 84 123 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1116-6WW... 60 87 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
High-Torque series, 8-pole
1FE1145-8WN... 200 290 2) VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1145-8WQ... 158 230 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1145-8WS... 130 188 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1147-8WN... 200 290 2) VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1147-8WS... 158 230 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1147-8WS... 130 190 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module 1
1) Data for ∆T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2) Observe limit for power section.
3) Standard scope of supply: Potted winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
4) Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
5) Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
6) Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
7) Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1BW10
8) Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227
9) For moment of inertia with sleeve, see Planning Guide.
10) Power section with integrated VPM available soon.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/71

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated power for duty type Rated torque 1) Rated
IEC 60034-1 1) in accordance with
speed
Max.
speed
1FE1 built-in motors
Water cooling
Moment of inertia of
rotor
P rated M rated n rated n max Order No. J m
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40%
kW
(HP)
kW
(HP)
High-Speed series, 4-pole
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
rpm rpm kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Weight,
approx.
(rotor and
stator)
12.6 (16.89) 17.6 (23.59) 5 (44.25) 7 (61.96) 24000 40000 1FE1051-4HC 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.00045 (0.004) 4.1 (9.04)
6.5 (8.71) 8.0 (10.72) 6.5 (57.53) 9.0 (79.66) 9500 30000 1FE1051-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00057 (0.005) 4.2 (9.26)
31.4 (42.09) 35 (46.92) 12 (106.21) 15.5 (137) 25000 40000 8) 1FE1052-4HD 7 0- 1 B A 7 0.00087 (0.0077) 7.15 (15.77)
23.9 (32.04) 30 (40.21) 12 (106.21) 15.5 (137) 19000 40000 8) 1FE1052-4HG 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00087 (0.0077) 7.15 (15.77)
11 (14.75) 12 (16.09) 13 (115.06) 18 (159.31) 8000 30000 1FE1052-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00110 (0.0097) 7.35 (16.21)
17.5 (23.46) 19 (25.47) 13 (115.06) 17 (150.46) 12500 30000 1FE1052-4WK 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00110 (0.0097) 7.35 (16.21)
25.5 (34.18) 32.5 (43.57) 18 (159.31) 23 (203.57) 13500 40000 8) 1FE1053-4HH 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00128 (0.0113) 10.2 (22.49)
16.5 (22.12) 18 (24.13) 20 (177.02) 27 (238.97) 7900 30000 1FE1053-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00163 (0.0144) 10.5 (23.15)
16 (21.45) 16 (21.45) 28 (247.82) 40 (354.03) 5500 24000 1FE1072-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00287 (0.0254) 11.2 (24.7)
20 (26.81) 20 (26.81) 28 (247.82) 40 (354.03) 6800 24000 1FE1072-4WL 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00287 (0.0254) 11.2 (24.7)
28.5 (38.20) 28.5 (38.20) 28 (247.82) 40 (354.03) 9700 20000 1FE1072-4WH 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00287 (0.0254) 11.2 (24.7)
30 (40.21) 30 (40.21) 42 (371.73) 59 (522.20) 6800 24000 1FE1073-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00430 (0.0381) 16 (35.28)
15 (20.11) 15 (20.11) 45 (398.29) 64 (566.45) 3200 14000 1FE1073-4WT 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00430 (0.0381) 16 (35.28)
41 (54.96) 41 (54.96) 56 (495.64) 79 (699.21) 7000 20000 1FE1074-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00573 (0.0507) 21 (46.31)
48 (64.34) 51 (68.36) 60 (531.05) 86 (761.17) 7700 20000 1FE1074-4WM 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00573 (0.0507) 21 (46.31)
15.5 (20.78) 15.5 (20.78) 42 (371.73) 55 (486.79) 3500 20000 1FE1082-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00559 (0.0495) 15.1 (33.3)
8.8 (11.80) 8.8 (11.80) 42 (371.73) 55 (486.79) 2000 11000 1FE1082-4WR 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00559 (0.0495) 15.1 (33.3)
28 (37.53) 28 (37.53) 63 (557.60) 83 (734.62) 4200 20000 1FE1083-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.00847 (0.0750) 22 (48.51)
38 (50.94) 38 (50.94) 84 (743.47) 110 (973.59) 4300 20000 1FE1084-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01118 (0.0989) 28.5 (62.84)
35 (46.92) 35 (46.92) 78 (690.36) 110 (973.59) 4300 20000 1FE1084-4WP 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01118 (0.0989) 28.5 (62.84)
30 (40.21) 30 (40.21) 84 (743.47) 110 (973.59) 3400 18000 1FE1084-4WQ 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01118 (0.0989) 28.5 (62.84)
26.4 (35.39) 26.4 (35.39) 84 (743.47) 110 (973.59) 3000 15000 1FE1084-4WT 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01118 (0.0989) 28.5 (62.84)
38 (50.94) 38 (50.94) 105 (929.33) 138 (1221.41) 3500 18000 1FE1085-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01388 (0.1228) 35 (77.18)
24 (32.17) 24 (32.17) 105 (929.33) 140 (1239.11) 2200 12000 1FE1085-4WT 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01388 (0.1228) 35 (77.18)
33 (44.24) 33 (44.24) 105 (929.33) 140 (1239.11) 3000 16000 1FE1085-4WQ 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01388 (0.1228) 35 (77.18)
kg
(lb)
• Standard protection: 2xKTY 2)
1
• Full protection: 2xKTY + 3xPTC thermistor drilling 6)
3
• Universal protection 7) 5
• Delivery of stator + rotor 2) 4) 5) 1
• Stator with cooling jacket 2) 3)
B
• Without rotor jacket
A
• Free cable ends with rigid connection, length 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
• Free cable ends, flexible, length 0.5 m (1.64 ft) (preferred variant)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
0
1
2
3
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
6/72 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Rated current for duty type in
accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
Voltage Protection
Module 9)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated current
I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-40% S1 to n max
A A A
For complete Order No., see
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
High-Speed series, 4-pole
1FE1051-4HC... 25 34.5 – 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1051-4WN... 12 17 VPM 120 18 6SL312 7 - 7 TE21-8A..
1FE1052-4HD... 57 75 – 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1052-4HG... 44 59 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1052-4WN... 20 26 VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1052-4WK... 30 39 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1053-4HH... 46 63 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1053-4WN... 29 38 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1072-4WN... 36 54 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1072-4WL... 45 68 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1072-4WH... 64 96 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1073-4WN... 65 97 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1073-4WT... 30 44 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1074-4WN... 91 136 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1074-4WM... 97 144 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1082-4WN... 42 60 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1082-4WR... 24 34 VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1083-4WN... 77 110 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1084-4WN... 105 150 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1084-4WP... 79 120 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1084-4WQ... 83 119 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1084-4WT... 60 85 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1085-4WN... 105 150 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1085-4WT... 60 85 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1085-4WQ... 85 120 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1) Data for ∆T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2) Standard scope of supply: Potted winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
3) Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
4) Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
5) Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
6) Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1BW10
7) Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227
8) Series reactor required, see Planning Guide.
9) Power section with integrated VPM available soon.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/73

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
6
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated power for duty type Rated torque 1) Rated
IEC 60034-1 1) in accordance with
speed
Max.
speed
1FE1 built-in motors
Water cooling
P rated M rated n rated n max Order No. J
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40%
kW
(HP)
kW
(HP)
High-Speed series, 4-pole
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Nm
(lb ƒ -in)
Moment of inertia of
rotor
rpm rpm kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Weight,
approx.
(rotor and
stator)
16 (21.45) 16 (21.45) 45 (398.29) 60 (531.05) 3400 18000 1FE1092-4WP 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.00916 (0.0811) 30 (66.15)
10.5 (14.08) 10.5 (14.08) 24 (212.42) 35 (309.78) 2000 10000 1FE1092-4WV 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.00916 (0.0811) 30 (66.15)
27.5 (36.86) 27.5 (36.86) 75 (663.81) 103 (911.63) 3500 18000 1FE1093-4WM 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.01694 (0.1499) 43.5 (95.92)
26 (34.85) 26 (34.85) 75 (663.81) 103 (911.63) 3300 16000 1FE1093-4WN 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.01694 9) (0.1499) 43.5 (95.92)
35 (46.92) 35 (46.92) 75 (663.81) 103 (911.63) 4500 18000 1FE1093-4WH 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.01694 9) (0.1499) 43.5 (95.92)
40 (53.62) 40 (53.62) 100 (885.08) 137 (1212.56) 3800 18000 1FE1094-4WL 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02168 9) (0.1919) 50.5 (111.35)
46 (61.66) 46 (61.66) 100 (885.08) 137 (1212.56) 4400 18000 1FE1094-4WK 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02168 9) (0.1919) 50.5 (111.35)
26 (34.85) 26 (34.85) 100 (885.08) 125 (1106.35) 2500 13000 1FE1094-4WS 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02168 9) (0.1919) 50.5 (111.35)
18 (24.13) 18 (24.13) 95 (840.83) 118 (1044.39) 1800 10000 1FE1094-4WU 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02168 (0.1919) 50.5 (111.35)
46 (61.66) 46 (61.66) 125 (1106.35) 170 (1504.64) 3500 18000 1FE1095-4WN 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.02642 9) (0.2338) 59 (130.1)
52 (69.71) 52 (69.71) 150 (1327.62) 206 (1823.26) 3300 16000 1FE1096-4WN 7 1- 1 B 7 7 0.03140 9) (0.2779) 67 (147.74)
38.5 (51.61) 45 (60.32) 102 (902.78) 142 (1256.81) 3600 16000 1FE1103-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.01589 (0.1406) 34 (74.97)
54 (72.39) 64 (85.79) 136 (1203.71) 190 (1681.65) 3800 16000 1FE1104-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.02098 (0.1857) 42.5 (93.71)
53.4 (71.58) 64 (85.79) 170 (1504.64) 236 (2088.79) 3000 16000 1FE1105-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.02609 (0.2309) 52 (114.66)
72.6 (97.32) 85 (113.94) 204 (1805.56) 283 (2504.78) 3400 16000 1FE1106-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.03147 (0.2785) 61.5 (135.61)
62 (83.11) 66 (88.47) 204 (1805.56) 270 (2389.72) 2900 14000 1FE1106-4WR 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.03147 (0.2785) 61.5 (135.61)
56.5 (75.74) 60 (80.43) 200 (1770.16) 270 (2389.72) 2700 12500 1FE1106-4WS 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.03147 (0.2785) 61.5 (135.61)
25 (33.51) 30 (40.21) 200 (1770.16) 270 (2389.72) 1200 6000 1FE1106-4WY 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.03147 (0.2785) 61.5 (135.61)
63 (84.45) 75 (100.54) 200 (1770.16) 275 (2433.97) 3000 14000 1FE1124-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.05112 (0.4524) 62.6 (138.03)
78.5 (105.23) 90 (120.64) 250 (2212.70) 345 (3053.53) 3000 14000 1FE1125-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.06337 (0.5608) 76 (167.58)
65.5 (87.80) 82 (109.92) 250 (2212.70 345 (3053.53) 2500 12500 1FE1125-4WP 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.06337 (0.5608) 76 (167.58)
94 (126.01) 112 2) (150.13) 300 (2655.24) 410 2) (3628.83) 3000 14000 1FE1126-4WN 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.07604 (0.6729) 90 (198.45)
78.5 (105.23) 100 2) (134.05) 300 (2655.24) 410 2) (3628.83) 2500 12500 1FE1126-4WP 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.07604 (0.6729) 90 (198.45)
63 (84.45) 82 (109.92) 300 (2655.24) 410 (3628.83) 2000 10000 1FE1126-4WQ 7 1- 1 B A 7 0.07604 (0.6729) 90 (198.45)
kg
(lb)
• Standard protection: 2xKTY 3)
1
• Full protection: 2xKTY + 3xPTC thermistor drilling 7)
3
• Universal protection 8) 5
• Delivery of stator + rotor 3) 5) 6) 1
3) 4)
• Stator with cooling jacket B
• Without rotor jacket
• Without rotor jacket, d i = 80 mm (3.15 in) for 1FE109.-4W... only
A
R
• Free cable ends with rigid connection, length 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
• Free cable ends, flexible, length 0.5 m (1.64 ft ) (preferred variant)
Cable outlet at large outer diameter of cooling jacket
Cable outlet at small outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request)
0
1
2
3
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 50 and 70: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 120: duty cycle time 2 min
6/74 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Rated current for duty type in
accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
Voltage Protection
Module 10)
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated current
I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-40% S1
For complete Order No., see
A A A
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
High-Speed series, 4-pole
1FE1092-4WP... 41 58 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1092-4WV... 24 25 VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
1FE1093-4WM... 64 92 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1093-4WN... 60 86.4 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1093-4WH... 83 120 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1094-4WL... 90 130 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1094-4WK... 108 156 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1094-4WS... 60 85 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1094-4WU... 45 64 VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
1FE1095-4WN... 108 156 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1096-4WN... 120 173 VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1103-4WN... 84 127 VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
1FE1104-4WN... 120 181 VPM 200 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1105-4WN... 120 180 VPM 200 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1106-4WN... 159 240 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1106-4WR... 128 184 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1106-4WS... 120 170 VPM 200 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
1FE1106-4WY... 60 85 VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
1FE1124-4WN... 135 198 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1125-4WN... 162 240 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1125-4WP... 147 215 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1126-4WN... 200 295 2) VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1126-4WP... 180 265 2) VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
1FE1126-4WQ... 147 215 VPM 200 200 6SL312 7 - 1 TE32-0A..
6
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module 1
1) Data for ∆T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2) Observe limit for power section.
3) Standard scope of supply: Potted winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
4) Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
5) Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
6) Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
7) Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1BW10
8) Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227
9) For moment of inertia for version "R" without rotor jacket d i = 80 mm (3.15 in), see Planning Guide.
10) Power section with integrated VPM available soon.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/75

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 standard type built-in motors
Voltage Protection Module VPM
6
■ Overview
The VPM is used with motors 1FE1...-_...1-.... and 2SP1 with EMF
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Voltage Protection Module
of > 800 V to 2000 V to limit the DC link voltage at the converter
in the event of a fault. If supply voltage fails at maximum motor
VPM 120 VPM 200
speed or if the pulses at the converter are canceled as a result Degree of protection
IP20
in accordance with
of a fault, the synchronous motor feeds back to the DC link at
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
high voltage. The VPM detects a DC link voltage that is too high
(> 800 V) and short-circuits the three motor supply cables. The Humidity rating
Class 3K5, condensation and icing
power remaining in the motor is converted to heat via the shortcircuit
between the VPM and motor cables.
in accordance with
excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C
EN 60721-3-3
(32 °F).
The VPM can withstand "short-circuit braking" a number of times.
■ Integration
Ambient temperature
• Storage and transport
-25 ... +55°C
(-13 ... +131 °F)
-25 ... +55°C
(-13 ... +131 °F)
•Operation 0 ... 55°C
0 ... 55°C
(32 ... 131 °F) (32 ... 131 °F)
The VPM is only operational in conjunction with SINAMICS S120
and 1FE1/2SP1 motors.
Weight, approx. 6 kg (13.23 lb) 11 kg (24.25 lb)
Dimensions
The VPM must be installed between motor and drive system
•Height 300 mm (11.81 in) 300 mm (11.81 in)
at a maximum distance from the drive system of 1.5 m (4.92 ft).
•Width 150 mm (5.91 in) 250 mm (9.84)
6FX8 shielded motor supply cables must be used in combination
with the VPM.
•Depth 180 mm (7.09 in) 190 mm (7.48 in)
System requirements for operating 1FE1 motors:
• SINAMICS S120
• SINUMERIK 840D sl software version 1.3 and higher
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Voltage Protection Module
• VPM 120 (120 A)
6SN1113-1AA00-1JA1
• VPM 200 (200 A)
6SN1113-1AA00-1KA1
6/76 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1FE1 built-in motors
■ Dimension drawing
L
Motor
type
High-speed series
L
mm (in)
D
mm (in)
D A
mm (in)
d i
mm (in)
1FE1051-4....-1BA. 130 (5.12) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
1FE1052-4....-1BA. 180 (7.09) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
1FE1053-4....-1BA. 230 (9.06) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
1FE1072-4W...-1BA. 185 (7.28) 155 (6.10) 135 (5.31) 58 (2.28)
1FE1073-4W...-1BA. 235 (9.25) 155 (6.10) 135 (5.31) 58 (2.28)
1FE1074-4W...-1BA. 285 (11.22) 155 (6.10) 135 (5.31) 58 (2.28)
1FE1082-4W...-1BA. 190 (7.48) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1083-4W...-1BA. 240 (9.45) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1084-4W...-1BA. 290 (11.42) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1085-4W...-1BA. 340 (13.39) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1092-4W...-1BR. 200 (7.87) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1093-4W...-1BA. 250 (9.84) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1093-4W...-1BR. 250 (9.84) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1094-4W...-1BA. 300 (11.81) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1094-4W...-1BR. 300 (11.81) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1095-4W...-1BA. 350 (13.78) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1095-4W...-1BR. 350 (13.78) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1096-4W...-1BA. 400 (15.75) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1096-4W...-1BR. 400 (15.75) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1103-4W...-1BA. 265 (10.43) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
1FE1104-4W...-1BA. 315 (12.40) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
1FE1105-4W...-1BA. 365 (14.37) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
1FE1106- 4W...-1BA. 415 (16.34) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
1FE1124-4W...-1BA. 315 (12.40) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
1FE1125-4W...-1BA. 365 (14.37) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
1FE1126-4W...-1BA. 415 (16.34) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
D
D A
d i
d*/d**
G_NC01_EN_00148
Rotor Air gap Stator
Hollow shaft Sleeve Cooling
sheath
6
Rotors of the high-speed series are supplied without rotor jacket
and unbalanced.
Motor
Internal rotor diameter with jacket
Type
L
mm (in)
D
mm (in)
D A
mm (in)
d i
-..A.
mm (in)
d*
-..B.
mm (in)
d**
-..C.
mm (in)
d**
-..D.
mm (in)
d**
-..E.
mm (in)
High-torque series
1FE1041-6W... 107 (4.21) 95 (3.74) 85 (3.35) 44 (1.73) – – – –
1FE1042-6W... 157.5 (6.20) 95 (3.74) 85 (3.35) 44 (1.73) – – – –
1FE1051-6W... 170 (6.69) 115 (4.53) 103.5 (4.07) 42 (1.65) – 33 (1.30) – –
1FE1052-6W... 220 (8.66) 115 (4.53) 103.5 (4.07) 42 (1.65) – 33 (1.30) – –
1FE1054-6W... 320 (12.60) 115 (4.53) 103.5 (4.07) 42 (1.65) – – – –
1FE1061-6W... 130 (5.12) 130 (5.12) 118 (4.65) 58 (2.28) 48 (1.89) – – –
1FE1064-6W... 280 (11.02) 130 (5.12) 118 (4.65) 58 (2.28) – – – –
1FE1082-6W... 195 (7.68) 190 (7.48) 170 (6.69) 93 (3.66) 67 (2.64) 74 (2.91) 80 (3.15) –
1FE1084-6W... 295 (11.61) 190 (7.48) 170 (6.69) 93 (3.66) – 74 (2.91) – –
1FE1091-6W... 150 (5.91) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 92 (3.62) 67 (2.64) 80 (3.15) – –
1FE1092-6W... 200 (7.87) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 92 (3.62) 67 (2.64) 80 (3.15) – –
1FE1093-6W... 250 (9.84) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 92 (3.62) 67 (2.64) 80 (3.15) – –
1FE1113-6W... 260 (10.24) 250 (9.84) 220 (8.66) 120 (4.72) – – 80 (3.15) 105.2 (4.14)
1FE1114-6W... 310 (12.20) 250 (9.84) 220 (8.66) 120 (4.72) 82 (3.23) 102 (4.02) – –
1FE1116-6W... 410 (16.14) 250 (9.84) 220 (8.66) 120 (4.72) 82 (3.23) 102 (4.02) – –
1FE1145-8W... 390 (15.35) 310 (12.20) 280 (11.02) – – 150.3 (5.92) – –
1FE1147-8W... 490 (19.29) 310 (12.20) 280 (11.02) – – 150.3 (5.92) – –
Note:
Rotors without rotor jacket "-..A." are supplied without prebalancing.
Rotors with rotor jacket "-..B./-..C./-..D./-..E." are
supplied pre-balanced.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/77

Synchronous motors
Motor spindles for SINAMICS S120
2SP1 standard type ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
■ Overview
■ Application
The main application area for ECS motor spindles are main
spindles for simple milling machines and machining centers in
the job shop area of the machine tools sector.
The 2SP120 motor spindles are particularly suitable for the area
of light metal machining at low torque and high speeds.
The 2SP125 motor spindles are characterized by a high torque.
The main area of application is in the machining of steel and
castings.
■ Design
The 2SP1 ECS motor spindles are characterized by a rugged
design.
Depending on the version, the following options are available for
ECS motor spindles:
• Various tool interfaces
• Internal tool cooling
• External tool cooling
Speed/power graphs
6
The 2SP1 ECS motor spindle product range comprises compact
standard motor spindles that can be used as an alternative to
belt-driven spindles and can be used both for rough cutting and
for precise fine machining.
The 2SP1 motor spindle contains all the classical elements of a
motor spindle, such as a tool interface, tool clamping and release
mechanism, spindle bearings suitable for absorbing the
machining forces, water-cooled drive motor, spindle casing for
fixing and sensors for indexing and monitoring tool changeover.
The motorized spindles are available in 2 diameters of 200 mm
(7.87 in) (2SP120) and 250 mm (9.84 in) (2SP125) and are offered
with different torque and speed graduations to match the
respective milling machine family. The motor spindles are ideally
matched to the performance levels of SINAMICS S120.
The complete product range of 2SP1 motor spindles was
developed in cooperation with and is manufactured at Weiss
Spindeltechnologie GmbH.
P
n
n ∆
■ Benefits
The 2SP1 ECS motor spindles offer the user the following important
advantages over conventional belt-driven solutions:
7 Compact spindle solution and "everything included" in the
spindle box
7 Fewer components and easy installation
7 Economical standard solution as compared with today's
belt-driven solutions
7 Drive train with high degree of rigidity
7 High torque and speed and therefore high productivity thanks
to high cutting efficiency and reduction of non-productive time
7 Higher speed and shorter start-up times as compared with
conventional belt-driven or gear solutions
7 Economical pneumatic tool release mechanism or optional
fast hydraulic tool release mechanism
7 Worldwide system delivery including spindle mechanics from
a single source – from Siemens
2SP1 ECS motor spindles in asynchronous design with star-delta
changeover
2SP1 ECS motor spindles in synchronous design
6/78 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Motor spindles for SINAMICS S120
2SP1 standard type ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
■ Technical specifications
Product name
2SP120
ECS motor spindles
2SP125
ECS motor spindles
Standard functions
Housing Cartridge with flange mounting Cartridge with flange mounting
Operating position Horizontal/vertical Horizontal/vertical
Tool adapter HSK A63 SK 40 for tools with asymmetrical slide rings
Tool clamping device
• Release using pneumatic cylinder, 6 bar
• Clamping using cup spring package
• Release using pneumatic cylinder, 6 bar
• Clamping using cup spring package
Speed, max. 15,000 rpm 10,000 rpm
Bearing lubrication Grease, permanent lubrication Grease, permanent lubrication
Bearing seal at front Blocking air 1 ... 1.5 m 3 /h, filter grade 8 µm Blocking air 1 ... 1.5 m 3 /h, filter grade 8 µm
Tool taper cleaning Compressed air through draw-bar 5 ... 6 bar Compressed air through draw-bar 5 ... 6 bar
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Degree of protection
in accordance with IEC 60034-5
Recommended coolant inlet
temperature, approx.
Measuring system
Standard protection - temperature
monitoring
Clamping status monitoring
Cooling with water
Medium connections
• Cooling
• Blocking air
• Taper cleaning air
• Release tool
• Clamp tool
Electrical connections
Options
Internal tool cooling
External tool cooling
Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature of
25 °C (77 °F)
Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature of
25 °C (77 °F)
IP64 (in working area)
IP64 (in working area)
IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
25°C (77 °F) (depending on the ambient temperature) 25°C (77 °F) (depending on the ambient temperature)
Hollow-shaft measuring system, incremental,
sin/cos 1 V pp 256 pulses/revolution with zero mark
• Motor thermal sensor KTY84-130
• PTC for full thermal protection
• NTC PT3-51F
• NTC K227
Sensors (analog)
• Tool clamped
• Draw-bar in release position
• Clamped without tool
• Sensors (digital)
• Position of release piston
• max. 5 bar, 10 l/min
• max. 25% corrosion protection material
Clariant Antifrogen N or Tyfocor
• Filter grade 100 µm
2 x hose plug-in connector, Ø 12 mm/10 mm
(0.47 in/0.39 in)
1 x G 1/8 radial/Ø 5 mm (0.20 in) axial
1xG1/4
1xG1/4
1xG1/8
• Power through cable 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
• Sensors through signal plug
• 50 bar, up to 54 l/min
• Filter grade 50 µm according to -/16/13 ISO 4406
• 1 x G1/4 coolant
• 1 x G1/8 leakage
• Ring with 6 adjustable nozzles
•5bar
• Filter grade 50 µm in accordance with -/16/13 ISO 4406
Hollow-shaft measuring system, incremental,
sin/cos 1 V pp 256 pulses/revolution with zero mark
• Motor thermal sensor KTY84-130
• PTC for full thermal protection
• NTC PT3-51F
•NTCK227
Sensors (digital)
• Tool clamped 1)
• max. 5 bar, 10 l/min
• max. 25% corrosion protection material
Clariant Antifrogen N or Tyfocor
• Filter grade 100 µm
2 x G 1/2 (Ø 9 mm (0.35 in))
1 x G 1/8 (Ø 8 mm (0.31 in))
1xG1/4
1xM16x1.5
1xG1/8
• Power through cable 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
• Sensors through signal plug
• 50 bar, up to 54 l/min
• Filter grade 50 µm according to -/16/13 ISO 4406
• 1 x G1/4 coolant
• 1 x G1/8 leakage
Increased max. speed 18,000 rpm 15,000 rpm (with HSK A63)
Tool clamping device
• Release using hydraulic cylinder, 80 bar
• Clamping using cup spring package
• 1 x G 1/4, release tool
• 1 x G 1/4, clamp tool
Sensors for clamping status
• Draw-bar in release position
• Clamped without tool
Tool interface
BT 40, CAT 40, HSK A63
6
1) For manual tool changing; additional sensors are required for automatic tool changing (see Options).
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/79

Synchronous motors
Motor spindles for SINAMICS S120
2SP1 standard type ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Spindle Rated power
diameter
Star/delta
Rated torque
Star/delta
Rated
speed
Star/delta
Maximum
speed
2SP1 ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
mm
(in)
P rated M rated n rated n max
S1
kW
S6-40%
kW
S1
Nm
S6-40%
Nm
rpm rpm
Order No.
Standard type
(HP)
(HP)
(lb ƒ -in)
(lb ƒ -in)
Synchronous
200 12.0/– (16.09/–) 12.0/– (16.09/–) 42/– (371.73/–) 55/– (486.79/–) 2700/– 15000 2SP1202-1HA 7 7 -1 D F 2
(7.87)
15.5/– (20.78/–) 15.5/– (20.78/–) 42/– (371.73/–) 55/– (486.79/–) 3500/– 18000 2SP1202-1HB 7 7 -2 D F 2
26.4/– (35.39/–) 26.4/– (35.39/–) 84/– (743.47/–) 110/– (973.59/–) 3000/– 15000 2SP1204-1HA 7 7 -1 D F 2
35.0/– (46.92/–) 35.0/– (46.92/–) 78/– (690.36/–) 110/– (973.59/–) 4300/– 18000 2SP1204-1HB 7 7 -2 D F 2
Asynchronous
250
(9.84)
13.2/13.2
(17.69/17.69)
13.2/13.2
(17.69/17.69)
18.9/18.9
(25.34/25.34)
18.9/18.9
(25.34/25.34)
70/32
(619.56/283.23)
70/32
(619.56/283.23)
100/45
(885.08/398.29)
100/45
(885.08/398.29)
1800/4000 10000 2SP1253-8HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
1800/4000 15000 2SP1253-8HA 0 7 -1 D 7 2
6
11.7/11.7
(15.68/15.68)
11.7/11.7
(15.68/15.68)
Synchronous
250
(9.84)
16.7/16.7
(22.39/22.39)
16.7/16.7
(22.39/22.39)
140/62
(1239.11/548.75)
140/62
(1239.11/548.75)
200/89
(1770.16/787.72)
200/89
(1770.16/787.72)
800/1800 10000 2SP1255-8HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
800/1800 15000 2SP1255-8HA 0 7 -1 D 7 2
26.0/– (34.85/–) 29.0/– (38.87/–) 100/– (885.08/–) 130/– (1150.60/–) 2500/– 10000 2SP1253-1HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
35.0/– (46.92/–) 38.0/– (50.94/–) 100/– (885.08/–) 130/– (1150.60/–) 3300/– 15000 2SP1253-1HB 0 7 -1 D 7 2
46.3/– (62.06/–) 55.0/– (73.73/–) 170/– (1504.64/–) 236/– (2088.79/–) 2600/– 10000 2SP1255-1HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
53.4/– (71.58/–) 64.0/– (85.79/–) 170/– (1504.64/–) 236/– (2088.79/–) 3000/– 15000 2SP1255-1HB 0 7 -1 D 7 2
Tool clamping and release mechanism:
Pneumatic
Hydraulic
0
1
Cooling:
Closed cooling jacket
Closed cooling jacket and internal tool cooling
Closed cooling jacket, internal tool cooling and ring for external tool cooling (for 2SP120 only)
1
3
5
Tool interfaces:
Tool interface SK 40
Tool interface BT 40 45°
Tool interface CAT 40
Tool interface HSK A63
Tool interface BT 40 30°
Sensors:
"Tool clamped" sensor 1)
B + "Draw-bar in release position" sensor
C + "Clamped without tool" sensor
D + "Position of release piston" sensor (for 2SP120 only)
A
B
C
D
E
B
C
D
F
1) For manual tool changing. Additional sensors are required for automatic tool changing.
6/80 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Synchronous motors
Motor spindles for SINAMICS S120
2SP1 standard type ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
Moment of Weight, 1) Rated current
Voltage SINAMICS Motor Module
inertia
approx. Star/delta
Protection
Module
Required
rated current
J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-40% S1
For complete Order No., see
kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
A A A
"SINAMICS S120 drive system".
Synchronous
2SP1202-1HA... 0.015 (0.1327) 83 (183) 30/– 43/– VPM 120 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
2SP1202-1HB... 0.015 (0.1327) 83 (183) 42/– 60/– VPM 120 45 6SL312 7 - 1 TE24-5A..
2SP1204-1HA... 0.023 (0.2035) 101 (222.7) 60/– 85/– VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
2SP1204-1HB... 0.023 (0.2035) 101 (222.7) 79/– 120/– VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
Asynchronous
2SP1253-8HA0.-0... 0.037 (0.3274) 130 (286.7) 28/29 39/39 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
2SP1253-8HA0.-1... 0.037 (0.3274) 130 (286.7) 28/29 39/39 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
2SP1255-8HA0.-0... 0.055 (0.4867) 165 (363.8) 30/29 40/37 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
2SP1255-8HA0.-1... 0.055 (0.4867) 165 (363.8) 30/29 40/37 – 30 6SL312 7 - 1 TE23-0A..
Synchronous
2SP1253-1HA... 0.037 (0.3274) 130 (286.7) 53/– 75/– VPM 120 60 6SL312 7 - 1 TE26-0A..
2SP1253-1HB... 0.037 (0.3274) 130 (286.7) 68/– 98/– VPM 120 85 6SL312 7 - 1 TE28-5A..
6
2SP1255-1HA... 0.055 (0.4867) 165 (363.8) 95/– 135/– VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
2SP1255-1HB... 0.055 (0.4867) 165 (363.8) 120/– 180/– VPM 120 132 6SL312 7 - 1 TE31-3A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module 1
■ Integration
The ECS motor spindle can generally be used with:
• SINAMICS S120
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840D sl with NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1
A VPM 120 must be used with ECS motor spindles in synchronous
design, see 1FE1 built-in motors.
■ More information
Please refer to "Asynchronous motors – Liquid cooling" for a list
of heat exchanger manufacturers.
For information about other motor spindles for turning, grinding,
milling and drilling, please contact:
Weiss Spindeltechnologie GmbH
– a Siemens Company –
Rudolf-Diesel-Str. 35
97424 SCHWEINFURT, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)97 21 - 77 01 - 10
Fax: +49 (0)97 21 - 77 01 - 13 3
More information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.weissgmbh.de
1) No options included.
Internal tool cooling: + 1 kg (2.2 lb)
External tool cooling: + 8 kg (17.6 lb).
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/81

Synchronous motors
Selection guide
Type/mounting position
Degree of protection
Type/
mounting
position
IM B3
IM V5
Type/
mounting
position
IM B5
IM B14
IM V1
IM V18
Type/
mounting
position
Designation
Designation
Designation
IM B35
IM V15
The degree of protection designation in accordance with
EN 60034-5 and IEC 60034-5 is made using the letters "IP"
and two digits (e.g. IP64). The second digit in the degree of
protection designation represents the protection against water,
the first digit the protection against penetration of foreign matter.
Since coolants are used for machine tools and transfer
machines which contain oil, are able to creep, and may also
be corrosive, protection against water alone is insufficient.
The designation for the degree of protection should only be
considered here as a guideline. Our sealing systems are based
on many years of practical experience, exceed the IEC definitions
by far, and are appropriate for the requirements of machine
tools.
IM V6
IM V3
IM V19
IM V36
The table can serve as a decision aid for selecting the proper
degree of protection for motors. With the IM V3/IM V19 types,
permanent liquid on the flange is only permissible with
IP67/IP68.
Liquids
General
workshop
environment
Water,
gen. coolant
(95% water,
5% oil),
oil
Creep oil;
petroleum;
aggressive
coolants
6
Effect
Dry IP64 -
Humid/moist – IP64 IP67 1)
environment
Mist IP65 IP67
Spray – IP65 IP68
Jet – IP67 IP68
Splash,
brief
immersion;
constant
immersion
– IP67 IP68
1) IP64 with dry run at shaft exit.
6/82 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Without
With
DRIVE-
DRIVE- CLiQ
CLiQ
Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
Resolver
without brake
with brake
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 g 2 h i 2 s 2 o 1 k o k o
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – – H – S
LB – LB –
1FT6, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
28 1FT6021 – 40
(1.57)
9.8
(0.39)
63
(2.48)
55
(2.17)
2.5
(0.10)
64
(2.52)
73.5
(2.89)
28
(1.10)
20
(0.79)
5.8
(0.23)
34.5
(1.36)
193
(7.60)
122
(4.80)
218
(8.58)
147
(5.79)
1FT6024 233 162 258 187
(9.17) (6.38) (10.16) (7.36)
36 1FT6031 92
(3.62)
60
(2.36)
8
(0.31)
75
(2.95)
72
(2.83)
3
(0.12)
76
(2.99)
86
(3.39)
36
(1.42)
30
(1.18)
5.5
(0.22)
– 180
(7.09)
151
(5.94)
200
(7.87)
171
(6.73)
1FT6034 220
(8.66)
191
(7.52)
240
(9.45)
211
(8.31)
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
28 1FT6021 193
(7.60)
122
(4.80)
1FT6024 233 162
(9.17) (6.38)
36 1FT6031 220 151
(8.66) (5.94)
1FT6034 260 191
(10.24) (7.52)
1FT602.
Shaft version
with fitted key
218
(8.58)
147
(5.79)
258 187
(10.16) (7.36)
240 171
(9.45) (6.73)
280 211
(11.02) (8.31)
b
d
i
9
(0.35)
14
(0.55)
l
c
M 8 20
(0.79)
M 5 30
(1.18)
o
k
o
10.2
(0.40)
16
(0.63)
g
h
3
(0.12)
5
(0.2)
s
59
(2.32)
e
6
d
f
G_DA65_EN_00126
f
56.2
(2.21)
1FT603.
k
o
u
t
d
d 6
l
b 1
d
d 6
i 2
l
f 1
c 1
G_DA65_XX_00127
h g 2
a 1
f
s 2
e 1
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/83

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Without
With
DRIVE-
DRIVE- CLiQ
CLiQ
Resolver
without brake
1) 2)
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 g 2 h i 2 s 2 s 2 k
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – – H – S S LB
1FT6, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
48 1FT6041 120 80 10 100 96 3 80 90 48 40 7 M 6 185
(4.72) (3.15) (0.39) (3.94) (3.78) (0.12) (3.15) (3.54) (1.89) (1.57) (0.28) (7.28)
1FT6044 235
(9.25)
63 1FT6061 146 110 10 130 116 3.5 90 100 58 50 9 M 8 198
(5.75) (4.33) (0.39) (5.12) (4.57) (0.14) (3.54) (3.94) (2.28) (1.97) (0.35) (7.80)
1FT6062 223
(8.78)
1FT6064 273
(10.75)
o
–
159
(6.26)
209
(8.23)
172
(6.77)
197
(7.76)
247
(9.72)
with brake
k
LB
o
–
220
(8.66)
194
(7.64)
270 244
(10.63) (9.61)
228 202
(8.98) (7.95)
253 227
(9.96) (8.94)
303 277
(11.93) (10.91)
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
6
48 1FT6041 228
(8.98)
157
(6.18)
1FT6044 278 207
(10.94) (8.15)
63 1FT6061 228 172
(8.98) (6.77)
1FT6062 253 197
(9.96) (7.76)
1FT6064 303 247
(11.93) (9.72)
263 192
(10.35) (7.56)
313 242
(12.32) (9.53)
258 202
(10.16) (7.95)
283 227
(11.14) (8.94)
333 277
(13.11) (10.91)
19
(0.75)
24
(0.94)
M 6 40
(1.57)
M 8 50
(1.97)
21.5
(0.85)
27
(1.06)
6
(0.24)
8
(0.31)
1FT604.
1FT606.
Shaft version
with fitted key
o
i 2
c 1
s 2
u
t
d
d 6
l
b 1
d
l
d 6
k
G_DA65_XX_00128
f 1
h g 2
a 1
e 1
f
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
6/84 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Resolver
without brake with brake
1) 2)
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 h i 2 s 2 s 2 o 1 k o k o
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – H – S S – LB – LB –
1FT6, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
80 1FT6081 194
(7.64)
130
(5.12)
12
(0.47)
165
(6.50)
155
(6.10)
3.5
(0.14)
127.5
(5.02)
77.5
(3.05)
58
(2.28)
11
(0.43)
M 10 76
(2.99)
221
(8.70)
113
(4.45)
248
(9.76)
140
(5.51)
1FT6082 246 138 273 165
(9.69) (5.43) (10.75) (6.50)
1FT6084 296 188 342 234
(11.65) (7.40) (13.46) (9.21)
1FT6086 346 238 392 284
(13.62) (9.37) (15.43) (11.18)
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
80 1FT6081 221
(8.70)
113
(4.45)
248
(9.76)
140
(5.51)
32
(1.26)
1FT6082 246 138 273 165
(9.69) (5.43) (10.75) (6.50)
1FT6084 296 188 342 234
(11.65) (7.40) (13.46) (9.21)
1FT6086 346 238 392 284
(13.62) (9.37) (15.43) (11.18)
1FT608.
Shaft version
with fitted key
M 12 58
(2.28)
k
o o 1
i 2
c 1
35
(1.38)
10
(0.39)
s 2
6
u
t
d
b 1
d
l e 1
l
d G_DA65_XX_00129
6
d 6 f a
1
1 f
h g 2
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/85

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Connector
Size
1.5 3
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
a 1
P
b 1
N
c 1
LA
e 1
M
f
AB
1FT6, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
100 1FT6102 240
(9.45)
180
(7.09)
1FT6105
1FT6108
132 1FT6132 – 250
(9.84)
1FT6134
1FT6136
13
(0.51)
18
(0.71)
215
(8.46)
192
(7.56)
f 1
T
4
(0.16)
300 260 5
(11.81) (10.24) (0.20)
g 2
–
146
(5.75)
172.5
(6.79)
g 2
–
172
(6.77)
198.5
(7.81)
h
H
96
(3.78)
132
(5.20)
i 2
–
80
(3.15)
82
(3.23)
p
HD
155
(6.10)
245
(9.65)
s 2
1)
S
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
s 2
2)
S
o 1
–
M 12 76
(2.99)
– 66
(2.60)
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
Resolver
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
6
100 1FT6102 295 186 341 232 295 186 341 232
(11.61) (7.32) (13.43) (9.13) (11.61) (7.32) (13.43) (9.13)
1FT6105 370 261 416 307 370 261 416 307
(14.57) (10.28) (16.38) (12.09) (14.57) (10.28) (16.38) (12.09)
1FT6108 470 361 516 407 470 361 516 407
(18.50) (14.21) (20.31) (16.02) (18.50) (14.21) (20.31) (16.02)
132 1FT6132 423 288 473 338 423 288 473 338
(16.65) (11.34) (18.62) (13.31) (16.65) (11.34) (18.62) (13.31)
1FT6134 473 338 523 388 473 338 523 388
(18.62) (13.31) (20.59) (15.28) (18.62) (13.31) (20.59) (15.28)
1FT6136 523 388 573 438 523 388 573 438
(20.59) (15.28) (22.56) (17.24) (20.59) (15.28) (22.56) (17.24)
38
(1.5)
48
(1.89)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 82
(3.23)
41
(1.61)
52.5
(2.07)
10
(0.39)
14
(0.55)
1FT610.
Shaft version
with fitted key
k
o o 1
i 2
c 1
u
t
b 1
d
d
l
s 2
e 1
l
d G_DA65_XX_00130
6
d a
6 f 1
1
f
h g 2
p
1FT613.
k
o o 1
i 2
c 1
s 2
u
t
d
l
b 1
d
l
p
h g 2
e 1
d 6
d 6
G_DA65_EN_00131a
f 1
f
350 (13.78)
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
6/86 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Terminal box
gk 130 gk 230
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 g 2
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – –
1FT6, type IM B5, natural cooling, with terminal box, with/without brake
100 1FT6102
1FT6105
1FT6108
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
240
(9.45)
180
(7.09)
– 250
(9.84)
13
(0.51)
18
(0.71)
215
(8.46)
192
(7.56)
4
(0.16)
300 260 5
(11.81) (10.24) (0.20)
155
(6.10)
160
(6.30)
– 194
(7.64)
h
H
96
(3.78)
132
(5.20)
Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
i 2
–
80
(3.15)
82
(3.23)
p
HD
155
(6.10)
245
(9.65)
s 2
1)
S
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
s 2
2)
S
o 1
–
M 12 76
(2.99)
– –
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
Resolver
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
100 1FT6102
1FT6105
1FT6108
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
295
(11.61)
370
(14.57)
470
(18.50)
423
(16.65)
473
(18.62)
523
(20.59)
186
(7.32)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
288
(11.34)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
341
(13.43)
416
(16.38)
516
(20.31)
473
(18.62)
523
(20.59)
573
(22.56)
232
(9.13)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
438
(17.24)
295
(11.61)
370
(14.57)
470
(18.50)
423
(16.65)
473
(18.62)
523
(20.59)
186
(7.32)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
288
(11.34)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
341
(13.43)
416
(16.38)
516
(20.31)
473
(18.62)
523
(20.59)
573
(22.56)
232 38
(9.13) (1.5)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
338 48
(13.31) (1.89)
388
(15.28)
438
(17.24)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 82
(3.23)
41
(1.61)
51.5
(2.03)
10
(0.39)
14
(0.55)
6
1FT610.
Shaft version
with fitted key
o
k
o 1
u
t
b 1
l
d 6
d 6
d
d
i 2
s 2
l
f 1
c 1
h g 2
p
G_DA65_XX_00132
a 1
f
e 1
1FT613.
u
t
k
o
i 2
c 1
s 2
l
l
e 1
d 6
d G_DA65_EN_00133a
6 f 1
f
350 (13.78)
b 1
d
d
p
h g 2
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/87

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Connector
Size
1.5 3
Shaft
height
Type DIN
IEC
a 1
P
b 1
N
c 1
LA
e 1
M
f
AB
f 1
T
g 2
–
g 2
–
h
H
i 2
–
p
HD
s 2
1)
S
s 2
2)
S
o 1
–
o 2
–
1FT6, type IM B5, forced ventilation, with connector, with/without brake
80 1FT6084
1FT6086
194
(7.64)
130
(5.12)
12
(0.47)
165
(6.50)
185
(7.28)
3.5
(0.14)
140
(5.51)
154
(6.06)
93
(3.66)
58
(2.28)
175
(6.89)
11
(0.43)
M 10 76
(2.99)
169
(6.65)
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
240
(9.45)
180
(7.09)
13
(0.51)
215
(8.46)
221
(8.70)
4
(0.16)
158
(6.22)
172
(6.77)
111
(4.37)
80
(3.15)
212
(8.35)
14
(0.55)
M 12 76
(2.99)
170
(6.69)
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
6
80 1FT6084
1FT6086
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
1FT608.
399
(15.71)
449
(17.68)
473
(18.62)
573
(22.56)
188
(7.40)
238
(9.37)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
Shaft version
with fitted key
445
(17.52)
495
(19.49)
519
(20.43)
619
(24.37)
234
(9.21)
284
(11.18)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
32
(1.26)
38
(1.5)
M 12 58
(2.28)
M 12 80
(3.15)
o
k
35
(1.38)
41
(1.61)
o 1
o 2
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
u
u
t
d
d 6
l
b 1
d
d 6
i 2
l
f 1
c 1
G_DA65_XX_00134
g 2
g 2
p
h
s 2
a 1
e 1
f
1FT610.
k
o o 2
i 2
c 1
o 1
s 2
u
u
d
b 1
d
g 2
l
p
g 2
e 1
t
l
h
d 6
d 6
f 1
G_DA65_XX_00135
a 1
f
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
6/88 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Connector
Size
3
Shaft
height
Type DIN
IEC
a 1
P
b 1
N
c 1
LA
e 1
M
f
AB
f 1
T
g 2
–
h
H
i 2
–
p
HD
s 2
1)
S
s 2
2)
S
o 1
–
o 2
–
1FT6, type IM B5, forced ventilation, with connector, with/without brake
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
– 250
(9.84)
18
(0.71)
300
(11.81)
260
(10.24)
5
(0.20)
198.5
(7.81)
132
(5.20)
82
(3.23)
245
(9.65)
18
(0.71)
– 66
(2.60)
–
1FT6136
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
541
(21.30)
591
(23.27)
641
(25.24)
288
(11.34)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
591
(23.27)
641
(25.24)
691
(27.20)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
438
(17.24)
48
(1.89)
M 16 82
(3.23)
51.5
(2.03)
14
(0.55)
1FT613.
Shaft version
with fitted key
c 1
k
o o 1
s 2
6
i 2
l
u
t
d
l
b 1
d
p
h g 2
e 1
d 6
d 6
f 1
G_DA65_EN_00136a
f
350 (13.78)
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/89

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Terminal box
gk 130 gk 230 gk 420
Shaft
height
Type DIN
IEC
a 1
P
b 1
N
c 1
LA
e 1
M
f
AB
f 1
T
g 2
–
g 2
–
g 2
–
h
H
1FT6, type IM B5, forced ventilation, with terminal box, with/without brake
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
240
(9.45)
180
(7.09)
13
(0.51)
215
(8.46)
221
(8.70)
4
(0.16)
167
(6.57)
172
(6.77)
– 111
(4.37)
i 2
–
80
(3.15)
p
HD
212
(8.35)
s 2
1)
S
14
(0.55)
s 2
2)
S
o 1
–
M 12 76
(2.99)
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
– 250
(9.84)
18
(0.71)
300
(11.81)
260
(10.24)
5
(0.20)
– 186.5
(7.34)
202
(7.95)
132
(5.20)
82
(3.23)
245
(9.65)
18
(0.71)
– –
1FT6136
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
o 2
–
Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o
–
k
LB
o
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
6
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
170
(6.69)
473
(18.62)
573
(22.56)
– 541
(21.30)
591
(23.27)
641
(25.24)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
288
(11.34)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
519
(20.43)
619
(24.37)
591
(23.27)
641
(25.24)
691
(27.20)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
338
(13.31)
388
(15.28)
438
(17.24)
38
(1.50)
48
(1.89)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 82
(3.23)
41
(1.61)
51.5
(2.03)
10
(0.39)
14
(0.55)
1FT610.
Shaft version
with fitted key
o
k
o 1
o 2
i 2
c 1
s 2
l
g 2
e 1
h
u
d
b 1
d
p
t
l
d 6
d 6
f 1
G_DA65_XX_00137
a 1
f
1FT613.
o
k
c 1
i 2
l
s 2
e 1
u
t
d
l
b 1
d
p
h g 2
d 6
G_DA65_EN_000138a
d 6
f 1
f
350 (13.78)
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
6/90 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Water cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Connector
Size
With
DRIVE-
CLiQ
Without
DRIVE-
CLiQ
1 1 1.5 3
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
a 1
P
b 1
N
c 1
LA
e 1
M
f
AB
f 1
T
g 2
–
g 2
–
g 2
–
g 2
–
h
H
i 2
–
p
HD
s 2
1)
S
s 2
2)
S
1FT6, type IM B5, water cooling, with connector, with/without brake
63 1FT6062
1FT6064
146
(5.75)
110
(4.33)
10
(0.39)
130
(5.12)
116
(4.57)
3.5
(0.14)
100
(3.94)
99
(3.90)
– – 58
(2.28)
50
(1.97)
– 9
(0.35)
M 8
80 1FT6084
1FT6086
194
(7.64)
130
(5.12)
12
(0.47)
165
(6.50)
155
(6.10)
3.5
(0.14)
– – 139.5
(5.49)
153.5
(6.04)
77.5
(3.05)
58
(2.28)
– 11
(0.43)
M 10
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
o
–
Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
Resolver
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake with/without brake
k o 1 k o 1 k k o 1
LB – LB – LB LB –
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
63 1FT6062
1FT6064
80 1FT6084
1FT6086
– – – – – 253
(9.96)
303
(11.93)
76
(2.99)
296
(11.65)
346
(13.62)
188
(7.40)
238
(9.37)
342
(13.46)
392
(15.43)
234
(9.21)
284
(11.18)
–
–
283
(11.14)
333
(13.11)
–
–
227
(8.94)
277
(10.91)
–
–
24
(0.94)
32
(1.26)
M 8 50
(1.97)
M 12 58
(2.28)
27
(1.06)
35
(1.38)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
6
1FT606.
Shaft version
with fitted key
u
t
d
l
b 1
d
d 6
d 6
c 1
i 2
f 1
G_DA65_EN_00140
l
Water connection Water connection Water connection
88
(3.46)
68
(2.68)
136
(5.35)
o 1
90
(3.54)
40
(1.57)
k
40
(1.57)
g 2
h
G3/8 G3/8
64
(2.52)
s 2
e 1
90
(3.54)
f
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
1FT608.
u
t
d
d 6
l
b 1
d
i 2
c 1
l
d 6
f 1
o 1
Water connection
84
(3.31)
64
(2.52)
40
(1.57)
110
(4.33)
o
G_DA65_EN_00141a
k
h g 2
g 2
Water connection Water connection
G3/8 G3/8
a 1
s 2
84
(3.31)
110
(4.33)
f
e 1
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/91

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Water cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Connector
1.5 3
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 g 2
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – –
1FT6, type IM B5, water cooling, with connector, with/without brake
100 1FT6105
240 180 13 215 192 4 158 172
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16) (6.22) (6.77)
1FT6108
h
H
96
(3.78)
i 2
–
80
(3.15)
p
HD
155
(6.10)
s 2
1)
S
14
(0.55)
s 2
2)
S
o
–
M12 76
(2.99)
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
k
LB
o 1
–
k
LB
o 1
–
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
370
(14.57)
470
(18.50)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
416
(16.38)
516
(20.31)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
38
(1.50)
M 12 80
(3.15)
41
(1.61)
10
(0.39)
6
1FT610.
u
Shaft version
with fitted key
t
d
b 1
d
i 2
l
o 1
Water connection
96
(3.78)
76
(2.99)
110
(4.33)
40
(1.57)
e 1
l
a 1
d 6
d G_DA65_EN_00142a
6 f 1
110
c 1
(4.33)
k
f
o
p
g 2
g 2
Water connection Water connection
G3/8 G3/8
s 2
84
(3.31)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
1) Type IM B5.
2) Type IM B14.
6/92 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Resolver/incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 h i 2 k o k
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – H – LB – LB
1FT6, type IM B5, water cooling, with terminal box gk230 for n rated ≤ 2000 rpm, with/without brake
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
240 180 13 215 192 4
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16)
161
(6.34)
96
(3.78)
80
(3.15)
370
(14.57)
470
(18.50)
Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Water cooling
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
416
(16.38)
516
(20.31)
1FT6, type IM B5, water cooling, with terminal box gk420 for n rated = 3000 rpm, with/without brake
1FT6105
1FT6108
240 180 13 215 192 4
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16)
176
(6.93)
96
(3.78)
80
(3.15)
370
(14.57)
470
(18.50)
261
(10.28)
361
(14.21)
416
(16.38)
516
(20.31)
o
–
o 1
–
307 76
(12.09) (2.99)
407
(16.02)
p
HD
155
(6.10)
307
(12.09)
407
(16.02)
– 155
(6.10)
s 2
S
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
s 3
-
PG29
PG36
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type
height
DIN
IEC
d
D
d 6
–
I
E
t
GA
u
F
100 1FT6105
1FT6108
38
(1.5)
M 12 80 41 10
(3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1FT6105
1FT6108
38 M 12 80 41 10
(1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
6
1FT610.
with
terminal
box
gk320
ul
t
l
d 6
d 6
Water connection Water connection
k
G3/8 G3/8
o
o 1
Water connection 96
s
(3.78)
3
84
(3.31)
i 2 40(1.57)
s 2
b 1
d
d
f 1
c 1
110
(4.33)
h g 2
p
G_DA65_EN_00176a
a 1
f
e 1
1FT610.
with
terminal
box
gk420
Water connection Water connection
k
G3/8 G3/8
Water connection
o
96
84
s 3
(3.78)
(3.31)
i 2
c 1 40 (1.57)
s 2
e
ul
1
t
l
d 6
d 6
G_DA65_EN_00177a
f a
1
1 f
d
b 1
d
110
(4.33)
h g 2
p
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/93

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft
height
Type DIN a b b 1 c c 1 e e 1 f f 1 f 2 h i 2 k m m 1 m 2
IEC B A N LA – BB M AB T – H – LB BA – –
1FT6 Big Servo, type IM B35, water cooling, with terminal box
132 1FT6132
342 216 250 14 16 366 300 260 5
(13.46) (8.50) (9.84) (0.55) (0.63) (14.41) (11.81) (10.24) (0.20)
1FT6134
1FT6136
1FT6138
392
(15.43)
442
(17.40)
517
(20.35)
416
(16.38)
466
(18.35)
541
(21.30)
245
(9.65)
132
(5.20)
82
(3.23)
423 36
(16.65) (1.42)
473
(18.62)
523
(20.59)
598
(23.54)
53
(2.09)
23
(0.91)
Shaft
height
n rated =
1500 rpm
n rated =
2500 rpm
Drive end shaft extension
Type DIN n o p p 1 s s 2 s 3 s 3 w 1 d d 6 I t u
IEC AA – HD AC K K – – C D – E GA F
132 1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
1FT6138
14
(0.55)
255.5 350.5 245
(10.06) (13.80) (9.65)
305.5
(12.03)
355.5
(14.00)
430.5
(16.95)
12
(0.47)
18
(0.71)
M 32 x 1.5
M 40 x 1.5
M 50 x 1.5
M 50 x 1.5
M 40 x 1.5
M 50 x 1.5
M 50 x 1.5
M 50 x 1.5
53
(2.09)
48
(1.89)
M 16 82
(3.23)
51.5
(2.03)
14
(0.55)
6
1FT613.
i 2
c1
k
o
2
f
Water connection Water connection
s 3 G 3/8 G 3/8
u
d
b 1
d
l
p 1
p
A
t
l
h
d 6
d 6
c
f 1
w 1
m
s
a
m 1
m 2
e
s
s 2
e 1
n
b
f
G_DA65_EN_00179
A
6/94 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Resolver
Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
without brake with brake
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 h i 2 s 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – H – S LB – – LB – –
1FK7 Compact, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
28 1FK7022-5 – 40
(1.57)
36 1FK7032-5 92
(3.62)
1FK7034-5 92
(3.62)
48 1FK7040-5 120
(4.72)
1FK7042-5 120
(4.72)
63 1FK7060-5 155
(6.10)
1FK7063-5 155
(6.10)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
110
(4.33)
110
(4.33)
10
(0.39)
8
(0.31)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
63
(2.48)
75
(2.95)
75
(2.95)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
55
(2.17)
72
(2.83)
72
(2.83)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
126
(4.96)
126
(4.96)
2.5
(0.10)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
3.5
(0.14)
3.5
(0.14)
75
(2.95)
81
(3.19)
81
(3.19)
90
(3.54)
90
(3.54)
105
(4.13)
105
(4.13)
27.5
(1.08)
36
(1.42)
36
(1.42)
48
(1.89)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
63
(2.48)
20
(0.79)
30
(1.18)
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
5.4
(0.21)
6.5
(0.26)
6.5
(0.26)
7
(0.28)
7
(0.28)
9
(0.35)
9
(0.35)
153
(6.02)
150
(5.91)
175
(6.89)
134
(5.28)
162
(6.38)
157
(6.18)
202
(7.95)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
139
(5.47)
128
(5.04)
125
(4.92)
150
(5.91)
106
(4.17)
134
(5.28)
126
(4.96)
171
(6.73)
175
(6.89)
175
(6.89)
200
(7.87)
163
(6.42)
191
(7.52)
200
(7.87)
245
(9.65)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
139
(5.47)
150
(5.91)
149
(5.87)
174
(6.85)
135
(5.31)
163
(6.42)
169
(6.65)
214
(8.43)
Basic absolute encoder (EnDat),
Absolute encoder (EnDat)
(from size 48 upwards)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake
Shaft Type k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 d d 6 l t u
height
LB – – LB – – LB – – LB – – D – E GA F
28 1FK7022-5 178
(7.01)
36 1FK7032-5 175
(6.89)
1FK7034-5 200
(7.87)
48 1FK7040-5 155
(6.10)
1FK7042-5 182
(7.17)
63 1FK7060-5 180
(7.09)
1FK7063-5 225
(8.86)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
139
(5.47)
128
(5.04)
125
(4.92)
150
(5.91)
106
(4.17)
134
(5.28)
126
(4.96)
171
(6.73)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
225
(8.86)
184
(7.24)
211
(8.31)
223
(8.78)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
268 139
(10.55) (5.47)
150
(5.91)
149
(5.87)
174
(6.85)
135
(5.31)
163
(6.42)
169
(6.65)
214
(8.43)
178
(7.01)
175
(6.89)
200
(7.87)
163
(6.42)
191
(7.52)
188
(7.40)
233
(9.17)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
139
(5.47)
128
(5.04)
125
(4.92)
150
(5.91)
106
(4.17)
134
(5.28)
126
(4.96)
171
(6.73)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
225
(8.86)
192
(7.56)
220
(8.66)
231
(9.09)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
115
(4.53)
73
(2.87)
101
(3.98)
94
(3.70)
276 139
(10.87) (5.47)
150
(5.91)
149
(5.87)
174
(6.85)
135
(5.31)
163
(6.42)
169
(6.65)
214
(8.43)
9
(0.35)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
19
(0.75)
19
(0.75)
24
(0.94)
24
(0.94)
M 3 20
(0.79)
M 5 30
(1.18)
M 5 30
(1.18)
M 6 40
(1.57)
M 6 40
(1.57)
M 8 50
(1.97)
M 8 50
(1.97)
10.2
(0.40)
16
(0.63)
16
(0.63)
21.5
(0.85)
21.5
(0.85)
27
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
3
(0.12)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
6
(0.24)
8
(0.31)
8
(0.31)
6
1FK702 .-5
1FK703 . -5
1FK704 . -5
1FK706 . -5
Shaft version
with fitted key
o2
o 1
i 2 c 1
s 2
u
t
d 6
b 1
d
l
d
d 6
f 1
l
k
h g 2
a 1
f
e 1
G_DA65_XX_00122
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/95

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Resolver
without brake
with brake
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 h i 2 s 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – H – S LB – – LB – –
1FK7 Compact, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
80 1FK7080-5 186
(7.32)
1FK7083-5 186
(7.32)
100 1FK7100-5 240
(9.45)
1FK7101-5 240
(9.45)
1FK7103-5 240
(9.45)
1FK7105-5 240
(9.45)
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
180
(7.09)
180
(7.09)
180
(7.09)
180
(7.09)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
165
(6.50)
165
(6.50)
215
(8.46)
215
(8.46)
215
(8.46)
215
(8.46)
155
(6.10)
155
(6.10)
192
(7.56)
192
(7.56)
192
(7.56)
192
(7.56)
3.5
(0.14)
3.5
(0.14)
4
(0.16)
4
(0.16)
4
(0.16)
4
(0.16)
119.5
(4.70)
119.5
(4.70)
138
(5.43)
160
(6.30)
160
(6.30)
160
(6.30)
77.5
(3.05)
77.5
(3.05)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
96
(3.78)
58
(2.28)
58
(2.28)
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
156
(6.14)
194
(7.64)
185
(7.28)
211
(8.31)
237
(9.33)
91 124
(3.58) (4.88)
129 162
(5.08) (6.38)
113 153
(4.45) (6.02)
139 179
(5.47) (7.05)
165 205
(6.50) (8.07)
184
(7.24)
245
(9.65)
204
(8.03)
240
(9.45)
91
(3.58)
129
(5.08)
113
(4.45)
139
(5.47)
266 165
(10.47) (6.50)
289 217 257 318 217
(11.38) (8.54) (10.12) (12.52) (8.54)
151
(5.94)
207
(8.15)
172
(6.77)
208
(8.19)
234
(9.21)
286
(11.26)
Basic absolute encoder (EnDat),
Absolute encoder (EnDat)
(from shaft height 48 upwards)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake
Shaft Type k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 k o 1 o 2 d d 6 l t u
height
LB – – LB – – LB – – LB – – D – E GA F
6
80 1FK7080-5 179
(7.05)
1FK7083-5 217
(8.54)
100 1FK7100-5 208
(8.19)
1FK7101-5 234
(9.21)
91
(3.58)
129
(5.08)
113
(4.45)
139
(5.47)
1FK7103-5 260 165
(10.24) (6.50)
1FK7105-5 312 217
(12.28) (8.54)
124
(4.88)
162
(6.38)
153
(6.02)
179
(7.05)
205
(8.07)
206
(8.11)
91
(3.58)
268 153
(10.55) (6.02)
227
(8.94)
113
(4.45)
263 139
(10.35) (5.47)
289 165
(11.38) (6.5)
257 341 217
(10.12) (13.43) (8.54)
151
(5.94)
213
(8.39)
172
(6.77)
208
(8.19)
234
(9.21)
187
(7.36)
225
(8.86)
216
(8.50)
242
(9.53)
91
(3.58)
129
(5.08)
113
(4.45)
139
(5.47)
268 165
(10.55) (6.50)
286 320 217
(11.26) (12.60) (8.54)
124
(4.88)
162
(6.38)
153
(6.02)
179
(7.05)
205
(8.07)
215
(8.46)
91
(3.58)
276 129
(10.87) (5.08)
235
(9.25)
113
(4.45)
271 139
(10.67) (5.47)
297 165
(11.69) (6.50)
257 349 217
(10.12) (13.74) (8.54)
151
(5.94)
207
(8.15)
172
(6.77)
208
(8.19)
234
(9.21)
32 M 12 58
(1.26) (2.28)
32 M 12 58
(1.26) (2.28)
38 M 12 80
(1.50) (3.15)
38 M 12 80
(1.50) (3.15)
38 M 12 80
(1.50) (3.15)
286 38 M 12 80
(11.26) (1.50) (3.15)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
41
(1.61)
41
(1.61)
41
(1.61)
41
(1.61)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
1FK708. -5
Shaft version
with fitted key
o2
o 1
i 2 c 1
s 2
u
t
d 6
b 1
d
l
d
d 6
f 1
l
k
h g 2
a 1
f
e 1
G_DA65_XX_00122
1FK7100-5
1FK7101-5
1FK7103-5
1FK7105-5
i 2 c 1
o2
o 1
s 2
u
t
d
d 6
l
b 1
d
l
d 6 f 1
k
h g 2
a 1
f
e 1
G_DA65_XX_00123
6/96 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 High Dynamic mot. without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
Natural cooling
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Resolver
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 g 2 h i 2
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – H –
1FK7 High Dynamic, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
36 1FK7033-7 92
(3.62)
48 1FK7043-7 120
(4.72)
60
(2.36)
80
(3.15)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
75
(2.95)
100
(3.94)
72
(2.83)
96
(3.78)
3
(0.12)
3
(0.12)
78
(3.07)
90
(3.54)
36
(1.42)
48
(1.89)
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
s 2
S
6.5
(0.26)
7
(0.28)
1FK7044-7 7
(0.28)
63 1FK7061-7 155
(6.10)
110
(4.33)
10
(0.39)
130
(5.12)
126
(4.96)
3.5
(0.14)
105
(4.13)
63
(2.48)
50
(1.97)
9
(0.35)
without/with brake
k
LB
170/195
(6.69/7.68)
191/220
(7.52/8.66)
216/245
(8.51/9.65)
185/228
(7.28/8.98)
1FK7064-7 249/292
(9.80/11.5)
80 1FK7082-7 186
(7.32)
130
(5.12)
13
(0.51)
165
(6.50)
155
(6.10)
3.5
(0.14)
119.5
(4.70)
1FK7085-7 141.5
(5.57)
1FK7086-7 140.5
(5.53)
77.5
(3.05)
60
(2.36)
11
(0.43)
201/254
(7.91/10.00)
261/304
(10.28/11.97)
261/303
(10.28/11.93)
o 1
–
108/108
(4.25/4.25)
130/130
(5.12/5.12)
155/155
(6.10/6.10)
121/121
(4.76/4.76)
185/185
(7.28/7.28)
136/141
(5.35/5.55)
190/191
(7.48/7.52)
192/192
(7.56/7.56)
o 2
–
145/170
(5.71/6.69)
163/192
(6.42/7.56)
188/217
(7.40/8.54)
153/196
(6.02/7.72)
217/260
(8.54/10.24)
169/222
(6.65/8.74)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
Shaft
height
Type
DIN
IEC
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
without/with brake
k
LB
36 1FK7033-7 194/219
(7.64/8.62)
48 1FK7043-7 212/241
(8.35/9.49)
1FK7044-7 237/266
(9.33/10.47)
63 1FK7061-7 208/251
(8.19/9.88)
o 1
–
109/109
(4.29/4.29)
130/130
(5.12/5.12)
155/155
(6.10/6.10)
121/121
(4.76/4.76)
1FK7064-7 272/315 185/185
(10.71/12.40) (7.28/7.28)
80 1FK7082-7 224/276
(8.82/10.87)
138/138
(5.43/5.43)
1FK7085-7 283/326 192/192
(11.14/12.83) (7.56/7.56)
1FK7086-7 283/326 192/192
(11.14/12.83) (7.56/7.56)
o 2
–
144/168
(5.67/6.61)
163/192
(6.42/7.56)
188/217
(7.40/8.54)
154/197
(6.06/7.76)
218/261
(8.58/10.28)
170/217
(6.69/8.54)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
Absolute encoder
(EnDat)
without/with brake
k
LB
194/219
(7.64/8.62)
220/249
(8.66/9.80)
245/274
(9.65/10.79)
217/260
(8.54/10.24)
o 1
–
109/109
(4.29/4.29)
130/130
(5.12/5.12)
155/155
(6.10/6.10)
121/121
(4.76/4.76)
281/324 185/185
(11.06/12.76) (7.28/7.28)
234/284
(9.21/11.18)
138/138
(5.43/5.43)
292/334 192/192
(11.50/13.15) (7.56/7.56)
292/334 192/192
(11.50/13.15) (7.56/7.56)
o 2
–
144/168
(5.67/6.61)
163/192
(6.42/7.56)
188/217
(7.40/8.54)
154/197
(6.06/7.76)
218/261
(8.58/10.28)
170/217
(6.69/8.54)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
229/272
(9.02/10.71)
Drive end shaft extension
d
D
14
(0.55)
19
(0.75)
24
(0.94)
32
(1.26)
d 6
–
I
E
M 5 30
(1.18)
M 6 40
(1.57)
M 6 50
(1.97)
M 12 58
(2.28)
t
GA
16
(0.63)
21.5
(0.85)
27
(1.06)
35
(1.38)
u
F
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
6
Shaft version
with fitted key
o 2
k
o 1
c 1
s 2
u
t
a 1
l
e 1
G_DA65_XX_00119
d 6
d 6 f 1
f
l
i 2
d
b 1
d
h g 2
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/97

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage
6
For motors
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
absolute encoder
without
brake
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K
height
1FT6 with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5 type, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
28 1FT6021 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 5.5 68 138 28 20 6 283 308 283 308
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (5.44) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (11.15) (12.14) (11.15) (12.14)
1FT6024 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 5.5 68 138 28 20 6 323 348 323 348
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (5.44) (1.10) (0.79) 0.24) (12.73) (13.71) (12.73) (13.71)
36 1FT6031 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 5.5 68 142 28 20 6 274 294 314 334
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (5.59) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (10.80) (11.58) (12.37) (13.16)
1FT6034 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 5.5 68 142 28 20 6 314 334 354 374
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (5.59) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (12.37) (13.16) (13.95) (14.74)
1FT6034 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 6.6 85 164 36 20 7 328 348 368 388
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.46) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.92) (13.71) (14.50) (15.29)
48 1FT6041 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 6.6 85 168 36 20 7 297 332 340 375
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.70) (13.08) (13.40) (14.78)
1FT6044 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 6.6 85 168 36 20 7 347 382 390 425
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (13.67) (15.05) (15.37) (16.75)
63 1FT6061 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 327 357 357 387
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.88) (14.07) (14.07) (15.25)
1FT6062 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 352 382 382 412
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.87) (15.05) (15.05) (16.23)
1FT6064 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 402 432 432 462
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (15.84) (17.02) (17.02) (18.20)
80 1FT6081 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 392 419 392 419
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.44) (16.51) (15.44) (16.51)
1FT6082 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 417 444 417 444
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.43) (17.49) (16.43) (17.49)
1FT6084 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 467 513 467 513
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (18.40) (20.21) (18.40) (20.21)
1FT6086 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 517 563 517 563
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (20.37) (22.18) (20.37) (22.18)
1FT6086 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 544 590 544 590
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (21.43) (23.25) (21.43) (23.25)
with
brake
1FT602.
1FT603.
1FT604.
1FT606.
1FT608.
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L6
L7
L5
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00242
D4
D3
6/98 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
absolute encoder
without
brake
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K
height
1FT6 with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
100 1FT6102 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 493 539 493 539
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.42) (21.24) (19.42) (21.24)
1FT6105 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 568 614 568 614
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (22.38) (24.19) (22.38) (24.19)
1FT6105 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 577 623 577 623
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (22.73) (24.55) (22.73) (24.55)
1FT6108 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 668 714 668 714
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (26.32) (28.13) (26.32) (28.13)
1FT6108 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 677 723 677 723
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (26.67) (28.49) (26.67) (28.49)
132 1FT6132 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 630 680 630 680
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (24.82) (26.79) (24.82) (26.79)
1FT6134 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 680 730 680 730
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (26.79) (28.76) (26.79) (28.76)
1FT6134 242 SP240- MF1 200 85 17 290 436 130 40 20 739 789 739 789
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.18) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (29.12) (31.09) (29.12) (31.09)
1FT6136 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 730 780 730 780
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (28.76) (30.73) (28.76) (30.73)
1FT6136 242 SP240- MF1 200 85 17 290 436 130 40 20 789 839 789 839
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.18) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (31.09) (33.06) (31.09) (33.06)
with
brake
6
1FT610.
1FT613.
L6
L7
L5
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00242
D4
D3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/99

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
6
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
absolute encoder
without
brake
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K
height
1FT6 with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
28 1FT6021 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 156 28 20 6 301 326 301 326
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.15) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (11.86) (12.84) (11.86) (12.84)
1FT6021 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 175 36 20 7 312 337 312 337
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.90) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.29) (13.28) (12.29) (13.28)
1FT6024 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 156 28 20 6 341 366 341 366
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.15) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (13.44) (14.42) (13.44) (14.42)
1FT6024 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 175 36 20 7 352 377 352 377
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.90) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (13.87) (14.85) (13.87) (14.85)
1FT6024 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 375 400 375 400
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (14.78) (15.76) (14.78) (15.76)
36 1FT6031 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 164 28 20 6 296 316 336 356
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.46) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (11.66) (12.45) (13.24) (14.03)
1FT6031 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 179 36 20 7 303 323 343 363
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.05) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.94) (12.73) (13.51) (14.30)
1FT6031 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 322 342 362 382
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.69) (13.47) (14.26) (15.05)
1FT6034 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 179 36 20 7 343 363 383 403
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.05) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (13.51) (14.30) (15.09) (15.88)
1FT6034 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 362 382 402 422
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (14.26) (15.05) (15.84) (16.63)
1FT6034 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 406 426 446 466
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.00) (16.78) (17.57) (18.36)
48 1FT6041 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 321 356 364 399
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.65) (14.03) (14.34) (15.72)
1FT6041 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 331 366 374 409
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.04) (14.42) (14.74) (16.11)
1FT6041 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 371 406 414 449
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.62) (16.00) (16.31) (17.69)
1FT6044 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 381 416 424 459
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (15.01) (16.39) (16.71) (18.08)
1FT6044 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 421 456 464 499
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.59) (17.97) (18.28) (19.66)
1FT6044 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 469 504 512 547
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (18.48) (19.86) (20.17) (21.55)
with
brake
1FT602.
1FT603.
1FT604.
L6
L7
L5
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00242
D4
D3
6/100 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
absolute encoder
without
brake
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K
height
1FT6 with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
63 1FT6061 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 362 392 392 422
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (14.26) (15.44) (15.44) (16.63)
1FT6061 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 391 421 421 451
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.41) (16.59) (16.59) (17.77)
1FT6061 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 432 462 462 492
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.02) (18.20) (18.20) (19.38)
1FT6062 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 387 417 417 447
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (15.25) (16.43) (16.43) (17.61)
1FT6062 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 416 446 446 476
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.39) (17.57) (17.57) (18.75)
1FT6064 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 437 467 467 497
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (17.22) (18.40) (18.40) (19.58)
1FT6064 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 466 496 496 526
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (18.36) (19.54) (19.54) (20.72)
1FT6064 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 507 537 537 567
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.98) (21.16) (21.16) (22.34)
80 1FT6081 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 441 468 441 468
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (17.38) (18.44) (17.38) (18.44)
1FT6081 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 464 491 464 491
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (18.28) (19.35) (18.28) (19.35)
1FT6081 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 475 502 475 502
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (18.72) (19.78) (18.72) (19.78)
1FT6082 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 466 493 466 493
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (18.36) (19.42) (18.36) (19.42)
1FT6082 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 489 516 489 516
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.27) (20.33) (19.27) (20.33)
1FT6082 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 500 527 500 527
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (19.70) (20.76) (19.70) (20.76)
1FT6084 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 516 562 516 562
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (20.33) (22.14) (20.33) (22.14)
1FT6084 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 539 585 539 585
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (21.24) (23.05) (21.24) (23.05)
1FT6084 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 580 626 580 626
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (22.85) (24.66) (22.85) (24.66)
1FT6086 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 566 612 566 612
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (22.30) (24.11) (22.30) (24.11)
1FT6086 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 589 635 589 635
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (23.21) (25.02) (23.21) (25.02)
with
brake
6
1FT606.
1FT608.
L6
L7
L5
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00242
D4
D3
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/101

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FT6 motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
absolute encoder
without
brake
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K
height
1FT6 with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
100 1FT6102 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 538 584 538 584
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (21.20) (23.01) (21.20) (23.01)
1FT6102 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 579 625 579 625
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (22.81) (24.63) (22.81) (24.63)
1FT6105 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 624 670 624 670
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (24.59) (26.40) (24.59) (26.40)
1FT6105 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 654 700 654 700
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (25.77) (27.58) (25.77) (27.58)
1FT6108 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 754 800 754 800
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (29.71) (31.52) (29.71) (31.52)
132 1FT6132 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 170 677 727 677 727
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (6.70) (26.67) (28.64) (26.67) (28.64)
1FT6134 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 757 807 757 807
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (29.83) (31.80) (29.83) (31.80)
1FT6136 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 807 857 807 857
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (31.80) (33.77) (31.80) (33.77)
with
brake
6
1FT610.
1FT613.
L6
L7
L5
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00242
D4
D3
6/102 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V PP /
single absolute
encoder 1)
without
brake
with
brake
Absolute
encoder
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K K K
height
1FK7 Compact with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
28 1FK7022-5 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 6 68 137 28 20 6 242 264 267 289 267 289
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.24) (2.68) (5.40) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (9.53) (10.40) (10.52) (11.39) (10.52) (11.39)
36 1FK7032-5 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 6 68 142 28 20 6 244 269 269 294 269 294
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.24) (2.68) (5.59) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (9.61) (10.60) (10.60) (11.58) (10.60) (11.58)
48 1FK7040-5 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 7 85 168 36 20 7 246 275 267 296 275 304
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.28) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (9.69) (10.84) (10.52) (11.66) (10.84) (11.98)
1FK7042-5 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 7 85 168 36 20 7 274 303 294 323 303 332
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.28) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (10.80) (11.94) (11.58) (12.73) (11.94) (13.08)
63 1FK7060-5 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 286 329 309 352 317 360
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (11.27) (12.96) (12.17) (13.87) (12.49) (14.18)
1FK7063-5 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 331 374 354 397 362 405
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.04) (14.74) (13.95) (15.64) (14.26) (15.96)
80 1FK7080-5 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 327 355 350 377 358 386
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (12.88) (13.99) (13.79) (14.85) (14.11) (15.21)
1FK7083-5 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 365 416 388 439 396 447
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.38) (16.39) (15.29) (17.30) (15.60) (17.61)
100 1FK7100-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 383 402 406 425 414 433
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (15.09) (15.84) (16.00) (16.75) (16.31) (17.06)
1FK7101-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 409 438 432 461 440 469
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (16.11) (17.26) (17.02) (18.16) (17.34) (18.48)
1FK7103-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 435 464 458 487 466 495
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.14) (18.28) (18.05) (19.19) (18.36) (19.50)
1FK7105-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 487 516 510 539 518 547
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.19) (20.33) (20.09) (21.24) (20.41) (21.55)
1FK7105-5 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 496 525 519 548 527 556
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (19.54) (20.69) (20.45) (21.59) (20.76) (21.91)
without
brake
with
brake
6
1FK702.-5
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5
1FK706.-5
1FK708.-5
1FK710.-5
L6
L7
L5
D4
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00243
D3
1) 1FK022/1FK7032 motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute encoders.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/103

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 High Dynamic motors without\with DRIVE-
CLiQ with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
basic absolute
encoder 1)
without
brake
with
brake
Absolute
encoder
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K K K
height
1FK7 High Dynamic with SP+ planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
36 1FK7033-7 62 SP060S-MF1 60 16 6 68 142 28 20 6 263 288 288 313 288 313
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.24) (2.68) (5.59) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (10.36) (11.35) (11.35) (12.33) (11.35) (12.33)
48 1FK7043-7 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 7 85 168 36 20 7 303 332 324 353 332 361
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.28) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.94) (13.08) (12.77) (13.91) (13.08) (14.22)
1FK7044-7 76 SP075S-MF1 70 22 7 85 168 36 20 7 328 357 349 378 357 386
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.28) (3.35) (6.62) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.92) (14.07) (13.75) (14.89) (14.07) (15.21)
63 1FK7061-5 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 314 357 337 380 346 389
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.37) (14.07) (13.28) (14.97) (13.63) (15.33)
1FK7064-7 101 SP100S-MF1 90 32 9 120 217 58 30 10 378 421 401 444 410 453
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (8.55) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (14.89) (16.59) (15.80) (17.49) (16.15) (17.85)
80 1FK7082-5 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 373 424 395 447 404 455
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.70) (16.71) (15.56) (17.61) (15.92) (17.93)
1FK7085-7 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 432 474 454 497 463 505
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (17.02) (18.68) (17.89) (19.58) (18.24) (19.90)
without
brake
with
brake
6
1FK703.-7
1FK704.-7
1FK706.-7
1FK708.-7
L6
L7
L5
D4
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00243
D3
1) The 1FK7033 motor cannot be supplied with a basic absolute encoder.
6/104 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
basic absolute
encoder 1)
without
brake
with
brake
Absolute
encoder
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K K K
height
1FK7 Compact with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
28 1FK7022-5 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 156 28 20 6 261 283 286 308 286 308
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.15) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (10.28) (11.15) (11.27) (12.14) (11.27) (12.14)
1FK7022-5 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 175 36 20 7 272 294 297 319 297 319
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (6.90) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (10.72) (11.58) (11.70) (12.57) (11.70) (12.57)
1FK7022-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 295 317 320 342 320 342
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (11.62) (12.49) (12.61) (13.47) (12.61) (13.47)
36 1FK7032-5 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 164 28 20 6 266 291 291 316 291 316
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.46) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (10.48) (11.47) (11.47) (12.45) (11.47) (12.45)
1FK7032-5 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 179 36 20 7 273 298 298 323 298 323
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.05) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (10.76) (11.74) (11.74) (12.73) (11.74) (12.73)
1FK7032-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 292 317 317 342 317 342
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (11.50) (12.49) (12.49) (13.47) (12.49) (13.47)
48 1FK7040-5 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 270 299 291 320 299 328
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (10.64) (11.78) (11.47) (12.61) (11.78) (12.92)
1FK7040-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 280 309 301 330 309 338
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (11.03) (12.17) (11.86) (13.00) (12.17) (13.32)
1FK7040-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 320 349 341 370 349 378
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (12.61) (13.75) (13.44) (14.58) (13.75) (14.89)
1FK7042-5 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 298 327 298 347 327 356
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.74) (12.88) (11.74) (13.67) (12.88) (14.03)
1FK7042-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 308 337 308 357 337 366
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.14) (13.28) (12.14) (14.07) (13.28) (14.42)
1FK7042-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 348 377 368 397 377 406
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (13.71) (14.85) (14.50) (15.64) (14.85) (16.00)
63 1FK7060-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 321 364 344 387 352 395
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.65) (14.34) (13.55) (15.25) (13.87) (15.56)
1FK7060-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 350 393 373 416 381 424
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (13.79) (15.48) (14.70) (16.39) (15.01) (16.71)
1FK7063-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 395 438 418 461 426 469
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.56) (17.26) (16.47) (18.16) (16.78) (18.48)
1FK7063-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 436 479 459 502 467 510
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.18) (18.87) (18.08) (19.78) (18.40) (20.09)
without
brake
with
brake
6
1FK702.-5
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5
1FK706.-5
L6
L7
L5
D4
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00243
D3
1) 1FK7022/1FK7032 motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute encoders.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/105

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
6
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
basic absolute
encoder
without
brake
with
brake
Absolute
encoder
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K K K
height
1FK7 Compact with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
80 1FK7080-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 376 404 399 426 407 435
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.81) (15.92) (15.72) (16.78) (16.04) (17.14)
1FK7080-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 399 427 422 449 430 458
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (15.72) (16.82) (16.63) (17.69) (16.94) (18.05)
1FK7080-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 410 438 433 460 441 469
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (16.15) (17.26) (17.06) (18.12) (17.38) (18.48)
1FK7083-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 414 465 437 488 445 496
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.31) (18.32) (17.22) (19.23) (17.53) (19.54)
1FK7083-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 437 488 460 511 468 519
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.22) (19.23) (18.12) (20.13) (18.44) (20.45)
1FK7083-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 448 499 471 522 479 530
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (17.65) (19.66) (18.56) (20.57) (18.87) (20.88)
100 1FK7100-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 383 402 406 425 414 433
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (15.09) (15.84) (16.00) (16.75) (16.31) (17.06)
1FK7100-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 439 458 462 481 470 489
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (17.30) (18.05) (18.20) (18.95) (18.52) (19.27)
1FK7101-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 409 438 432 461 440 469
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (16.11) (17.26) (17.02) (18.16) (17.34) (18.48)
1FK7101-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 465 494 488 517 496 525
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (18.32) (19.46) (19.23) (20.37) (19.54) (20.69)
1FK7101-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 495 524 518 547 526 555
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (19.50) (20.65) (20.41) (21.55) (20.72) (21.87)
1FK7103-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 435 464 458 487 466 495
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.14) (18.28) (18.05) (19.19) (18.36) (19.50)
1FK7103-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 491 520 514 543 522 551
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (19.35) (20.49) (20.25) (21.39) (20.57) (21.71)
1FK7103-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 521 550 544 573 552 581
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (20.53) (21.67) (21.43) (22.58) (21.75) (22.89)
1FK7105-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 543 572 566 595 574 603
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (21.39) (22.54) (22.30) (23.44) (22.62) (23.76)
1FK7105-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 573 602 596 625 604 633
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (22.58) (23.72) (23.48) (24.63) (23.80) (24.94)
without
brake
with
brake
1FK708.-5
1FK710.-5
L6
L7
L5
D4
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00243
D3
6/106 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 High Dynamic motors without/with
DRIVE-CLiQ with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage
For motor
Planetary
gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Resolver
without
brake
with
brake
Incremental
encoder
sin/cos 1 V pp /
basic absolute
encoder 1)
without
brake
with
brake
Absolute
encoder
Shaft Type F4 Type D1 D2 D3 D4 L5 L6 L7 L8 K K K K K K
height
1FK7 High Dynamic with SP+ planetary gearbox, 2-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
36 1FK7033-7 62 SP060S - MF2 60 16 5.5 68 164 28 20 6 285 310 310 335 310 335
(2.44) (2.36) (0.63) (0.22) (2.68) (6.46) (1.10) (0.79) (0.24) (11.23) (12.21) (12.21) (13.20) (12.21) (13.20)
1FK7033-7 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 179 36 20 7 292 317 317 342 317 342
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.05) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.50) (12.49) (12.49) (13.47) (12.49) (13.47)
1FK7033-7 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 230 58 30 10 311 336 336 361 336 361
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.06) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.25) (13.24) (13.24) (14.22) (13.24) (14.22)
48 1FK7043-7 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 327 356 348 377 356 385
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.88) (14.03) (13.71) (14.85) (14.03) (15.17)
1FK7043-7 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 337 366 358 387 366 395
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.28) (14.42) (14.11) (15.25) (14.42) (15.56)
1FK7043-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 377 406 398 427 406 435
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.85) (16.00) (15.68) (16.82) (16.00) (17.14)
1FK7044-7 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 362 391 383 412 391 420
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (14.26) (15.41) (15.09) (16.23) (15.41) (16.55)
1FK7044-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 402 431 432 452 431 460
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.84) (16.98) (17.02) (17.81) (16.98) (18.12)
63 1FK7061-7 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 349 392 372 415 381 424
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.75) (15.44) (14.66) (16.35) (15.01) (16.71)
1FK7061-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 378 421 401 444 410 453
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.89) (16.59) (15.80) (17.49) (16.15) (17.85)
1FK7064-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 442 485 465 508 474 517
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (17.41) (19.11) (18.32) (20.02) (18.68) (20.37)
80 1FK7082-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 422 473 444 496 453 504
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.63) (18.64) (17.49) (19.54) (17.85) (19.86)
1FK7082-7 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 445 496 467 519 476 527
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.53) (19.54) (18.40) (20.45) (18.75) (20.76)
1FK7082-7 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 456 507 478 530 487 538
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (17.97) (19.98) (18.83) (20.88) (19.19) (21.20)
1FK7085-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 332 82 30 12 481 523 503 546 512 554
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (13.08) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (18.95) (20.61) (19.82) (21.51) (20.17) (21.83)
1FK7085-7 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 515 557 537 580 546 588
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (20.29) (21.95) (21.16) (22.85) (21.51) (23.17)
without
brake
with
brake
6
1FK 703.-7
1FK 704.-7
1FK 706.-7
1FK 708.-7
L6
L7
L5
D4
F4
ØD1
Ø D2
L8
K
G_DA65_XX_00243
D3
1) The 1FK7033 motor cannot be supplied with a basic absolute encoder.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/107

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Basic absolute encoder (EnDat)
Resolver
Incremental encoder
Absolute encoder (EnDat)
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake without brake with brake
Shaft Type DIN k K k K k K k K k K k K l d a 1
height
IEC LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – E D P
1FK7 Compact with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
28 1FK7022-5 153
(6.02)
216
(8.50)
175
(6.89)
238
(9.37)
178
(7.01)
241
(9.49)
200
(7.87)
263
(10.35)
178
(7.01)
241
(9.49)
200
(7.87)
263
(10.35)
20
(0.79)
9
(0.35)
-
1FK7022-5 153
(6.02)
36 1FK7032-5 150
(5.91)
1FK7034-5 175
(6.89)
48 1FK7040-5 135
(5.31)
1FK7042-5 162
(6.38)
63 1FK7060-5 157
(6.18)
1FK7063-5 202
(7.95)
80 1FK7080-5 156
(6.14)
1FK7083-5 194
(7.64)
236
(9.29)
240
(9.45)
175
(6.89)
175
(6.89)
265 200
(10.43) (7.87)
247
(9.72)
164
(6.46)
274 191
(10.79) (7.52)
297 200
(11.69) (7.87)
342 245
(13.46) (9.65)
325 184
(12.80) (7.24)
363 245
(14.29) (9.65)
258 178
(10.16) (7.01)
265 175
(10.43) (6.89)
290 200
(11.42) (7.87)
276 155
(10.87) (6.10)
303 183
(11.93) (7.20)
340 180
(13.39) (7.09)
385
(15.16)
225
(8.86)
353 179
(13.90) (7.05)
414 217
(16.30) (8.54)
261
(10.28)
200
(7.87)
265 200
(10.43) (7.87)
290 225
(11.42) (8.86)
267 184
(10.51) (7.24)
295 212
(11.61) (8.35)
320 223
(12.60) (8.78)
283 178
(11.14) (7.01)
290 175
(11.42) (6.89)
315 200
(12.40) (7.87)
296 164
(11.65) (6.46)
324 191
(12.76) (7.52)
363 188
(14.29) (7.40)
365 268 408 233
(14.37) (10.55) (16.06) (9.17)
347 206
(13.66) (8.11)
375 187
(14.76) (7.36)
385 268 436 225
(15.16) (10.55) (17.17) (8.86)
261
(10.28)
200
(7.87)
265 200
(10.43) (7.87)
290 225
(11.42) (8.86)
276 193
(10.87) (7.60)
303 220
(11.93) (8.66)
328 231
(12.91) (9.09)
283
(11.14)
290 30
(11.42) (1.18)
315 30
(12.40) (1.18)
305 40
(12.01) (1.57)
332
(13.07)
371 50
(14.61) (1.97)
373 276 416
(14.69) (10.87) (16.38)
355 215
(13.98) (8.46)
384 58
(15.12) (2.28)
393 276 444
(15.47) (10.87) (17.48)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
19
(0.75)
24
(0.94)
32
(1.26)
92
(3.62)
92
(3.62)
120
(4.72)
155
(6.10)
186
(7.32)
6
Shaft
height
Planetary
gearbox
Type Type D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 L 2 L 3 L 4 L 5 L 8 L 9 L 10 L 16
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
28 1FK7022-5 LP050-M01 50
(1.97)
1FK7022-5 LP070-M01 70
(2.76)
36 1FK7032-5 LP070-M01 70
(2.76)
1FK7034-5
48 1FK7040-5 LP090-M01 90
(3.54)
1FK7042-5
63 1FK7060-5 LP120-M01 120
(4.72)
1FK7063-5
80 1FK7080-5 LP155-M01 155
(6.10)
1FK7083-5
35
(1.38)
52
(2.05)
52
(2.05)
68
(2.68)
90
(3.54)
120
(4.72)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
16
(0.63)
22
(0.87)
32
(1.26)
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
62
(2.44)
62
(2.44)
80
(3.15)
108
(4.25)
140
(5.51)
M 4 18
(0.71)
M 5 28
(1.10)
M 5 28
(1.10)
M 6 36
(1.42)
M 8 58
(2.28)
M 10 82
(3.23)
4
(0.16)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
8
(0.31)
7
(0.28)
8
0.31)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
15
(0.59)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
18
(0.71)
25
(0.98)
35
(1.38)
43
(1.69)
4
(0.16)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
50
(1.97)
70
(2.76)
70
(2.76)
90
(3.54)
120
(4.72)
150
(5.91)
88
(3.46)
119
(4.69)
126
(4.96)
158
(6.22)
210
(8.27)
266
(10.47)
1FK702.-5
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5
1FK706.-5
1FK708.-5
9
L
1
D
D 2
3
D
L2
L 16
L4
L 3
d
D 5 / L 5 deep
4
D
L 8
G_DA65_EN_00124
l
K
k
a
1
L10
6/108 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 Compact motors without/with DRIVE-CLiQ
with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Basic absolute encoder (EnDat)
Resolver
Incremental encoder
Absolute encoder (EnDat)
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake without brake with brake
Shaft Type DIN k K k K k K k K k K k K l d a 1
height
IEC LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – E D P
1FK7 Compact with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
100 1FK7100-5 185
(7.28)
1FK7101-5 211
(8.31)
1FK7103-5 237
(9.33)
374 204
(14.72) (8.03)
400 240
(15.75) (9.45)
393
(15.47)
208
(8.19)
429 234
(16.89) (9.21)
396 227
(15.59) (8.94)
426 266 455 260 448 289
(16.77) (10.47) (17.91) (10.24) (17.64) 11.38)
415 216
(16.34) (8.50)
422 263 452 242
(16.61) (10.35) (17.80) (9.53)
404 235
(15.91) (9.25)
423 80
(16.65) (3.15)
430 271 460
(16.93) (10.67) (18.11)
478 268 456 297 486
(18.82) (10.55) (17.95) (11.69) (19.13)
1FK7105-5 289 478 318 507 312 500 341 530 320 508 349 538
(11.38) (18.82) (12.52) (19.96) (12.28) (19.69) (13.43) (20.87) (12.60) (20.00) (13.74) (21.18)
38
(1.50)
240
(9.45)
Shaft
height
Planetary
gearbox
Type Type D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 L 2 L 3 L 4 L 5 L 8 L 9 L 10 L 16
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
100 1FK710.-5 LP155-M01 155
(6.10)
120
(4.72)
40
(1.57)
140
(5.51)
M 10 82
(3.23)
8
(0.31)
15
(0.59)
20
(0.79)
43
(1.69)
12
(0.47)
150
(5.91)
286
(11.26)
1FK710.-5
9
L
L8
D
D
D
1
2
3
L2
L 16
L4
L 3
d
D 5 / L 5 deep
D 4
6
G_DA65_EN_00125
l
K
k
a 1
L 10
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/109

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FK7 High Dynamic motors without\with DRIVE-
CLiQ with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Basic absolute encoder (EnDat)
Resolver
Incremental encoder
Absolute encoder (EnDat)
sin/cos 1 V pp
without brake with brake without brake with brake without brake with brake
Shaft Type DIN k K k K k K k K k K k K l d a 1
height
IEC LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – LB – E D P
1FK7 High Dynamic with LP planetary gearbox, single-stage, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, without/with brake
36 1FK7033-7 170
(6.69)
48 1FK7043-7 191
(7.52)
1FK7044-7 216
(8.50)
63 1FK7061-7 185
(7.28)
1FK7064-7 249
(9.80)
80 1FK7082-7 201
(7.91)
260 195
(10.24) (7.68)
303 220
(11.93) (8.66)
328 245
(12.91) (9.65)
325 228
(12.80) (8.98)
285
(11.22)
195
(7.68)
332 212
(13.07) (8.35)
357 237
(14.06) (9.33)
368 208
(14.49) (8.19)
389 292 432 272
(15.31) (11.50) (17.01) 10.71)
370 254 423 224
(14.57) (10.00) (16.65) (8.82)
285 220
(11.22) (8.66)
324 240
(12.76) (9.45)
310
(12.20)
195
(7.68)
352 220
(13.86) 8.66)
349 265 377 245
(13.74) (10.43) (14.84) (9.65)
348 251
(13.70) 9.88)
391 217
(15.39) (8.54)
285
(11.22)
332
(13.07)
357
(14.06)
357
(14.06)
412 315 455 281 421
(16.22) (12.40) (17.91) (11.06) (16.57)
393 276 445 232
(15.47) (10.87) (17.52) (9.13)
401
(15.79)
1FK7085-7 261 430 304 473 284 453 326 495 292 461
(10.28) (16.93) (11.97) (18.62) (11.18) (17.83) (12.83) (19.49) (11.50) (18.15)
1FK7086-7
220
(8.66)
249
(9.80)
310 30
(12.20) (1.18)
361 40
(14.21) (1.57)
274 386
(10.79) (15.20)
260 400 50
(10.24) (15.75) (1.97)
324
(12.76)
464
(18.27)
285 454 58
(11.22) (17.87) (2.28)
335 504
(13.19) (19.84)
14
(0.55)
19
(0.75)
24
(0.94)
32
(1.26)
92
(3.62)
120
(4.72)
155
(6.10)
186
(7.32)
6
Shaft
height
Planetary
gearbox
Type Type D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 L 2 L 3 L 4 L 5 L 8 L 9 L 10 L 16
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
36 1FK7033-7 LP070-M01 70
(2.76)
48 1FK7043-7 LP090-M01 90
(3.54)
1FK7044-7
63 1FK7061-7 LP120-M01 120
(4.72)
1FK7064-7
80 1FK7082-7 LP155-M01 155
(6.10)
1FK7085-7
1FK7086-7
52
(2.05)
68
(2.68)
90
(3.54)
120
(4.72)
16
(0.63)
22
(0.87)
32
(1.26)
40
(1.57)
62
(2.44)
80
(3.15)
108
(4.25)
140
(5.51)
M 5 28
(1.10)
M 6 36
(1.42)
M 8 58
(2.28)
M 10 82
(3.23)
5
(0.20)
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
8
(0.31)
8
(0.31)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
15
(0.59)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
18
(0.71)
25
(0.98)
35
(1.38)
43
(1.69)
5
(0.20)
6
(0.24)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
70
(2.76)
90
(3.54)
120
(4.72)
150
(5.91)
126
(4.96)
158
(6.22)
210
(8.27)
266
(10.47)
1FK7033-7
1FK704.-7
1FK706.-7
1FK708.-7
9
L
1
D
D 2
3
D
L2
L 16
L4
L 3
d
D 5 / L 5 deep
4
D
L 8
G_DA65_EN_00124
l
K
k
a
1
L10
6/110 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FN1 linear motors
Water cooling
Primary
section
Dimensions in mm (in) Secondary section Dimensions in mm (in)
Primary section
length
Secondary section length
Type b M h M L P Type b S h S L S1N L S2N
1FN1, water cooling
1FN1072 137.0 (5.39) 80.7 (3.18) 320.3 (12.61) 1FN1070-0AA00-0AA0 125 (4.92) 20.2 (0.8) 225.6 (8.88) 241.0 (9.49)
1FN1070-0AA00-1AA0 125 (4.92) 20.2 (0.8) 564.0 (22.2) 579.5 (22.81
1FN1076 137.0 (5.39) 80.7 (3.18) 545.9 (21.49)
1FN1122 198.8 (7.83) 106.7 (4.2) 407.8 (16.06) 1FN1120-0AA00-0AA0 180 (7.09) 30.2 (1.19) 216.0 (8.5) 234.0 (9.21)
1FN1120-0AA00-1AA0 180 (7.09) 30.2 (1.19) 504.0 (19.84) 522.0 (20.55)
1FN1124 198.8 (7.83) 106.7 (4.2) 551.8 (21.72)
1FN1126 198.8 (7.83) 106.7 (4.2) 695.8 (27.39)
1FN1184 258.8 (10.19) 106.7 (4.2) 551.8 (21.72) 1FN1180-0AA00-0AA0 246 (9.69) 30.2 (1.19) 216.0 (8.5) 232.4 (9.15)
1FN1180-0AA00-1AA0 246 (9.69) 30.2 (1.19) 504.0 (19.84) 520.4 (20.49)
1FN1186 258.8 (10.19) 106.7 (4.2) 695.8 (27.39)
1FN1244 318.8 (12.55) 106.7 (4.2) 551.8 (21.72) 1FN1240-0AA00-0AA0 306 (12.05) 30.2 (1.19) 216.0 (8.5) 231.3 (9.11)
1FN1240-0AA00-1AA0 306 (12.05) 30.2 (1.19) 504.0 (19.84) 519.3 (20.44)
1FN1246 318.8 (12.55) 106.7 (4.2) 695.8 (27.39)
b M
h M
h S
bS
6
G_NC01_de_00069
G_NC01_de_00070
L P
L
S2N
L S1N
Primary section
Secondary section
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/111

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FN3 linear motors
Water cooling
6
Primary
section
Dimensions in mm (in) Secondary section Dimensions in mm (in)
without
precision cooling
with
precision cooling
Primary
section
length
without
precision cooling
with
precision cooling
and cover
Type b M h M b M h M L P Type b S h S b S h S L S
1FN3, water cooling
1FN3050-2W 67 (2.64) 48.5 (1.91) 76 (2.99) 63.4 (2.50) 255 (10.04) 1FN3050-4SA00-0AA0 58
(2.28)
1FN3100-1W 96 (3.78) 48.5 (1.91) – – 150 (5.91) 1FN3100-4SA00-0AA0 88
1FN3100-2W 96 (3.78) 48.5 (1.91) 105 (4.13) 63.4 (2.50) 255 (10.04)
(3.46)
1FN3100-3W 96 (3.78) 48.5 (1.91) 105 (4.13) 63.4 (2.50) 360 (14.17)
1FN3100-4W 96 (3.78) 48.5 (1.91) 105 (4.13) 63.4 (2.50) 465 (18.31)
1FN3100-5W 96 (3.78) 48.5 (1.91) 105 (4.13) 63.4 (2.50) 570 (22.44)
1FN3150-1W 126 (4.96) 50.5 (1.99) – – 150 (5.91) 1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0 118
1FN3150-2W 126 (4.96) 50.5 (1.99) 135 (5.31) 65.4 (2.57) 255 (10.04)
(4.65)
1FN3150-3W 126 (4.96) 50.5 (1.99) 135 (5.31) 65.4 (2.57) 360 (14.17)
1FN3150-4W 126 (4.96) 50.5 (1.99) 135 (5.31) 65.4 (2.57) 465 (18.31)
1FN3150-5W 126 (4.96) 50.5 (1.99) 135 (5.31) 65.4 (2.57) 570 (22.44)
1FN3300-1W 141 (5.55) 64.1 (2.52) – – 221 (8.70) 1FN3300-4SA00-0AA0 134
1FN3300-2W 141 (5.55) 64.1 (2.52) 151 (5.94) 79 (3.11) 382 (15.04)
(5.28)
1FN3300-3W 141 (5.55) 64.1 (2.52) 151 (5.94) 79 (3.11) 543 (21.38)
1FN3300-4W 141 (5.55) 64.1 (2.52) 151 (5.94) 79 (3.11) 704 (27.72)
1FN3450-2W 188 (7.40) 66.1 (2.60) 197 (7.76) 81 (3.19) 382 (15.04) 1FN3450-4SA00-0AA0 180
1FN3450-3W 188 (7.40) 66.1 (2.60) 197 (7.76) 81 (3.19) 543 (21.38)
(7.09)
1FN3450-4W 188 (7.40) 66.1 (2.60) 197 (7.76) 81 (3.19) 704 (27.72)
1FN3600-2W 248 (9.76) 64.1 (2.52) 257 (10.12) 86 (3.39) 382 (15.04) 1FN3600-4SA00-0AA0 240
1FN3600-3W 248 (9.76) 64.1 (2.52) 257 (10.12) 86 (3.39) 543 (21.38)
(9.45)
1FN3600-4W 248 (9.76) 64.1 (2.52) 257 (10.12) 86 (3.39) 704 (27.72)
1FN3900-2W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 382 (15.04) 1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 334
1FN3900-3W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 543 (21.38)
(13.15)
1FN3900-4W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 704 (27.72)
11.8
(0.46)
11.8
(0.46)
13.8
(0.54)
16.5
(0.65)
18.5
(0.73)
16.5
(0.65)
18.5
(0.73)
75
(2.95)
105
(4.13)
135
(5.31)
151
(5.94)
197
(7.76)
247
(9.72)
341
(13.43)
14.8
(0.58)
14.8
(0.58)
16.8
(0.66)
19.5
(0.77)
21.5
(0.85)
26.5
(1.04)
28.5
(1.12)
Secondary
section
length
120
(4.72)
120
(4.72)
120
(4.72)
184
(7.24)
184
(7.24)
184
(7.24)
184
(7.24)
L S
L P
h M
L S
L P
h M
b S
b M
N
G_DA65_XX_00238
h S
L S
L P
h M
b S
b M
b S
b M
N
G_DA65_XX_00240
h S
1FN3050 to 1FN3450 without precision cooling
1FN3600 to 1FN3900 without precision cooling
Note: 4-row drill pattern with 1FN3900 for fixing the primary section
L S
L P
h M
b S
b M
N
G_DA65_XX_00239
h S
N
G_DA65_XX_00241
h S
1FN3050 to 1FN3450 with precision cooling
1FN3600 to 1FN3900 with precision cooling
Note: 4-row drill pattern with 1FN3900 for fixing the primary section
6/112 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1FW6 built-in torque motors
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Type D 1 D 2 D 3 L 1 L 2
1FW6, type IM B5, water cooling
1FW6090-0.B05 230 (9.06) 140 (5.51) 170 (6.69) 90 (3.54) 51 (2.01)
1FW6090-0.B07 230 (9.06) 140 (5.51) 170 (6.69) 110 (4.33) 71 (2.8)
1FW6090-0.B10 230 (9.06) 140 (5.51) 170 (6.69) 140 (5.51) 101 (3.98)
1FW6090-0.B15 230 (9.06) 140 (5.51) 170 (6.69) 190 (7.48) 151 (5.94)
1FW6130-0.B05 310 (12.2) 220 (8.66) 254 (10.0) 90 (3.54) 51 (2.01)
1FW6130-0.B07 310 (12.2) 220 (8.66) 254 (10.0) 110 (4.33) 71 (2.8)
1FW6130-0.B10 310 (12.2) 220 (8.66) 254 (10.0) 140 (5.51) 101 (3.98)
1FW6130-0.B15 310 (12.2) 220 (8.66) 254 (10.0) 190 (7.48) 151 (5.94)
1FW6160-0.B05 440 (17.32) 280 (11.02) 328 (12.91) 110 (4.33) 60 (2.36)
1FW6160-0.B07 440 (17.32) 280 (11.02) 328 (12.91) 130 (5.12) 80 (3.15)
1FW6160-0.B10 440 (17.32) 280 (11.02) 328 (12.91) 160 (6.3) 110 (4.33)
1FW6160-0.B15 440 (17.32) 280 (11.02) 328 (12.91) 210 (8.27) 160 (6.3)
1FW6190-0.B05 502 (19.76) 342 (13.46) 389 (15.31) 110 (4.33) 60 (2.36)
1FW6190-0.B07 502 (19.76) 342 (13.46) 389 (15.31) 130 (5.12) 80 (3.15)
1FW6190-0.B10 502 (19.76) 342 (13.46) 389 (15.31) 160 (6.3) 110 (4.33)
1FW6190-0.B15 502 (19.76) 342 (13.46) 389 (15.31) 210 (8.27) 160 (6.3)
1FW6230-0.B05 576 (22.68) 416 (16.38) 463 (18.23) 110 (4.33) 60 (2.36)
1FW6230-0.B07 576 (22.68) 416 (16.38) 463 (18.23) 130 (5.12) 80 (3.15)
1FW6230-0.B10 576 (22.68) 416 (16.38) 463 (18.23) 160 (6.3) 110 (4.33)
1FW6230-0.B15 576 (22.68) 416 (16.38) 463 (18.23) 210 (8.27) 160 (6.3)
1FW6290-0.B15 730 (28.74) 522 (20.55) 580 (22.83) 220 (8.66) 170 (6.69)
1FW6090
1FW6130
L1
L2
6
Ø D2
Ø
D3
Ø
D1
G_DA65_XX_00244
1FW6160
1FW6190
1FW6230
1FW6590
L1
L2
Ø D2
Ø
D3
Ø
D1
G_DA65_XX_00245
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
6/113

Synchronous motors
Dimension drawings
2SP1 ECS motor spindles
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Type D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 L1 1) L2 L3 L4
2SP1, type IM B5, water cooling
2SP1202 200
(7.88)
2SP1204 200
(7.88)
2SP1253 2) 250
(9.85)
2SP1255 2) 250
(9.85)
2SP1253 3) 250
(9.85)
2SP1255 3) 250
(9.85)
199
(7.84)
199
(7.84)
237
(9.34)
237
(9.34)
237
(9.34)
237
(9.34)
250
(9.85)
250
(9.85)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
225
(8.87)
225
(8.87)
275
(10.84)
275
(10.84)
275
(10.84)
275
(10.84)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
727 4)
(28.64)
827 4)
(32.58)
813
(32.03)
913
(35.97)
819
(32.27)
919
(36.21)
115.5
(4.55)
115.5
(4.55)
124.4
(4.90)
124.4
(4.90)
130.0
(5.12)
130.0
(5.12)
301 4)
(11.86)
301 4)
(11.86)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
310
(12.21)
58.2 4)
(2.29)
58.2 4)
(2.29)
43
(1.69)
43
(1.69)
43
(1.69)
43
(1.69)
2SP120.
G_DA65_XX_00246
ØD3
Ø D4
Ø D5
Ø
D1h7
Ø
D2 h6
6
L2 L3 L4
L1
2SP125.
Ø D3
Ø D4
Ø D5
Ø D1 h7
Ø D2 h6
L2
G_DA65_XX_00247
L1
L3
L4
1) The spindle is approx. 43 mm (1.69 in) shorter without turning bushing.
2) HSK A63 tool interface.
3) SK40, CAT40, BT40 tool interface.
4) Spindle length L1 is approx. 91 mm (3.58 in) shorter, L3 approx. 121 mm (4.76 in) shorter and L4 approx. 30 mm (1.18 in) longer
with a hydraulic tool clamping device.
6/114 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
7
7/2 Introduction
7/4 1PH7 motors
with solid shaft/forced ventilation
7/18 1PH4 motors
with solid shaft/water cooling
7/22 1PM4 motors
with hollow shaft/oil/water cooling
7/23 1PM6 motors
with hollow shaft/forced ventilation
7/27 1PH2 built-in motors
for direct drive/water cooling
7/30 Liquid cooling
Cooling principle
Cooling unit manufacturers
7/31 Gearboxes
7/31 2-speed gearboxes for
1PH7/1PH4 motors
7/33 Selection guide
Type/mounting position
Degree of protection
7/34 Dimension drawings
7/34 1PH7 motors
7/42 1PH4 motors
7/44 1PM4 motors
7/45 1PM6 motors
7/46 1PH7 motors with gearbox
7/48 1PH4 motors with gearbox
7/50 1PH2 built-in motors
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
Introduction
■ Overview
1PH7
1PH4
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Type of connection
Asynchronous motors with solid shaft
IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3,
only possible with 1PH710 and
1PH713)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Star connection
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Rated power P rated (S1) 3.7 ... 100 kW (5 ... 134 HP) 7.5 ... 52 kW (10 ... 70 HP)
Maximum speed
Rated torque M rated
12,000 rpm
23.6 ... 750 Nm
(17.41 ... 553.2 lb ƒ -ft)
48 ... 331 Nm
(35.40 ... 244.15 lb ƒ -ft)
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution
• Absolute encoder EnDat
• Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution or 2048 pulses/revolution 1)
See the technical specifications and the selection and ordering data for the required motor for
information about a compatible encoder system.
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
70 ... 76 dB (A)
if the external fan unit is operated on a 50 Hz
supply system
Tolerance +3 dB
IP55
Fan IP54
69 ... 71 dB (A)
Tolerance +3 dB
IP65
IP55 at shaft exit
Cooling Forced ventilation Water cooling
7
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a
coolant temperature (air)
of up to 40 °C (104 °F)
Temperature class F for a
coolant inlet temperature
of up to 30 °C (86 °F)
Holding brake – Fitted to drive end
(option)
Type of motor
Paint finish
Mounted gearing
Squirrel-cage induction motor
No paint finish/primed
Anthracite (option)
Prepared (option)
Anthracite
■ Application
The areas of application for the 1PH/1PM asynchronous motors
are extremely varied. In machine tools, they are usually used as
main spindle motors. In production machines, such as printing,
packaging and reforming machines, they are used as high-output
asynchronous servo motors. The motors are referred to
generally in this documentation as asynchronous motors, due
to their principle of operation.
Core types can be supplied for certain motor types. These
core types have several advantages over the standard types:
shorter delivery time and faster spare parts supply. For this
reason, core types should be used for configuration wherever
possible.
1) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
2) Star connection only for water cooling.
7/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
Introduction
■ Overview
1PM4 1PM6 1PH2
Asynchronous motors with hollow shaft
Asynchronous built-in motors
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) Supplied in component form,
assembled on user's premises
Type of connection Selectable star/delta connection 2)
Rated power P rated (S1) 3.7 ... 27 kW (5 ... 36.2 HP) 3.7 ... 22 kW (5 ... 29 HP) 7.5 ... 30.9 kW (10 ... 41.4 HP)
Maximum speed 12,000 rpm (option 18,000 rpm) Up to 10,000 rpm
Rated torque M rated
24 ... 170 Nm
(17.70 ... 125.39 lb ƒ -ft)
24 ... 140 Nm
(17.70 ... 103.26 lb ƒ -ft)
48 ... 197 Nm
(35.40 ... 145.31 lb ƒ -ft)
Encoder system
Hollow-shaft measuring system:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
256 pulses/revolution (built-in)
SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft
measuring system:
up to 800 pulses/revolution
(option)
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
69 dB (A)
Tolerance +3 dB
70 dB (A)
if the external fan unit is operated on a
50 Hz supply system
Tolerance +3 dB
Depending on spindle design
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
IP65
IP55 at shaft exit
IP55
Fan IP54
IP00 or as
specified by spindle
manufacturer
Cooling Oil/water cooling Forced ventilation Water cooling
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a
coolant inlet temperature
of up to 30 °C (86 °F)
Temperature class F for a coolant
temperature (air)
of up to 40 °C (104 °F)
Temperature class F for a coolant
inlet temperature
of up to 25 °C (77 °F)
Holding brake – Using spindle design
7
Type of motor
Squirrel-cage induction motor
Paint finish Anthracite No paint finish
Mounted gearing –
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/3

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 motors
7
■ Overview
1PH7 motors (SH 100 to SH 160 and SH 180/SH 225)
Air-cooled 1PH7 motors are rugged and low-maintenance
4-pole asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotors.
A fan for providing forced ventilation is mounted axially on the
rear of the motor. The normal direction of air flow is from the drive
end to the non-drive end in order to keep the exhaust heat of the
motor away from the machine. The reverse direction of air flow
can be ordered as an option.
The motors are equipped with a built-in encoder system for
sensing the motor speed and indirect position. In machine tools,
the encoder system is capable of C-axis operation as standard
– that is, an additional encoder is not required for C-axis
operation.
■ Benefits
7 Short overall length of motor
7 Minimal overall dimension thanks to the integrated terminal
box (SH 100 to SH 160)
7 Maximum speeds of up to 9,000 rpm (option: 12,000 rpm)
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill
7 Optimum matching to the SINAMICS S power levels
■ Application
• Small, compact machine tools
• Complex machining centers and turning machines
• Special machines
• Printing industry:
- Single drives for printing units
• Rubber, plastic, wire, and glass manufacturing:
- Drives for extruders, calenders, rubber injection machines,
film machines, fleece machines
- Wire-drawing machines, wire-stranding machines, etc.
• General applications such as coiler and winder drives
■ Technical specifications (general)
Product name
1PH7 motor
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F
in accordance with
for a coolant inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
of up to 40 °C (104 °F)
Motor fan ratings
400 V 3 AC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
480 V 3 AC +5% -10%, 60 Hz
Encoder systems, built-in,
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
for motors with/without
2048 pulses/revolution,
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
absolute encoder EnDat,
incremental encoder HTL 6)
Terminal box connection type
•Motor
Terminals in terminal box
•Fan
Terminals in terminal box
• Motor encoder and PTC thermistor 12-pin/17-pin circular socket
(without mating connector) or
DRIVE-CLiQ
Type 3) in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Rating plates
Permissible coolant temperature
Temperature monitoring
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB
■ Technical specifications (core type)
Product name
Type 3) in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location
(facing drive end 4) )
Bearing version on DE 5)
Vibration severity
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Paint finish
IM B3
IM B35
1 supplied separately
with terminal box
-15 ... +40 °C (+5 ... +104 °F)
KTY 84 temperature sensor in
stator winding
From DE to NDE
(with the fan operating on a
50 Hz supply system)
1PH710.: 70 dB (A)
1PH713.: 70 dB (A)
1PH716.: 75 dB (A) 1)
1PH718.: 73 dB (A) 2)
1PH722.: 76 dB (A) 2)
1PH7 motor
1PH710: IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
1PH713: IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
1PH716: IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Top, cable entry from right
Bearing for belt
or coupling output
Grade S
Tolerance R (reduced)
Motor IP55, fan IP54
No paint finish
1) The sound pressure level can be reduced if the fan is operated on a
60 Hz supply system with option K44.
2) The sound pressure level can be reduced if the air flow is from the drive
end to the non-drive end with option G15.
3) For type, see "Selection guide".
4) DE is the drive end with shaft.
NDE is the non-drive end.
5) For maximum permissible loads, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
6) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
7/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Characteristic curves
Motor power
P
0
0
S6-40%
S2-30 min
S6-60%
S1
Typical speed/power graph for AC motors 1)
Voltage
limit
n 2 n 2 n 2 n 2
S6-40% S2-30 min S6-60% S1
Speed
The graph shows the typical relationship between motor speed
and drive power in 1PH7 motors for the following duty types in
accordance with IEC 60034-1:
S 1: Continuous duty
S 6: Continuous duty with intermittent loading and a relative duty
factor of 60% (S6-60%) or 40% (S6-40%) with a maximum
duty cycle time of 10 minutes.
S 2: Short-time duty with duty period of 30 min (S2-30 min) and
subsequent standstill.
G_NC01_EN_00015
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
Motor
Rated
speed
Attainable speed for rated
power in duty type
in accordance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 motors
Type n rated n 2)
2
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm
1PH7101-..F 1500 8200 7000 6000 6500
1PH7103-..D
1PH7103-..F
1PH7103-..G
1000
1500
2000
3750
5000
9000
3750
4600
7500
3100
3900
6400
3350
4500
6900
1PH7105-..F 1500 7900 6750 5750 6150
1PH7107-..D
1PH7107-..F
1PH7107-..G
1000
1500
2000
5800
6500
7000
4800
6200
7000
4100
5250
6900
4650
5650
7000
1PH7131-..F 1500 6700 5500 4500 5000
1PH7133-..D
1PH7133-..F
1PH7133-..G
1000
1500
2000
4700
6800
6500
3700
5600
6500
2800
4500
5900
3450
5100
6450
1PH7135-..F 1500 7500 6200 5200 5650
1PH7137-..D
1PH7137-..F
1PH7137-..G
1000
1500
2000
5400
7000
6000
4500
7000
6000
3600
6200
5800
4100
6800
6000
1PH7163-..B
1PH7163-..D
1PH7163-..F
1PH7163-..G
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
5800
5500
3500
1900
4800
5500
3500
1500
4000
5500
3500
1730
4400
5500
3500
1PH7167-..B
1PH7167-..D
1PH7167-..F
1PH7167-..G
500
1000
1500
2000
2100
6250
4500
3250
1600
5200
4500
3250
1250
4300
4500
3250
1400
4700
4500
3250
1PH7184-..T
1PH7184-..D
1PH7184-..E
1PH7184-..F
1PH7184-..L
500
1000
1250
1500
2500
4500
5000
5000
5000
5000
3800
4400
4680
5000
5000
3350
3600
4190
5000
5000
3350
3600
3600
5000
5000
1PH7186-..T
1PH7186-..D
1PH7186-..E
500
1000
1250
4800
5000
5000
4100
4650
4260
3580
3850
3780
4000
3850
3580
1PH7224-..C
1PH7224-..D
1PH7224-..F
700
1000
1500
3020
4500
4500
2570
4500
4330
2290
4100
4000
2170
3730
3890
7
n rated
n max
1) For further configuration information, see the 1PH Motors Planning
Guide.
2) Values taken from the speed/power graph when using an Active Line
Module on a 400 V 3 AC supply system. If you are using a Smart Line
Module, and with option for increased maximum speed, proceed in
accordance with the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/5

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 core type motors
SH 100 to SH 160
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max. continuous
speed
Max. speed 1)
Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n 2) S1 cont. n 3) S1 cont. n max n 4) max P rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
Core type
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
100 2000 5500 – 9000 – 7 (9.4) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13.4) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7103 - 7 7G02 - 0C70
1500 5500 – 9000 – 9 (12.1) 11 (14.7) 13 (17.4) 12 (16.1) 1PH7107 - 7 7 F02 - 0C70
132 1000
2000
4500 – 8000 – 12
20
(16.1)
(26.8)
15
25
(20.1)
(33.5)
18.5
30
(24.8)
(40.2)
16
27.5
(21.4)
(36.9)
1PH7133 - 7 7D02 - 0C70
1PH7133 - 7 7G02 - 0C70
1000
2000
4500 – 8000 – 17
28
(22.8)
(37.5)
20.5
35
(27.5)
(46.9)
25
43
(33.5)
(57.6)
22.5
39
(30.2)
(52.3)
1PH7137 - 7 7D02 - 0C70
1PH7137 - 7 7G02 - 0C70
160 1000
1500
3700 – 6500 – 22
30
(29.5)
(40.2)
27
37
(36.2)
(49.6)
33
45
(44.2)
(60.3)
30
41
(40.2)
(55)
1PH7163 - 7 7D03 - 0C70
1PH7163 - 7 7 F03 - 0C70
1500 3700 – 6500 – 37 (49.6) 46 (61.7) 56 (75.1) 51 (68.4) 1PH7167 - 7 7 F03 - 0C70
Fans:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
7
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
N
Q
Type: 5) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
2
3
7
Shaft extension (DE): 5)
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
–
Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
DE → NDE
Blow-out direction:
Axial
Axial
A
J
7/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 core type motors
SH 100 to SH 160
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2- S1
For complete Order No.,
30 min
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
1PH7103 - ..G02 -... 33.4 (24.6) 0.017 (0.15) 40 (88.2) 17.5 20.5 23.5 21.5 18 6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1PH7107 - ..F02 -... 57.3 (42.3) 0.029 (0.257) 63 (139) 23.5 27.5 31 29 30 6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
1PH7133 - ..D02 -...
1PH7133 - ..G02 -...
114.6 (84.5)
95.5 (70.4)
0.076 (0.673)
0.076 (0.673)
90 (198.5)
90 (198.5)
30
45
36
54
43
63
37.5
59
30
45
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
1PH7137 - ..D02 -...
1PH7137 - ..G02 -...
162.3 (119.8)
133.7 (96.6)
0.109 (0.965)
0.109 (0.965)
130 (286.7)
130 (286.7)
43
60
50
73
60
87
54
80
45
60
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
1PH7163 - ..D03 -...
1PH7163 - ..F03 -...
210.1 (155)
191.0 (140.9)
0.19 (1.681)
0.19 (1.681)
180 (397)
180 (397)
55
72
65
86
77
102
71
94
60
85
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
1PH7167 - ..F03 -... 235.5 (173.7) 0.23 (2.035) 228 (502.7) 82 97 115 104 85 6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
0
1
1
2
7
1PH7 motor (SH 100 to SH 160)
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
4) Version for increased maximum speed only possible with vibration
severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
• Shaft seal
5) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/7

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 100
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max. continuous
speed
Max. speed 1)
Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n 2) S1 cont. n
3) S1 cont. n max n 4) max P rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
Standard type
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
100 1500 5500 10000 9000 12000 3.7 (5) 4.5 (6) 5.25 (7.1) 4.9 (6.6) 1PH7101 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000
1500
5500 10000 9000 12000 3.7
5.5
(5)
(7.4)
4.5
6.7
(6)
(9)
5.25
7.7
(7.1)
(10.3)
4.7
7
(6.3)
(9.4)
1PH7103 - 7 7D 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7103 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000
7 (9.4) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13.4) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7103 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 5500 10000 9000 12000 7 (9.4) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13.4) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7105 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 5500 10000 9000 12000 6.25 (8.4) 7.5 (10.1) 8.8 (11.8) 7.75 (10.4) 1PH7107 - 7 7D 7 7 - 07 7 7
1500
2000
9
10.5
(12.1)
(14.1)
11
12.5
(14.7)
(16.8)
13
14.5
(17.4)
(19.4)
12
13.5
(16.1)
(18.1)
1PH7107 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7107 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
7
Encoder systems for
motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Encoder systems for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder 5)
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
A
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
7
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Top/right
Top/NDE
Top/left
Type: 6) IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
0
2
3
Bearing version for:
Coupling/belt output
Coupling/belt output
Coupling/belt output
Increased speed
(coupling/belt output) 7)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
R
B
C
D
L
Shaft extension 6) (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key
–
–
Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Blow-out direction:
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
A
B
C
D
J
K
Degree of protection:
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
Seal:
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
Color:
No paint finish
No paint finish
Anthracite
Anthracite
Anthracite, two coats
Anthracite, two coats
0
2
3
5
6
8
7/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 100
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2- S1
For complete Order No.,
30 min
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
1PH7101 - ..F... 23.6 (17.4) 0.017 (0.150) 40 (88.2) 10 11.5 12.5 12 18 6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1PH7103 - ..D...
1PH7103 - .. F...
1PH7103 - ..G...
35.3 (26)
35.0 (25.8)
33.4 (24.6)
0.017 (0.150)
0.017 (0.150)
0.017 (0.150)
40 (88.2)
40 (88.2)
40 (88.2)
10
13
17.5
11.5
16
20.5
13
18
23.5
12
16.5
21.5
18
18
18
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1PH7105 - .. F... 44.6 (32.9) 0.029 (0.257) 63 (139) 17.5 21 23.5 22 18 6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
1PH7107 - ..D...
1PH7107 - .. F...
1PH7107 - ..G...
59.7 (44)
57.3 (42.3)
50.1 (37)
0.029 (0.257)
0.029 (0.257)
0.029 (0.257)
63 (139)
63 (139)
63 (139)
17.5
23.5
26
20.5
27.5
28.5
23
31
33
21
29
31
18
30
30
6SL3127 - 7TE21 - 8A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
0
1
1
2
7
1PH7 motor (SH 100 to SH 160)
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
4) Version for increased maximum speed only possible with vibration
severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
• Shaft sealing ring
5) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
6) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Types IM B5 or IM B35
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
7) Only appropriate if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the sealing
ring. A sealing ring is not possible with increased maximum speed.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/9

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 132
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max. continuous
speed
Max. speed 1)
Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n 2) S1 cont. n
3) S1 cont. n max n 4) max P rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
Standard type
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
132 1500 4500 8500 8000 10000 11 (14.7) 13.5 (18.1) 16.5 (22.1) 15 (20.1) 1PH7131 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000
1500
2000
4500 8500 8000 10000 12
15
20
(16.1)
(20.1)
(26.8)
15
18.5
25
(20.1)
(24.8)
(33.5)
18.5
23
30
(24.8)
(30.8)
(40.2)
16
20.5
27.5
(21.4)
(27.5)
(36.9)
1PH7133 - 7 7D 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7133 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7133 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 4500 8500 8000 10000 18.5 (24.8) 23 (30.8) 28 (37.5) 25.5 (34.2) 1PH7135 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000
1500
2000
4500 8500 8000 10000 17
22
28
(22.8)
(29.5)
(37.5)
20.5
27.5
35
(27.5)
(36.9)
(46.9)
25
33
43
(33.5)
(44.2)
(57.6)
22.5
30
39
(30.2)
(40.2)
(52.3)
1PH7137 - 7 7D 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7137 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7137 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
7
Encoder systems for
motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Encoder systems for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder 5)
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
A
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
7
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Top/right
Top/NDE
Top/left
Type: 6) IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
0
2
3
Bearing version for:
Coupling/belt output
Coupling/belt output
Coupling/belt output
Increased speed
(coupling/belt output) 7)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
R
B
C
D
L
Shaft extension 6) (DE):
Balancing:
Direction of air flow (fan):
Blow-out direction:
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
A
B
C
D
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
–
–
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Axial
Axial
J
K
Degree of protection:
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
Seal:
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
Color:
No paint finish
No paint finish
Anthracite
Anthracite
Anthracite, two coats
Anthracite, two coats
0
2
3
5
6
8
7/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 132
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2- S1
For complete Order No.,
30 min
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
1PH7131 - ..F... 70.0 (51.6) 0.076 (0.673) 90 (198.5) 24 29 34 31.5 30 6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
1PH7133 - ..D...
1PH7133 - ..F...
1PH7133 - ..G...
114.6 (84.5)
95.5 (70.4)
95.5 (70.4)
0.076 (0.673)
0.076 (0.673)
0.076 (0.673)
90 (198.5)
90 (198.5)
90 (198.5)
30
34
45
36
41
54
43
49
63
37.5
43.5
59
30
45
45
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
1PH7135 - ..F... 117.8 (86.9) 0.109 (0.965) 130 (286.7) 42 50 58 54 45 6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
1PH7137 - ..D...
1PH7137 - ..F...
1PH7137 - ..G...
162.3 (119.7)
140.1 (103.3)
133.7 (98.6)
0.109 (0.965)
0.109 (0.965)
0.109 (0.965)
130 (286.7)
130 (286.7)
130 (286.7)
43
57
60
50
68
73
60
79
87
54
73
80
45
60
60
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
0
1
1
7
1PH7 motor (SH 100 to SH 160)
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
4) Version for increased maximum speed only possible with vibration
severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
• Shaft sealing ring
5) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
6) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Types IM B5 or IM B35
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
7) Only appropriate if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the sealing
ring. A sealing ring is not possible with increased maximum speed.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/11

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 160
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max. continuous
speed
Max. speed 1)
Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n S1 cont.
2)
n S1 cont.
3)
n max n 4) max P rated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
160 500
3700 7000 6500 8000 12
(16.1)
15
(20.1)
18
(24.1)
16.5
(22.1)
1PH7163 - 7 7B 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000
22
(29.5)
27
(36.2)
33
(44.2)
30
(40.2)
1PH7163 - 7 7D 7 7 - 07 7 7
1500
30
(40.2)
37
(49.6)
45
(60.3)
41
(55)
1PH7163 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000
36
(48.3)
44
(59)
52
(69.7)
48
(64.3)
1PH7163 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
500
3700 7000 6500 8000 16
(21.4)
19.5
(26.1)
24
(32.2)
21.5
(28.8)
1PH7167 - 7 7B7 7 - 07 7 7
1000
28
(37.5)
34.5
(46.2)
42
(56.3)
38
(51)
1PH7167 - 7 7D7 7 - 07 7 7
1500
37
(49.6)
46
(61.7)
56
(75.1)
51
(68.3)
1PH7167 - 7 7F 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000
41
(55)
51
(68.4)
61
(81.8)
56
(75.1)
1PH7167 - 7 7G7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
7
Encoder systems for
motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Encoder systems for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder 5)
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 5)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
A
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
7
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Top/right
Top/NDE
Top/left
0
2
3
Type: 6) IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
3
Bearing version for:
Coupling/belt output
Coupling/belt output
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
B
C
Coupling/belt output
Increased speed
(coupling/belt output) 7)
SR
SR
R
R
D
L
Shaft extension 6) (DE):
Balancing:
Direction of air flow (fan):
Blow-out direction:
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key
–
–
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
Axial
A
B
C
D
J
K
Degree of protection:
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
Seal:
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with
shaft sealing ring 7)
Color:
No paint finish
No paint finish
Anthracite
Anthracite
Anthracite, two coats
Anthracite, two coats
0
2
3
5
6
8
7/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 160
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2- S1
30 min
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
1PH7163 - ..B...
1PH7163 - ..D...
1PH7163 - ..F...
1PH7163 - ..G...
229.2 (169.1)
210.1 (155)
191.0 (140.9)
171.9 (126.8)
0.19 (1.681)
0.19 (1.681)
0.19 (1.681)
0.19 (1.681)
180 (397)
180 (397)
180 (397)
180 (397)
30
55
72
85
36
65
86
100
42
77
102
114
39
71
94
107
30
60
85
85
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
1PH7167 - ..B...
1PH7167 - ..D...
1PH7167 - ..F...
1PH7167 - ..G...
305.5 (225.3)
267.4 (197.2)
235.5 (173.7)
195.8 (144.4)
0.23 (2.035)
0.23 (2.035)
0.23 (2.035)
0.23 (2.035)
228 (503)
228 (503)
228 (503)
228 (503)
37
71
82
89
44
85
97
106
53
100
115
124
48
92
104
115
45
85
85
132
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
0
1
1
7
1PH7 motor (SH 100 to SH 160)
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
4) Version for increased maximum speed only possible with vibration
severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
• Shaft sealing ring
5) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
6) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Types IM B5 or IM B35
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
7) Only appropriate if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the sealing
ring. A sealing ring is not possible with increased maximum speed.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/13

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 180
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft Rated
height speed
Max. continuous
speed
Max. speed
1)
Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n S1 cont.
2)
n S1 cont
3)
n S1 cont
4)
n max
n max
5)
P rated
Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
180 500
1000
3500 3000 4500 5000 7000 21.5
39
(28.8)
(52.3)
26.5
48
(35.5)
(64.3)
30.5
58
(40.9)
(77.7)
30
58
(40.2) 1PH7184 - 7 7 T7 7 - 07 7 7
(77.7) 1PH7184 - 7 7 D7 7 - 07 7 7
1250
1500
40
51
(53.6)
(68.4)
50
68
(67)
(91.2)
56
81
(75.1)
(108.6)
66
81
(88.5) 1PH7184 - 7 7 E7 7 - 07 7 7
(108.6) 1PH7184 - 7 7 F7 7 - 07 7 7
2500 78 (104.6) 97 (130) 115 (154) 115 (154) 1PH7184 - 7 7 L7 7 - 07 7 7
500
1000
3500 3000 4500 5000 7000 29.6
51
(39.7)
(68.4)
36.5
65
(49)
(87.1)
43
77
(57.6)
(103)
38
77
(51)
(103)
1PH7186 - 7 7 T7 7 - 07 7 7
1PH7186 - 7 7 D7 7 - 07 7 7
1250
60 (80.4) 71 (95.2) 80 (107.2) 84 (112.6) 1PH7186 - 7 7 E7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans:
Encoder systems for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Encoder systems for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
Without encoder 6)
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 6)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
2
7
A
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
7
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Top/right
Top/DE
Top/NDE
Top/left
0
1
2
3
Type: 8)
IM B3
IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) (hoisting system for vertical types)
IM B35
IM B35 (flange D = 450 mm (17.72 in), only for 1PH7184)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (hoisting system for vertical types)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (flange D = 450 mm (17.72 in), only for 1PH7184)
0
2
3
4
5
6
Bearing version for: Vibration severity grade: Shaft and flange accuracy:
Coupling output
Coupling output
Coupling output
Coupling output
Belt output
Belt output
Increased cantilever force (belt output) 7)
Increased cantilever force (belt output) 7)
Increased speed (coupling output) 7)
Shaft extension 8) (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Degree of protection:
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
S
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key
-
-
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
R
Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Seal:
–
DE flange with shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange withshaft sealing ring 7)
Blow-out direction:
Right
Axial
Right
Axial
Right
Axial
Color:
Primed
Primed
Anthracite
Anthracite
Anthracite, two coats
Anthracite, two coats
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
A
B
C
D
J
K
0
2
3
5
6
8
7/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 180
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx. 9) Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2 S1
For complete Order No.,
30 min
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
1PH7184 - ..T...
1PH7184 - .. D...
410 (302)
372 (274)
0.5 (4.424)
0.5 (4.424)
390 (860)
390 (860)
76
90
90
106
103
126
102
126
85
132
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
1PH7184 - .. E...
1PH7184 - .. F...
305 (225)
325 (240)
0.5 (4.424)
0.5 (4.424)
390 (860)
390 (860)
85
120
100
149
110
174
128
174
85
132
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
1PH7184 - .. L... 298 (220) 0.5 (4.424) 390 (860) 172 204 237 237 200 6SL3127 - 1TE32 - 0A..
1PH7186 - .. T...
1PH7186 - .. D...
1PH7186 - .. E...
565 (417)
487 (359)
458 (338)
0.67 (5.929)
0.67 (5.929)
0.67 (5.929)
460 (1014)
460 (1014)
460 (1014)
105
118
120
126
141
135
147
164
150
130
164
156
132
132
132
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
0
1
1
7
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased cantilever force.
4) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
5) Version for increased maximum speed only in conjunction with vibration
severity grade S. The following options are not possible:
• ZF gearbox mounting prepared
• Shaft sealing ring.
6) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
7) Only appropriate if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the sealing
ring. A sealing ring is not possible for type IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6), version
with increased cantilever force or increased maximum speed.
8) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Type IM B35, IM V15 (not IM V36)
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
• Bearing version for coupling output
• Shaft and flange accuracy R
• DE flange with shaft sealing ring
9) Applies to type IM B35. As type IM B3, the motor is
20 kg (44 lb) lighter.
1PH7 motor (SH 180 and SH 225)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/15

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 225
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft Rated
height speed
Max. continuous speed Max. speed 1) Rated power for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
1PH7 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n S1 cont.
2)
n S1 cont.
3)
n S1 cont.
4)
n max n 5) max P rated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-
30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
225 700 3100 2700 3600 4500 5500 55 (73.7) 66 (88.5) 75 (100.5) 78 (104.6) 1PH7224 - 7 7C7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 71 (95.2) 88 (118) 105 (140.8) 114 (153) 1PH7224 - 7 7D7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 100 (134) 126 (169) 136 (182.3) 140 (187.7) 1PH7224 - 7 7 F7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans:
External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
7
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Encoder systems for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder 6)
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 6)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
A
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
Terminal box/
Cable entry:
Top/right
Top/DE
Top/NDE
Top/left
0
1
2
3
7
Type: 8)
IM B3
IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) (hoisting system for vertical types)
IM B35
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (hoisting system for vertical types)
Bearing version for: Vibration severity grade: Shaft and flange accuracy:
0
1
3
5
Coupling output
Coupling output
Coupling output
Coupling output
Belt output
Belt output
Increased cantilever force
(belt output) 7)
Increased cantilever force
(belt output) 7)
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Increased speed
(coupling output) 7)
S
R
J
Shaft extension 8) (DE):
Balancing:
Direction of air flow (fan):
Blow-out direction:
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Right
Axial
Right
Axial
A
B
C
D
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
–
–
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
Right
Axial
J
K
Degree of protection:
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
IP55, fan IP54
Seal:
–
DE flange with shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with shaft sealing ring 7)
–
DE flange with shaft sealing ring 7)
Color:
Primed
Primed
Anthracite
Anthracite
Anthracite, two coats
Anthracite, two coats
0
2
3
5
6
8
7/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Rated
torque
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx. 9)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH7 standard type motors
SH 225
Rated current for duty type
in accodance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2- S1
For complete Order No.,
30 min
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A A A
1PH7224 - ..C... 750 (553) 1.48 (13.098) 650 (1433) 117 135 149 155 132 6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
1PH7224 - ..D... 678 (500) 1.48 (13.098) 650 (1433) 164 190 222 240 200 6SL3127 - 1TE32 - 0A..
1PH7224 - .. F... 636 (469) 1.48 (13.098) 650 (1433) 188 230 248 256 200 6SL3127 - 1TE32 - 0A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
0
1
1
7
1PH7 motor (SH 180 and SH 225)
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for
a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased cantilever force.
4) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
5) Version for increased maximum speed only in conjunction with
vibration severity grade S. The following options are not possible:
• ZF gearbox mounting prepared
• Shaft sealing ring.
6) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
7) Only appropriate if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the sealing
ring. A sealing ring is not possible for type IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6),
version with increased cantilever force or increased maximum
speed.
8) The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
• Type IM B35, IM V15 (not IM V36)
• Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
• Bearing version for coupling output
• Shaft and flange accuracy R
• DE flange with shaft sealing ring
9) Applies to type IM B35. As type IM B3, the motor is
20 kg (44 lb) lighter.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/17

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH4 motors
■ Overview
■ Application
• All applications in which extreme ambient conditions, such
as high temperatures, dust, dirt, or a corrosive atmosphere, do
not permit air cooling
• In processes in which the environment must not be heated
• Milling machines with full enclosure
• High-load milling spindles
• Counterspindles on turning machines
• On special machines, when cooling water is available
depending on the process
7
Given the compact design of modern machines, the heat loss
from electrical drives can have an adverse effect on the accuracy
of machining. The resulting demands for cold motors with a
high power density led to the development of the water-cooled
1PH4 motors.
Furthermore, a combination of high torque and small construction
volume (low mass inertia) results in short acceleration and
braking times and thus in a reduction in non-productive time.
1PH4 motors are rugged, 4-pole asynchronous motors with
squirrel-cage rotors. Power loss and noise emission are reduced
to a minimum. Thanks to the compact design of the motors, high
maximum speeds can be achieved.
The motors are equipped with an encoder system for sensing
the motor speed and indirect position. In machine tools, the
encoder is capable of C-axis operation as standard - that is,
an additional encoder is not required for C-axis operation.
■ Benefits
7 High power density thanks to to small construction volume
7 Maximum speeds of up to 9,000 rpm (optional: 12,000 rpm)
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill
7 Cooled flange to prevent thermal stressing of the connected
mechanical power train
7 Low noise level
7 High degree of protection (IP65, shaft exit IP55)
7 High rotational accuracy
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Type 1) in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
1PH4 motor
Temperature class F for a
coolant inlet temperature
of up to 30 °C (86 °F)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
2048 pulses/revolution,
absolute encoder EnDat,
incremental encoder HTL 4)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Terminal box location
(facing drive end) 2) Top, rotatable 4 x 90°
Terminal box connection type
•Motor
• Motor encoder and PTC thermistor
Bearing version on DE 3)
Vibration severity
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Drive end shaft extension
in accordance with DIN 748
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Paint finish
Coolant inlet temperature
Temperature monitoring
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB
Terminals in terminal box
12-pin/17-pin circular socket (without
mating connector) or DRIVE-CLiQ
Bearing for belt or
coupling output
Grade R (reduced)
Tolerance N (normal)
With fitted key and
keyway
IP65, IP55 on shaft exit
Anthracite
Because of the formation of
condensation, we recommend
a coolant inlet temperature of
approx. 30 °C (86 °F), depending
on the ambient conditions.
2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in the
stator winding, 1 as reserve
1PH4 10: 69 dB (A)
1PH4 13: 69 dB (A)
1PH4 16: 71 dB (A)
Please refer to "Liquid cooling" for a list of heat exchanger
manufacturers.
1) For type, see "Selection guide".
2) DE is the drive end with shaft. NDE is the non-drive end.
3) For maximum permissible load, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
4) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
7/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Characteristic curves
Motor power
P
0
0
Typical speed/power graph for AC motors 1)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH4 motors
n rated Speed
1PH4167
1500 5200 4400 3800
n 2 n 2 n 2 n max 1PH4168
1500 6300 5300 4600
S6-40% S6-60% S1
Motor Rated Attainable speed for rated
speed power in duty type
in accordance with IEC 60034-1
S6-40%
Voltage
Type n rated n 2)
2
S6-60%
limit
S1 S6-60% S6-40%
S1
rpm rpm rpm rpm
1PH4103
1500 8600 7500 6500
1PH4105
1500 8800 7600 6500
1PH4107
1500 8600 7400 6400
1PH4133
1500 8000 7400 6000
1PH4135
1500 7400 6200 5500
1PH4137
1500 6800 5800 5000
1PH4138
1500 7800 6600 5800
1PH4163
1500 6300 5200 4500
G_NC01_EN_00016
The graph shows the typical relationship between motor speed
and drive power in 1PH4 motors for duty types in accordance
with IEC 60034-1:
S 1: Continuous duty
S 6: Continuous duty with intermittent loading and a relative duty
factor of 60% (S6-60%) or 40% (S6-40%) with a maximum
duty cycle time of 10 minutes.
7
1) For further configuration information, see the 1PH Motors Planning
Guide.
2) Values taken from the speed/power graph when using an Active Line
Module on a 400 V 3 AC supply system. If you are using a
Smart Line Module, and with option for increased maximum speed,
proceed in accordance with the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/19

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH4 standard type motors
SH 100 to SH 160
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max. continuous speed
Max.
speed
1)
L37
1) 2)
Rated power for duty type
(in accordance with IEC 60034-1)
1PH4 asynchronous motor
SH n rated n S1 cont. 3) n S1 cont.
4)
n S1 cont.
5)
n max n max P rated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40%
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP)
100 1500 5600 6500 10000 9000 12000 7.5
11
14
(10.1)
(14.7)
(18.8)
8.75
12.75
16.25
(11.7)
(17.1)
(21.8)
10
14.75
18.75
(13.4)
(19.8)
(25.1)
1PH4103 - 47F26
1PH4105 - 47F26
1PH4107 - 47F26
132 1500 5200 6000 9250 8000 10000 15
22
27
30
(20.1)
(29.5)
(36.2)
(40.2)
18
26.5
32.5
36
(24.1)
(35.5)
(43.6)
(48.3)
21
31
38
42
(28.2)
(41.6)
(50.9)
(56.3)
1PH4133 - 47F26
1PH4135 - 47F26
1PH4137 - 47F26
1PH4138 - 47F26
160 1500 4000 4500 7000 6500 8000 37
46
52
(50)
(61.7)
(69.7)
45
55
62.5
(60.3)
(73.7)
(83.8)
52.5
65
73
(70.4)
(87.1)
(97.9)
1PH4163 - 47F26
1PH4167 - 47F26
1PH4168 - 47F26
Encoder systems for
motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Encoder systems for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat, 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution 6) (on request)
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution 6) (on request)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp , 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
Absolute encoder EnDat, 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution without C and D track
E
H
J
M
N
F
D
Q
7
■ Options
Designation
Order code
Bearing version (facing drive end)
(standard = duplex bearing)
• Single bearing for coupling or planetary gear units K00
or low to moderate cantilever forces
7) 8)
Gearbox
• Motor prepared for mounting
K00
ZF gearbox 2LG43...
(types IM B35 or IM V15)
Vibration severity in accordance with EN 60034-14
(IEC 60034-14) (standard = vibration severity
grade R, duplex bearing)
• Grade S with duplex bearing 9)
K05 10)
• Grade S with single bearing 9)
K02 10)
• Grade SR with single bearing 9) K03 10)
Shaft and flange accuracy in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
(standard = tolerance N)
• Tolerance R K04 11)
Shaft extension (drive end)
(standard = full-key balancing with keyway)
• Plain shaft
• Half-key balancing
K42
G19
Designation
Order code
Shaft seal (DE)
• Radial shaft sealing ring, oil-tight, IP65 K18 12)
Brake 8)
• With holding brake mounted on DE
Terminal box location
(view onto DE) (standard = top)
• On right side 8)
• On left side 8)
Rotation of terminal box
on its own axis
• By 90°, cable entry from drive end 13)
• By 90°, cable entry from non-drive end 13)
• By 180° 13)
Speed 14)
• With increased maximum speed and
half-key balancing
Other
• Second rating plate, separately packed
G46
K09
K10
K83
K84
K85
L37
K31
Encoder system
• No encoder system H30 6)
When ordering a motor with options, the "-Z" should be added to
the order number and the order code should also be specified
for each additional required version.
Order codes must not be repeated in plain text in the order.
Order No. 1PH4135-4NF26-Z
Order code(s) K05 + K09 + K31
7/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH4 standard type motors
SH 100 to SH 160
Rated torque Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
Rated current for duty type in
accordance with IEC 60034-1
SINAMICS Motor Module
Required
rated output
current
M rated J m I rated I rated Order No.
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S1
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
Nm (lb ƒ -ft) kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb) A A A
drive system".
1PH4103 - ...
1PH4105 - ...
1PH4107 - ...
48 (35.4)
70 (51.6)
90 (66.4)
0.017 (0.150)
0.024 (0.212)
0.031 (0.274)
52 (115)
67 (148)
80 (176)
26
38
46
29
42
52
32
47
58
30
45
60
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE24 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
1PH4133 - ...
1PH4135 - ...
1PH4137 - ...
1PH4138 - ...
95 (70.1)
140 (103.3)
170 (125.4)
190 (140.1)
0.046 (0.407)
0.071 (0.628)
0.085 (0.752)
0.097 (0.858)
90 (198)
112 (247)
130 (287)
150 (331)
55
73
85
102
65
86
100
119
74
99
114
136
60
85
85
132
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
1PH4163 - ...
1PH4167 - ...
1PH4168 - ...
235 (173.3)
293 (216.1)
331 (244.1)
0.17 (1.504)
0.206 (1.823)
0.22 (1.947)
175 (386)
210 (463)
240 (529)
107
120
148
125
138
173
142
158
197
132
132
200
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
6SL3127 - 1TE31 - 3A..
6SL3127 - 1TE32 - 0A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
0
1
1
7
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill)
for a duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors
and components, see 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Maximum speed using option L37 "increased maximum speed".
3) Bearing version for duplex bearing.
4) Bearing version for single bearing.
5) Bearing version for increased speed.
6) These encoders are not suitable for operation on machine tools.
7) Vibration severity grades S, SR not possible for integrated gearbox.
Use order code K00 + G97 for old ZF gearbox 2LG42...
(for gear selection, see "Gearboxes").
8) Options mutually exclude each other.
9) Options mutually exclude each other.
10) Automatically includes version K04.
11) Increased shaft accuracy.
12) Only recommended if oil spray/mist occasionally gets onto the
sealing ring.
13) Options mutually exclude each other.
14) Version for increased maximum speed includes vibration severity
SR and half-key balancing. The following options are not possible:
• Shaft seal.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/21

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PM4 motors with hollow shaft
■ Overview
■ Application
• Compact machining centers
• Directly driven tools with internal cooling
• Special machines
7
1PM4 motor (SH 100 and SH 132, liquid-cooled)
The liquid-cooled 1PM4 motors have been specially designed
for direct mounting on mechanical spindles. The hollow shaft
permits the passage of coolant for tools with internal cooling.
The shaft is prepared on the non-drive end of the motor for
connection of a turning bushing for input of the coolant.
Given the compact design of modern machines, the heat loss
from electrical drives can have an adverse effect on the accuracy
of machining. The resulting demand for cold motors with a
high power density led to the development of the 1PM4 liquidcooled
motors.
Furthermore, a combination of high torque and small construction
volume (low mass inertia) results in short acceleration and
braking times and thus in a reduction in non-productive time.
The motors have a built-in hollow-shaft measuring system for
recording the motor speed and indirect position.
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Type 1) in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location
(facing drive end)
Terminal box connection type
•Motor
• Motor encoder and PTC thermistor
Vibration severity
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Drive end shaft extension
Hollow ID for shaft
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Paint finish
Coolant inlet temperature
Temperature monitoring
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680 tolerance +3 dB
1PM4 motor
Temperature class F for a coolant
inlet temperature
of up to 30 °C (86 °F)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
256 pulses/revolution
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Top, rotatable 4 x 90°
Terminals in terminal box
17-pin circular socket
(without mating connector)
or DRIVE-CLiQ
Grade SR
Tolerance R (reduced)
With plain shaft,
without keyway
∅ 11.5 mm (0.45 in)
IP65, IP55 on shaft exit
Anthracite
Because of the formation of condensation,
we recommend a coolant inlet
temperature of approximately
30 °C (86 °F).
2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
the stator winding,
1 as reserve
1PM410.: 69 dB (A) 2)
1PM413.: 69 dB (A) 2)
■ Benefits
7 Hollow shaft for passage of coolant with direct spindle
mounting
7 Maximum speeds of up to 12,000 rpm
(option: 18,000 rpm)
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill
7 Cooled flange to prevent thermal stressing of the mechanical
power train
7 Low noise level
7 High rotational accuracy
7 Short ramp-up and braking times
Please refer to "Liquid cooling" for a list of heat exchanger
manufacturers.
1) For type, see "Selection guide".
2) With option L37: 72 dB (A).
7/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PM6 motors with hollow shaft
■ Overview
■ Application
• Compact machining centers
• Directly driven tools with internal cooling
• Special machines
1PM6 motors (SH 100 and SH 132 with radial and axial fans)
The air-cooled 1PM6 motors have been specially designed for
direct mounting on mechanical spindles. The hollow shaft permits
the passage of coolant for tools with internal cooling.
The shaft is prepared on the non-drive end of the motor for
connection of a turning bushing for input of the coolant.
The 1PM6 motors are rugged and maintenance-free 4-pole
asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotors. They have been
designed specifically for use in conjunction with the SINAMICS S
drive system.
A fan for providing forced ventilation is mounted either radially or
axially (depending on the version) on the rear of the motor. The
direction of air flow is from the drive end to the non-drive end, in
order to keep the exhaust heat of the motor away from the machine
tool.
The motors have a built-in hollow-shaft measuring system for
recording the motor speed and indirect position.
■ Benefits
7 Hollow shaft for passage of coolant with direct spindle
mounting
7 Maximum speeds of up to 12,000 rpm
(option: 18,000 rpm) 2)
7 Full rated torque is always available, even at standstill
7 Axial or radial fans
7 High rotational accuracy
7 Short ramp-up and braking times
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Motor fan ratings
Encoder systems, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
Type 1) in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location
(facing drive end)
Terminal box connection type
•Motor
•Fan
• Motor encoder and PTC thermistor
Vibration severity
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy
in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Drive end shaft extension
Hollow ID for shaft
Degree of protection
in accordance with
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Paint finish
Permissible coolant temperature
Temperature monitoring
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB
1PM6 motor
Temperature class F
for a coolant inlet temperature
of up to 40 °C (104 °F)
400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
256 pulses/revolution
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
For axial fan
Top, rotatable 4 x 90°
For radial fan
On right side, rotatable 4 x 90°
Terminals in terminal box
Terminals in terminal box
17-pin circular socket
(without mating connector)
or DRIVE-CLiQ
Grade SR
Tolerance R (reduced)
With plain shaft,
without keyway
∅ 11.5 mm (0.45 in)
IP55, fan IP54
Anthracite
-15 ... +40 °C (+5 ... +104 °F)
2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
the stator winding,
1 as reserve
From DE to NDE
(with the fan operating on a
50 Hz supply system)
1PM610.: 70 dB (A) 2)
1PM613.: 70 dB (A) 2)
7
1) For type, see "Selection guide".
2) With option L37: 72 dB (A).
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/23

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PM4/1PM6 standard type motors
SH 100/SH 132
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Shaft
height
Rated
speed
Max.
continuous
speed
Max.
speed
1)
Rated power for
star
n ratedY = 1500 rpm
Rated power for
delta
n rated∆ = 4000 rpm
1PM4 asynchronous motor 1PM6 asynchronous motor
SH star delta n S1cont
.
n max P rated P rated
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40% Order No. Order No.
rpm rpm rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) Standard type Standard type
7
100 1500
1500
1500
1500
4000
4000
4000
4000
12000
18000
12000
18000
12000
18000
12000
18000
132 1500 4000 10000 10500
1500 4000 15000 15000
1500 4000 10000 10500
1500 4000 12000 12000
1500 4000 10000 10500
1500 4000 11000 11000
100 1500 12000 12000
1500 18000 18000
1500 12000 12000
1500 18000 18000
132 1500 10000 10500
1500 15000 15000
1500 10000 10500
1500 12000 12000
3.7 (5) 5.25 (7)
3.7 (5) 5.25 (7)
7.5 (10) 11 (14.7)
7.5 (10) 11 (14.7)
11 (14.7) 16.5 (22.1)
11 (14.7) 16.5 (22.1)
18.5 (24.8) 28 (37.5)
18.5 (24.8) 28 (37.5)
22 (29.5) 33 (44.2)
22 (29.5) 33 (44.2)
5 (6.7)
5 (6.7)
11 (14.7)
11 (14.7)
15 (20.1)
15 (20.1)
27 (36.2)
27 (36.2)
6.5 (8.7)
6.5 (8.7)
14.75 (19.8)
14.75 (19.8)
21 (28.2)
21 (28.2)
38 (51)
38 (51)
Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
3.7 (5)
3.7 (5)
7.5 (10)
7.5 (10)
11 (14.7)
11 (14.7)
18.5 (24.8)
18.5 (24.8)
22 (29.5)
22 (29.5)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Oil cooling 2)
Forced ventilation
6 (8) 1PM4101 - 27F86 - 17 S1 1PM6101 - 27F87 - 17 71
13 (17.4) 1PM4105 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6105 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
6 (8) 1PM4101 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6101 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
13 (17.4) 1PM4105 - 27F86 - 17 S1 1PM6105 - 27F87 - 17 71
19.5 (26.1) 1PM4133 - 27F86 - 17 S1 1PM6133 - 27F87 - 17 71
19.5 (26.1) 1PM4133 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6133 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
32 (42.9) 1PM4137 - 27F86 - 17 S1 1PM6137 - 27F87 - 17 71
32 (42.9) 1PM4137 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6137 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
39 (52.3) –
1PM6138 - 27F87 - 17 71
39 (52.3) –
1PM6138 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Water cooling 4)
1PM4101 - 27W26 - 17 S1
1PM4101 - 27W26 - 17 S1 3)
1PM4105 - 27W26 - 17 S1
1PM4105 - 27W26 - 17 S1 3)
1PM4133 - 27W26 - 17 S1
1PM4133 - 27W26 - 17 S1 3)
1PM4137 - 27W26 - 17 S1
1PM4137 - 27W26 - 17 S1 3)
L
V
L
V
Type: IM B35, IM V15, IM V36 IM B5
IM V1
IM V3
1
4
5
Fans:
Without fan combined
with terminal box/metric
cable entry
Top/right
Top/DE
Top/NDE
Top/left
Axial fan/Blow-out direction below/Direction of air flow DE→ NDE
combined with terminal box/metric cable entry
A
B
C
D
Top/right
Top/DE
Top/NDE
Top/left
A
B
C
D
R
R
R
R
Radial fan/Blow-out direction NDE/Direction of air flow DE→ NDE
combined with terminal box/metric cable entry
Right side/below
Right side/DE
Right side/NDE
Right side/above
E D
F D
G D
H D
1) For continuous duty (with 30% n max , 60% 2 / 3 n max , 10% standstill) for a duty cycle time of 10 min.
For maintenance intervals for motors and components, see 1PM Motors Planning Guide.
2) Star/delta changeover.
3) With option L37: Version for increased maximum speed.
4) Only star connection possible.
5) Version for increased maximum speed includes vibration severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
• ZF gearbox mounting prepared
• Shaft seal.
7/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PM4/1PM6 standard type motors
SH 100/SH 132
Rated
Rated
Moment Weight, approx. Rated current SINAMICS Motor Module
torque for
torque for of
for
star
delta
inertia
1PM4 1PM6
star
Required
rated output
current
M rated M rated J m m I rated I rated Order No.
S1
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
S6-40%
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
S1
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
S6-40%
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
kgm 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
kg
(lb)
S1
A
S6-40%
A
S1
A
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
1PM .101- ... 24 (17.7)
1PM .101- 2L... 3) 24 (17.7)
1PM .105- ... 48 (35.4)
1PM .105- 2L... 3) 48 (35.4)
33 (24.3)
33 (24.3)
70 (51.6)
70 (51.6)
9 (6.6)
9 (6.6)
18 (13.3)
18 (13.3)
14 (10.3)
14 (10.3)
31 (22.9)
31 (22.9)
0.011 (0.0973)
0.011 (0.0973)
0.024 (0.2124)
0.024 (0.2124)
42 (93)
42 (93)
67 (148)
67 (148)
45 (99)
45 (99)
70 (154)
70 (154)
13
13
23
23
17.5
17.5
31
31
18
18
30
30
6SL312 7 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL312 7 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE23-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE23-0A..
1PM .133- ... 70 (51.6)
1PM .133- 2L... 3) 70 (51.6)
1PM .137- ... 118 (87)
1PM .137- 2L... 3) 118 (87)
1PM6138- ... 140 (103.2)
1PM6138- 2L... 3) 140 (103.2)
105 (77.4)
105 (77.4)
178 (131.3)
178 (131.3)
210 (155)
210 (155)
26 (19.2)
26 (19.2)
44 (32.5)
44 (32.5)
53 (39.1)
53 (39.1)
47 (34.7)
47 (34.7)
76 (56)
76 (56)
93 (68.6)
93 (68.6)
0.046 (0.4070)
0.046 (0.4070)
0.085 (0.7522)
0.085 (0.7522)
0.104 (0.9203)
0.104 (0.9203)
90 (198)
90 (198)
130 (287)
130 (287)
—
—
94 (207)
94 (207)
135 (298)
135 (298)
156 (344)
156 (344)
41
41
56
56
58
58
58
58
79
79
80
80
45
45
60
60
60
60
6SL312 7 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
1PM4101- ... 32 (23.6)
1PM4101- ... 3) 32 (23.6)
1PM4105- ... 70 (51.6)
1PM4105- ... 3) 70 (51.6)
41 (30.2)
41 (30.2)
94 (69.3)
94 (69.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.011 (0.0973)
0.011 (0.0973)
0.024 (0.2124)
0.024 (0.2124)
42 (93)
42 (93)
67 (148)
67 (148)
—
—
—
—
18
18
38
38
22.5
22.5
47
47
18
18
45
45
6SL312 7 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL312 7 - 7TE21-8A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE24-5A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE24-5A..
1PM4133- ... 95 (70)
1PM4133- ... 3) 95 (70)
1PM4137- ... 172 (126.9)
1PM4137- ... 3) 172 (126.9)
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
134 (99)
134 (99)
242 (178.5)
242 (178.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.046 (0.4070)
0.046 (0.4070)
0.085 (0.7522)
0.085 (0.7522)
90 (198)
90 (198)
130 (287)
130 (287)
—
—
—
—
55
55
85
85
74
74
114
114
60
60
85
85
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE26-0A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE28-5A..
6SL312 7 - 1TE28-5A..
0
1
7
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
■ Options
Designation
Speed 5)
• With increased maximum speed
Order code
L37
When ordering a motor with options, the ”-Z“ should be added to
the order number and the order code should also be specified
for each additional required version.
Order codes must not be repeated in plain text in the order.
Order No. 1PM4101-2LF86-1AS1-Z
Order code L37
1PM6 motor (radial fan),
1PM6 motor (axial fan) and 1PM4 motor (liquid-cooled)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/25

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PM4/1PM6 motors
SH 100/SH 132
7
■ Characteristic curves
n rated 0
Speed
Motor Rated Attainable Rated Attainable
Motor power Voltage limit
speed speeds
speed speeds
Star connection
P
for rated power
for rated power
Voltage limit
in duty type
in duty type
Delta connection
in accordance
in accordance
with IEC 60034-1
with IEC 60034-1
S6-40%
Type Star connection Delta connection
S6-40%
Delta connection
n ratedY n 2) 2 n rated∆ n 2)
2
Star
connection
S1 S6-40% S1 S6-40%
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm
S1
S1
Star connection Delta connection
Forced ventilation
1PM6101 1500 9710 7170 4000 12000 12000
1PM6105 1500 9000 6360 4000 12000 12000
1PM6133 1500 8000 8140 4000 10500 10500
1PM6137 1500 7000 5920 4000 10500 10500
0
1PM6138 1500 4000 4000 4000 6000 6500
0 n rated Y n rated D
Speed
Oil cooling
Typical speed/power graph for 1PM4 motors with selectable star/delta
connection 1) oil-cooled and 1PM6 motors 1)
1PM4101
1PM4105
1500
1500
9710
9000
7170
6360
4000
4000
12000
12000
12000
12000
1PM4133 1500 8000 8140 4000 10500 10500
1PM4137 1500 7000 5920 4000 10500 10500
Motor power
Water cooling
P
S6-40%
1PM4101 1500 9670 7590 – – –
Voltage limit
1PM4105 1500 9460 7130 – – –
S1
1PM4133 1500 8290 6130 – – –
1PM4137 1500 6860 4920 – – –
0
n 2 n 2 n 2 n max
S6-40% S6-60% S1
G_NC01_EN_00149
G_NC01_EN_00172
Typical speed/power graph for 1PM4 motors 1) water-cooled
The graphs show the typical relationship between motor speed
and drive power for 1PM4/1PM6 motors for the following duty
types in accordance with IEC 60034-1:
S1: Continuous duty
S6-40%: Continuous duty with intermittent loading and a
relative duty factor of 40% (S6-40%) with
a maximum duty cycle time of 10 minutes.
1) For further configuration information, see the 1PM Motors Planning Guide.
2) Values taken from the speed/power graph when using an Active Line
Module on a 400 V 3 AC supply system. If you are using a Smart Line
Module, and with option for increased maximum speed, proceed in
accordance with the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
7/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH2 built-in motors for direct drive
■ Overview
■ Application
1PH2 built-in motors are used for machines requiring an
extremely high standard of machining, accuracy and
running smoothness.
• Turning machines
• Grinders
Active parts (rotor and stator) of 1PH2 asynchronous integral motors
1PH2 built-in motors for turning machines are liquid-cooled
squirrel-cage AC asynchronous motors. These built-in motors
have been specially developed for variable-speed operation of
main spindles on turning machines.
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)
Recommended motor
encoder (not included with motor)
Type (cf. ISO)
Motor connection type
Balance quality of rotor
in accordance with ISO 1940-1
Degree of protection
in accordance with IEC 60034-5
Coolant inlet temperature
Temperature monitoring
1PH2 built-in motor
Temperature class F for a coolant
inlet temperature of up to 25 °C
(77 °F)
SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft
measuring system
Individual components: Stator,
rotor
Free cable ends with
0.5 m (19.69 in) or 1.5 m (59.06 in)
length
1PH2093 to 1PH2118: G 2.5
Reference speed 3600 rpm
IP00
Because of the formation of
condensation we recommend a
coolant inlet temperature of
approx. 25 °C (77 °F).
2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
the stator winding,
1 as reserve
■ Benefits
7 Compact design obtained by dispensing with mechanical
components such as coupling, belt drive, gearbox and
spindle encoder
7 High power density as a result of liquid cooling
7 The absence of drive transverse forces permits extremely high
accuracy on workpiece due to smooth, accurate spindle
motion even at very low speeds
7 Extremely short ramp-up and braking times
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill
7 Simple servicing by replacing complete motor spindles
7 Increased rigidity of the spindle drive, achieved by mounting
the motor components between the main spindle bearings
7 C-axis compatibility with hollow-shaft measuring system
mounted on the spindle
7 Low noise level due to absence of machine elements
7 Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play
by means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is
mounted on the spindle by thermal shrinking. The bond can
be released by pressure-oil injection without affecting the joint
surfaces.
7 The rotor with sleeve is pre-balanced and can be removed
and subsequently remounted
7 The rotor with sleeve is finished-machined - that is, the rotor
outer diameter need not be finished after mounting.
Please refer to "Liquid cooling" for a list of heat exchanger
manufacturers.
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/27

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH2 built-in motors for direct drive
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
speed
Max.
speed
Rated power for duty type
in accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
1PH2 built-in
asynchronous motor
Rated torque 1)
n rated n max P rated M rated
S1
S1
S6-60% S6-40% Order No.
∆T= 105 K
∆T=105 K
Standard type
rpm rpm kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) kW (HP) Nm (lb ƒ -ft) Nm (lb ƒ -ft)
1500 10000 7.5
10.1
(10)
(13.5)
9.4
13
(12.6)
(17.4)
8.2
11
(11)
(14.7)
9
12
(12.1)
(16.1)
1PH2093 - 6WF4 7
1PH2095 - 6WF4 7
48
64
(35.4)
(47.2)
60
83
(44.2)
(61.2)
1500 10000 15.1
16.5
18.1
23.6
(20.2)
(22.1)
(24.3)
(31.6)
18.5
21.5
23.7
30.9
(24.8)
(28.8)
(31.8)
(41.4)
17
18.5
20.5
26.0
(22.8)
(24.8)
(27.5)
(34.9)
19
21
23
29.5
(25.5)
(28.2)
(30.8)
(39.5)
1PH2113 - 6WF4 7
1PH2115 - 6WF4 7
1PH2117 - 6WF4 7
1PH2118 - 6WF4 7
95
105
115
146
(70.1)
(77.4)
(84.8)
(107.7)
118
137
151
197
(87)
(101)
(111.4)
(145.3)
Free cable ends:
Length: 1.5 m (59.06 in)
Length: 0.5 m (19.69 in)
(preferred type)
1
2
7
■ Characteristic curves
Motor power
P
0
0
n rated Speed
Motor Rated
speed
S6-40%
Type n
Voltage
rated n 3)
2
S6-60%
limit
S1
rpm rpm
S1
1PH2093
1500 4700
1PH2095
1500 4000
1PH2113
1500 5400
1PH2115
1500 4500
1PH2117
1500 4700
1PH2118
1500 5300
n 2 n 2 n 2 n max
S6-40% S6-60% S1
Typical speed/power graph AC motors 2)
The graph shows the typical relationship between motor speed
and drive power for 1PH2 motors for the following duty types in
accordance with IEC60034-1:
S 1: Continuous duty
S 6: Continuous duty with intermittent loading and a relative
duty factor of 60% (S6-60%) or 40% (S6-40%) with a
maximum duty cycle time of 10 minutes.
G_NC01_EN_00016
Attainable speed for rated power in
duty type in accordance with
IEC 60034-1
S6-60%
rpm
4200
3600
4800
4100
4200
4700
S6-40%
rpm
3900
3300
4400
3700
3800
4300
1) Data for ∆T = 70 K, unless specified otherwise.
2) For further configuration information, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
3) Values taken from the speed/power graph when using an Active Line
Module on a 400 V 3 AC supply system. If you are using a Smart Line
Module, proceed in accordance with the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
7/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SINAMICS S120
1PH2 built-in motors for direct drive
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Motor type
(continued)
Moment of inertia Weight Rated power for duty type in
SINAMICS Motor Module
of rotor
(rotor accordance with IEC 60034-1 1)
and stator)
Required
approx.
rated output
current
J I rated I rated Order No.
kgm 2 (lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) kg (lb)
S1
A
S6-60%
A
S6-40%
A
S1
A
For complete Order No.,
see "SINAMICS S120
drive system".
1PH2093 - 6W...
0.028 (0.2478)
33 (73)
24
26
28
30
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
1PH2095 - 6W...
0.036 (0.3186)
42 (93)
30
32
34
30
6SL3127 - 1TE23 - 0A..
1PH2113 - 6W...
0.066 (0.5841)
51 (112)
56
61
67
60
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
1PH2115 - 6W...
0.073 (0.6460)
56 (123)
55
60
66
60
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
1PH2117 - 6W...
0.079 (0.6991)
62 (137)
60
67
74
60
6SL3127 - 1TE26 - 0A..
1PH2118 - 6W...
0.100 (0.8850)
78 (172)
82
90
100
85
6SL3127 - 1TE28 - 5A..
Cooling:
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
0
1
Motor Module:
Single Motor Module 1
■ Dimension drawing
Motor
Standard
spindle
diameter
Rotor
internal
diameter
Stator
outer
diameter
Total
outer
diameter
Type d d i D A D L
Total length
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
G_NC01_en_00018
1PH2093
1PH2095
1PH2113
1PH2115
1PH2117
1PH2118
67
(2.64)
82
(3.23)
85
(3.35)
100
(3.94)
180
(7.09)
220
(8.66)
205
(8.07)
250
(9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
290 (11.42)
310 (12.20)
330 (12.99)
390 (15.35)
7
Hollow shaft Rotor Sleeve Air gap Stator
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/29

Asynchronous motors
Liquid cooling
For 1PH4/1PM4/1PH2/1FE1 motors
■ Overview
Cooling principle
For design of the cooling units, see Planning Guide.
Motor
Please contact the companies below for technical information.
BKW Kälte-Wärme-Versorgungstechnik GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Walker
Benzstraße 2
72649 WOLFSCHLUGEN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 - 0
Tel.: +49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 -30
E-mail: info@bkw-kuema.de
www.bkw-kuema.de
Annular
jacket
cooling
channel
T off
T on
Return Inlet q = 8 l/min to
10 l/min
Heat exchanger
G_NC01_EN_00023a
Glen Dimplex Deutschland GmbH
RIEDEL Kältetechnik Division
Contact:
Mr. Schneider
Am Goldenen Feld 18
95326 KULMBACH, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 92 21 - 7 09 - 5 55
Fax: +49 (0) 92 21 - 7 09 - 5 49
E-mail: info@riedel-cooling.com
www.riedel-cooling.com
Helmut Schimpke Industriekühlanlagen GmbH + Co. KG
Contact:
Mr. Geerkens
Ginsterweg 25-27
42781 HAAN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 21 29 - 94 38 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 21 29 - 94 38 - 99
E-mail: info@schimpke.de
www.schimpke.com
7
Cooling unit manufacturers
These are non-Siemens products whose fundamental suitability
is familiar to us. It goes without saying that equivalent products
from other manufacturers may be used. Our recommendations
are to be seen as helpful information, not as requirements or dictates.
We do not warrant the composition, nature, state or quality
of non-Siemens products.
Hydac System GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Klein
Postfach 12 51
66273 SULZBACH/SAAR, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 68 97 -5 09 -7 08
Fax: +49 (0) 68 97 - 5 09 - 4 54
E-mail: winfried.klein@hydac.com
www.hydac.com
Hyfra Industriekühlanlagen GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Forberger
Industriepark 54
56593 KRUNKEL, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 26 87 - 8 98 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 26 87 - 8 98 - 25
E-mail: infohyfra@hyfra.com
www.hyfra.de
KKT Kraus Kälte- und Klimatechnik GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Titschack
Mühllach 13a
90552 RÖTHENBACH A. D. PEGNITZ,
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 911 -953 33 -40
Fax: +49 (0) 911 - 953 33 - 33
E-mail: gtitschack@kkt-kraus.com
www.kkt-kraus.com
Pfannenberg GmbH
Contact:
Mr. Hille
Werner-Witt-Straße 1
21035 HAMBURG, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 40 - 73 412 - 127
Fax: +49 (0) 40 -73 412 -101
E-mail: werner.hille@pfannenberg.com
www.pfannenberg.com
7/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Gearboxes
2-speed gearboxes
for 1PH7/1PH4 motors
■ Application
Change-speed gearboxes increase the drive torque at low
motor speeds and expand the range of constant power output
available from the main spindle motor. The full cutting capacity
of modern machine tools can therefore be utilized throughout the
entire speed range.
■ Benefits
The performance characteristics of the two-speed gearboxes for
1PH7/1PH4 motors are as follows:
7 Drive power up to 100 kW (134 HP)
7 Constant power range at drive shaft up to 1:24
7 Suitable for both directions of rotation
7 Motor shaft heights SH 100 to SH 225
7 Types IM B35 and IM V15 (IM V36 available on request)
Mounting the change-speed gearbox outside the headstock of
the machine tool has the following advantages:
7 Easy adaptation to the machine tool
7 Low noise and no temperature fluctuations due to gearing
inside the headstock
7 Separate lubrication systems for the main spindle (grease)
and the change-speed gearbox (oil)
7 Gearbox efficiency > 95%
7 Instead of V-belts, the drive power can also be transmitted
from the gear output by a gear wheel (available on request)
or coaxially by means of a flexible coupling.
■ Design
The two-speed gearboxes have a planetary design. The central
sun gear distributes the power to several planet pinions which
revolve around it. The outstanding advantage of this design is its
compactness. The gear-changing device, a splined sleeve that
moves axially, is of form-fit design.
Position 1: Gear ratio i 1 = 4.
Position 2: Gear ratio i 1 = 4
The motor is flange-mounted onto the change-speed gearbox
using an adapter plate. The AC motor must be suitably prepared
for mounting.
For shaft heights of SH 160 and higher, motors of types IM B35
and IM V15 must be supported free from stress on the non-drive
end.
Any transverse force imported into the gearbox has to be borne
by the gearbox and transmitted to the machine base.
The motors for all 2K gearboxes must be full-key balanced with a
fitted key. The 2K 120, 2K 250, 2K 300 gearboxes are enclosed,
so that the motor flange is adequately sealed in the standard
version.
Vertical mounting positions for the IM V 15 and IM V 36 require
circulating-oil lubrication of the gearboxes.
The standard version of the change-speed gearboxes up to and
including the 2K 300 has a maximum circumferential backlash of
30 angular minutes (measured at the gear output). Several
special versions suitable for milling or machining with cut
interruption can be supplied on request:
• Reduced backlash with special features: max. 20'
• Reduced backlash for high performance: max.15'
Profile of a planetary gearbox
The power unit (motor and gearbox) is supplied with vibration
severity grade R in accordance with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14).
This is also the case when the motor is ordered with vibration
severity grade S.
The belt pulley 1) should be a cup wheel type pulley. For mounting
the belt pulley, the output shaft on the gearbox has a flange with an
external centering spigot and tapped holes for easy fitting and
removal of the pulley.
Motors with built-on planetary gearbox
The 1PH motors can also be supplied with flange-mounted
planetary gearboxes. The motor-gearbox unit is tested for
correct functioning. The complete drive unit – that is, 1PH7 or
1PH4 motor with mounted ZF change-speed gearbox – can
be ordered directly from Siemens:
Siemens AG
Industrial Solutions and Services
Contact: Mr. Britz
Im Schiffelland 10
66386 ST. INGBERT, Germany
Fax: +49 (0) 68 94 - 8 91 - 1 12
E-mail: hans-peter.britz@siemens.com
The following details must be specified with the order:
Ordering example for 1PH4 motor:
Motor complete with gearbox
1PH4133-4NF26-Z
K00
2LG4315-3FD11
Ordering example for 1PH7 motor:
Motor complete with gearbox
1PH7186-2NE03-0BC2
2LG4260 - 1JC21
1PH7163-2NF03-0CC0
2LG4320-3JD11
7
1) Not included in scope of supply.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/31

Asynchronous motors
Gearboxes
2-speed gearboxes
for 1PH7/1PH4 motors
■ Technical specifications
Motor
Gearbox
Shaft
height
ZF
identifier
Type
Permissible
Permissible rated torque
max.
(S1 duty)
speed
1)
Permissible
maximum torque
(S6-60% duty)
Moment of inertia of
gearbox
Weight
of gearbox,
approx.
SH Drive Drive Output
i = 1
Output
i = 4
Drive Output
i = 1
Output
i = 4
Output
i = 1
Output
i = 4
n max M M M M M M J J m
rpm
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
Nm
(lb ƒ -ft)
kg m 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg m 2
(lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
kg
(lb)
100 2K 120 2LG4312-... 8000 120 (88.5) 120 (88.5) 480 (354) 140 (103.3) 140 (103.3) 560 (413.1) 0.0110 (0.0973) 0.0114 (0.1009) 30 (66.2)
132 2K 250 2LG4312-... 6300 250 (184.4) 250 (184.4) 1000 (737.6) 400 (295) 400 (295) 1600 (1180.2) 0.0270 (0.2389) 0.0570 (0.5044) 62 (136.7)
160 2K 300 2LG4320-... 6300 300 (221.3) 300 (221.3) 1200 (885.1) 400 (295) 400 (295) 1600 (1180.2) 0.0270 (0.2389) 0.0570 (0.5044) 70 (154.4)
180 2K 800
2K 801
2LG4250-...
2LG4260-...
5000 800 (590.1) 800 (590.1) 3200 (2360.3) 900 (663.8) 900 (663.8) 3600 (2655.4) 0.1956 (1.781) 0.1766 (1.5629) 110 (242.6)
225 2K 802 2LG4270-... On
request
7
For further binding technical specifications and configuring aid
(e.g. lubrication, temperature rise and typical applications),
please refer to Catalog No. 4161 750 002a supplied by ZF
(Zahnradfabrik Friedrichshafen). The permissible characteristics
of the motor and gearbox are a governing factor in the
design of the complete drive unit (motor and gearbox).
With 1PH4168 or 1PH7167-2NB motors, for example, the rated
torque must be reduced to 300 Nm (221.3 lb ƒ -ft). With motors of
SH 132, please note that the maximum permissible speed of the
2K 250 gearbox for splash lubrication is 6300 rpm.
The use of a change-speed gearbox permits the constant power
range to be greatly increased.
P
P rated
1
P = constant
2
with gearbox
P = constant without gearbox
Type for
complete unit
Output flange
dimension D 2
2-speed gearbox
(standard version) 2)
Gear stage i 1 = 4
mm (in) Order No. ZF
identifier
For 1PH710/1PH410 motors
IM B5,
IM B35,
IM V1,
IM V15
100
(3.94)
For 1PH713/1PH413 motors
IM B5, 118
IM B35
(4.66)
IM V1,
IM V15
118
(4.66)
2LG4312-3CC31 2K 120
2LG4315-3FD11 2K 250
2LG4315-3FC11 2K 250
For 1PH716/1PH416 motors
IM B35 130 (5.12 2LG4320-3JD11 2K 300
IM V15 130 (5.12) 2LG4320-3JC11 2K 300
For 1PH7184 motors
IM B35, 180
2LG4250-1JC11 2K 800
IM V15 (7.09)
For 1PH7186 motors
IM B35,
IM V15
180
(7.09)
2LG4260-1JC21 2K 801
n rated'
n rated
n max
M = constant
M = constant
1
2
n
Logarithmic scale
G_NC01_EN_00017
Power-speed graph
Legend:
n rated Rated speed
n rated ' Rated speed with two-stage gearbox
n max Max. permissible speed
P rated Rated power and constant power of the motor
in the speed range between n rated and n max or n rated ' and n max
M Torque
1) Higher drive speeds are allowed for gear ratios in some instances with
oil-cooled gearboxes (refer to the ZF Catalog).
2) Special versions, such as gearboxes with different torque play, or
other gear ratios (i = 3.17 or i = 5.5), are available on request.
7/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Selection guide
Type/mounting position
Degree of protection
Type/
mounting
position
IM B3
IM V5
Type/
mounting
position
IM B5
IM B14
IM V1
IM V18
Type/
mounting
position
Designation
Designation
Designation
IM B35
IM V15
The degree of protection designation in accordance with
EN 60034-5 and IEC 60034-5 is made using the letters "IP"
and two digits (e.g. IP64). The second digit in the degree of
protection designation represents the protection against water,
the first digit the protection against penetration of foreign matter.
Since coolants are used for machine tools and transfer
machines which contain oil, are able to creep, and may also
be corrosive, protection against water alone is insufficient.
The designation for the degree of protection should only be
considered here as a guideline. Our sealing systems are based
on many years of practical experience, exceed the IEC definitions
by far, and are appropriate for the requirements of machine
tools.
IM V6
IM V3
IM V19
IM V36
The table can serve as a decision aid for selecting the proper
degree of protection for motors. With the IM V3/IM V19 types,
permanent liquid on the flange is only permissible with IP67/
IP68.
Liquids
General
workshop
environment
Water,
gen. coolant
(95% water,
5% oil),
oil
Creep oil;
petroleum;
aggressive
coolants
Effect
Dry IP64 -
Humid/moist – IP64 IP67 1)
environment
Mist IP65 IP67
Spray – IP65 IP68
Jet – IP67 IP68
Splash,
brief
immersion;
constant
immersion
– IP67 IP68
7
1) IP64 with dry run at shaft exit.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/33

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft
height
Type DIN a b c e f h k k 1 m m 1 m 2 n p s s 3 w 1
IEC B A LA M AB H LB – BA – – AA HD K – C
1PH7, type IM B3, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101 202.5 160
(7.97) (6.30)
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
297.5
(11.71)
265.5
(10.45)
350.5
(13.80)
216
(8.50)
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
346.5
(13.64)
406.5
(16.00)
254
(10.00)
17
(0.67)
263
(10.35)
358
(14.09)
341
(13.43)
426
(16.77)
196
(7.72)
100
(3.94)
260 132
(10.24) (5.20)
438
(17.24)
498
(19.61)
314
(12.36)
160
(6.30)
411
(16.18)
506
(19.92)
538
(21.18)
623
(24.53)
640
(25.20)
700
(27.56)
434
(17.09)
529
(20.83)
561
(22.09)
646
(25.43)
52
(2.05)
63
(2.48)
663 78
(26.10) (3.07)
723
(28.46)
64
(2.52)
75
(2.95)
81
(3.19)
27
(1.06)
33
(1.30)
42
(1.65)
39
(1.54)
52
(2.05)
62
(2.44)
220
(8.66)
12
(0.47)
275 12
(10.83) (0.47)
330 14
(12.99) (0.55)
Pg 29 40
(1.57)
Pg 36 50
(1.97)
Pg 42 64
(2.52)
Shaft
height
Drive end shaft extension
Type DIN d d 6 I t u
IEC D – E GA F
7
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
38
(1.50)
42
(1.65)
55
(2.17)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 110
(4.33)
M 20 110
(4.33)
41
(1.61)
45
(1.77)
59
(2.32)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710 .
1PH713 .
1PH716 .
k 1
k
Pg 11
l
u
t
h
d 6
m 2
s 3
f
m
s
m 1
s
G_DA65_XX_00146
c
p
d
n
b
w 1
a
e
7/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Terminal box type
1XB7...
...322 ...422 ...700
Shaft Type DIN a b c e f g h k k 1 m m 1 m 2 n o p 1) p 1) p 1)
height
IEC B A LA M AB AC H LB – BA – – AA – HD HD HD
1PH7, type IM B3, forced ventilation, direction of air flow DE-NDE
180 1PH7184
1PH7186
430 279 14
(16.93) (10.98) (0.55)
520
(20.47)
225 1PH7224 445 356 18
(17.52) (14.02) (0.71)
510 360 408 180
(20.08) (14.17) (16.09) (7.09)
600
(23.62)
530 450 498 225
(20.87) (17.72) (19.61) (8.86)
835
(32.87)
925
(36.42)
– 60
(2.36)
120
(4.72)
– 1100 60 120
(43.31) (2.36) (4.72)
35
(1.38)
40
(1.57)
65 541 495 – –
(2.56) (21.30) (19.49)
631
(24.84)
545
(21.46)
–
85 629 595 645 680
(3.35) (24.76) (23.43) (25.39) (26.77)
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type DIN s w 1 d d 6 I t u
height
IEC K C D – E GA F
180 1PH7184
1PH7186
14.5
(0.57)
225 1PH7224 18.5
(0.73)
121
(4.76)
149
(5.87)
60
(2.36)
65
(2.56)
75
(2.95)
M 20 140
(5.51)
M 20 140
(5.51)
64
(2.52)
69
(2.72)
79.5
(3.13)
18
(0.72)
20
(0.79)
u
1PH718.
1PH7224
t
d
d 6
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
l
k 1
k
o
g
AI
AO
AI
G_DA65_EN_00147a
m 2m
m 1 n
b
w 1
a
f
e
h
p
c
s
AO
7
1) Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/35

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Terminal box type
1XB7...
...322 ...422 ...700
Shaft Type DIN a b c e f g h k m m 1 m 2 n o p 1) p 1) p 1)
height
IEC B A LA M AB AC H LB BA – – AA – HD HD HD
1PH7, type IM B3, forced ventilation, direction of air flow NDE-DE
180 1PH7184
430 279 14
(16.93) (10.98) (0.55)
1PH7186
520
(20.47)
225 1PH7224 445 356 18
(17.52) (14.02) (0.71)
510 360 405 180
(20.08) (14.17) (15.94) (7.09)
600
(23.62)
530 450 498 225
(20.87) (17.72) (19.61) (8.86)
1010 60
(39.76) (2.36)
1100
(43.31)
1090 60
(42.91) (2.36)
120
(4.72)
120
(4.72)
35
(1.38)
40
(1.57)
65
(2.56)
85
(3.35)
541 495 – –
(21.30) (19.49)
631
(24.84)
545
(21.46)
–
629 595 645 680
(24.76) (23.43) (25.39) (26.77)
For motor
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type DIN s w 1 d d 6 I t u
height
IEC K C D – E GA F
180 1PH7184
1PH7186
14.5
(0.57)
225 1PH7224 18.5
(0.73)
121
(4.76)
149
(5.87)
60
(2.36)
65
(2.56)
75
(2.95)
M 20 140
(5.51)
M 20 140
(5.51)
64
(2.52)
69
(2.72)
79.5
(3.13)
18
(0.71)
20
(0.79)
1PH718.
o
k
g
AO
7
u
t
d
d6
l
AO
AI
p
AI
h
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
m2
m
w1
a
e
m1
G_DA65_EN_00148b
c
n
b
f
s
u
1PH7224
t
d
d 6
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
l
k
o
g
AO
G_DA65_EN_00183
AO
AI
m 2m
m 1 cn
b
w 1
a
f
e
p
c
s
AI
h
1) Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
7/36 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f f 1 i 2 k k 1 p s 2 s 3 d d 6 I t u
height
IEC P N LA M AB T – LB – HD S – D – E GA F
1PH7, type IM B5, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
250
(9.84)
180
(7.09)
10
(0.39)
215
(8.46)
196
(7.72)
4
(0.16)
80
(3.15)
411
(16.18)
434
(17.09)
218
(8.58)
14 Pg 29 38
(0.55) (1.50)
M 12 80 41 10
(3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
350 250
(13.78) (9.84)
16
(0.63)
300 260 5
(11.81) (10.24) (0.20)
110
(4.33)
506 529
(19.92) (20.83)
538
(21.18)
561
(22.09)
623 646
(24.53) (25.43)
273 18 Pg 36 42
(10.75) (0.71) (1.65)
M 16 110 45 12
(4.33) (1.77) (0.47)
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710 .
1PH713 .
b 1
k 1
k
i 2
c 1
Pg 11 s 3
e 1
l
a 1
t
G_DA65_XX_00150
s
d f 2
6 1
f
d
p
u
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/37

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type DIN a a 1 b b 1 c e 1 f f 1 h i 2 k k 1 m m 1 m 2 n p
height
IEC B P A N LA M AB T H – LB – BA – – AA HD
1PH7, type IM B35, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
202.5
(7.97)
250
(9.84)
160
(6.30)
180
(7.09)
11
(0.43)
215
(8.46)
196
(7.72)
4
(0.16)
100
(3.94)
80
(3.15)
411
(16.18)
435
(17.13)
52
(2.05)
64
(2.52)
27
(1.06)
39
(1.54)
220
(8.66)
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
297.5
(11.71)
265.5 350 216
(10.45) (13.78) (8.50)
350.5
(13.80)
250
(9.84)
14
(0.55)
346.5 400 254 300 17
(13.64) (15.75) (10.00) (11.81) (0.67)
406.5
(16.00)
300 260 5
(11.81) (10.24) (0.20)
350 314 5
(13.78) (12.36) (0.20)
132
(5.20)
160
(6.30)
110
(4.33)
110
(4.33)
506 529
(19.92) (20.83)
538
(21.18)
561
(22.09)
623 646
(24.53) (25.43)
640
(25.20)
700
(27.56)
63
(2.48)
663 78
(26.10) (3.07)
723
(28.46)
75
(2.95)
81
(3.19)
33
(1.30)
42
(1.65)
52
(2.05)
62
(2.44)
275
(10.83)
330
(12.99)
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type DIN s s 2 s 3 w 1 d d 6 I t u
height
IEC K S – C D – E GA F
7
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
12
(0.47)
12
(0.47)
14
(0.47)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
18
(0.71)
Pg 29 40
(1.57)
Pg 36 50
(1.97)
Pg 42 64
(2.52)
38
(1.50)
42
(1.65)
55
(2.17)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 110
(4.33)
M 20 110
(4.33)
41
(1.61)
45
(1.77)
59
(2.32)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710 .
1PH713 .
1PH716 .
i 2
k
k 1
Pg 11 s 3
s 2
l
a 1
e 1
u
t
h
b 1
d
p
d 6
c
f 1
s
m
m 1
m 2
w 1
a
s
G_DA65_XX_00151
n
b
f
7/38 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) For dimensions for foot mounting, shaft and terminal box,
see dimension drawing of 1PH718. and 1PH722
type IM B3.
Terminal box type 1XB7...
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f 1 h k k 1 ...322 ...422 ...700 z α
height
IEC P N LA M T H LB – p 1) p 1) p 1) – –
1PH7, type IM B35, forced ventilation, direction of air flow DE-NDE
180 1PH7184 2) 400 300 15 350 5 180 835 – 495 – –
(15.75) (11.81) (0.59) (13.78) (0.20) (7.09) (32.87) (19.49)
1PH7184 2) 450 350 16 400
835
– –
(17.72) (13.78) (0.63) (15.75)
(32.87)
1PH7186
925
(36.42)
560
(22.05)
–
225 1PH7224 550 450 18
(21.65) (17.72) (0.71)
500 5
(19.69) (0.20)
225
(8.86)
– 1100 595 645 680
(43.31) (23.43) (25.39) (26.77)
4 45°
8 22.5°
8 22.5°
1PH718.
1PH7224
k
k 1
z x
19(0.75)
f 1
c 1
e
1
h
a 1
b 1
p
G_DA65_EN_00152b
7
1) Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
2) See Order No. suffix for shaft heights 180 and 225.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/39

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) For dimensions for foot mounting, shaft and terminal box,
see the dimension drawing of 1PH718. and 1PH722. motors,
type IM B3.
Terminal box type 1XB7...
Shaft Type DIN a 1 b 1 c 1 e 1 f 1 h k ...322 ...422 ...700 z α
height
IEC P N LA M T H LB p 1) p 1) p 1) – –
1PH7, type IM B35, forced ventilation, direction of air flow NDE-DE
180 1PH7184 2)
400
(15.75)
300
(11.81)
15
(0.59)
350
(13.78)
5
(0.20)
180
(7.09)
1PH7184 2)
450 350 16 400
(17.72) (13.78) (0.63) (15.75)
1PH7186
225 1PH7224 550
(21.65)
450
(17.72)
18
(0.71)
500
(19.69)
5
(0.20)
225
(8.86)
1010
(39.76)
1010
(39.76)
1100
(43.31)
1090
(42.91)
495
(19.49)
595
(23.43)
–
–
560
(22.05)
645
(25.39)
–
–
–
680
(26.77)
4
8
45°
22.5°
8 22.5°
1PH718.
k
z x
19(0.75)
f 1
c 1
G_DA65_EN_00153b
AO
e 1
AI
a 1
b 1
p
AO
h
AI
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
7
1PH7224
k
z x
19(0.75)
f 1
c 1
AO
AI
e 1
a 1
b 1
p
AO
h
AI
G_DA65_EN_00184
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
1) Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
2) See Order No. suffix for shaft heights 180 and 225.
7/40 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ
Forced ventilation
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft
height
Type DIN k k 1 p 1) x y
IEC LB – – – –
Deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ to those given in dimension tables 1PH7, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101 411 453 81 52.5 63.5
(16.18) (17.83) (3.19) (2.07) (2.50)
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
506
(19.92)
538
(21.18)
623
(24.53)
640
(25.20)
700
(27.56)
548
(21.57)
580
(22.83)
665
(26.18)
682
(26.85)
742
(29.21)
103.5
(4.07)
127
(5.00)
66
(2.60)
75
(2.95)
63.5
(2.50)
63.5
(2.50)
1PH710 .
1PH713 .
1PH716 .
x
y
14
(0.55)
k
k
1
320° rotatable
p 1
28
(1.10)
G_DA65_EN_00189
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/41

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH4 motors
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type DIN a a 1 b b 1 c c 1 e 1 f f 1 h i 2 k m m 1 m 2 n
height
IEC B P A N LA – – AB T H – LB BA – – AA
1PH4, type IM B35, water cooling
100 1PH4103
1PH4105
1PH4107
132 1PH4133
1PH4135
1PH4137
349 250
(13.74) (9.84)
409
(16.10)
474
(18.66)
160
(6.30)
377 350 216
(14.84) (13.78) (8.50)
447
(17.60)
497
(19.57)
180
(7.09)
250
(9.84)
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
12
(0.47)
16
(0.63)
215
(8.46)
190
(7.48)
300 246
(11.81) (9.69)
4
(0.16)
5
(0.20)
100
(3.94)
132
(5.20)
80
(3.15)
110
(4.33)
416 35
(16.38) (1.38)
476
(18.74)
541
(21.30)
458 36
(18.03) (1.42)
528
(20.79)
578
(22.76)
60
(2.36)
85
(3.35)
24
(0.94)
25
(0.98)
40
(1.57)
46
(1.81)
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft Type DIN o p s s 2 s 3 w 1 d d 6 I t u
height
IEC – HD K K – C D – E GA F
100 1PH4103
1PH4105
1PH4107
132 1PH4133
1PH4135
1PH4137
245 259 12
(9.65) (10.20) (0.47)
305
(12.01)
370
(14.57)
264 334.5 12
(10.39) (13.17) (0.47)
334
(13.15)
384
(15.12)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
Pg 29 44
(1.73)
Pg 36 53
(2.09)
38
(1.50)
42
(1.77)
M 12 80
(3.15)
M 16 110
(4.33)
41
(1.61)
45
(1.77)
10
(0.39)
12
(0.47)
7
1PH410 .
1PH413 .
b 1
d
d 6
i 2
c 1
k
o
s 3
l
f 1
w 1
m
Ø s
m 1
a
m 2
h
p
A
c
a 1
s 2
e 1
t
n
b
f
u
Water connection
G 1/4 for 1PH410.
G 3/8 for 1PH413.
G_DA65_EN_00164b
A
Water connection
G 1/4 for 1PH410.
G 3/8 for 1PH413.
7/42 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH4 motors
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type DIN a a 1 b b 1 c c 1 e 1 f f 1 h i 2 k m m 1 m 2 n
height
IEC B P A N LA – – AB T H – LB BA – – AA
1PH4, type IM B35, water cooling
160 1PH4163
1PH4167
1PH4168
508 400 254 300 15
(20.00) (15.75) (10.00) (11.81) (0.59)
563
(22.17)
608
(23.94)
18
(0.71)
350 290 5
(13.78) (11.42) (0.20)
160
(6.30)
110
(4.33)
591 42
(23.27) (1.65)
646
(25.43)
691
(27.20)
77
(3.03)
29
(1.14)
52
(2.05)
Drive end shaft extension
Shaft
height Type DIN o p s s 2 s 3 w 1 d d 6 I t u
IEC – HD K K – C D – E GA F
160 1PH4163
1PH4167
1PH4168
407 388 14
(16.02) (15.28) (0.55)
462
(18.19)
507
(19.96)
18
(0.71)
Pg 36 56
(2.20)
55
(2.17)
M 20 110
(4.33)
59
(2.32)
16
(0.63)
1PH416 .
b 1
d
d 6
i 2
c 1
k
o
s 3
l
f 1
w 1
m
∅ s
m 1
a
m 2
h
p
A
s 2
e 1
t
n
c
a 1
b
f
Water connection G 1/2 Water connection G 1/2
u
G_DA65_EN_00165
A
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/43

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PM4 motors
Water cooling
For motor
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type
height
DIN a
IEC B
a 1
P
1PM4, type IM B35, water cooling
100 1PM4101 304 250
(11.97) (9.84)
1PM4105 409
(16.10)
a 2
–
196
(7.72)
b
A
b 1
N
160 180
(6.30) (7.09)
132 1PM4133 377 350 260 216 250
(14.84) (13.78) (10.24) (8.50) (9.84)
1PM4137 497
(19.57)
c
HA
c 1
LA
11 12
(0.43) (0.47)
14 16
(0.55) (0.63)
e
BB
e 1
M
326 215
(12.83) (8.46)
431
(16.97)
f
AB
f 1
T
G
–
h
H
i 2
–
k =
m
BA
m 1
–
m 2
–
190 4 G1/4 100 80 389 35 60 11
(7.48) (0.16) (3.94) (3.15) (15.31) (1.38) (2.36) (0.43)
494
(19.45)
400 300 246 5 G3/8 132 110 468 36 85 12
(15.75) (11.81) (9.59) (0.20) (5.20) (4.33) (18.43) (1.42) (3.35) (0.47)
520
(20.47)
588
(23.15)
Motor Dimensions in mm (in) Drive end
shaft
extension
Shaft
height
Type DIN n
IEC AA
n 1
–
o
–
o 1
–
p
HD
p 4
AC
p 9
–
s
K
s 1
S
s 3
–
w 1
C
x 3 x 6 y 1
–
y 2
–
d
D
l
E
100 1PM4101 37
(1.46)
35
(1.38)
199
(7.83)
1PM4105 304
(11.97)
132 1PM4133 43
(1.69)
35
(1.38)
1PM4137 384
(15.12)
18 259 190 233
(0.71) (10.20) (7.48) (9.17)
12
(0.47)
264 16 335 245 302 12
(10.39) (0.63) (13.19) (9.65) (11.89) (0.47)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
M32x1.5 44 117 122 154
(1.73) (4.61) (4.80) (6.06)
M40x1.5 53 132 152 206
(2.09) (5.20) (5.98) (8.11)
177 38 80
(6.97) (1.50) (3.15)
235 42 110
(9.25) (1.65) (4.33)
7
1PM410 .
1PM413 .
Coolant outlet G
2
y
Coolant inlet G
y 1
1
Ø b
Ø d
l
o
k
c1 x 3
x6
f
s
o
1
1
3
4
p
1)
Ø 35
(1.38)
2
a
1
Ø s
e
1
a1
c
h
p
9
p
G_NC01_en_00174
n1
Ø s
m
m1
Ø s
n
b
7/44 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PM6 motors
Forced ventilation
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) Drive end shaft
extension
Shaft Type DIN a 1 a 2 b 1 c 1 e 1 f 1 h i 2 p 4 s 1 s 3
x 3 x 6 d l
height
IEC P – N LA M T H – AC S –
– – D E
1PM6, type IM B35, forced ventilation
100 1PM6101 250
(9.84)
1PM6105
132 1PM6133 350
(13.78)
1PM6137
1PM6138
196
(7.72)
180
(7.09)
260 250
(10.24) (9.84)
14
(0.55)
15
(0.59)
215
(8.46)
4
(0.16)
300 5
(11.81) (0.20)
100
(3.94)
132
(5.20)
80
(3.15)
110
(4.33)
190
(7.48)
245
(9.65)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
M32x1.5 117
(4.61)
M40x1.5 132
(5.20)
122
(4.80)
152
(5.98)
38
(1.50)
42
(1.65)
80
(3.15)
110
(4.33)
Motor
Shaft
height
Type
Dimensions in mm (in)
DIN
IEC
k
LB
k 1
–
k 2
–
o
–
o 1
–
p
HD
p 3
–
p 9
–
With axial fan
100 1PM6101 616
(24.25)
1PM6105 721
(20.39)
132 1PM6133 684
(26.93)
1PM6137 804
(31.65)
1PM6138 874
(34.41)
337
(13.27)
442
(17.40)
424
(16.69)
544
(21.42)
614
(24.17)
160
(6.30)
140
(5.51)
198
(7.80)
304
(11.97)
284
(11.18)
404
(15.91)
474
(18.66)
10
(0.39)
-2
(-0.08)
259
(10.20)
333
(13.11)
195
(7.68)
254
(10.00)
236
(9.29)
307
(12.09)
Motor
Shaft
height
Type
Dimensions in mm (in)
DIN
IEC
k
LB
o
–
o 1
–
p
HD
p 1
–
p 2
–
p 9
–
x
–
With radial fan
100 1PM6101 389
(15.31)
1PM6105 494
(19.45)
132 1PM6133 490
(19.29)
1PM6137 610
(24.02)
1PM6138 680
(26.77)
199
(7.83)
304
(11.97)
285
(11.22)
405
(15.94)
475
(18.70)
20
(0.79)
15
(0.59)
331
(13.03)
420
(16.54)
133
(5.24)
172
(6.77)
159
(6.26)
201
(7.91)
231
(9.09)
302
(11.89)
190
(7.48)
256
(10.08)
7
1PM6 motor
with axial fan
c 1
f1
s 3
o
x3
1)
Non-drive
end shaft
extension
M16x1,5
(M16x0.06)
x6
1
Ø b
Ø d
l
4
p
o1
Ø 35
(1.38)
3
p
a 2
Ø s 1
a1
e
1
h
p 9
p
G_NC01_EN_00175
i 2
k1
k
k2
1PM6 motor
with axial fan
c1
f1
o
M16x1,5
(M16x0.06)
x
p2
s1
a1
1
b
d
l
4
p
s3
x3
35
(1.38)
2
a
e 1
x 6
h
p 9
i2 1)
o1 p
1
k
p
G_NC01_EN_00176
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/45

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors with 2-speed gearbox
Forced ventilation
For motor
Gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type
height
A B C C 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 E 1 E 2 F H
1PH7 with 2-speed gearbox, type IM B35, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
55
(2.17)
184
(7.24)
12
(0.47)
18
(0.71)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
188
(7.40)
190
(7.48)
215
(8.46)
80
(3.15)
208
(8.19)
108
(4.25)
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
58
(2.28)
234
(9.21)
12
(0.47)
20
(0.79)
116
(4.57)
118
(4.65)
249
(9.80)
250
(9.84)
300
(11.81)
100
(3.94)
270
(10.63)
136
(5.35)
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
58
(2.28)
290
(11.42)
17
(0.67)
20
(0.79)
140
(5.51)
130
(5.12)
249
(9.80)
250
(9.84)
350
(13.78)
100
(3.94)
326
(12.83)
164
(6.46)
Motor
Gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Total length
motor-gearbox
Shaft
height
Type
K 1 L 1 L 2 P S S 2 S 3 Z W K
7
100 1PH7101
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163
1PH7167
298
(11.73)
346.5
(13.64)
346.5
(13.64)
– 116
(4.57)
129.5
(5.10)
142.5
(5.61)
– 142.5
(5.61)
301
(11.85)
346
(13.62)
402
(15.83)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
18
(0.71)
M 8 8 63
(2.48)
M 12 12 71
(2.80)
M 12 12 71
(2.80)
709
(27.91)
709
(27.91)
804
(31.65)
804
(31.65)
885
(34.84)
885
(34.84)
970
(38.19)
970
(38.19)
987
(38.86)
1024
(40.31)
Dimensions for 1PH7184, 1PH7186 and 1PH7224 on request.
7/46 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH7 motors with 2-speed gearbox
Forced ventilation
Z x S 3
G_DA65_EN_00166
S 2
E 2
E 1
P
C 1
D 1
D 2
D 3
C
D 4 (Centering)
H
B
F
K
S
W
S
L 1
A L 2
K 1
2
1
3
9
3
2
7
7
8
4A
4B
4A
6A
5
6B 5
6A
$ Switching unit (lifting solenoid 24 V DC, 5 A).
% Ventilation valve.
& Oil filling bolt.
4A Oil level inspection window or oil return for counterclockwise rotation
and greasing around the circumference.
4B
Oil level inspection window or oil return for clockwise rotation
and greasing around the circumference.
) Oil drain bolt for type IM B35.
6A Oil inlet for clockwise rotation and greasing around the circumference.
6B Oil inlet for anticlockwise rotation and greasing around the circumference.
+ Oil inlet for type IM V15 (must be connected).
, Oil inlet for type IM V36.
- Connector, manufacture: Harting, type HAN 8 U.
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/47

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH4 motors with 2-speed gearbox
Forced ventilation
For motor
Gearbox
Dimensions in mm (in)
Shaft Type
height
A B C C 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 E 1 E 2 F H
1PH4 with 2-speed gearbox, type IM B35, forced ventilation
100 1PH4103
1PH4105
55
(2.17)
184
(7.24)
12
(0.47)
18
(0.71)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
188
(7.40)
190
(7.48)
215
(8.46)
80
(3.15)
208
(8.19)
108
(4.25)
1PH4107
132 1PH4133
1PH4135
58
(2.28)
234
(9.21)
12
(0.47)
20
(0.79)
116
(4.57)
118
(4.65)
249
(9.80)
250
(9.84)
300
(11.81)
100
(3.94)
270
(10.63)
136
(5.35)
1PH4137
1PH4138
160 1PH4163
1PH4167
58
(2.28)
290
(11.42)
17
(0.67)
20
(0.79)
140
(5.51)
130
(5.12)
249
(9.80)
250
(9.84)
350
(13.78)
110
(4.33)
326
(12.83)
164
(6.46)
1PH4168
Motor
Shaft
height
Type
Dimensions in mm (in)
K 1 L 1 L 2 P S S 2 S 3 Z W K
Total length
motor-gearbox
7
100 1PH4103
1PH4105
1PH4107
132 1PH4133
1PH4135
1PH4137
1PH4138
160 1PH4163
1PH4167
1PH4168
298
(11.73)
346.5
(13.64)
346.5
(13.64)
– 116
(4.57)
129.5
(5.10)
142.5
(5.61)
– 142.5
(5.61)
301
(11.85)
346
(13.62)
402
(15.83)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
18
(0.71)
18
(0.71)
M 8 8 63
(2.48)
M 12 12 71
(2.80)
M 12 12 71
(2.80)
714
(28.11)
774
(30.47)
839
(33.03)
805
(31.69)
875
(34.45)
925
(36.42)
960
(37.80)
938
(36.93)
993
(39.09)
1038
(40.87)
7/48 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH4 motors with 2-speed gearbox
Forced ventilation
Z x S 3
G_DA65_EN_00166
S 2
E 2
E 1
P
C 1
D 1
D 2
D 3
C
D 4 (Centering)
H
B
F
K
S
W
S
L 1
A L 2
K 1
2
1
3
9
3
2
7
7
8
4A
4B
4A
6A
5
6B 5
6A
$ Switching unit (lifting solenoid 24 V DC, 5 A).
% Ventilation valve.
& Oil-filling bolt.
4A Oil level inspection window or oil return for counterclockwise rotation
and greasing around the circumference.
4B Oil level inspection window or oil return for clockwise rotation
and greasing around the circumference.
) Oil drain bolt for type IM B35.
6A Oil inlet for clockwise rotation and greasing around the circumference.
6B Oil inlet for anticlockwise rotation and greasing around the circumference.
+ Oil inlet for type IM V15 (must be connected)
, Oil inlet for type IM V36.
- Connector, manufacture: Harting, type HAN 8 U.
7
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
7/49

Asynchronous motors
Dimension drawings
1PH2 built-in motors
Water cooling
For motor
Type
Dimensions in mm (in)
Standard spindle
diameter
Rotor internal
diameter
Stator outer
diameter
Total outer
diameter
Total length
d d i D A D L
1PH2 built-in motors, water cooling
1PH2093
1PH2095
67
(2.64)
85
(3.35)
180
(7.09)
205
(8.07)
250
(9.84)
300
(11.81)
1PH2113
1PH2115
1PH2117
1PH2118
82
(3.23)
100
(3.94)
220
(8.66)
250
(9.84)
290
(11.42)
310
(12.20)
330
(12.99)
390
(15.35)
7
G_NC01_XX_00018
7/50 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Measuring systems
SIMODRIVE sensor
8
8/2 Built-on optoelectronic
rotary encoders
8/2 Introduction
8/3 Incremental encoders
8/3 Absolute encoders
8/8 Mounting accessories
8/9 Hollow-shaft measuring
system
8/9 SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft
measuring system
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61· 2005

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMODRIVE sensors are built-on optoelectronic encoders for the
recording of paths, angles of rotation, or speeds of machines.
They can be used in conjunction with numerical controllers,
programmable logic controllers, drives and position displays,
e.g. in:
7 SINAMICS drive systems
7 SIMOTION Motion Control systems
7 SINUMERIK CNC controls
7 SIMATIC programmable logic controllers
7 SIMODRIVE and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES drive systems
■ Application
A distinction is made between incremental and absolute
measuring methods.
• In the case of incremental encoders, the machine must travel
to a reference point after each power-off, as the position is not
usually stored in the controller, and movements of the machine
while the power is off are not recorded.
• Absolute encoders, on the other hand, also record these
movements while the power is off and return the actual
position with power-on. Travel to a reference point is not
necessary.
■ Design
All encoders are available in synchronous-flange and flange
joint versions. Synchronous-flange encoders can be fixed to the
machine with 3 clamp straps or mounted with axial screws. The
encoder is driven by means of a plug-in coupling or a spring disk
coupling. Alternatively, pulleys can also be used.
The encoder supply voltage is 5 V DC or alternatively 10 V to
30 V DC. The 10 V to 30 V DC version supports longer cable
lengths. Most control systems apply the supply voltage directly
on the measuring circuit connector. With SINAMICS, the power
supply for the measuring systems is provided via the SMC
Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted.
For rotary encoders with cables, the cable length including the
connector is 1 m (3.3 ft).
The following bending radii for the cables at the encoder must
be complied with:
• One-time bending: ≥ 20 mm (0.8 in)
• Continuous bending: ≥ 75 mm (3 in)
8
8/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Incremental encoders
Absolute encoders
■ Function
■ Function
Incremental encoders deliver a defined number of electrical
pulses per rotation, which represent the measurement of the
traveled distance or angle.
Incremental encoders operate on the principle of optoelectronic
scanning of dividing disks with the transmitted light principle.
The light source is a light emitting diode (LED). The light-dark
modulation generated as the encoder shaft rotates is picked up
by photoelectronic elements. With an appropriate arrangement
of the line pattern on the dividing disk connected to the shaft and
the fixed aperture, the photoelectronic elements provide two
trace signals A and B at 90° to one another, as well as a reference
signal R. The encoder electronics amplify these signals
and convert them into different output levels.
The following output levels are available:
• RS 422 difference signals (TTL)
In the case of RS 422 encoders (TTL), the resolution can be
improved by a factor of four by means of edge evaluation.
• 1 V pp analog signals sin/cos
Even better resolution can be achieved for encoders with
sinusoidal signals by interpolating them in the higher-level
controller.
• HTL (High Voltage Transistor Logic)
Encoders with HTL interfaces are designed for applications
with digital inputs with 24 V levels.
Absolute encoders (absolute shaft encoders) are designed on
the same scanning principle as incremental encoders, but have
a greater number of tracks. For example, if there are 13 tracks,
then 2 13 = 8192 steps are coded in the case of single turn
encoders. The code used is a one-step code (Gray code), which
prevents any scanning errors from occurring.
After switching on the machine, the position value is transmitted
immediately to the controller. There is no need to travel to a
reference point. Data transmission between the encoder and the
controller takes place via EnDat or PROFIBUS DP.
Absolute encoders with EnDat are of advantage in time-critical
applications. In plants with a large number of encoders,
PROFIBUS DP is more of an advantage due to the reduced
wiring overhead.
The encoders with PROFIBUS DP are programmable and
support isochronous mode with internode communication.
Singleturn encoders divide one rotation (360 degrees mechanical)
into a specific number of steps, e.g. 8192. A unique code
word is assigned to each position. After 360 degrees the position
values are repeated.
Multiturn encoders in addition to the absolute position within one
revolution, also record the number of revolutions. To do this,
further code discs which are coupled via gear steps with the
encoder shaft are scanned. When evaluating 12 additional
tracks, 2 12 = 4096 revolutions can be coded.
8
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
8/3

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Incremental encoders
8
■ Technical specifications
Product name
Encoder operating voltage
TTL (RS 422) incremental
encoder
5 V DC ±10% or
10 … 30 V DC
sin/cos 1 V pp incremental
encoder
HTL incremental encoder
5 V DC ±10% 10 … 30 V DC 5 V DC ±5%
TTL (RS 422) double-track
incremental encoder
Limit frequency, typical – ≥ 180 kHz (-3 dB) – –
– ≥ 450 kHz (-6 dB) – –
Sampling frequency, max. 300 kHz – 300 kHz Track 1: 160 kHz
Track 2: 1 MHz
No-load current consumption, max. 150 mA 150 mA per track
Signal level TTL (RS 422) sinusoidal 1 V pp HTL
V H ≥ 21 V at
I H =20mA @24V
V L ≤ 2.8 V at
I L =20mA @ 24V
TTL (RS 422)
Outputs protected against
short-circuit to 0 V
Switching time (10 … 90%)
(with 1 m (3.3 ft) cable and
recommended input circuit)
Phase angle, signal A to B
Yes
Rise/fall time
t + /t - ≤ 50 ns
– Rise/fall time
t + /t - ≤ 200 ns
90° 90° ±10°el. 90° 90°
Rise/fall time
t + /t - ≤ 100 ns
min. edge spacing at:
•1MHz – – – ≥ 0.125 µs (track 2)
•300kHz ≥ 0.45 µs – ≥ 0.45 µs –
•160kHz – – – ≥ 0.8 µs (track 1)
Cable length to electronic
circuitry 1) , max.
100 m (328 ft) 150 m (492 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft)
(up to 500 kHz)
50 m (164 ft) (up to 1 MHz)
LED failure monitoring High-resistance driver – High-resistance driver –
Resolution, max. 5000 S/R 2500 S/R 2500 S/R Track 1: 1024 S/R
Track 2: 9000 S/R
Accuracy (in angular seconds) ±18° mech. x 3600/resolution z Track 1: ±63
Track 2: ±12
Electr. speed, permissible (18 × 10 6 rpm) /
resolution
(27 × 10 6 rpm) /
resolution
(at -6 dB)
(18 × 10 6 rpm) /
resolution
Track 1: 9000 rpm
Track 2: 6500 rpm
Mech. speed, max.
12,000 rpm
Friction torque
≤ 0.01 Nm (0.08 lb ƒ -in) at 20 °C (68 °F)
Starting torque
≤ 0.01 Nm (0.08 lb ƒ -in) at 20 °C (68 °F)
Shaft loading capacity
• n > 6000 rpm Axial 10 N (2.2 lb ƒ )/radial 20 N (4.5 lb ƒ ) at shaft extension –
• n ≤ 6000 rpm Axial 40 N (9 lb ƒ )/radial 60 N (13.5 lb ƒ ) at shaft extension Axial 10 N (2.2 lb ƒ )/
radial 20 N (4.5 lb ƒ ) at shaft
extension
Angular acceleration, max. >10 5 rad/s 2
Moment of inertia of rotor 1.45 × 10 -6 kgm 2 (12.83 × 10 -6 lb ƒ -in-s 2 ) 20 × 10 -6 kgm 2
(177 × 10 -6 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Vibration (55 … 2000 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6
Shock (6 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27
Operating temperature, max.
Operating temperature, min.
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
EMC
≤ 300 m/s 2 (984 ft/s 2 ) for encoder with cable
≤ 150 m/s 2 (482 ft/s 2 ) for encoder with flange outlet
≤ 2000 m/s 2 (6563 ft/s 2 )
+100 °C (212 °F) at
V p =5V±10%
+70 °C (158 °F) at
V p =10…30V
+100 °C (212 °F) +85 °C (185 °F)
+100 °C (212 °F) at
V p

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Incremental encoders
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
RS 422 interface (TTL)
incremental encoder
Synchronous flange and
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-2G7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-2E 7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-2C 7 7 7
with connector 1)
Synchronous flange and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-2H 7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-2F 7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-2D 7 7 7
with connector 1)
Supported flange joint and
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-2R 7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-2P 7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-2M7 7 7
with connector 1)
Supported flange joint and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-2S 7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-2Q7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-2N 7 7 7
with connector 1)
Resolution
500 S/R A50
1000 S/R B00
1024 S/R B02
1250 S/R B25
1500 S/R B50
2000 S/R C00
2048 S/R C04
2500 S/R C50
3600 S/R D60
5000 S/R F00
sin/cos 1 V pp incremental
encoder with analog signals
Synchronous flange and
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-3G7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-3E 7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-3C 7 7 7
with connector 1)
Resolution
1000 S/R B00
1024 S/R B02
2500 S/R C50
Designation
Order No.
HTL interface
incremental encoder
Synchronous flange and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-4H7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-4F7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-4D7 7 7
with connector 1)
Supported flange joint and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-4S7 7 7
• Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-4Q7 7 7
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
6FX2001-4N7 7 7
with connector 1)
Resolution
100 S/R A10
500 S/R A50
1000 S/R B00
2500 S/R C50
RS 422 interface (TTL)
6FX2001-2UK00
double-track incremental
encoder
Synchronous flange and 5 V DC
supply voltage
Connection:
• Cable 1 m (3.3 ft)
with axial connector
2 types of resolution:
9000/1024 S/R
1) Universal integrated cable outlet for axial and radial outlet direction.
S/R = signals/revolution.
8
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
8/5

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Absolute encoders
8
■ Technical specifications
Product name EnDat absolute encoder PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder (EN 50170)
Encoder operating voltage 5VDC ±10% 10 ... 30 V DC
Power consumption, approx. 250 mA multiturn, 180 mA single-turn 300 .. 100 mA (2.5 W)
Clock input Differential cable receiver according to EIA standard RS 485
Data output Differential cable driver according to EIA standard RS 485
Short-circuit resistance Yes Yes
Data transmission rate 100 kHz ... 2 MHz 12 Mbit/s
LED for bus diagnostics – Yes (green/red)
Electr. speed, permissible
5000 rpm at ±1 bit-accuracy
5800 rpm with ±1 bit-accuracy
10,000 rpm at ±100 bit-accuracy
Mech. speed, max.
12,000 rpm singleturn
12,000 rpm singleturn
10,000 rpm multiturn
6000 rpm multiturn
Cable length to electronic circuitry 1)
max.
Up to 1-MHz-cycle: 50 m (164 ft)
Up to 300-kHz-cycle: 150 m (492 ft)
–
Up to 12 Mbit/s: 100 m (328 ft)
Up to 1.5 Mbit/s: 200 m (656 ft)
Up to 93.75 kbit/s: 1200 m (3937 ft)
Number of nodes, max. – 99
Connection Flange outlet, axial/radial Terminal block with address selector switch and bus
terminating resistor in removable cover with 3 radial
cable glands
Cable diameter – 6.5 ... 9 mm (0.25 in ... 0.35 in)
Removal of cover possible without interrupting bus
Resolution
13 bits singleturn (8192 steps)
25 bits multiturn (8192 × 4096 steps)
13 bits singleturn (8192 steps)
27 bits multiturn (8192 × 16384 steps)
Message frame length According to EnDat specification –
Incremental track 512 S/R, 1 V pp –
Code type
• Sampling
Gray
• Data transfer
Binary
Parameterization capability
• Resolution per revolution – Arbitrary 1 ... 8192
• Total resolution – Arbitrary 1 ... 16,384
•Preset – Yes
• Counting direction – Yes
• Speed signal – Yes
• Limit switches – Yes, 2 pieces
• Isochronous mode and internode – Yes
communication acc. to DP V2
Online parameterization – Yes
Network load, approx. – 20 µs per encoder at 12 Mbit/s
Cycle time – 667 µs
Accuracy ±60 angular seconds (incr. track) ±½ LSB
EMC Tested in accordance with EN 50081 and EN 50082
Friction torque
≤ 0.01 Nm (0.08 lb ƒ -in) at 20 °C (68 °F)
Starting torque
≤ 0.01 Nm (0.08 lb ƒ -in) at 20 °C (68 °F)
Shaft loading capacity
• n > 6000 rpm
Axial 10 N (2.2 lb ƒ )/radial 20 N (4.5 lb ƒ ) at shaft extension
• n ≤ 6000 rpm
Axial 40 N (9 lb ƒ )/radial 60 N (13.5 lb ƒ ) at shaft extension
Angular acceleration, max. >10 5 rad/s 2
Moment of inertia of rotor 1.45 × 10 -6 kgm 2 (12.83 × 10 -6 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
1) Observe the maximum permissible cable length of the connected module.
8/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Absolute encoders
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Product name EnDat absolute encoder PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder (EN 50170)
Vibration (55 ... 2000 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6 ≤ 100 m/s 2 (328 ft/s 2 )
Shock (6 ms) to IEC 68-2-27 ≤ 1000 m/s 2 (3281 ft/s 2 )
Operating temperature -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
IP67 without shaft input
IP64 with shaft input
Weight, approx.
•Singleturn 0.35 kg (0.77 lb) 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
• Multiturn 0.35 kg (0.77 lb) 0.7 kg (1.54 lb)
CE marking
Yes
PROFIBUS certificate – Yes
Supported profiles – Class 1, Class 2
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
EnDat absolute encoder
Synchronous flange and
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• EnDat with axial flange outlet 6FX2001-5HE7 7
• EnDat with radial flange outlet 6FX2001-5FE 7 7
Supported flange joint and
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
• EnDat with axial flange outlet 6FX2001-5SE 7 7
• EnDat with radial flange outlet 6FX2001-5QE7 7
Resolution
• Singleturn
13
8192 steps/revolution
(13-bit)
•Multiturn
25
8192 steps/revolution,
4096 revolutions
(25-bit)
Designation
Order No.
PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder
Synchronous flange and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
• Radial connection 6FX2001-5FP 7 7
Supported flange joint and
10 ... 30 V DC supply voltage
• Radial connection 6FX2001-5QP7 7
Resolution
• Singleturn
12
8192 steps/revolution
(13-bit)
•Multiturn
24
8192 steps/revolution,
16384 revolutions
(27-bit)
User Manual
6SN1197-0AB10-0YP3
for start-up and parameterization
of PROFIBUS encoders
Languages:
English/German
8
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
8/7

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Mounting accessories
■ Overview
Clamp straps/couplings
Clamp straps and couplings are available as mounting accessories
for the rotary encoders. The clamp straps are used to fix the
encoders with a synchronous flange.
Mating connector
A mating connector is available for the encoder with flange outlet
or with cable and encoder connector for cable diameters
5.5 mm (0.22 in) to 12 mm (0.47 in). Connectors with 12 contact
pins are suitable for all incremental encoders. Connectors with
17 contacts are suitable for encoders with EnDat.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Clamp strap
for double-track encoder and
encoder with synchronous flange
(3 units are required)
Spring disk coupling
Shaft diameter:
• 6 mm/6 mm (0.24 in/0.24 in)
• 6 mm/5 mm (0.24 in/0.20 in)
Plug-in coupling
Shaft diameter:
• 6 mm/6 mm (0.24 in/0.24 in)
• 10 mm/10 mm (0.39 in/0.39 in)
Mating connector for flange
outlet or encoder plug with
cap nut (1 set)
Crimp version, socket contacts
for 5.5 ... 12 mm (0.22 ... 0.47 in)
conductor diameter
• 12-pin, insulator with 12 socket
contacts (1 unit)
for incremental encoder with
TTL, sin/cos 1 V pp , HTL
• 17-pin, insulator with 17 socket
contacts (1 unit)
for absolute encoder with EnDat
Replacement connectors with
external thread for encoders
(1 set)
• 12-pin, insulator with 12 contact
pins (1 unit)
for incremental encoder with
RS 422, sin/cos 1 V pp , HTL
• 17-pin, insulator with 17 contact
pins (1 unit)
for absolute encoder with EnDat
Order No.
6FX2001-7KP01
6FX2001-7KF10
6FX2001-7KF06
6FX2001-7KS06
6FX2001-7KS10
6FX2003-0SU10
6FX2003-0SA10
■ Technical specifications
8
Product name
Spring disk
coupling
Plug-in
coupling
Transmission torque, max. 0.8 Nm (7.08 lb ƒ -in) 0.7 Nm (6.2 lb ƒ -in)
Shaft diameter
6mm (0.24in) both
ends or
d 1 = 6 mm (0.24 in),
d 2 = 5 mm (0.20 in)
6mm (0.24in) both
ends or
10 mm (0.39 in)
both ends
Center offset of shafts, max. 0.4 mm (0.02 in) 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Axial offset ±0.4 mm (0.02 in) ±0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Angular displacement of
shafts, max.
3° 1°
Torsional rigidity
150 Nm/rad
(1327.5 lb ƒ -in/rad)
Lateral spring stiffness 6N/mm
(1.34 lb ƒ -in)
Moment of inertia 19 gcm 2
(168 ×
10 -7 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Speed, max.
12,000 rpm
31 Nm/rad
(274.3 lb ƒ -in/rad)
10 N/mm
(2.25 lb ƒ -in)
20 gcm 2
(177 ×
10 -7 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Operating temperature
• Maximum +150 °C (302 °F) +80 °C (176 °F)
• Minimum -40 °C (-40 °F) -40 °C (-40 °F)
Weight, approx. 16 g (0.03 lb) 20 g (0.04 lb)
8/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Hollow-shaft measuring system
SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft measuring system
■ Application
SIMAG H2 is an incremental system for measuring angles of
rotation and rotational speeds. Applications include hollow-shaft
applications with direct drives as well as applications as an
autonomous spindle encoder.
The electrical signals and the flange outlet are compatible with
existing motor measuring systems. SIMAG H2 can be operated
with all commonly available controls as a motor measuring
system or as a direct measuring system.
■ Design
The SIMAG H2 measuring system consists of three components:
7 Measuring wheel
7 Scanning head with connecting lead
7 Connection kit
The magnetic division on the measuring wheel is used as unit of
measurement. Different internal diameters are available for each
outer diameter, whereby the internal diameter can be re-worked.
The measuring wheel is attached with the shaft nut; alternatives
are screw fitting to a shaft shoulder (not possible with all measuring
wheel variants) or shrink fitting.
The non-contact sensor head scans the incremental and reference
tracks on the measuring wheel and amplifies the signals.
It is connected via a lead attached to the scanning head. The
end of the lead is preassembled with contacts and an insulation
insert. For assembly, the insulation insert can be fixed into a
straight or angular flange outlet. For confined spaces, the encoder
can also be supplied with open core ends.
■ Technical specifications
Product name
SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft measuring
system
Output signals
2 voltage signals 1 V pp
in quadrate; 1 reference signal per
encoder rotation
Operating voltage 5 V DC ±5%
Power consumption, typical 30 mA
Resolution
192 S/R (D a 60.72 mm/2.39 in)
256 S/R (D a 81.14 mm/3.19 in)
400 S/R (D a 126.92 mm/5 in)
480 S/R (D a 152.39 mm/6 in)
Indexing accuracy of
measuring wheel
Limiting speed
Rated distance between measuring
wheel and scanning head
Operating temperature range
± 96 angular seconds at a
resolution of 192 S/R
± 72 angular seconds at a
resolution of 256 S/R
± 46 angular seconds at a
resolution of 400 S/R
± 38 angular seconds at a
resolution of 480 S/R
≤ 33,000 rpm at 192 S/R
≤ 25,000 rpm at 256 S/R
≤ 16,000 rpm at 400 S/R
≤ 13,000 rpm at 480 S/R
200 µm
-20 ... +120 °C (-4 ... +248 °F)
Shock resistance (11 ms) 1000 m/s 2 (3,281 ft/s 2 )
Vibration (50 ... 2000 Hz) 200 m/s 2 (656 ft/s 2 )
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP67 when installed
(IEC 60529)
Bending radius of the cable module
lines
Length of cable to converter, max.
Dimensions, approx.
Scanning head (mounted)
•Width
•Height
•Depth
One-time bending:
≥ 25 mm (0.98 in)
Multiple bending:
≥ 60 mm (2.36 in)
50 m (164 ft)
36 mm (1.42 in)
18 (+4) mm (0.71 (+0.16) in)
15 mm (0.59 in)
8
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
8/9

Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Hollow-shaft measuring system
SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft measuring system
■ Technical specifications (continued)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Product name
Internal diameter 1)
External diameter D a
Thickness
Number of signals/
revolution
Moment of inertia,
approx.
Weight, approx.
Product name
Internal diameter 1)
External diameter D a
Thickness
Number of signals/
revolution
Moment of inertia,
approx.
Weight, approx.
Product name
Internal diameter 1)
External diameter D a
Thickness
Number of signals/
revolution
Moment of inertia,
approx.
Measuring wheel D a 60.72 mm (2.39 in)
40 H6 mm (1.57 H6 in)
60.72 mm (2.39 in)
15 mm (0.59 in)
192
1.0 x 10 -4 kgm 2 (8.85 x 10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
0.20 kg (0.44 lb)
Measuring wheel D a 81.14 mm (3.19 in)
45 H6 mm
(1.76 H6 in)
81.14 mm (3.19 in)
15 mm (0.59 in)
256
3.8 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(33.63 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
0.35 kg
(0.77 lb)
60 H6 mm
(2.36 H6 in)
2.8 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(24.78 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
0.25 kg
(0.55 lb)
Measuring wheel D a 126.92 mm (5 in)
65 H6 mm
(2.56 H6 in)
126.92 mm (5 in)
15 mm (0.59 in)
400
25 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(222.25 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
85 H6 mm
(3.35 H6 in)
21 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(185.85 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
65 H6 mm
(2.56 H6 in)
2.2 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(19.47 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
0.20 kg
(0.44 lb)
100 H6 mm
(3.94 H6 in)
16 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(141.60 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Designation
Scanning head, incremental
1 mm (0.04 in) pole pitch, 1 V pp
• With plug insert,
with 0.2 m (7.8 in) signal cable
and 0.3 m (11.8 in) temperature
cable (2-core)
• With plug insert,
with 0.5 m (19.6 in) signal cable
and 0.3 m (11.8 in) temperature
cable (2-core)
• With plug insert,
with 2.0 m (6.6 ft) signal cable
and 0.3 m (11.8 in) temperature
cable (2-core)
• Open core ends,
with 1.0 m (3.3 ft) signal cable
Measuring wheel
D a 60.72 mm (2.39 in)
• Internal diameter 40 H6 mm
(1.57 H6 in)
Measuring wheel
D a 81.14 mm (3.19 in)
• Internal diameter 45 H6 mm
(1.77 H6 in)
• Internal diameter 60 H6 mm
(2.36 H6 in)
• Internal diameter 65 H6 mm
(2.56 H6 in)
Measuring wheel
D a 126.92 mm (5 in)
• Internal diameter 65 H6 mm
(2.56 H6 in)
Order No.
6FX2001-6AA12-1CA0
6FX2001-6AA12-1FA0
6FX2001-6AA12-3AA0
6FX2001-6AA12-2AA5
6FX2001-6RB12-3EA0
6FX2001-6RB12-4EF0
6FX2001-6RB12-4GA0
6FX2001-6RB12-4GF0
6FX2001-6RB12-5GF0
Weight, approx. 1.0 kg (2.20 lb) 0.75 kg
(1.65 lb)
0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
• Internal diameter 85 H6 mm
(3.35 H6 in)
6FX2001-6RB12-5JF0
8
Product name
Measuring wheel D a 152.39 mm (6 in)
Internal diameter 1) 80 H6 mm (3.15 H6 in) 110 H6 mm (4.33 H6 in)
External diameter D a 152.39 mm (6 in)
Thickness
15 mm (0.59 in)
Number of signals/ 480
revolution
Moment of inertia,
approx.
54 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(477.89 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
42 x 10 -4 kgm 2
(371.69 x
10 -4 lb ƒ -in-s 2 )
Weight, approx. 1.5 kg (3.31 lb) 1.0 kg (2.20 lb)
• Internal diameter 100 H6 mm
(3.94 H6 in)
Measuring wheel
D a 152.39 mm (6 in)
• Internal diameter 80 H6 mm
(3.15 H6 in)
• Internal diameter 110 H6 mm
(4.33 H6 in)
Connection kit for
insulation insert
• Straight flange outlet
6FX2001-6RB12-5LA0
6FX2001-6RB12-6JA0
6FX2001-6RB12-6MA0
6FX2001-6FA12-0GA0
• Angular flange outlet
6FX2001-6FA12-0WA0
Extraction tool for
insulation insert
of straight or angular flange outlet
6FX2001-6FK12-0AA0
1) The measuring wheels can be re-worked (by increasing the inner
diameter or by drilling holes/tapping threads); see Configuring/
Installation Guide.
8/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120
drive system
9
9/2 Introduction
9/6 General technical specifications
9/9 Line Modules
and line-side components
9/10 Smart Line Modules in
booksize format
9/12 Line reactors
9/13 Line filters
9/14 Recommended line-side
components
9/15 Active Line Modules in
booksize format
9/17 Line reactors
9/18 Line filters
9/18 Wideband Line Filters
9/19 Basic Line Filters
9/20 Installation adapter set for
line filter package
9/20 Recommended line-side
components
9/22 Motor Modules
9/22 Single Motor Modules in
booksize format
9/26 Double Motor Modules in
booksize format
9/28 DC link components
9/28 Braking Modules in
booksize format
9/29 Braking resistors in
booksize format
9/30 Capacitor Module
9/31 Control Supply Module
9/32 DC link supply adapter
9/33 Control Units
9/33 CU320 Control Unit
9/34 CompactFlash card
9/35 Encoder system connection
9/36 SMC10 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
9/37 SMC20 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
9/38 SMC30 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
9/39 SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules
External
9/40 Configuration/Commissioning
tools
9/40 SIZER configuration tool
9/41 STARTER commissioning tool
9/42 Drive ES engineering system
‡
9/4 Braking, Motor and Line Modules
with internal air cooling are now
also available with painted boards.
For products approved
for Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
9
■ Overview
Booksize format SINAMICS S120 drive system as the basis for machine
tool automation with SINUMERIK solution line
Platform concept and Totally Integrated Automation
All SINAMICS versions are based on a platform concept.
Joint hardware and software components, as well as standardized
tools for design, configuration and commissioning tasks,
ensure high-level integration across all components. SINAMICS
handles a wide variety of drive tasks with no system gaps. The
different SINAMICS versions can be easily combined with each
other.
SINAMICS is a part of the Siemens “Totally Integrated Automation”
concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering configuration,
data storage and communication at automation level,
ensure low-maintenance solutions with SINUMERIK solution line,
SIMATIC and SIMOTION control systems.
Modular system for demanding drive tasks
SINAMICS S120 solves demanding drive tasks for a wide range
of industrial applications and is, therefore, designed as a modular
system. Users can choose from many different harmonized
components and functions to create a solution that best meets
their requirements. SIZER, a high-performance PC tool, makes it
easier to choose and determine the optimum drive configuration.
SINAMICS S120 is enhanced by a wide range of motors.
Whether synchronous or asynchronous, all motor types are
supported by SINAMICS S120.
Particularly suitable for multi-axis applications
Coordinated drives that carry out drive tasks together are used
in many mechanical and plant engineering applications. Drives
with coupled DC links are required for this purpose, as they support
economic energy exchange between braking and driving
axes.
SINAMICS S120 features Line Modules (infeed modules) and
Motor Modules (inverter modules) covering a wide power range
which, having been designed for seamless integration, pave the
way for compact multi-axis drive configurations.
New system architecture with a central Control Unit
Electronically coordinated individual drives work together to perform
your drive tasks. Higher-level controllers like SINUMERIK
solution line operate the drives to achieve the required coordinated
movement. This requires cyclic data exchange between
the controller and all the drives. This exchange usually took
place via a field bus, which required a great deal of time and
effort for installation and configuration. SINAMICS S120 takes a
different approach. A central Control Unit controls the drive for
all connected axes and also establishes the technological links
between the drives and/or axes. Since all the required data is
stored in the central Control Unit, it does not need to be transferred.
Inter-axis connections can be established within a
Control Unit and are easily configured in the STARTER commissioning
tool or with tools based on it, such as SinuCom NC. Of
course, a number of Control Units can be interconnected to
create an expanded group if your application exceeds the
computing performance of one Control Unit.
Simple technological tasks can be carried out automatically by
the SINAMICS S120 Control Unit. For more complex numerical
tasks, they are replaced by powerful modules from the
SINUMERIK solution line product range. As well as motion
control, coordinate transformation and logic functions, these
products also integrate the SINAMICS drive control. The NCUs
can be positioned in or alongside the SINAMICS S120 drive
group and connected via DRIVE-CLiQ. For the implementation
of distributed solutions, the NCU can also be placed up to 100 m
(328 ft) away from the drive group. In case of application solutions
that have a greater number of motion axes in the machine
kinematics, the system base units can be expanded with the
additional components NX10/NX15.
DRIVE-CLiQ – the digital interface between all components
All SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and
encoders, are interconnected via a joint serial interface called
DRIVE-CLiQ. The standardized cables and connectors reduce
the variety of different parts and cut inventory costs.
Sensor Modules (converter boards) for converting standard
encoder signals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for motors and
encoders without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface or for retrofit applications.
Electronic rating plate in all components
All SINAMICS S120 components with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface
have an electronic rating plate that contains all the relevant data
about that particular component. In the motors, for example, this
data includes the parameters of the electric equivalent circuit
diagram and characteristic values for the built-in motor encoder.
The Control Unit records this data automatically via DRIVE-CLiQ
so that it does not need to be entered during commissioning or
when the equipment is replaced.
In addition to the technical data, the rating plate includes logistical
data (manufacturer ID, order number, and globally unique
ID). Since this data can be called up electronically on site or
remotely, all the components used in a machine can always be
individually identified, which helps simplify servicing.
9/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
SINAMICS
S120
SINUMERIK
SINAMICS
S120 with
CU320
SINAMICS S120 drive system with SINUMERIK 802D sl
SINAMICS S120 drive system with SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK
SINAMICS
S120
SINAMICS
S120
9
SINAMICS S120 drive system with SINUMERIK 840D sl
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/3

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
9
■ Overview (continued)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
This overview features the SINAMICS S120 components that are Designation
Order No.
primarily used for multi-axis drive tasks.
The following power components are available:
Braking Module internal air cooling
with painted boards
7 Line-side power components
6SL3100-1AE31-0AB0
Fuses, contactors, reactors, and filters for switching the power Single Motor Module internal air cooling
supply and meeting EMC requirements.
with painted boards
7 Line Modules
Provide the central power supply to the DC link.
7 DC link components
Can be used as options to stabilize the DC link voltage and/or
to support the electronics power supply.
3 A
5 A
9 A
18 A
30 A
6SL3120-1TE13-0AB0
6SL3120-1TE15-0AB0
6SL3120-1TE21-0AB0
6SL3120-1TE21-8AB0
6SL3120-1TE23-0AB0
7 Motor Modules (inverters)
45 A 6SL3120-1TE24-5AB0
Draw their power from the DC link to supply the connected
motors.
60 A 6SL3120-1TE26-0AB0
85 A 6SL3120-1TE28-5AB0
The SINAMICS S120 components were developed for installation
in cabinets. They have the following features and characteristics:
132 A 6SL3120-1TE31-3AB0
200 A 6SL3120-1TE32-0AB0
7 Operator convenience
Double Motor Module internal air cooling
with painted boards
7 Simple assembly and wiring
2 x 3 A 6SL3120-2TE13-0AB0
7 Practical connection system, cable routing in accordance with
EMC requirements
2 x 5 A 6SL3120-2TE15-0AB0
7 Uniform design
2 x 9 A 6SL3120-2TE21-0AB0
2 x 18 A 6SL3120-2TE21-8AB0
7 Contiguous assembly
Smart Line Module internal air cooling
7 Internal/external air cooling
with painted boards
(cold-plate cooling on request)
5 kW 6SL3130-6AE15-0AB0
The following Control Unit components can be used with
10 kW 6SL3130-6AE21-0AB0
SINAMICS S120 to execute the required functions:
16 kW 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0
7 A Control Unit or Numeric Control Unit, where necessary
36 kW 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
with Numeric Control Extension modules for the execution
of cross-axis drive and technology functions
Active Line Module internal air cooling
with painted boards
7 Additional system components that enhance functionality
and offer different interfaces for encoders and process signals 16 kW 6SL3130-7TE21-6AB0
Heat dissipation
36 kW 6SL3130-7TE23-6AB0
55 kW 6SL3130-7TE25-5AB0
In respect of cabinet heat dissipation too, SINAMICS S120 in 80 kW 6SL3130-7TE28-0AB0
booksize format can provide flexible solutions with maximum
120 kW 6SL3130-7TE31-2AB0
user benefits. Depending on the application, component heat
loss can be transferred to the environment using three different The Braking, Motor and Line Modules with painted boards are
heat dissipation methods. The design of the components differs suitable for operation for climatic class 3K4 environmental
only in the format of the backplane and the location of the external
fan unit. The front panel (where the connections are located)
conditions.
and the width of the components are common to all designs. External air cooling
Internal air cooling
External air cooling uses the "through-hole" method. The components'
power section heat sinks pass through the mounting
In this standard solution, the power loss from the electronics and surface in the control cabinet and can thus release the heat
power sections of the drive components is removed by natural losses of the power section to a separate external cooling circuit.
cooling or by a forced-ventilation system and routed to the interior
of the control cabinet.
electronics. Degree of protection IP54 can be achieved at this
The only power loss that remains in the cabinet is emitted by the
The following Braking, Motor and Line Modules with internal air
"mechanical interface", the external heat sink. The heat sink, with
cooling are now also available with painted boards.
its cooling fins and the fan unit (part of the scope of supply),
protrudes to the rear into a separate ventilation cabin, which can
also open outwards.
Braking, Motor and Line Modules for external air cooling are
already equipped with painted boards as standard.
Cold-plate cooling
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information
about cold-plate cooling.
■ More information
Engineering information and instructions for setting up a drive
system with SINAMICS S120 are included on the CD-ROM
supplied with the NC 61 Catalog.
9/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line-side components
Line Modules
Line reactors
Line filters
Smart Line
Modules
Active Line Modules
Power supply
DC link components
Control Supply
Modules
Braking Modules
Braking resistors
Capacitor Modules
DC link components
Braking Modules
Braking resistors
Capacitor Modules
Sensor Modules
SMC10/SMC20
SMC30
SME20/SME25
Control
Unit
CU320
Control Units
NCU 710.1
NCU 720.1
NCU 730.1
NX10/NX15
Motor Modules
Single Motor
Modules
Double Motor
Modules
SINUMERIK control system
SINUMERIK 802D sl SINUMERIK 840Di sl SINUMERIK 840D sl
9
AC motors
Connection system
Synchronous motors
1FT6 motors
1FK7 motors
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors
1FW6 built-in torque motors
1FE1 built-in motors
2SP1 ECS motor spindles
Gearboxes
Asynchronous motors
1PH7 motors
1PH4 motors
1PM4 motors
1PM6 motors
1PH2 built-in motors
Gearboxes
MOTION-CONNECT
Power cables
Signal cables
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS automation system components
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/5

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
General technical specifications
9
■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS S120 in booksize format with SINUMERIK NCU
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for all the following components of the
SINAMICS S120 drive system.
Electrical data
Line connection voltage
(up to 2000 m/6563 ft
above sea level)
Power frequency
Output voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10%
(-15% < 1 min)
47 ... 63 Hz
0 V to line connection voltage,
depending on the infeed type
Output frequency
0...300Hz
Electronics power supply 24 V DC, -15/+20%
Radio interference suppression
• Standard
No radio interference suppression
• With line filter 1)
Class A1 to EN 55011 and
Category C2 to EN 61800-3
Overvoltage category Class III to EN 60664-1
Mechanical data
Vibratory load
• Transport 2) Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2
•Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3
Shock stressing
• Transport 2) Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2
•Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection IP00 or IP20 to EN 60529
Protection class
Class I (with protective conductor
system) and Class III (PELV) to
EN 61800-5-1
Cooling method
Internal/external air cooling, power
sections with increased air cooling
by means of built-in fan
Permissible ambient or
coolant temperature (air)
during operation for line-side
components, Line Modules
and Motor Modules
Permissible ambient or
coolant temperature (air)
during operation for Control Units,
additional system components, DC
link components and Sensor Modules
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating,
> 40 ... 55 °C (104 ... 131 °F)
see derating characteristics
0 to 55 °C (32 ... 131 °F)
up to 2000 m (6563 ft)
above sea level
Climatic ambient conditions
•Storage 2) Class 1K3 to EN 60721-3-1
Temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(-40 ... +158 °F)
• Transport 2) Class 2K4 to EN 60721-3-2
Temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(-40 ... +158 °F)
Max. air humidity 95% at 40 °C
(104 °F)
•Operation Class 3K3 to EN 60721-3-3
Condensation, splashwater and
ice formation are not permitted
(EN 60204, Part 1)
Environmental class/harmful
chemical substances
•Storage 2) Class 1C2 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport 2) Class 2C2 to EN 60721-3-2
•Operation Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
Organic/biological influences
•Storage 2) Class 1B1 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport 2) Class 2B1 to EN 60721-3-2
•Operation Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3
Pollution degree 2 to EN 61800-5-1
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3282 ft)
above sea level without derating,
> 1000 ... 5000 m
(3282 ft ... 16408 ft)
above sea level
see derating characteristics
Certificates
Conformity
CE (low-voltage and EMC
directives)
Approvals
(only for 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS modules)
cULus (File Nos.: E192450,
E164110 and E70122)
Certification Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL 2)
to IEC 61508,
control category 3 to EN 954-1 for
Safety Integrated – safe standstill
(SS) and safe brake control (SBC)
1) To ensure observance of specific EMC directives, radio interference
suppression can be achieved using line filters. The use of other filters
can lead to device faults.
2) In transport packaging.
9/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
General technical specifications
■ Characteristic curves
Overload capability for Line Modules in booksize format
Overload capability for Motor Modules in booksize format
Pmax
P
max
Prated
0.2 s
10 s
t
G_D212_en_00063a
rated
0.25 s
10 s
t
G_D212_en_00065a
Load cycle with preloading
Load cycle with preloading
P
Pmax
max
PS6
P rated
0.4x Prated
4 min
10 min
t
G_D212_en_00061a
S6
rated
0.7 rated
x
4 min
10 min
t
G_D212_en_00067a
S6 duty cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
P
P max
max
Prated
0.4 x rated
10 s
60 s
t
G_D212_en_00062b
0.7 x
rated
rated
10 s
60 s
t
G_D212_en_00068a
S6 duty cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
max
9
rated
2.65 s
10 s
t
G_D212_en_00066a
Load cycle without preloading
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/7

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Introduction
General technical specifications
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
Overload capability for Motor Modules in booksize format
Converter current
Converter current
1.5 x
H
1.76 x
H
rated
Base load current
H
rated
Base load current
H
H
60 s
300 s
H
30 s
300 s
G_D211_EN_00001
Load cycle with 60 sec overload with a load cycle period of 300 sec
Derating characteristics for Line Modules in booksize format
t
G_D211_EN_00002
Load cycle with 30 sec overload with a load cycle period of 300 sec
Derating characteristics Motor Modules in booksize format
t
Permissible output power
100
%
90
80
70
60
55
30 35 40 45 50 °C 55
(86) (95) (104) (113) (122) (°F) (131)
Ambient temperature
G_D212_EN_00058a
Permissible output current
100
%
90
80
70
60
55
30 35 40 45 50 °C 55
(86) (95) (104) (113) (122) (°F) (131)
Ambient temperature
G_D212_EN_00001a
Output power as a function of ambient temperature
Output current as a function of ambient temperature
9
Permissible output power
100
%
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 m 5000
(3282) (6563) (9845) (13126) (ft) (16408)
Installation altitude above sea level
G_D212_EN_00060
Permissible output current
100
%
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 m 5000
(3282) (6563) (9845) (13126) (ft) (16408)
Installation altitude above sea level
G_D212_EN_00003a
Output power as a function of installation altitude
Correction factors for increased ambient temperatures and
installation altitudes
If the Line and Motor Modules are operated at ambient temperatures
of > 40 °C (104 °F) and installation altitudes of > 1000 m
(3282 ft), the derating characteristics must be taken into account
for the permissible output power/output current.
Output current as a function of installation altitude
Example:
A Motor Module is to operate at an ambient temperature of 55 °C
(131 °F) (60% permissible output current) and an installation
altitude of 3000 m (9845 ft) (75% permissible output current).
In this case, the permissible output current is:
100 x (0.60 x 0.75) = 45%.
9/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
■ Overview
Line Modules generate a DC voltage from the line voltage and
supply Motor Modules with energy via the voltage-source DC
link. Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded
(TN, TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems. A line filter for
limiting interference emission can be installed only if the module
is connected to a TN system.
Smart Line Modules
Smart Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative
energy to the supply system. Braking Modules and braking
resistors are required only if the drives need to be decelerated
in a controlled manner after a power failure (i.e., when energy
cannot be recovered to the supply). When a Smart Line Module
is used as the infeed, the matching line reactor must be installed.
A line filter can be installed optionally to restrict conducted interference
to Class C2 limits (EN 61800-3).
Active Line Modules
Active Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative
energy to the supply system. Braking Modules and braking
resistors are required only if the drives need to be decelerated
in a controlled manner after a power failure (i.e. when energy
cannot be recovered to the supply). In contrast to Smart Line
Modules, Active Line Modules generate a regulated DC voltage
which remains constant despite fluctuations in the line voltage.
In this case, the line voltage must remain within the permissible
tolerance range. Active Line Modules draw a virtually sinusoidal
current from the supply and do not cause any harmful harmonics.
Active Line Modules in booksize format
When an Active Line Module is used as the infeed, the matching
line reactor must be installed. To minimize interference emission,
the Active Line Module should always be operated with a
combination of line filter and line reactor.
Switch disconnector
and fuses
Line filter
Line
reactor
Smart Line
Module
. . .
Switch disconnector
and fses
Line filter package
Line filter
Line
reactor
Active Line
Module
Main
contactor
G_D211_EN_00033
=
Motor
Module
Main
contactor
G_D211_EN_00034
=
. . .
Motor
Module
M
3
Depending on the application, main contactors can be used in
the main supply conductor.
Depending on the application, main contactors can be used in
the main supply conductor.
M
3
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/9

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
infeed power
Smart Line Module
in booksize format
Internal air cooling
Order No.
Smart Line Module
in booksize format
External air cooling
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 –
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 –
9
Smart Line Modules are non-regulated feed/feedback units
(diode bridge for incoming supply; stable, line-commutated
feedback via IGBTs) with 100% regenerative feedback power.
The regenerative feedback capability of the modules can be
deactivated by means of a digital input.
■ Design
The Smart Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via
the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
• 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
• 2 x digital inputs (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP)
Smart Line Modules only)
• 1 x digital outputs (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP)
Smart Line Modules only)
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets (16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP)
Smart Line Modules only)
The status of the Smart Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor
LEDs.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g., type KLBÜ 3-8 SC
by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Smart Line Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit on the
immediate left for drive control (16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW
(40 HP) Smart Line Modules only)
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to
connect Smart Line Modules to adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
• 24 V terminal adapter
■ Accessories
Designation
Order No.
Shield terminal plate
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA0
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
DC link supply adapter
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 ... 10 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in)
or 100 mm (3.94 in)
DC link supply adapter
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm
(7.87 in) or 300 mm (11.81 in)
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for all Line/Motor modules in booksize format
24 V terminal adapter
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V jumper
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
for connection of the 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
Warning signs in foreign languages 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
9/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Internal air cooling
External air cooling
Product name
Rated feed/feedback powerP rated
(with 380 V 3 AC)
kW
(HP)
6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
5
(5)
10
(10)
6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0
–
Feed/feedback power
kW 6.5 13 21 47
for S6 duty (40%) P S6
Feed/feedback power P max , max. kW 10 20 35 70
DC link voltage 1) V 1.35 × line voltage
DC link current
A 8.3 16.6 27 60
with 600 V DC
DC link current
A 11 22 35 79
for S6 duty (40%)
DC link current, max. A 16.6 33.2 59 117
Rated input current
A 12 24 26 58
with 380 V 3 AC
Input current
A 15.6 31.2 35 79
for S6 duty (40%)
Input current, max. A 22 44 59 117
Current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply, max.
A 1.0 1.3 1.1 1.5
24 V DC busbar
A 20 20 20 20
current capacity
DC link capacitance µF 220 330 710 1410
Perm. DC link capacitance of µF 6000 6000 20000 20000
drive group, max.
DC link busbar
A 100 100 100 100
current capacity
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99
Power loss
• Internal air cooling kW 0.09 0.17 0.17 0.37
• External air cooling int./ext. kW 0.04/0.05 0.065/0.105 – –
Cooling air requirement
m 3 /sec
(ft 3 /s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
16
(18)
0.016
(0.565)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Screw-type terminals
2.5 ... 6 mm 2 (X1)
Screw-type terminals
2.5 ... 6 mm 2 (X1)
Screw-type terminals
2.5 ... 10 mm 2 (X1)
6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
–
36
(40)
0.031
(1.095)
M6 screw studs for
ring terminal ends,
(2.5 ... 50 mm 2 (X1)
Shield connection Cable shield attachment plate integrated in connector. See Accessories.
PE connection On housing with M5 screw On housing with M5 screw On housing with M5 screw On housing with M6 screw
Max. cable length
m (ft)
m (ft)
350 (1150 ft) (shielded)
560 (1838 ft) (unshielded), (total of all motor power cables and DC link)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx.
• Internal air cooling kg (lb) 4.7 (10) 4.8 (11) 7 (15) 10.3 (23)
• External air cooling kg (lb) 5.3 (12) 5.4 (12) – –
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94) 150 (5.91)
• Height mm (in) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96)
•Depth
- Internal air cooling mm (in) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63)
- External air cooling
in front of/behind mounting
surface
mm (in) 226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
– –
9
1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent. See configuring
instructions (catalog CD) for further information.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/11

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Line reactors
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
infeed power of the
Smart Line Module
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Line reactor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE15-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3000-0CE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0CE23-6AA0
A line reactor is required for Smart Line Modules.
■ Technical specifications
9
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SL3000-0CE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0CE23-6AA0
Product name
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Rated infeed power of the Smart
Line Module
kW
(HP)
Line reactor
6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
5
(5)
6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
10
(10)
6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0
–
Rated current A 14 28 35 69
Power loss kW 0.062 0.116 0.11 0.17
Line/power connection
1U1, 1V1, 1W1/1U2, 1V2, 1W2
PE connection
4mm 2 screw-type
terminals
4mm 2 screw-type
terminals
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
16
(18)
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
–
36
(40)
16 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
16 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.7 (8) 7.5 (17) 9.5 (21) 17 (38)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 150 (5.91) 177 (6.97) 219 (8.62) 228 (8.98)
• Height mm (in) 175 (6.89) 196 (7.72) 180 (7.09) 235 (9.25)
• Depth mm (in) 90 (3.54) 110 (4.33) 144 (5.67) 224 (8.82)
9/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Line filters
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
infeed power of the
Smart Line Module
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Line filter
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE15-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE21-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0
Line filters for Smart Line Modules function in the frequency
range from 150 kHz to 30 MHz.
In plants with strict EMC requirements, line filters work together
with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emanating
from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1 as defined
in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3.
Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN systems.
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SL3000-0HE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0
Product name
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Rated infeed power of the
Smart Line Module
kW
(HP)
Line filter
6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
5
(5)
6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
10
(10)
6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0
–
Rated current A 16 25 36 65
Power loss W 20 20 6 10
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3/U, V, W
PE connection
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolts
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolts
16
(18)
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolts
6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
–
36
(40)
35 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolts
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.8 (8) 5.7 (13) 5.0 (11) 6.5 (14)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95)
• Height mm (in) 285 (11.22) 285 (11.22) 420 (16.54) 420 (16.54)
• Depth mm (in) 122 (4.80) 122 (4.80) 226 (8.90) 226 (8.90)
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/13

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Recommended line-side components
■ Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending Further information about the main contactors, switch disconnectors,
fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
on the power rating of the Smart Line Module.
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
The tables below list recommended components.
Assignment of line-side power components to Smart Line Modules
Rated infeed
power
Assignment to
Smart Line Module
Main contactor Circuit-breaker Main switch Fuse switch
disconnector
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5 (5) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 3RT1023-1BB40 3RV1031-4BA10 3LD2003-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
10 (10) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 3RT1026-1BB40 3RV1031-4FA10 3LD2203-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
16 (18) 6SL3130-6AE21-6AB0 3RT1035-1AC24 3RV1031-4FA10 3LD2504-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
36 (40) 6SL3130-6AE23-6AB0 3RT1045-1AP04 3RV1041-4LA10 3LD2704-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
Rated infeed
power
Assignment to
Smart Line Module
Switch disconnector
with fuse holder
NH fuse (gL/gG)
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. Rated current Size
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5 (5) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3805 16 A 000
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0
10 (10) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3814 35 A 000
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0
16 (18) 6SL3130-6AE21-6AB0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3814 35 A 000
36 (40) 6SL3130-6AE23-6AB0 3KL5230-1EB01 3NA3824 80 A 000
9
9/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated infeed
power
Active Line Module
in booksize format
Internal air cooling
Order No.
Active Line Module
in booksize format
External air cooling
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed
and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC
link voltage. This means that the connected Motor Modules are
decoupled from the line voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within
the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor
voltage.
■ Design
The Active Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via
the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
• 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Active Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor
LEDs.
On the 100 mm (3.94 in) wide Active Line Module, the shield for
the power supply cable can be connected to the integrated
shield connection plate via a shield connection terminal or tube
clip, e.g., Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 4. The shield connection
terminal must not be used for strain relief. Shield connection
plates are available for 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and
300 mm (11.81 in) modules.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g., type KLBÜ 3-8 SC
by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit for drive
control on the immediate left
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to
connect Active Line Module to adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
• 24 V terminal adapter
■ Accessories
Designation
Order No.
Shield terminal plates for
Line/Motor Modules
in booksize format
• with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
- Internal air cooling
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1
- External air cooling
6SL3162-1AF00-0BA0
• with a width of 200 mm (7.87 in)
- Internal air cooling
6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0
- External air cooling
6SL3162-1AH01-0BA0
• with a width of 300 mm (11.81 in)
- Internal/external air cooling 6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 ... 10 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of
50 mm (1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in)
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of
150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in)
and 300 mm (11.81 in)
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V jumper
for the connection of 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
Warning signs in foreign languages 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
This set of foreign language warning
signs can be placed on top of the
standard German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following
Languages is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and
Swedish.
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/15

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
9
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Internal air cooling 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
External air cooling 6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0 6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0 6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Product name
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Rated
Feed/feedback power P rated
(with 380 V 3 AC)
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Feed/feedback power
kW 21 47 71 106 158
for S6 duty (40%) P S6
Feed/feedback power P max , max. kW 35 70 91 131 175
DC link voltage 1) V 1.5 × line voltage
DC link current
A 27 60 92 134 200
with DC 600 V
DC link current
A 35 79 121 176 244
for S6 duty (40%)
DC link current, max. A 59 117 152 195 292
Rated input current
A 26 58 88 128 192
with 380 V 3 AC
Input current
A 35 79 121 176 244
for S6 duty (40%)
Input current, max. A 59 117 152 195 292
Current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply, max.
A 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.0 2.5
24 V DC busbar
A 20 20 20 20 20
current capacity
DC link capacitance µF 710 1410 1880 2820 3760
Perm. DC link capacitance of µF 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
drive group, max.
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 200 200 200
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
Power loss
• Internal air cooling kW 0.26 0.63 0.90 1.35 2.20
• External air cooling int./ext. kW 0.06/0.2 0.135/0.495 0.2/0.7 0.305/1.045 0.49/1.71
Cooling air requirement m 3 /s
(ft 3 /s)
0.016
(0.565)
0.031
(1.095)
55
(60)
0.044
(1.554)
80
(100)
0.144
(5.085)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 65 < 60 < 75 < 75
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Shield connection
PE connection
Max. cable length
m (ft)
m (ft)
Screw-type terminals
2.5 ... 10 mm 2
(X1)
Integrated into the
connector
On housing with
M5 screw
M6 screw studs for
ring terminal ends,
2.5 ... 50 mm 2
(X1)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends,
2.5 ... 95 mm 2 ,
2 × 35 mm 2 , (X1)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends,
2.5 ... 120 mm 2 ,
2 × 50 mm 2 , (X1)
120
(150)
0.144
(5.085)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends,
2.5 ... 120 mm 2 ,
2 × 50 mm 2 , (X1)
See Accessories See Accessories See Accessories See Accessories
On housing with
M6 screw
On housing with
M6 screw
350 (1150 ft) (shielded)
560 (1840 ft) (unshielded), (total of all motor power cables and DC link)
On housing with
M8 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx.
• Internal air cooling kg (lb) 7 (15) 10.3 (23) 17 (38) 23 (51) 23 (51)
• External air cooling kg (lb) 8.8 (19) 13.8 (30) 18.5 (41) 27.7 (61) 30.7 (68)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 100 (3.94) 150 (5.91) 200 (7.87) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81)
•Height
mm (in) 380 (14.96)
380 (14.96)
380 (14.96)
380 (14.96)
380 (14.96)
- with fan 2) mm (in) –
–
–
629 (24.76)
629 (24.76)
•Depth
- Internal air cooling mm (in) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63)
- External air cooling
in front of/behind mounting
surface
mm (in) 226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/71
(8.90/2.80)
226/92
(8.90/3.62)
226/82
(8.90/3.23)
226/82
(8.90/3.23)
1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.
Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.5 × line voltage.
2) The fan is supplied with the Active Line Module and must be installed
before the Active Line Module is commissioned.
9/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Line reactors
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated infeed power
of the
Active Line Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Line reactor
Order No.
6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1
6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1
6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1
6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0
6SL3000-0DE31-2BA0
A line reactor is required for Active Line Modules.
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1 6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0 6SL3000-0DE31-2BA0
Product name
Line reactor
Suitable for
6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
Active Line Module
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0 6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0 6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Rated infeed power of the
Active Line Module
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Rated current A 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss kW 0.17 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.59
Line/power connection
1U1, 1V1, 1W1/1U2, 1V2, 1W2
PE connection
16 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
16 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
35 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
35 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
55
(60)
70 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
70 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
80
(100)
120
(150)
Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10
Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 8.5 (19) 13 (29) 18 (40) 40 (88) 64 (141)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 150 (5.91) 150 (5.91) 150 (5.91) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.86)
• Height mm (in) 330 (12.99) 330 (12.99) 330 (12.99) 380 (14.96) 490 (19.29)
• Depth mm (in) 145 (5.71) 230 (9.05) 280 (11.02) 220 (8.66) 250 (9.84)
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/17

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Line filters - General
■ Overview
In plants with strict EMC requirements, line filters work together
with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emanating
from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1
as defined in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in
EN 61800-3. Line filters are suited only for direct connection
to TN systems.
Optional line filter ranges that are coordinated with the power
range are available for the SINAMICS S120 drive system:
7 Wideband Line Filters
7 Basic Line Filters
These line filters differ with regard to the frequency range in
which they reduce the conducted emissions.
Note:
Radio interference suppression is required in accordance with
EMC standards (product standard IEC 61800-3 EN 61800-3;
VDE 160 T 100).
In the EU this is mandatory by law. Line filters and line reactors
are required for this purpose. The use of other filters can lead to
limit values being exceeded, resonance, overvoltages and
motor or device faults.
The line filters must be certified for CE EMC conformance before
being put onto the market.
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Wideband Line Filters (in line filter package)
■ Overview
The damping characteristics of Wideband Line Filters for Active
Line Modules not only conform with the requirements of EMC
standards for the frequency range between 150 kHz and
30 MHz but also include the low frequency range starting at
2 kHz. As a result, these line filters have an extended functional
range so that they can, to a certain extent, be used away from
the machine installation location, in areas where the line properties
are generally unknown (e.g., line impedance).
9
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0 6SL3000-0FE28-0AA0 6SL3000-0FE31-2AA1
Product name
Wideband Line Filter (included in each line filter package)
Suitable for
6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
Active Line Module
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0 6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0 6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Rated infeed power of the
Active Line Module
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Rated current A 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss kW 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.20
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3/U, V, W
PE connection
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M5 bolt
50 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M8 bolt
55
(60)
50 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M8 bolt
80
(100)
95 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M8 bolt
120
(150)
Connection lugs M10
On housing
with M8 bolt
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 9 (19) 16 (35) 19 (41) 22 (48) 32 (70)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 130 (5.12) 130 (5.12) 130 (5.12) 200 (7.87) 300 (11.81)
• Height mm (in) 480 (18.90) 480 (18.90) 480 (18.90) 480 (18.90) 480 (18.90)
• Depth mm (in) 150 (5.91) 245 (9.65) 260 (10.24) 260 (10.24) 260 (10.24)
9/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Wideband Line Filters (in line filter package)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Line filters for Active Line Modules in booksize format are only
available in combination with the relevant line reactor as a line
filter package. The order number for the line filter package includes
the Wideband Line Filter and the line reactor.
Rated infeed power
of the
Active Line Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Line filter package
(Wideband Line Filter
and line reactor)
Order No.
6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0
6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0
6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0
6SL3000-0FE28-0AA0
6SL3000-0FE31-2AA1
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Basic Line Filters
■ Overview
Basic Line Filters are designed for use on machines on which
conducted interference emissions in the frequency range
between 150 kHz and 30 MHz need to be damped in accordance
with the requirements of CE EMC legislation. Machine
manufacturers must obtain CE certification in accordance with
EMC directives for any products they intend to sell.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated infeed power
of the
Active Line Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
Basic Line Filter
Order No.
6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0
6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0
6SL3000-0BE25-5DA0
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE25-5DA0
Product name
Basic Line Filters
Suitable for
6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
Active Line Module
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0 6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
Rated infeed power of the
Active Line Module
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
55
(60)
Rated current A 36 65 105
Power loss kW 0.006 0.010 0.015
Power connection
L1, L2, L3/U, V, W
PE connection
10 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolt
35 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M6 bolt
50 mm 2 screw-type
terminals
On housing
with M8 bolt
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 5 (11) 6.5 (14) 11.5 (25)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95) 100 (3.94)
• Height mm (in) 420 (16.54) 420 (16.54) 420 (16.54)
• Depth mm (in) 226 (8.90) 226 (8.90) 226 (8.90)
9
■ More information
You must follow the instructions in the Equipment Manual when
using Basic Line Filters in conjunction with Active Line Modules
on your machine: SINAMICS S120 Booksize Power Units.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/19

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Installation adapter set for line filter package
■ Accessories
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated infeed power
of the
Active Line Module
Suitable for
line filter package
Installation adapter
set for line filter
package
Order No.
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 6SL3060-1FE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 6SN1162-0GA00-0CA0
Line filter package assembled with an adapter set
The adapter sets for booksize format units are designed for very
compact assembly. They enable line filters and line reactors
to be installed compactly one above the other in the control
cabinet.
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Recommended line-side components
9
■ Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending Further information about the main contactors, switch disconnectors,
fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
on the power rating of the Active Line Modules.
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
The tables below list recommended components.
Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment to
Active Line Module
Main contactor
Output interface for
main contactor
Main switch
Leading auxiliary circuit
switch for main switch
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 3RT1035-1AC24 3TX7004-1LB00 3LD2504-0TK51 3LD9250-3B
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 (40) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 3RT1045-1AP04 3TX7004-1LB00 3LD2704-0TK51 3LD9250-3B
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 (60) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 3RT1054-1AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5330-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 (100) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 3RT1056-6AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5330-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 (150) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
3RT1065-6AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5730-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
9/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Recommended line-side components
■ Overview (continued)
Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment to
Active Line Module
Circuit-breaker
Fuse switch
disconnector
Switch disconnector
with fuse holders
Leading auxiliary switch
for switch disconnector
with fuse holders
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 3RV1031-4FA10 3NP4010-0CH01 3KL5030-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 (40) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 3RV1041-4LA10 3NP4010-0CH01 3KL5230-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 (60) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 3VF3211-3FU41-0AA0 3NP4270-0CA01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 (100) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 3VF3211-3FW41-0AA0 3NP4270-0CA01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 (150) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
3VF4211-3DM41-0AA0 3NP5360-0CA00 3KL5730-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment to
Active Line Module
NEOZED fuse
(gL/gG)
DIAZED fuse
(gL/gG)
NH fuse
(gL/gG)
kW (HP) Order No. Rated
current
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 (40) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 (60) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 (100) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 (150) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
Size Order No. Rated
current
Size Order No. Rated
current
5SE2335 35 A D02 5SB411 35 A DIII 3NA3814 35 A 000
Size
5SC211 80 A DIVH 3NA3824 80 A 000
3NA3132 125 A 1
3NA3136 160 A 1
3NA3144 250 A 1
Rated
infeed
power
kW (HP)
Assignment to
Active Line Module
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0
36 (40) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0
55 (60) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0
80 (100) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0
120 (150) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0
UL/CSA fuse, Class J
Available from:
Ferraz Shawmut
http://www.ferrazshawmut.com
Reference
Rated current
No.
Size
AJT35 35 A 27 × 60
AJT80 80 A 29 × 117
AJT125 125 A 41 × 146
AJT175 175 A 41 × 146
AJT250 250 A 54 × 181
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/21

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Motor Modules
■ Overview
A wide range of single-axis and two-axis Motor Modules with
graded current/power ratings can be supplied:
• Single Motor Modules: Single-axis variant
- Booksize format with rated output currents
of 3 A to 200 A
• Double Motor Modules: Two-axis variant
- Booksize format with rated output currents
of 3 A to 18 A
In principle, all Single Motor and Double Motor Modules can be
operated on Smart Line Modules or Active Line Modules.
■ Characteristic curves
Derating characteristic for Motor Modules in booksize
format
Permissible output current
100
%
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 kHz 20
Pulse frequency
G_D212_EN_00002a
Output current as a function of pulse frequency
9
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
■ Design
The Single Motor Modules in booksize format feature the
following interfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 1 x electronics power supply connection via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 x motor connection, plug-in (not included in scope of supply)
or screw-stud depending on rated output current
• 1 x safe standstill input (enable pulses)
• 1 x safe motor brake control
• 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
The motor cable shield is inside the connector on 50 mm
(1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in) wide modules. A shield connection
plate can be supplied for 150 mm, 200 mm and 300 mm
(5.91 in, 7.87 in and 11.81 in) wide modules. On these modules,
the motor cable shield can be connected using a tube clip.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module
by means of a shield connection terminal, e.g., type
KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on Motor Module width) to
connect Motor Module to the adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
9/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
output current
Rated
power
Single Motor Module
Internal air cooling
Single Motor Module
External air cooling
Order No.
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3A 1.6 kW 6SL3120-1TE13-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE13-0AA0
5A 2.7 kW 6SL3120-1TE15-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE15-0AA0
9A 4.8 kW 6SL3120-1TE21-0AA1 6SL3121-1TE21-0AA0
18 A 9.7 kW 6SL3120-1TE21-8AA1 6SL3121-1TE21-8AA0
30 A 16 kW 6SL3120-1TE23-0AA1 6SL3121-1TE23-0AA0
45 A 24 kW 6SL3120-1TE24-5AA1 6SL3121-1TE24-5AA0
60 A 32 kW 6SL3120-1TE26-0AA1 6SL3121-1TE26-0AA0
85 A 46 kW 6SL3120-1TE28-5AA1 6SL3121-1TE28-5AA0
132 A 71 kW 6SL3120-1TE31-3AA0 6SL3121-1TE31-3AA0
200 A 107 kW 6SL3120-1TE32-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE32-0AA0
■ Accessories
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Power connector (X1/X2)
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
at Motor Module end, with screw-type
terminals 1.5 ... 10 mm 2 ,
for Motor Modules with a rated
output current of 3 ... 30 A
Shield terminal plates
for Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
• with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
- Internal air cooling
- External air cooling
• with a width of 200 mm (7.87 in)
- Internal air cooling
- External air cooling
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1
6SL3162-1AF00-0BA0
6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0
6SL3162-1AH01-0BA0
• with a width of 300 mm (11.81 in)
- Internal/external air cooling 6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 ... 10 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in) and
100 mm (3.94 in)
DC link supply adapter
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V jumper
for the connection of 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
Plug-in motor brake connector
for Motor Modules in booksize format with a
rated output current of 45 ... 200 A
http://www.wago.com
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Wago
Item No.:
231-102/037-000
9
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm
(7.87 in) and 300 mm (11.81 in)
■ Integration
Single Line Modules communicate with a Control Unit via
DRIVE-CLiQ.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/23

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Internal air cooling 6SL3120-1TE13-0AA0 6SL3120-1TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-1TE21-0AA1 6SL3120-1TE21-8AA1 6SL3120-1TE23-0AA1
External air cooling 6SL3121-1TE13-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE15-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE21-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE21-8AA0 6SL3121-1TE23-0AA0
Product name
Output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental wave RMS value),
max.
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
Rated
A 3 5 9 18 30
output current I rated
Base load currentI H A 2.6 4.3 7.7 15.3 25.5
Output current
A 3.5 6 10 24 40
for S6 duty (40%) I S6
Output current I max , max. A 6 10 18 36 56
Rated power for
kW 1.6 2.7 4.8 9.7 16.0
600 V DC link voltage
Rated power based on I H kW (HP) 1.4 (1) 2.3 (2.5) 4.1 (5) 8.2 (10) 13.7 (18)
Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4
DC link
V 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750
voltage range
DC link current I d A 3.6 6 11 22 36
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 100 100 100
DC link capacitance µF 110 110 110 220 710
Current requirements
at 24 V DC, max.
A 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.9
24 V DC busbar
A 20 20 20 20 20
current capacity
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying capacity
exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required
(max. cross-section 6 mm 2 , max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss
• Internal air cooling kW 0.035 0.055 0.080 0.165 0.290
• External air cooling int./ext. kW 0.015/0.015 0.023/0.03 0.035/0.045 0.075/0.09 0.08/0.210
Cooling air requirement m 3 /s
(ft 3 /s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Plug-in connector (X1), max. 30 A
(not included in scope of supply, see Accessories)
0.016
(0.565)
Shield connection
PE connection
integrated in connector (X1)
On housing with M5 screw
9
Motor brake connection
Motor cable length, max.
m (ft)
m (ft)
integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1), 24 V DC, 2 A
50 (164 ft) (shielded)
75 (246 ft)
(unshielded)
50 (164 ft) (shielded)
75 (246 ft)
(unshielded)
50 (164 ft) (shielded)
75 (246 ft)
(unshielded)
70 (230 ft) (shielded)
100 (328 ft)
(unshielded)
100 (328 ft)
(shielded)
150 (492 ft)
(unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx.
• Internal air cooling kg (lb) 5.1 (11) 5.1 (11) 5.0 (11) 5.0 (11) 6.9 (15)
• External air cooling kg (lb) 5.7 (13) 5.7 (13) 5.7 (13) 5.7 (13) 8.5 (19)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
• Height mm (in) 380 (14.98) 380 (14.98) 380 (14.98) 380 (14.98) 380 (14.98)
•Depth
- Internal air cooling mm (in) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63)
- External air cooling
in front of/behind mounting
surface
mm (in) 226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
9/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Internal air cooling 6SL3120-1TE24-5AA1 6SL3120-1TE26-0AA1 6SL3120-1TE28-5AA1 6SL3120-1TE31-3AA0 6SL3120-1TE32-0AA0
External air cooling 6SL3121-1TE24-5AA0 6SL3121-1TE26-0AA0 6SL3121-1TE28-5AA0 6SL3121-1TE31-3AA0 6SL3121-1TE32-0AA0
Product name
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
Output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental wave RMS value),
max.
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
Rated
A 45 60 85 132 200
output current I rated
Base load currentI H A 38 51 68 105 141
Output current
A 60 80 110 150 250
for S6 duty (40%) I S6
Output current I max , max. A 85 113 141 210 282
Rated power for 600 V DC link kW 24 32 46 71 107
voltage
Rated power based on I H kW 21 28 37 57 76
Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4
DC link
V 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750
voltage range
DC link current I d A 54 72 102 158 200
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 200 200 200
DC link capacitance µF 1175 1410 1880 2820 3995
Current requirements
at 24 V DC, max.
A 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5
24 V DC busbar
A 20 20 20 20 20
current capacity
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying capacity
exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. cross-section
6mm 2 , max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss
• Internal air cooling kW 0.43 0.59 0.75 1.25 2.05
• External air cooling int./ext. kW 0.11/0.32 0.135/0.455 0.16/0.59 0.25/1.0 0.4/1.65
Cooling air requirement m 3 /s
(ft 3 /s)
0.031
(1.095)
0.031
(1.095)
0.044
(1.554)
0.144
(5.085)
Sound pressure level dB (A)

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Double Motor Modules in booksize format
9
■ Design
Double Motor Modules feature the following interfaces as
standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 x plug-in motor connections (not included in scope of
supply)
• 2 x safe standstill inputs (1 input per axis)
• 2 x safe motor brake control
• 2 x temperature sensor inputs (KTY84-130)
• 3 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
On Double Motor Modules, the motor cable shield can be
connected in the connector.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module
by means of a shield connection terminal, e.g., type
KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on Motor Module width)
to connect Motor Module to the adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
■ Accessories
Designation
Power connector (X1/X2)
at Motor Module end, with screw-type
terminals 1.5 ... 10 mm 2 ,
for Motor Modules with a rated
output current of 3 ... 30 A
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 ... 10 mm 2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in) and
100 mm (3.94 in)
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 ... 95 mm 2
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
24 V jumper
for the connection of 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
Plug-in motor brake connector
for Motor Modules in booksize format with a
rated output current of 45 ... 200 A
http://www.wago.com
Order No.
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Wago
Item No.:
231-102/037-000
■ Integration
Double Motor Modules communicate with a Control Unit via
DRIVE-CLiQ.
■ Characteristic curves
Derating characteristics for Motor Modules in booksize format,
see Motor Modules.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Rated
output current
Rated
power
Double Motor Module
Internal air cooling
Order No.
Double Motor Module
External air cooling
Order No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
2 3A 2 1.6 kW 6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE13-0AA0
2 5A 2 2.7 kW 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE15-0AA0
2 9A 2 4.8 kW 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE21-0AA0
2 18 A 2 9.7 kW 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0 6SL3121-2TE21-8AA0
9/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Motor Modules
Double Motor Modules in booksize format
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Internal air cooling 6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0
External air cooling 6SL3121-2TE13-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE21-0AA0 6SL3121-2TE21-8AA0
Product name
Double Motor Modules
Rated
A 2 × 3 2 × 5 2 × 9 2 × 18
output current I rated
Output current
A 2 × 3.5 2 × 6 2 × 10 2 × 24
for S6 duty (40%) I S6
Base load currentI H A 2 × 2.6 2 × 4.3 2 × 7.7 2 × 15.3
Output current I max , max. A 2 × 6 2 × 10 2 × 18 2 × 36
Rated power for
kW 2 × 1.6 2 × 2.7 2 × 4.8 2 × 9.7
600 V DC link voltage
Rated power based on I H kW 2 × 1.4 2 × 2.3 2 × 4.1 2 × 8.2
DC link
V 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750 510 ... 750
voltage range
DC link current I d A 7.2 12 22 43
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 100 100
DC link capacitance µF 110 220 220 710
Current requirement
at 24 V DC, max.
A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
24 V DC busbar
A 20 20 20 20
current capacity
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying capacity
exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. cross-section
6mm 2 , max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss
• Internal air cooling kW 0.07 0.105 0.16 0.32
• External air cooling int./ext. kW 0.025/0.035 0.045/0.06 0.065/0.095 0.080/0.24
Cooling air requirement m 3 /s
(ft 3 /s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Shield connection
PE connection
Motor brake connection
2 × plug-in connector (X1/X2), max. 30 A
(not included in scope of supply, see Accessories)
Integrated in connector (X1/X2)
On housing with M5 screw
Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1/X2), 24 V DC, 2 A
0.016
(0.565)
Motor cable length, max. m (ft) 50 (164 ft) (shielded) 50 (164 ft) (shielded) 50 (164 ft) (shielded) 70 (230 ft) (shielded)
m (ft) 75 (246 ft) (unshielded) 75 (246 ft) (unshielded) 75 (246 ft) (unshielded) 100 (328 ft) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Weight, approx.
• Internal air cooling kg (lb) 5.3 (12) 5.3 (12) 5.3 (12) 6.8 (15)
• External air cooling kg (lb) 5.8 (13) 5.8 (13) 5.8 (13) 8.6 (19)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
• Height mm (in) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96)
•Depth
- Internal air cooling mm (in) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63)
- External air cooling
in front of/behind mounting
surface
mm (in) 226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
226/66.5
(8.90/2.62)
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/27

SINAMICS S120 drive system
DC link components
Braking Modules in booksize format
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking Module 1.5 kW/100 kW
Booksize format
Order No.
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0
■ Accessories
Designation
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
Order No.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
9
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0
Product name
Braking Modules
Booksize format
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are Rated power P DB
1.5 kW
required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a Peak power P max
100 kW
power failure (e.g., emergency retraction or EMERGENCY OFF
Permissible cable length
10 m (32.8 ft)
category 1) or limit the DC link voltage during regeneration for a to braking resistor, max.
short period of time, e.g., when the regenerative feedback capability
of the Line Module is deactivated. The Braking Module
DC link capacitance 110 µF
Current requirement at 24 V DC, 0.5 A
houses the power electronics and the associated control circuit.
max.
During operation, the DC link energy is converted to heat loss in
Digital inputs
an external braking resistor. Braking Modules function autonomously.
A number of Braking Modules can be operated in • Low level (an open digital input is -3 ... +5 V
•Voltage
-3 ... +30 V
parallel. In this case, each Braking Module must have its own interpreted as "low")
braking resistor.
• High level
15 ... 30 V
Braking Modules in booksize format can also be used for rapid
• Current consumption
10 mA
at 24 V DC, typ.)
discharge of the DC link.
• Connectable cross-section, max 1.5 mm 2
■ Design
The Braking Module in booksize format features the following
interfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• Terminals for connecting the braking resistor
• 2 x digital inputs (disable Braking Module/acknowledge faults
and rapid discharge of DC link)
• 2 x digital outputs (Braking Module disabled and prewarning
– I×t monitoring)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Braking Module is indicated via two 2-color
LEDs.
Digital outputs (continued-shortcircuit-proof)
•Voltage
24 V DC
• Load current per digital output, max. 100 mA
• Connectable cross-section, max 1.5 mm 2
24 V DC busbar
20 A
current capacity
DC link busbar
100 A
current capacity
PE connection
On housing with M5 screw
Weight, approx.
4.1 kg (9 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
50 mm (1.97 in)
•Height
• Depth, with spacer
(included in scope of supply)
380 mm (14.96 in)
270 mm (10.63 in)
9/28 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
DC link components
Braking resistors in booksize format
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
0.3 kW/25 kW
Braking resistor
1.5 kW/100 kW
Order No.
6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0
6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0
■ Characteristic curves
P
Pmax
Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.
The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. The
braking resistor should be positioned outside the cabinet or
switchgear room. This enables the resulting heat loss around the
Line Modules/Motor Modules to be dissipated, thereby allowing
a corresponding reduction in the level of air conditioning required.
2 braking resistors with different rated and peak power values
are available for units in booksize format.
P
DB
T a
t
T
Load diagram for Braking Module in booksize format and braking resistor
G_D211_EN_00038
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Order No. 6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0 6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0
Product name
Braking resistor for Braking Module in booksize format
Rated power P DB kW 0.3 1.5
Peak power P max kW 25 100
In-service period for peak power t a
• Short duty cycle s 0.1 1
• Long duty cycle s 0.4 2
Period duration of braking duty cycle t
• Short duty cycle s 11.5 68
• Long duty cycle s 210 460
Degree of protection
IP54
Braking resistor with connected 1.5 mm 2 cable
(shielded), length 3 m (9.84 ft)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.4 (8 lb) 5.6 (12 lb)
Dimensions
• Width mm (in) 80 (3.15) 193 (7.60)
• Height mm (in) 210 (8.27) 410 (16.14)
• Depth mm (in) 53 (2.09) 240 (9.45)
IP20
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/29

SINAMICS S120 drive system
DC link components
Capacitor Module
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Capacitor Module
Order No.
6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0
■ Accessories
Designation
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
Order No.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Capacitor Modules are used to increase the DC link capacitance
to bridge momentary power losses.
Capacitor Modules are connected to the DC link voltage via the
integrated DC link busbars. Capacitor Modules function autonomously.
Several Capacitor Modules can be operated in parallel.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0
Product name
Capacitor Module
Capacitance 4000 µF
24 V DC busbar
20 A
current capacity
DC link busbar
100 A
current capacity
PE connection
On housing with M5 screw
Weight, approx.
7.2 kg (16 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
100 mm (3.94 in)
•Height
380 mm (14.96 in)
• Depth, with spacer
270 mm (10.63 in)
(included in scope of supply)
■ Design
Capacitor Modules feature the following interfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
9
9/30 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
DC link components
Control Supply Module
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Control Supply Module
Order No.
6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0
■ Accessories
Designation
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese,
Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Swedish.
Order No.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
The Control Supply Module provides a 24 V DC power supply via
the line or DC link. This makes it possible, for example, to make
emergency retraction movements in the event of failure of the
line supply, as soon as the DC link voltage becomes available.
■ Design
Control Supply Modules feature the following interfaces as
standard:
• 1 x power connection
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply for Control
Units, Sensor Modules, etc., via the 24 V terminal adapter
provided in the scope of supply (max. cross-section 6 mm 2 ,
max. fuse protection 20 A)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Control Supply Modules is indicated via two
multi-color LEDs.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Rated input current
•400V3AC
•600VDC
Radio interference suppression
(standard)
Rated output voltage
Rated output current
24 V DC busbar
current capacity
DC link busbar
current capacity
Power connection L1, L2, L3 (X1)
PE connection
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
• Depth, with spacer
(included in scope of supply)
6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0
Control Supply Module
2.2 A
1.1 A
Class A1 in accordance with
EN 55011
26 V DC
20 A
20 A
100 A
Screw-type terminals
0.2 ... 4.0 mm 2
On housing with M5 screw
4.8 kg (11 lb)
50 mm (1.97 in)
380 mm (14.96 in)
270 mm (10.63 in)
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/31

SINAMICS S120 drive system
DC link components
DC link supply adapter
■ Overview
If the internal Motor Module DC link busbars are not to be used,
the DC link voltage can be provided externally via a DC link
power supply adapter. Two versions are available depending on
the cable cross-section. The DC link power supply adapter is
mounted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Module. The DC
link cables are routed from above.
If a multi-tier Motor Module configuration is used, a DC link
power supply adapter set can be provided for linking the DC
links of two drive groups. The DC link power supply adapters are
mounted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Modules to the far
right of each group. The DC link cables are routed from behind.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DC link power supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
for Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of
50 mm (1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in)
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
for Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of
150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and
300 mm (11.81 in)
DC link adapter
(2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
for all Line/Motor Modules in
booksize format
Order No.
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
Product name
DC link supply adapter
Connectable cross-section
mm 2 0.5 ... 10 35 ... 95 35 ... 95
(screw-type terminals)
Current capacity A 36 240 240
Weight, approx. kg (oz) 0.06 (2.1) 0.48 (16.96) 0.76 (26.86)
9
9/32 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
■ Overview
The communication, open-loop and closed-loop control functions
for one or more Motor Modules and Active Line Modules
run in a CU320 Control Unit. The CU320 Control Unit is designed
fundamentally for multi-axis operation.
■ Design
CU320 Control Units feature the following interfaces as standard:
• 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other
DRIVE-CLiQ devices, e.g., Motor Modules, Active Line
Modules, Sensor Modules
• 1 x PROFIBUS interface
• 8 x parameterizable digital inputs (floating)
8 x parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs
(not floating), of which 6 are high-speed digital inputs
• 1 x serial RS 232 interface
• 1 x option slot
• 3 x test sockets and one reference ground for installation and
start-up support
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
• 1 x ground connection
A shield connection for the signal cable shield on the option
module is located on the CU320 Control Unit.
The available option slot is used to expand the interfaces, for
example, to include additional terminals or for communication
purposes.
The status of the CU320 Control Unit is indicated via multi-color
LEDs.
As the firmware and parameter settings are stored on a plug-in
CompactFlash card, the Control Unit can be changed without
the need for tools.
The CU320 Control Unit can be mounted on the side of the Line
Module in booksize format via brackets integrated in a Line
Module. The CU320 Control Unit can also be fixed to the wall of
the control cabinet using the integrated fixing lugs. As the
CU320 Control Unit is not as deep as the Line Modules, suitable
spacers are available to increase the depth of the CU320 Control
Unit to 270 mm (10.63 in).
■ Integration
DRIVE-CLiQ components, for example, Motor Modules and
Active Line Modules, can be connected to a CU320 Control Unit.
The number of modules depends on the performance required,
including duty type and additional functions.
Communication between a CU320 control unit and the connected
components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ.
If an application requires more than one Control Unit, the number
can be increased accordingly. The Control Units are then
interconnected, for example, via PROFIBUS on a higher-level
controller.
9
CU320 Control Unit, without guard cover
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/33

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1
Product name
CU320 Control Unit
Current requirements (at 24 V DC) 0.8 A
without taking account of digital
outputs, option slot expansion,
max.
Connectable cross-section, max. 2.5 mm 2
Fuse protection, max.
20 A
Digital inputs
8 x floating digital inputs
8 x bidirectional non-floating digital
inputs/digital outputs
•Voltage
-3 ... 30 V
• Low level (an open digital input is -3 ... 5 V
interpreted as "low")
• High Level
15 ... 30 V
• Current consumption
10 mA
(at 24 V DC, typ.)
• Signal propagation delays
for digital inputs
L → H: approx. 50 µs
H → L: approx. 100 µs
• Signal propagation delays for highspeed
digital inputs (high-speed
L → H: approx. 5 µs
H → L: approx. 50 µs
digital inputs can be used for
position detection)
• Connectable cross-section, max. 0.5 mm 2
Digital outputs
(continued-short-circuit-proof)
8 x bidirectional non-floating digital
outputs/digital inputs
•Voltage
24 V DC
• Load current
500 mA
per digital output, max.
• Connectable cross-section, max. 0.5 mm 2
Power loss
20 W
PE connection
On housing with M5 screw
Ground connection
On housing with M5 screw
Weight, approx.
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Dimensions
•Width
50 mm (1.97 in)
•Height
270 mm (10.63 in)
•Depth
226 mm (8.90 in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
CU320 Control Unit
without CompactFlash card
Order No.
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1
CompactFlash card
■ Overview
The firmware and parameter settings are stored on the
CompactFlash card, which is plugged into the CU320
Control Unit.
■ Design
A CU320 Control Unit can perform the communication, open-loop
and closed-loop control functions for several Motor Modules.
The computing capacity requirement increases in proportion to
the number of connected Motor Modules and system components
and in relation to the dynamic response required. The full
computing capacity of the CU320 Control Unit is available only
on systems with performance expansion 1.
The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the
CU320 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER configuration
tool. The firmware options are supplied in license form,
which are written to the CompactFlash card in the factory as
license codes.
The firmware options can also be enabled on-site, for example,
if the performance expansions required are not known at the
time of placing the order. You will need the serial number of the
CompactFlash card and the order number of the firmware option
to be enabled. With this information, you can purchase the associated
license code from a license database and enable the
firmware option. The license code is only valid for the Compact-
Flash card declared and cannot be transferred to other
CompactFlash cards.
9
■ Accessories
Designation
PROFIBUS connector
• Without PG/PC connection
• With PG/PC connection
Spacers (2 pieces)
for increasing the depth of the CU320 Control
Unit to 270 mm (10.63 in) (if the brackets on
the side are not to be used but the depth still
has to be 270 mm (10.63 in))
Order No.
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0
6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0
9/34 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Control Units
CompactFlash card
SINAMICS S120 drive system
Encoder system connection
Encoder system connection
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
CompactFlash card
with current firmware version including
certificate of license
• without performance extension
• with performance extension 1 firmware
option
Firmware license
Performance extension 1 option
for CompactFlash card including certificate
of license
Order No.
6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0
6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0
6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0
■ More information
Firmware version
The firmware version is encoded in the order number of the
CompactFlash card supplied. The most recent firmware version
is always installed on shipped CompactFlash cards, i. e. the
order number of the shipped CompactFlash card neet not
necessarily match the number of the ordered card.
The firmware version is encoded as follows in the order number:
Order No.:
Firmware version 1
2
3
4
Version .1
.2
.3
.4
6SL3054-0 770.-1AA0
B
C
D
E
B
C
D
E
Example:
A CompactFlash card with order number 6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0
is ordered (as specified in the catalog).
The CompactFlash card with the most recent firmware version
is confirmed and shipped, e.g., order number
6SL3054-0CB00-1AA0 for firmware version 2.1. In this way,
it is possible to specify a specific firmware version or the
most recent firmware version in a replacement part order.
■ Overview
DRIVE-CLiQ is the preferred method for connecting the encoder
system to SINAMICS S120.
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be ordered for this
purpose, for example, 1FK7/1FT6 synchronous motors and
1PH7 asynchronous motors.
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be connected to the corresponding
Motor Module directly via the MOTION-CONNECT
DRIVE-CLiQ cables available.
This connection route is used to transmit motor encoder and
temperature signals, as well as electronic rating plate data, such
as unique ID number, rated data (voltage, current, torque)
directly to the Control Unit. These motors simplify start-up and
diagnostics, as the motor and encoder type can be identified
automatically.
Motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface
The encoder and temperature signals of motors without DRIVE-
CLiQ interfaces, as well as those of external encoders, must be
connected via Sensor Modules. Sensor Modules Cabinet-
Mounted with IP20 degree of protection are currently available
for direct installation in control cabinets.
Only one encoder system can be connected to each Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted.
■ Technical specifications
Current requirement at 24 V DC
(via Motor Module and MOTION-
CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cable),
max.
DRIVE-CLiQ cable length
between motor and Motor Modules,
max.
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
and resolver (2-pole/multi-pole),
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp ,
Absolute encoder EnDat
(512 pulses/revolution,
2048 pulses/revolution) or
basic absolute encoder
500 mA
• 100 m (328 ft) when using MOTION-
CONNECT 500 DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• 50 m (164 ft) when using MOTION-
CONNECT 800 DRIVE-CLiQ cables
Note: Shorter cable lengths apply for
certain encoders
(see "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system").
■ More information
If possible, motor encoder and temperature signals should be
connected to the corresponding Motor Module and external
encoders to the Control Unit.
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/35

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Encoder system connection
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0
■ Integration
SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted communicate with a
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
9
SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a
motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when
external encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• 2-pole resolver
• Multi-pole resolver
■ Design
The SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the
following interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DRIVE-CLiQ interface
• 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature
detection (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is
indicated via a multi-color LED.
SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto
a 35×15/7.5 (1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail in accordance with EN 50022.
The maximum cable length between SMC10 modules and
encoders is:
• For 2-pole resolvers: 130 m (427 ft)
• For multi-pole resolvers: 50 m (164 ft)
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Current requirement (at 24 V DC)
not taking encoder into account,
max.
Connectable cross-section, max. 2.5 mm 2
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0
SMC10 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
0.3 A
Fuse protection, max.
20 A
Power loss

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Encoder system connection
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1
SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when
a motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when
external sensors are required for direct position measurement in
addition to the motor encoder.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
• Absolute encoder EnDat
The motor temperature can also be detected using
KTY84-130 PTC thermistors.
■ Integration
SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted communicate with a
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Current requirement (at 24 V DC)
not taking encoder into account,
max.
Connectable cross-section, max. 2.5 mm 2
6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1
SMC20 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
0.4 A
Fuse protection, max.
20 A
Power loss

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Encoder system connection
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
■ Overview
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0
SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when
a motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when
external encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder.
TTL/HTL incremental encoders with and without open-circuit
detection are supported.
The motor temperature can also be detected using
KTY84-130 PTC thermistors.
■ Integration
SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted communicate with a
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Current requirement (at 24 V DC)
not taking encoder into account,
max.
Connectable cross-section, max. 2.5 mm 2
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0
SMC30 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
0.6 A
Fuse protection, max.
20 A
Power loss

■ Overview
SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules External are encoder evaluation
units in IP67 housing. This means that the units can be installed
outside the control cabinet in the vicinity of the encoder.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp without rotor position track
(C/D track)
• Absolute encoder EnDat
SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules External evaluate the encoder
signals specifically and convert the information obtained for
DRIVE-CLiQ.
SINAMICS S120 drive system
Encoder system connection
SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules External
■ Design
SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules External feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DRIVE-CLiQ interface
• 1 x encoder connection
• 24 V DC electronics power supply via DRIVE-CLiQ link from
the Control Unit/Motor Module
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The maximum cable length between the measuring system and
SME20/SME25 modules is 3 m (9.84 ft).
The maximum cable length between SME20/SME25 modules
and the drive control is 100 m (328 ft).
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SME20 Sensor Module External
for incremental measuring systems
without DRIVE-CLiQ cables
SME25 Sensor Module External
for absolute measuring systems
without DRIVE-CLiQ cables
■ Integration
Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-5EA0
6SL3055-0AA00-5HA0
SME20/SME25 Sensor Modules External communicate with a
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6SL3055-0AA00-5EA0 6SL3055-0AA00-5HA0
Product name
Sensor Module External
Sensor Module External
SME20
SME25
Encoders Incremental encoders sin/cos 1 V pp Absolute encoders EnDat
Multiplication factor 2048
Measuring system interfaces 12-pin circular connector 17-pin circular connector
Output IP67 DRIVE-CLiQ connectors IP67 DRIVE-CLiQ connectors
Current requirement (at 24 V DC)
0.180 A
not taking encoder into account, max.
Connectable cross-section, max.
Acc. to connector contacts
Fuse protection, max.
via DRIVE-CLiQ power supply source
Power loss

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Configuration/Commissioning tools
SIZER configuration tool
■ Overview
The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configuring
the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family, as well as
the SINUMERIK solution line CNC control. It provides technical
support when sizing the hardware and firmware components required
for a drive task. SIZER supports the complete configuration
of the drive system, from simple individual drives to complex
multi-axis applications.
SIZER supports all stages of the configuration in form of a workflow,
which comprises the following stages:
7 Selection of the line supply
7 Dimensioning of the motor(s)
7 Calculation of the drive components
7 Selecting the required accessories
7 Selection of the line-side and motor-side power options
When SIZER was being developed, particular importance was
placed on high usability and a universal, function-based
approach to the drive task. The extensive user guidance makes
using the tool easy. Status information keeps you continually
informed about the progress of the configuration process.
The SIZER user interface is available in German and English.
The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the
components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical
tree structure.
The project view supports:
• the configuration of a number of drive devices
• the copying/pasting/editing of existing drives that have
already been configured
The configuration process produces the following results:
• a parts list of the components required
• technical data
• characteristics
• location diagram and dimension drawings
These results are displayed in a results tree and can be printed
out for documentation purposes.
User support is provided by the technological online help menu,
which provides the following information:
• detailed technical data
• information about the drives and their components
• decision-making criteria for the selection of components
■ Integration
Minimum hardware and software requirements
• PG or PC with Pentium TM II 400 MHz (Windows TM NT/2000)
Pentium TM III 500 MHz (Windows XP)
• 256 MB RAM
• At least 675 MB of free hard disk space
• An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows
system drive
• Monitor resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
• Windows TM NT 4.0 SP5/2000 SP2/XP Professional SP1
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Configuration tool
SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER
Languages: German, English
Order No.
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0
9
9/40 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Configuration/Commissioning tools
STARTER commissioning tool
■ Overview
Experts can gain rapid access to the individual parameters via
the Expert List and do not have to navigate dialogs.
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
• self-optimization
• trace
Diagnostics functions provide information about:
• control/status words
• parameter status
• operating conditions
• communication states
The easy-to-use STARTER commissioning tool can be used to:
7 start up,
7 optimize and
7 diagnose.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, the current version of
STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 drives and frequency
converters for the centralized SIMATIC ET 200S FC periphery.
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
First-time users are supported by a solution-based dialog menu,
with a standard graphics-based display maximizing clarity when
setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by wizards, which make all the
basic settings in the drive. This enables a drive to be up and
running after only setting a small number of parameters within
the drive configuration process.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screen forms, which also display the mode of
operation.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
• terminals
• bus interface
• setpoint channel (e.g., fixed setpoints)
• speed control (e.g., ramp-function generator, limits)
• BICO interconnections
• diagnostics
■ Benefits
7 Easy-to-use: Only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: axis turning.
7 Solution-based dialog-based user guidance simplifies
commissioning.
7 Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for
optimization.
7 The built-in trace function provides optimum support during
commissioning, optimization and troubleshooting.
■ Integration
Minimum hardware and software requirements
• PG or PC with Pentium TM II 400 MHz (Windows TM NT/2000)
Pentium TM III 500 MHz (Windows TM XP)
• 256 MB RAM
• Monitor resolution 1024 x 768 pixels
• Windows TM NT 4.0 SP6/2000 SP3/XP Professional SP1
• MS Internet Explorer 5.01
For the communication between PG/PC and the Control Unit
CU320 a PROFIBUS communication module and a connection
cable are required.
E.g., PROFIBUS communication module CP 5512 (PCMCIA
card type 2 + adapter with 9-pole SUB-D socket for connection
to PROFIBUS. For Windows 2000/XP Professional and
PCMCIA 32)
Order No.: 6GK1551-1AA00
Connection cable between CP 5512 and PROFIBUS
Order No.: 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
STARTER commissioning tool
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
Languages: German, English
Order No.
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
9
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
9/41

SINAMICS S120 drive system
Configuration/Commissioning tools
Drive ES engineering system
9
■ Overview
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens
drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently
and cost-effectively in terms of communication, configuration
and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user interface
provides the basis for this procedure.
Various software packages are available for SINAMICS S:
• Drive ES Basic
for first-time users to the world of Totally Integrated Automation
and the option for routing beyond network limits and the use
of the SIMATIC teleservice.
Drive ES Basic is the basic software program for setting the
parameters of all drives online and offline.
Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the
drives to be handled via the SIMATIC Manager user interface.
Drive ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving
complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC
teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration
tools for the new motion control functions slave-to-slave
communication, equidistance and isochronous operation with
PROFIBUS DP.
• Drive ES SIMATIC
simple parameterization of the STEP 7 communication instead
of programming.
In order to use Drive ES SIMATIC, STEP 7 must be installed.
It features a SIMATIC function block library, making the programming
of the PROFIBUS interface in the SIMATIC-CPU for
the drives easy and secure. There is no need for separate,
time-consuming programming of the data exchange between
the SIMATIC-CPU and the drive.
All Drive ES users need to remember is:
Copy – Modify – Download – Ready.
Customized, fully-developed function blocks are copied
from the library into user-specific projects.
Frequently-used functions are set to run in program format:
• Read out complete diagnostics buffer automatically from the
drive
• Download complete parameter set automatically from the
SIMATIC CPU to the drive, e.g. in the event of a device being
replaced
• Load part parameter sets (e.g. in the event of a recipe or
product replacement) automatically from the SIMATIC-CPU
• Read back, i.e. update, complete parameterization or part
parameter sets from the drive to the SIMATIC CPU
• Drive ES PCS 7
integrates drives with the PROFIBUS interface into the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
Drive ES PCS 7 can only be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 version
5.0 and higher. Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block
library with function blocks for the drives and the corresponding
faceplates for the operator station, which enables
the drives to be operated from the PCS 7 process control
system
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Drive ES Basic V 5.3
Configuration software for the integration of
drives into Totally Integrated Automation
on CD-ROM
Requirement: STEP 7 V 5.1 and higher, SP 3
Languages: German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license
6SW1700-5JA00-3AA0
• Single-user license without data carrier, 6SW1700-5JA00-3AA1
60 pieces
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2
without data carrier
• Upgrade from V 5.x to V 5.3
6SW1700-5JA00-3AA4
Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.3
Function block library for SIMATIC for the
parameterization of communication with the
drives on CD-ROM
Requirement: STEP 7 V 5.1 and higher, SP 3
Languages: German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license, incl. 1 x runtime license 6SW1700-5JC00-3AA0
• Runtime license
6SW1700-5JC00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JC00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V 5.x to V 5.3
6SW1700-5JC00-3AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V 6.0
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives on CD-ROM
Requirement: PCS 7 V 6.0 and higher
Languages: German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license, incl. 1 x runtime license 6SW1700-6JD00-0AA0
• Runtime license
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V 5.x to V 6.x
6SW1700-6JD00-0AA4
■ More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/drivesolutions
9/42 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT
connection system
10
10/2 General information
10/5 Power cables
10/6 MOTION-CONNECT
power cables
without brake cores
10/7 MOTION-CONNECT
power cables
with brake cores
10/7 Pre-assembled
MOTION-CONNECT
power cables
for 1PH7 motors
10/8 MOTION-CONNECT
power cables
for 1FN linear motors
10/8 Power cables –
Extensions
10/9 Accessories for power cables
Flange, HF clamp,
power connector
10/10 Signal cables
10/15 Accessories for signal cables
Flange, HF clamp
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit,
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler
10/16 MPI bus cables –
pre-assembled
10/18 Length code
For products approved for
Canada and U.S.A.,
see "Appendix".
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
General
■ Overview
MOTION-CONNECT cables are suitable for use on all types of
machine tools and production machines.
Power cables, signal cables and DRIVE-CLiQ cables can be
ordered as pre-assembled cables.
MOTION-CONNECT comprises the following types of cable:
7 MOTION-CONNECT 500, the solution for mainly fixed
installation.
7 MOTION-CONNECT 700, the optimum accessory for linear
motors and machines with high mechanical requirements.
7 MOTION-CONNECT 800 meets all requirements for use in
cable carriers on machine tools and production machines.
■ Application
The degree of protection of the pre-assembled power and signal
cables and their extensions outside the control cabinet is IP67
when closed and connected.
The maximum permissible technical cable lengths specified
must be observed when determining the cable lengths for systems
and applications described in this catalog. Malfunctions
can occur if longer cables are used.
Siemens AG provides no liability for correct transmission of
signals or power in this case.
The cables are not suitable for outdoor use.
■ Benefits
The use of pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT cables will
provide you with high quality and system-tested, problem-free
operation. The cables can be supplied in exact meter lengths.
Intermediate lengths are also available in 10 cm (3.93 in)
increments.
■ Technical specifications
10
Cables DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT 500
DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT 800
Type 6FX2...-1DC..-.... 6FX5...-.DC..-.... 6FX8...-.DC..-....
Approvals
Signal cables
•VDE 1) Yes Yes Yes
• cUL or UL/CSA UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90 UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90 UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90
• UL-CSA File No. 2) Yes Yes Yes
Electrical data in accordance with DIN VDE 0472
Rated voltage
Signal cables 30 V 30 V 30 V
Test voltage (eff)
Signal cables 500 V 500 V 500 V
Operating temperature
On the surface
• Fixed installation -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F) -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F) -50 ... +80 °C (-58 ... +176 °F)
• Flexible installation – 0 ... 60 °C (32 ... 140 °F) -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Mechanical data
Max. tensile stress on signal cables
• Fixed installation 45 N/mm 2 (6527 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 50 N/mm 2 (7252 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 50 N/mm 2 (7252 lb ƒ /in 2 )
• Flexible installation – 20 N/mm 2 (2900 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 20 N/mm 2 (2900 lb ƒ /in 2 )
Smallest bending radius
Signal cables
• Fixed installation 50 mm (1.97 in) 35 mm (1.38 in) 60 mm (2.36 in)
• Flexible installation – 125 mm (4.92 in) 100 mm (3.94 in)
Torsional stress – Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m
Bending
Signal cables – 100,000 10 million
Traversing velocity
Signal cables – 30 m/min (98 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min)
Acceleration
Signal cables – 2 m/s 2 (6.6 ft/s 2 ) 5 m/s 2 (16.4 ft/s 2 ) (5 m (16.4 ft))
10 m/s 2 (32.8 ft/s 2 ) (2.5 m (8.2 ft))
Chemical data
Insulation material CFC/silicon-free CFC/silicon-free CFC/halogen-free/silicon-free
DIN 472815/IEC 60754-1
Oil resistance EN 60811-1-1/-2-1 EN 60811-1-1/-2-1 VDE 0472, Part 803 Test mode B
Outer shield PVC PVC PUR, DIN VDE 0282, Part 10
Signal cables Gray RAL 7032 DESINA color green RAL 6018 DESINA color green RAL 6018
Flame-retardant IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1
10/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
General
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Cables MOTION-CONNECT 500 3) MOTION-CONNECT 700 MOTION-CONNECT 800
Type 6FX500.-.....-.... 6FX700.-.....-.... 6FX800.-.....-....
Approvals
Power/signal cables
•VDE 1) Yes Yes Yes
• cUL or UL/CSA UL758-CSA-C22.2-N.210.2-M90 UL758-CSA-C22.2-N.210.2-M90 UL758-CSA-C22.2-N.210.2-M90
• UL-CSA File No. 2) Yes Yes Yes
Electrical data in accordance with DIN VDE 0472
Rated voltage
• Power cables V 0 /V
- Supply cores 600 V/1000 V 600 V/1000 V 600 V/1000 V
- Signal cores 24 V (VDE) 1000 V (UL/CSA) 24 V (VDE) 1000 V (UL/CSA) 24 V (VDE) 1000 V (UL/CSA)
• Signal cables 30 V 30 V 30 V
Test voltage (eff)
Power cables
• Supply cores 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
• Signal cores 2 kV 2 kV 2 kV
Signal cables 500 V 500 V 500 V
Operating temperature
On the surface
• Fixed installation -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F) -50 ... +80 °C (-58 ... +176 °F) -50 ... +80 °C (-58 ... +176 °F)
• Flexible installation 0 ... 60 °C (32 ... 140 °F) -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Mechanical data
Max. tensile stress on power/signal cables
• Fixed installation 50 N/mm 2 (7252 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 50 N/mm 2 (7252 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 50 N/mm 2 (7252 lb ƒ /in 2 )
• Flexible installation 20 N/mm 2 (2900 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 20 N/mm 2 (2900 lb ƒ /in 2 ) 20 N/mm 2 (2900 lb ƒ /in 2 )
Smallest bending radius
• Power cables
- Fixed installation 5 × D max 4xD max 6 × D max
- Flexible installation See "Power cables" See "Power cables" See "Power cables"
• Signal cables
-Fixed installation 60 mm (2.36 in) 60 mm (2.36 in) 60 mm (2.36 in)
- Flexible installation 100 mm (3.94 in) 95 mm (3.74 in) 100 mm (3.94 in)
Torsional stress Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m
Bending
• Power cables
-1.5mm 2 ... 6 mm 2
100,000 10 million 10 million
(0.002 in 2 ... 0.009 in 2 )
-10mm 2 ... 185 mm 2
100,000 10 million 3 million
(0.016 in 2 ... 0.287 in 2 )
• Signal cables 2 million 10 million 10 million
Traversing velocity
• Power cables
-1.5mm 2 ... 6 mm 2
30 m/min (98 ft/min) 200 m/min (656 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min)
(0.002 ... 0.009 in 2 )
-10mm 2 ... 50 mm 2
30 m/min (98 ft/min) 200 m/min (656 ft/min) 100 m/min (328 ft/min)
(0.016 ... 0.078 in 2 )
• Signal cables 180 m/min (591 ft/min) 200 m/min (656 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min)
Acceleration
• Power cables 2 m/s 2 (6.6 ft/s 2 ) 30 m/s 2 (98.4 ft/s 2 ) 5 m/s 2 (16.4 ft/s 2 ) (5 m (16.4 ft))
10 m/s 2 (32.8 ft/s 2 ) (2.5 m (8.2 ft))
• Signal cables 5 m/s 2 (16.4 ft/s 2 ) 30 m/s 2 (98.4 ft/s 2 ) 5 m/s 2 (16.4 ft/s 2 ) (5 m (16.4 ft))
10 m/s 2 (32.8 ft/s 2 ) (2.5 m (8.2 ft))
Chemical data
Insulation material CFC/silicon-free CFC/halogen-free/silicon-free
DIN 472815/IEC 60754-1
CFC/halogen-free/silicon-free
DIN 472815/IEC 60754-1
Oil resistance
VDE 0472, Part 803 Test mode B VDE 0472, Part 803 Test mode B VDE 0472, Part 803 Test mode B
(mineral oil only)
Outer shield PVC PUR, DIN VDE 0282, Part 10 PUR, DIN VDE 0282, Part 10
• Power cables DESINA color orange RAL 2003 DESINA color orange RAL 2003 DESINA color orange RAL 2003
• Signal cables DESINA color green RAL 6018 DESINA color green RAL 6018 DESINA color green RAL 6018
Flame-retardant IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1
10
1) The respective registration number is printed on the cable shield (only
valid for power cables).
2) The File Number is printed on the cable shield.
3) MOTION-CONNECT 500 cables can also be used for motors with a rated
voltage of 690 V.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/3

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
General
■ Function
The cables must be removed from the drum without twisting, i.e.
the cables must be unwound and must never be lifted over the
drum flange while still wound in loops.
To maximize the service life of the cable carrier and cables,
cables in the carrier made of different materials must be installed
in the cable carrier with spacers. The spacers must be installed
uniformly to ensure that the position of the cables does not
change during operation. The cables should be distributed as
symmetrically as possible on the basis of their weight and
dimensions. Cables with very different outer diameters should
be separated by spacers.
When installing pre-assembled cables in the cable carrier, do
not pull on the connector, as this may damage the strain relief or
cable clamping.
The cables must not be fixed in the cable carrier. They must be
freely movable.
MOTION-CONNECT cables are tested in a cable carrier. During
testing, a strain-relief assembly is attached to one end of the
cable at the moving ends of the cable carrier. Strain relief is applied
to a wide area of the peripheral surface without crushing
the cable assembly.
When installing cables, you must always observe the information
in the Installation Guide provided by the cable carrier manufacturer
as appropriate for the way in which the system has been
constructed.
Notes:
If, for example, pre-assembled cables are installed in a cable
carrier in such a way that the connector would inhibit assembly,
pre-assembled cables without assembled connectors can also
be supplied (signal and power cables). On these cables, the
contacts are crimped and the connector housing is supplied
separately packed. Once the cables have been installed, the
customer assembles the connector housing.
When installing the cables, you must always observe the information
provided by the cable carrier manufacturer.
MOTION-CONNECT cables are approved for a horizontal
traverse path of up to 5 m (16.4 ft).
In the event of vibrational loads and if horizontal or vertical cable
entries are used, we always recommend the use of an additional
cable fixing, if part of the cable hangs loose or is not guided in
between the strain relief on the cable carrier and the connection
on the motor. To prevent machine vibrations being transmitted to
the connectors, the cable fixing on the moving part should be
connected in the same place as the motor.
10
The cables must be able to move unrestricted in particular in the
radii of curvature of the carrier. The specified minimum bending
radii must be adhered to.
The cable fixings must be attached at both ends at an appropriate
distance away from the end points of the moving parts in
a "dead" zone.
10/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Power cables
■ Overview
MOTION-CONNECT power cables are used to connect synchronous
and asynchronous motors with Motor Modules.
The pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT power cables offer
excellent quality and ensure safety and perfect functioning.
Depending on the design, the MOTION-CONNECT power
cables are either pre-assembled at one end or at both ends.
Note:
The maximum length of the cables (basic cables and extensions)
must be observed. The total maximum permissible length
is reduced by 2 m (6.56 ft) for each interruption point. All power
cables are also available on request with crimped contacts and
with the connector housing supplied separately.
Enclosed connector housing for motor side
Order No. 6FX. 042-5....-1...
Enclosed connector housing for module side
Order No. 6FX. 012-5....-1...
■ Technical specifications
Current carrying capacity
The current carrying capacity I z of PVC-insulated cables corresponds
to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under continuous
operating conditions and is indicated in the table based on an
ambient air temperature of 40 °C (104 °F). For other ambient
temperatures, the user must calculate the values using the
"correction factors" in the table. PUR cables must also meet the
requirements of this standard.
Crosssection
Correction factors
Ambient air temperature
Current carrying capacity I Z in A
to IEC 60204-1: 1997 + Corrigendum 1998
for type of routing (see C1.2)
B1 B2 C E
mm 2 (in 2 ) A A A A
0.75 (0.0012) 7.6 - - -
1.0 (0.0016) 10.4 9.6 11.7 11.5
1.5 (0.002) 13.5 12.2 15.2 16.1
2.5 (0.004) 18.3 16.5 21 22
4 (0.006) 25 23 28 30
6 (0.009) 32 29 36 37
10 (0.016) 44 40 50 52
16 (0.025) 60 53 66 70
25 (0.039) 77 67 84 88
35 (0.054) 97 83 104 114
50 (0.078) - - 123 123
70 (0.109) - - 155 155
95 (0.147) - - 192 192
120 (0.186) - - 221 221
150 (0.233) - - 234 262
185 (0.287) - - 267 300
Electronics (pairs)
0.2 (0.0003) - - 4.0 4.0
0.3 (0.0005) - - 5.0 5.0
0.5 (0.0008) - - 7.1 7.1
0.75 (0.0012) - - 9.1 9.1
°C (°F)
30 (86) 1.15
35 (95) 1.08
40 (104) 1.00
45 (113) 0.91
50 (122) 0.82
55 (131) 0.71
60 (140) 0.58
Correction factor
to IEC 60364-5-523,
Table 52-D1
10
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/5

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Power cables
■ Selection and Ordering Data
MOTION-CONNECT power cables without brake cores
Connection
method,
Motor
Module
side
No. of cores x
cross-section
mm 2
(in 2 )
Connector
size,
motor
side
Pre-assembled cable for
1FT/1FK motors
Order No.
D max
Connector 4×1.5 (0.002) 1
1.5
6FX7002-5CS01-....
6FX7002-5CS21-....
8.4
(0.33)
o. A. 3) 6FX5002-5CS02-....
Connector 4×2.5 (0.004) 1 6FX7002-5CS11-.... 10.0
1.5 6FX7002-5CS31-....
(0.39)
o. A. 3) 6FX5002-5CS12-....
Connector 4×4 (0.006) 1.5 6FX7002-5CS41-.... 11.4
o. A. 3) 6FX5002-5CS42-....
(0.45)
Connector 4×6 (0.009) 1.5 6FX7002-5CS51-.... 13.6
o. A. 3) 6FX5002-5CS52-....
(0.54)
Connector 4×10 (0.016) 1.5 6FX7002-5CS61-.... 20.0
3 6FX7002-5CS13-....
(0.79)
o. A. 3) 6FX5002-5CS62-....
Ring
terminal
ends
4×6 (0.009) 1.5 6FX7002-5CS54-.... 15.6
(0.61)
4×10 (0.016) 1.5 6FX7002-5CS64-.... 20.0
(0.79)
4×16 (0.025) 3 6FX7002-5CS23-.... 24.2
(0.95)
4×25 (0.039) – – 28.0
(1.10)
4×35 (0.054) – – 31.5
(1.24)
4×50 (0.078) – – 38.0
(1.50)
4×70 (0.109) – – 42.6
(1.68)
4×95 (0.147) – – 51.7
(2.04)
4×120 (0.186) – – 56.0
(2.20)
4×150 (0.233) – – 63.0
(2.48)
4×185 (0.287) – – 66.2
(2.61)
Cables sold by the
meter 1) for 1PH/1PM/
1FE motors
Weight
(without
connector)
Smallest perm.
bending radius 2)
6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm mm Order No.
kg/m kg/m mm mm
(in) (in)
(lb/ft) (lb/ft) (in) (in)
10.4
(0.41)
12.1
(0.48)
13.2
(0.52)
16.0
(0.63)
19.4
(0.76)
16.0
(0.63)
19.4
(0.76)
23.6
(0.93)
6FX7008-1BB11-.... 0.18
(0.121)
6FX7008-1BB21-.... 0.24
(0.161)
6FX7008-1BB31-.... 0.27
(0.181)
6FX7008-1BB41-.... 0.46
(0.309)
6FX7008-1BB51-.... 0.73
(0.490)
6FX7008-1BB41-.... 0.46
(0.309)
6FX7008-1BB51-.... 0.73
(0.490)
6FX7008-1BB61-.... 1.10
(0.793)
6FX5008-1BB25-.... 1.42
(0.954)
6FX5008-1BB35-.... 1.87
(1.256)
6FX5008-1BB50-.... 3.42
(2.298)
6FX5008-1BB70-.... 4.12
(2.768)
6FX5008-1BB05-.... 4.48
(3.010)
6FX5008-1BB12-.... 6.11
(4.105)
6FX5008-1BB15-.... 7.75
(5.207)
6FX5008-1BB18-.... 9.45
(6.349)
0.16
(0.108)
0.24
(0.161)
0.31
(0.208)
0.43
(0.289)
0.63
(0.423)
0.43
(0.289)
0.63
(0.423)
0.95
(0.638)
155
(6.10)
180
(7.09)
210
(8.28)
245
(9.65)
360
(14.17)
245
(9.65)
360
(14.17)
440
(17.32)
505
(19.88)
570
(22.44)
685
(26.44)
770
(30.31)
935
(36.81)
1010
(39.76)
1135
(44.69)
1195
(47.05)
100
(3.94)
120
(4.72)
130
(5.12)
170
(6.69)
210
(8.27)
170
(6.69)
210
(8.27)
260
(10.24)
10
MOTION-CONNECT 500
MOTION-CONNECT 800
5
8
Length code .... ....
5
8
1) Power cables with cross-sections of 1.5 mm 2 (0.002 in 2 ) and 2.5 mm 2 (0.004 in 2 ) are supplied in coils or on disposable drums in lengths of 50 m (164 ft),
100 m (328 ft), 200 m (656 ft) and 500 m (1640 ft).
Power cables with cross-sections of 4 mm 2 (0.006 in 2 ) or greater can be ordered in exact meter lengths up to a length of 100 m (328 ft).
2) Valid for installation in cable carrier.
3) o. A. = Open core ends; suitable for motors with terminal box, e.g. 1PH4 motors.
10/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Power cables
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
MOTION-CONNECT power cables with brake cores
Connection No. of cores x
method, cross-section
Motor
Module
side
mm 2
(in 2 )
Connector 4×1.5 (0.002)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
Connector 4×2.5 (0.004)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
Connector 4×4 (0.006)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
Connector 4×6 (0.009)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
Connector 4×10 (0.016)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
Ring
terminal
ends
4×6 (0.009)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
4×10 (0.016)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
4×16 (0.025)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
4×25 (0.039)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
4×35 (0.054)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
4×50 (0.078)+
2×1.5 (0.002)
MOTION-CONNECT 500
MOTION-CONNECT 800
Connector
size,
motor side
Pre-assembled cable
for 1FT/1FK motors
Order No.
D max
Cables sold by the
meter 1) for 1PH/1PM/
1FE motors
Weight
(without
connector)
Smallest perm.
bending radius 2)
6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm
(in)
1 6FX7002-5DS01-.... 10.8
1.5 6FX7002-5DS21-....
(0.43)
1 6FX7002-5DS11-.... 12.4
1.5 6FX7002-5DS31-....
(0.49)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS41-.... 14.0
(0.55)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS51-.... 16.1
(0.63)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS61-.... 21.7
3 6FX7002-5DS13-....
(0.85)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS54-.... 16.1
(0.63)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS64-.... 21.7
(0.85)
3 6FX7002-5DS23-.... 25.0
(0.98)
3 6FX7002-5DS33-.... 29.4
(1.16)
3 6FX7 002-5DS43-.... 32.6
(1.28)
3 6FX7002-5DS53-.... 38.0
(1.50)
5
8
mm
(in)
12.9
(0.51)
14.2
(0.56)
15.3
(0.60)
17.8
(0.70)
20.8
(0.82)
17.8
(0.70)
20.8
(0.82)
24.7
(0.97)
27.9
(1.10)
32.0
(1.26)
35.8
(1.41)
Order No.
kg/m
(lb/ft)
6FX7008-1BA11-.... 0.22
(0.15)
6FX7008-1BA21-.... 0.28
(0.19)
6FX7008-1BA31-.... 0.36
(0.24)
6FX7008-1BA41-.... 0.54
(0.36)
6FX7008-1BA51-.... 0.75
(0.50)
6FX7008-1BA41-.... 0.54
(0.36)
6FX7008-1BA51-.... 0.75
(0.50)
6FX7008-1BA61-.... 1.05
(0.70)
6FX7008-1BA25-.... 1.56
(1.05)
6FX7008-1BA35-.... 2.01
(1.35)
6FX7008-1BA50-.... 3.30
(2.22)
5
8
kg/m
(lb/ft)
0.25
(0.17)
0.31
(0.21)
0.40
(0.27)
0.53
(0.36)
0.74
(0.50)
0.53
(0.36)
0.74
(0.50)
1.05
(0.70)
1.46
(0.98)
2.10
(1.41)
2.75
(1.85)
mm
(in)
195
(7.7)
225
(10.04)
255
(10.04)
290
(11.42)
395
(15.55)
290
(11.42)
395
(15.55)
450
(17.72)
530
(20.87)
590
(23.23)
685
(26.97)
mm (in)
125
(4.9)
140
(5.51)
150
(5.91)
195
(7.68)
230
(9.06)
195
(7.68)
230
(9.06)
275
(10.83)
325
(12.80)
380
(14.96)
420
(16.54)
Length code
Pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1PH7 motors
Motor
Conduit
thread
No. of cores x
cross-section
.... ....
Pre-assembled cable for 1PH7
motors
Weight
(without connector)
Smallest perm.
bending radius 2)
Type 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm 2 (in 2 ) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in) mm (in)
1PH710 PG29 4×10 (0.016) 6FX7002-5CB10-.... 0.73 (0.49) 0.63 (0.74) 360 (14.17) 210 (8.27)
4×16 (0.025) 6FX7002-5CB16-.... 1.10 (0.74) 0.95 (0.64) 440 (17.32) 260 (10.24)
1PH713 PG36 4×16 (0.025) 6FX7002-5CC16-.... 1.10 (0.74) 0.95 (0.64) 440 (17.32) 260 (10.24)
4×25 (0.039) 6FX5002-5CC25-.... 1.56 (0.10) – 505 (19.88) –
4×25 (0.039) 6FX8002-5DC25-.... – 1.46 (0.98) – 325 (12.80)
4×35 (0.054) 6FX5002-5CC35-.... 2.01 (1.35) – 570 (22.44) –
4×35 (0.054) 6FX8002-5DC35-.... – 2.10 (1.41) – 380 (14.96)
1PH716 PG42 4×25 (0.039) 6FX5002-5CD25-.... 1.56 (0.10) – 505 (19.88) –
4×25 (0.039) 6FX8002-5DD25-.... – 1.46 (0.98) – 325 (12.80)
4×35 (0.054) 6FX5002-5CD35-.... 2.01 (1.35) – 570 (22.44) –
4×35 (0.054) 6FX8002-5DD35-.... – 2.10 (1.41) – 380 (14.96)
MOTION-CONNECT 500
MOTION-CONNECT 800
5
8
10
Length code ....
Note:
1PH7 motors have no brake as standard and do not, therefore,
require power cables with brake cores.
If a brake is used, it must be supplied through a separate cable
via the terminal box.
MOTION-CONNECT 800 power cables in lengths 25 mm 2
(0.039 in 2 ) and 35 mm 2 (0.054 in 2 ) are only available with brake
cores.
1) Power cables with cross-sections of 1.5 mm 2 (0.002 in 2 ) and 2.5 mm 2
(0.004 in 2 ) are supplied in coils or on disposable drums in lengths of
50 m (164 ft), 100 m (328 ft), 200 m (656 ft) and 500 m (1640 ft).
Power cables with cross-sections of 4 mm 2 (0.006 in 2 ) or greater can
be ordered in exact meter lengths up to a length of 100 m (328 ft).
2) Valid for installation in cable carrier.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/7

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Power cables
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1FN linear motors
No. of cores x
cross-section
Connector
size,
motor side
Pre-assembled
cable for 1FN
linear motors
D max
Cables sold by the
meter 1)
Weight
(by the meter)
Smallest perm.
bending radius 1)
mm 2 (in 2 ) Order No. mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in)
4x1.5 (0.002)+ 1 6FX7002-5EA02-.... 14 (0.55) 6FX7008-1BC11-.... 0.26 (0.175) 100 (3.94)
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x2.5 (0.004)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x4 (0.006)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x6 (0.009)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x10 (0.016)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x16 (0.025)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
4x25 (0.039)+
4x0.5 (0.0008)
1 6FX7002-5EB11-.... 15.2 (0.60) 6FX7008-1BC21-.... 0.33 (0.222) 110 (4.33)
1.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1.5 6FX7002-5EA41-.... 16.6 (0.65) 6FX7008-1BC31-.... 0.43 (0.289) 120 (4.72)
1.5 6FX7002-5EA51-.... 18.3 (0.72) 6FX7008-1BC41-.... 0.52 (0.349) 130 (5.12)
1.5 6FX7002-5EA61-.... 23.5 (0.93) 6FX7008-1BC51-.... 0.79 (0.531) 165 (6.50)
1.5 6FX7002-5EA71-.... 26.1 (1.03) 6FX7008-1BC61-.... 1.06 (0.712) 185 (7.28)
– – 30.5 (1.20) 6FX7008-1BC25-.... 1.52 (1.021) 215 (8.46)
Length code .... ....
Power cable extensions
No. of cores x
cross-section
Basic cable
for 1FT/1FK motors
Connector size Extension Connector size
mm 2 (in 2 ) Type Order No.
4×1.5 (0.002) 6FX . 002-5 . S01-.... 1 6FX7002-57A05-.... 1
4×2.5 (0.004) 6FX . 002-5 . S11-.... 1 6FX7002-57A15-.... 1
4×1.5 (0.002) 6FX . 002-5 . S21-.... 1.5 6FX7002-57A28-.... 1.5
4×2.5 (0.004) 6FX . 002-5 . S31-.... 1.5 6FX7002-57A38-.... 1.5
4×4 (0.006) 6FX . 002-5 . S41-.... 1.5 6FX7002-57A48-.... 1.5
4×6 (0.009) 6FX . 002-5 . S51-.... 1.5 6FX7002-57A58-.... 1.5
4×10 (0.016) 6FX . 002-5 . S61-.... 1.5 6FX7002-57A68-.... 1.5
4×10 (0.016) 6FX . 002-5 . S13-.... 3 6FX7002-57X18-.... 3
4×16 (0.025) 6FX . 002-5 . S23-.... 3 6FX7002-57X28-.... 3
4×25 (0.039) 6FX . 002-5DS33-.... 3 6FX7002-5DX38-.... 3
MOTION-CONNECT 500
MOTION-CONNECT 800
5
8
Without brake cores
With brake cores
C
D
Length code
....
The combinations of power cable extensions shown are only provided by way of example.
10
1) Valid for installation in cable carrier.
10/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

f
MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Accessories for power cables
Flange and HF clamp
Power connector
■ Overview
Flange
Flanges are used to route or fix connectors, for example in
control cabinets. With the exception of right-angle plugs, a
flange can be mounted post-assembly on connectors with
union nuts or connectors with external threads.
HF (high-frequency) clamp
To permit correct "grounding" on the cable duct or cabinet wall,
a ground clamp can be ordered as an accessory together with
the flanges for large-area discharging of high-frequency interferences.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Flange for
• Connector size 1
• Connector size 1.5
• Connector size 3
HF clamp for
• Power connector size 1
• Power connector size 1.5
• Power connector size 3
■ Dimension drawing
Mounting holes
for flange
a
d
b
c
Order No.
6FX2003-7BX00
6FX2003-7CX00
6FX2003-7AX00
6FX2003-7FX00
6FX2003-7GX00
Not required
Dimensions in mm (in)
Connector size 1 Connector size 1.5 Connector size 3
a ∅ 27.8 (1.09) ∅ 46 (1.81) ∅ 65 (2.56)
b 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
c M3 (4×) M4 (4×) M4 (4×)
d 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
e ∅ 40 (1.57) ∅ 60 (2.36) ∅ 63 (2.48)
f 35 (1.38) 55 (2.17) 85 (3.35)
g 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
h ∅ 3.2 (0.13) ∅ 4.4 (0.17) ∅ 4.5 (0.18)
g
Dimension
drawing of flange
e
g
G_D212_EN_00078
h
■ Overview
Power connector with screw-type terminal
3 A to 30 A Motor Modules in booksize format are shipped
without power connector, as this is already connected to the
MOTION-CONNECT power cables.
Power connectors can also be ordered separately, e.g. for applications
where routing of the motor cable would be difficult if a
power connector were attached. Power connectors with crimp or
screw-type terminal are available.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Power connector
Without pin contacts
for 3 ... 30 A Motor Modules
booksize format
suitable for pin contacts with
crimp teminal
(casing, insulator, 2 coding pins)
Order No.
6FX2003-1SA00
Pin contacts for power connector
(25 contacts per pack)
• 1.5 mm 2 (0.002 in 2 )
6FX2003-8PS10
(power and brake)
• 2.5 mm 2 (0.004 in 2 ) (power) 6FX2003-8PS20
•4 mm 2 (0.006 in 2 ) (power) 6FX2003-8PS30
•6 mm 2 (0.009 in 2 ) (power) 6FX2003-8PS40
• 10 mm 2 (0.016 in 2 ) (power) 6FX2003-8PS50
Power connector
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
for 3 ... 30 A Motor Modules
booksize format with
screw-type terminal
(casing, insulator, 2 coding pins,
screw terminals for motor:
1.5 ... 10 mm 2 (0.002 ... 0.016 in 2 ),
brake: 1.5 mm 2 (0.002 in 2 ))
10
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/9

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Signal cables
■ Overview
■ Integration
SINAMICS
S120
Control
Unit
CU320
Order No.
Pre-assembled cable
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1...
≤ 70 m
X200-
X202
Active
Line
Module
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1...
≤ 70 m
X200-
X203
Motor
Module
X126
X140
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0
m
PC/PG
G_NC01_EN_00334
Connection overview for CU320 Control Unit, SINAMICS S120 in
booksize format
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
Signal cables are pre-assembled and are sold by the meter for
the connection of a variety of components.
The following different types of cable are available:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled cables
10
■ Application
DRIVE-CLiQ cables
DRIVE-CLiQ cables are used to connect components with
DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which have a separate or external
24 V DC power supply.
DRIVE-CLiQ cables for connecting Line/Motor Modules with a
Control Unit are part of the scope of supply of the relevant
Line/Motor Modules.
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables are used whenever
components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections must meet high
requirements, such as mechanical stress and oil resistance,
e.g. with a connection outside the cabinet between
• Motor Modules and Sensor Modules
• Motor Modules and motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables have 24 V DC cores.
MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled cables
MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled cables are used whenever
motor encoders on motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface are
connected to Sensor Modules.
10/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Signal cables
■ Integration (continued)
The DRIVE-CLiQ cables type 6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0 required for
the standard configuration are part of the scope of supply of the
Line Modules and Motor Modules. In this case, the modules
should be mounted directly adjacent to one another in a row.
SINAMICS S120
Motor Module
Type
Booksize
X200-
X203
X200-
X203
Motor encoder
interface
via SMC
for motors
without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Order No.
Pre-assembled cables
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-....
70 m (230 ft)
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-....
70 m (230 ft)
X500
X500
SMC10
SMC20
X200-
X202
X200-
X202
X100-
X103
X200-
X203
X520
X520
Smart Line
Module
Active Line
Module
Control Unit
CU320
Motor
Module
SINUMERIK
840Di sl
6FX.002-2CF02-....
50 m (164 ft) (multi-pole resolver)
130 m (427 ft) (2-pole resolver)
6FX.002-2CA31-....
100 m (328 ft)
6FX.002-2CG00-....
50 m (164 ft)
X200-
X203
SINUMERIK
840D sl
X100-
X105
X100-
X101
NCU 710.1
NCU 720.1
NCU 730.1
NX10/NX15
SINUMERIK
802D sl
Further
Motor
Modules
Resolver in 1FT6/1FK/
1PH7 motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V pp in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/
1PM motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V pp
6FX2001-3...
X200-
X203
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-....
70 m (230 ft)
6FX.002-2EQ10-....
100 m (328 ft)
Adapter
cable 5)
310128..
310123..
Adapter
cable 5)
369124..
369129..
Direct linear absolute
encoder sin/cos 1V pp
LS 186(C)/LF 183(C)
LB 382(C)
LS 486(C)/LF 481(C)
Basic absolute encoder
with EnDat in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4
motor
Direct linear absolute
encoder EnDat LC 181
LC481
6FX.002-2CH00-....
100 m (328 ft)
Absolute encoder with
EnDat 6FX2001-5.E.
X500
SMC30
X520
6FX.002-2CD01-....
100 m (328 ft) with 5 V DC
6FX.002-2CD24-....
100 m (328 ft) with 24 V
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (5V)
6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (24V)
6FX2001-2...
Motor encoder
interface
for motors
with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Motor
connection
X200-
X203
U2
V2
W2
6FX5002- 2DC.0-....
100 m (328 ft)
6FX8002- 2DC.1-....
50 m (164 ft)
X521
X531
X521
X531
Pre-assembled power cables, see power cables for motors
(max. cable length, see technical data of Motor Modules)
6FX.002-2AH00-....
300 m (984 ft) 1)
6SX7002-0AN00-....
6SX7002-0AL00-....
300 m (984 ft) 1)
6SX7002-0AN10-....
2)
3)
4)
Incremental encoder
TTL /HTL in 1PH7/
1PH4 motor
Incremental encoder HTL
Typ 1XP on 1LA motor
Motor encoder for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
1FK/1FT/1PH/1PM
Motors
G_NC01_EN_00333a
10
1) With evaluation of signals A+/A- and B+/B-, otherwise
2) Tracks A, B, N and A*, B*, N*.
3) Tracks A, B.
100 m (328 ft).
Connection overview for Line Modules and Motor Modules SINAMICS S120 in booksize format.
4) With right-angled connector.
5) Cable available from measuring system manufacturer.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/11

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Signal cables
SINAMICS
S120
Motor
Module
Pre-assembled cable
6SL3060-4A..0-.AA0
6FX.002-2EQ10-....
6FX.002-2CA31-....
$
6FX8002-5CS..-....
6FX7002-2SL10-....
6FX7002-2SL10-....
6FX7002-5LM..-....
$
Connection overview for SINAMICS S120 and 1FN linear motors
SINAMICS
S120
Motor
Module
Pre-assembled cable
6SL3060-4A..0-.AA0
6FX.002-2EQ10-....
6FX.002-2CA31-....
$
6FX8002-5CS..-....
$
6FX7002-2SL10-....
6FX7002-2SL10-....
10
Connection overview for SINAMICS S120 and 1FW6 torque motors
2) Available soon.
10/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Signal cables
SINAMICS
S120
Pre-assembled cable
6SL3060-4A..0-.AA0
6FX8002-2CA80-1..0
Motor
Module
6FX8002-1AA51-1AB0
6FX8002-2CA31-....
6FX.008-.....-....
6FX.008-.....-....
6FX.008-.....-....
Connection overview for SINAMICS S120 and 1FE1/1PH2 motors
SINAMICS
S120
Pre-assembled cable
6SL3060-4A..0-.AA0
6FX8002-2CA80-1..0
Motor
Module
6FX8002-1AA51-1AB0
6FX8002-2CA31-....
3RX1535
3RX1548
6FX.008-.....-....
6FX.008-.....-....
6FX.008-.....-....
10
Connection overview for SINAMICS S120 and 2SP1 motors
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/13

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Signal cables
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Signal cable Length, max. Degree of
protection
(connector)
DRIVE-CLiQ pre-assembled cables (without 24 V DC cores)
In specific lengths
0.11 m (0.4 ft)
0.16 m (0.5 ft)
0.21 m (0.7 ft)
0.26 m (0.9 ft)
0.31 m (1.1 ft)
0.36 m (1.2 ft)
0.60 m (2 ft)
0.95 m (3.1 ft)
1.20 m (4 ft)
1.45 m (4.8 ft)
2.80 m (9.2 ft)
5.00 m (16.4 ft)
By the meter
70 m (230 ft)
70 m (230 ft)
MOTION-CONNECT 500 DRIVE-CLiQ cables (with 24 V DC cores)
By the meter
100 m (328 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
MOTION-CONNECT 800 DRIVE-CLiQ cables (with 24 V DC cores)
By the meter
50 m (164 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled cables
Resolver in
SMC10 Multi-pole: 50 m (164 ft)
1FT6/1FK/1PH7 motors
2-pole: 130 m (427 ft)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
in 1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/1PM motors
IP20/IP20
IP20/IP20
IP67/IP67
IP20/IP20
IP20/IP67
IP67/IP67
IP20/IP20
IP20/IP67
IP67/IP67
Order No.
6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AK00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0
6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0
6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0
6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-....
6FX2002-1DC20-....
6FX7002-2DC00-....
6FX5002-2DC10-....
6FX5002-2DC20-....
6FX8002-2DC00-....
6FX8002-2DC10-....
6FX8002-2DC20-....
Order No.
Extensions
IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CF02-.... 6FX7002-2CF04-....
SMC20 100 m (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CA31-.... 6FX7002-2CA34-....
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
in 1FE1/1PH2/2SP1 motors
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp
6FX2001-3...
SMC20 50 m (164 ft) IP67/IP67 6FX8002-2CA80-....
SMC20 50 m (164 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CG00-.... 6FX7002-2CB54-....
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp SME91 50 m (164 ft) IP67/IP67 6FX7002-2SL10-....
Basic absolute/absolute encoder with
EnDat in 1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4 motors
Absolute encoder with EnDat
6FX2001-5.E.
Incremental encoder (TTL) RS 422
(5 V) 6FX2001-2...
SMC20 100 m (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2EQ10-.... 6FX7002-2EQ14-....
SMC20 50 m (164 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CH00-.... 6FX7002-2AD04-....
SMC30 100 m (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CD01-.... 6FX7002-2CB54-....
10
Incremental encoder (TTL) RS 422
(24 V) 6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder in
1PH7/1PH4 motors
HTL incremental encoder type 1XP
on 1LA motor
SMC30 100 m (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CD24-.... 6FX7002-2CB54-....
SMC30
SMC30
TTL: 100 m (328 ft)
HTL: 300 m (984 ft)
IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2AH00-.... 6FX7002-2AH04-....
• Track A, B 100 m (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AL00-...0
• Track A, B, N and A*, B*, N* 300 m (984 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AN00-...0
• Track A, B, N and A*, B*, N*
with right-angled connector
300 m (984 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AN10-...0
MOTION-CONNECT 500
MOTION-CONNECT 800
5
8
5
8
Length code
The combinations of signal cable extensions shown are only provided by way of example.
.... ....
10/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Flange and HF clamp
MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Accessories for signal cables
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit
and coupler
■ Overview
Flange
Flanges are used to route or fix connectors, for example in
control cabinets. With the exception of right-angle plugs, a
flange can be mounted post-assembly on connectors with
union nuts or connectors with external threads.
HF (high-frequency) clamp
To permit correct "grounding" on the cable duct or cabinet wall,
a ground clamp can be ordered as an accessory together with
the flanges for large-area discharging of high-frequency interferences.
■ Overview
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Flange
for all signal connectors
HF clamp
for all signal connectors
■ Dimension drawing
Order No.
6FX2003-7DX00
6FX2003-7FX00
The DRIVE-CLiQ cable conduit provides a high degree of protection
for MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables routed
through openings in control cabinets. The DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet
conduit offers degree of protection IP67 outside the cabinet, and
IP20 inside the cabinet.
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler
Mounting holes
for flange
Dimension drawing
of flange
27
(1.06)
28.3
(1.11)
35
(1.38)
28.3
(1.11)
40
(1.57)
G_NC01_EN_00287a
28.3
(1.11)
Dimensions in mm (in)
M3 (4x)
28.3
(1.11)
3.2
(0.13)
The DRIVE-CLiQ coupler makes it possible to join two MOTION-
CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables with degree of protection IP67.
■ Dimension drawing
Cabinet opening for DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet cable conduit
4
(0.16)
8.5
(0.33)
(1.57)
(2.13)
40
54
G_D211_EN_00031
35
(1.38)
Dimensions in mm (in)
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
DRIVE-CLiQ
cabinet conduit
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler
Order No.
6SL3066-2DA00-0AA0
6SL3066-2DA00-0AB0
10
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/15

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
MPI bus cables — pre-assembled
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l 2
with 3 connectors
• Trailing possible
6FX8002-4EB00-....
• Fixed installation
6FX2002-4EB00-....
Length l 1 : 1 m (3.28 ft)
Length l 2 :
variable
Control
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
1)
PCU/
MCP
35°
l 2 35° l 1
35°
G_NC01_EN_00335
MCP/
PP
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l 2
with 3 connectors
• Trailing possible
• Fixed installation
Length l 1 : 1 m (3.28 ft)
Length l 2 :
variable
6FX8002-4EB10-....
6FX2002-4EB10-....
Control
OFF ON OFF ON
1)
35°
MCP
l 2 35° l 1
OFF ON
PCU
G_NC01_EN_00279
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l 2
with 3 connectors
• Trailing possible
Length l 1 :
1 m (3.28 ft)
Length l 2 :
variable
6FX8002-4EA20-....
Control
OFF ON
35°
1)
OFF ON
PCU/
MSTT
l 2
l 1
OFF ON
PCU/
MSTT
G_NC01_EN_00280
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l 2
with 3 connectors
• Trailing possible
Length l 1 :
1 m (3.28 ft)
Length l 2 :
variable
6FX8002-4EB30-....
Control
OFF ON 1)
OFF
ON
MCP
OFF ON
PCU
l 2 l 1
G_NC01_EN_00336
10
MCP Machine control panel
PP Pushbutton panel
Terminating resistors
Can be switched off
1) Connection socket for programming device or other devices.
10/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
MPI bus cables — pre-assembled
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
Designation
Order No.
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l
with 2 connectors
• Trailing possible
• Fixed installation
6FX8002-4EB40-....
6FX2002-4EB40-....
Control
OFF ON
35°
1)
l
OFF ON
PCU
G_NC01_EN_00281
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l
with 2 connectors
• Trailing possible
• Fixed installation
6FX8002-4EB50-....
6FX2002-4EB50-....
Control
OFF ON OFF ON
1) 1)
MSTT
35°
l
35°
G_NC01_EN_00282
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l
with 2 connectors
• Fixed installation
6FX2002-4EB60-....
Control
OFF ON OFF ON
1)
MSTT
35°
l
35°
G_NC01_EN_00283
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable
with variable length l
with 2 connectors
• Fixed installation
6FX2002-4EB70-....
Control
OFF ON
OFF
ON
l
G_NC01_EN_00337
■ More information
For more information about PROFIBUS cables, see Catalog IK PI
"Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives" in the
PROFIBUS section under "Electrical networks".
10
MCP Machine control panel
PP Pushbutton panel
Terminating resistors
Can be switched off
1) Connection socket for programming device or other devices.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
10/17

MOTION-CONNECT connection system
Length code
■ Overview
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
Pre-assembled cables
0 m (0 ft)
100 m (328.2 ft)
200 m (656.3 ft)
6FX....-.....-
6SX....-.....-
7
7
1
2
3
7
7
7
7
7
0
Power/signal cables
sold by the meter 1)
• 50 m (164.1 ft)
• 100 m (328.2 ft)
• 200 m (656.1 ft)
• 500 m (1640.8 ft)
6FX.008-.....-1FA0
6FX.008-.....-2AA0
6FX.008-.....-3AA0
6FX.008-.....-6AA0
300 m (984.4 ft)
0 m (0 ft)
4
A
Length definition for pre-assembled cables
10 m (32.8 ft)
B
20 m (65.6 ft)
C
30 m (98.4 ft)
D
40 m (131.3 ft)
E
50 m (164.1 ft)
60 m (196.9 ft)
F
G
Cable length l is specified without connector.
70 m (229.7 ft)
80 m (262.5 ft)
90 m (295.3 ft)
0 m (0 ft)
H
J
K
A
Tolerance:
• Cable lengths up to 10 m (32.8 ft): ± 2%
• Cable lengths 10 m (32.8 ft) and longer: ± 1%
1 m (3.3 ft)
B
2 m (6.6 ft)
C
3 m (9.8 ft)
D
4 m (13.1 ft)
E
5 m (16.4 ft)
F
6 m (19.7 ft)
G
7 m (22.9 ft)
H
8 m (26.3 ft)
J
9 m (29.5 ft)
K
0 m (0 ft)
0
0.1 m (3.94 in)
1
0.2 m (7.87 in)
2
0.3 m (11.81 in)
3
0.4 m (15.75 in)
4
0.5 m (19.69 in)
5
0.6 m (23.62 in)
6
0.7 m (27.56 in)
7
0.8 m (31.50 in)
8
Examples:
1.0 m (3.3 ft):
1
A
B
0
2.2 m (7.2 ft):
1
A
C
2
8.0 m (26.3 ft):
1
A
J
0
299.0 m (980.9 ft):
3
K
K
0
10
1) Power cables with cross-sections of 4 mm 2 (0.006 in 2 ) or greater can be
ordered in exact meter lengths up to a length of 100 m (328 ft).
Power cables with cross-sections of 1.5 mm 2 (0.002 in 2 ) and 2.5 mm 2
(0.004 in 2 ) are supplied as 50 m (164 ft), 100 m (328 ft), 200 m (656 ft) and
500 m (1640 ft) rings or on disposable drums.
10/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
11
11/2 Mechatronics Support
11/4 Virtual Production
11/5 SINUMERIK Machine Simulator
11/6 Service & Support
11/6 General
11/7 Repair service contract RSV
11/9 Retrofit
11/10 Solution Provider mz robolab GmbH
11/11 Components for CNC
basic and further training
11/11 SinuTrain controller-identical
programming and simulation
software
11/14 eLearning/Teachware
11/16 Training equipment
11/16 SINUMERIK 840D sl training case
11/16 SINUMERIK 840D sl OP training case
11/17 SINAMICS S120 training case
11/18 Training
11/21 Control cabinets
11/22 Logistics services for
our customers
11/23 Documentation
11/23 SINUMERIK 802D sl
11/24 SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
11/26 Motors
11/26 Measuring systems
11/26 SINAMICS S120
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Mechatronics Support
■ Overview
We combine mechanics, electronics and information
technology in one simulation environment.
The name clearly identifies that mechatronics is more than just
mechanics or just electronics. Mechatronics is the holistic
consideration of mechanics, electronics and information
technology.
And this means:
This discipline covering all engineering sciences helps towards
optimization of the interactions between mechanical engineering,
electrical engineering and information technology such that
the most important parameters of the machine to be developed
fit together even before the first (and only) prototype is built.
Clearly a source for quality improvements and savings which
you can't afford to ignore.
We offer this service!
Because we consider ourselves as a solution provider, and not
just a manufacturer of products, systems and plants. We can
offer you with our know-how as a service this comprehensive
product and solution method in connection with the corresponding
Mechatronics Support.
Virtual Prototyping
Traditional Approach in the New Equipment Manufacturing
Mechanical
Design Study
Electrical
Components
Prototype
Test Phase
Changes to Prototype
Time, Overhead, Cost
Result
Mechatronic Approach
Interdisciplinary
Design Study
Mechanics
Electronics
IT
Simulation
and Test Phase
Resulting
Virtual
Machine
Prototype
is the
Result
Savings Potential
Time-to-Market
Security
G_PM10_en_00040
Mechatronics Support was previously only applied when completed
machines did not fulfil the expected functions. However,
it is far more effective to position the complete consideration
right at the beginning of the engineering process.
Instead of an actual prototype (or several prototypes), our
Mechatronics Support initially helps towards generation of a
virtual product.
This virtual product permits consideration of production conditions
(in the simulation mode) on the basis of integrated application
of computer-based planning tools.
Any weak points can already be detected during the preliminary
development and can still be eliminated at low cost during this
phase.
Complete support
With our Mechatronics Support we provide the best prerequisites
for integration of mechanical elements and motors on a
mechanical functional base such that machines with intelligent
control are the result.
11
11/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Mechatronics Support
■ Overview (continued)
Virtual Prototyping is the top offer of our Mechatronics Support
Virtual Prototyping with Mechatronics Support
Consulting Simulation Machine Optimization Production
Review and
Establish
Objectives
Review
Machines
and Axes
Review
Machines after
Modifications
Verification of
Simulation
Implementation
on Machine
Offer
Initial Results and
Recommendations
Final Result
G_PM10_EN_00072
Sequence
Consulting during the design phase of the machine includes
registration of the task up to a quotation for simulation.
Simulation of the machine with the FE model (finite element
model) determines the natural oscillation characteristics including
simulation of the control loops, and offers possibilities for
calculation of different versions. Machine optimization verifies
the results gained during the simulation on the prototype or on
the final machine.
Mechatronics Support components
The range of provided services can be tailored to the customer's
individual requirements and special demands. Support components
are available which can be ordered separately or in a
package, for example for Virtual Prototyping.
Whether you wish to improve or innovate an existing machine,
and wish to have a preliminary discussion with experts, or
whether you wish to examine the feasibility of new ideas prior to
implementation, our mechatronics service will provide you with
individual support.
Example: FE model
■ Benefits
7 Shorter development times result in earlier market presence
7 More safety during development
7 Creative concepts – higher quality – increased productivity
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Consulting
Technical consulting at the
customer
Order No.
6FC5088-1. . . .
■ More information
For further information and specific quotations, please contact
your motion control partner at your local Siemens office or
representative.
Machine optimization
Setting of the control and drives on
the customer's machine
Machine analysis and
optimization
Analysis of machine and its limits.
Recommendations for manufacturer
6FC5088-2. . . .
6FC5088-3. . . .
Machine simulation
Simulation of individual axes and of
the dynamic response on the
machine
6FC5088-4. . . .
Machine simulation with
interpolating axes
Simulation of interpolating axes
6FC5088-5. . . .
Machine simulation with
FE model
Generation of model of machine
using finite element method
6FC5088-6. . . .
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/3

Services
Virtual Production
■ Overview
With the Virtual Production service, the real processing times
and surface quality of workpieces are improved on CNC
machines, by testing and optimizing a simulated NC program
execution in advance.
Virtual Production is individually tailored to each customer and
their workpiece.
Virtual Production makes use of Mechatronics Support if the
machine manufacturer has already developed their machine
in conjunction with us.
Program execution can be divided into several single steps
using the simulation. Any modifications can be identified.
The Virtual Production service allows surfaces, traversing movements
and speed characteristics to be viewed in simulation for
the first time. This allows the causes of errors on the workpiece
surface to be investigated, and suitable specific remedial
measures to be implemented.
■ Application
• Large batch production
• Individual part production
• Display of simulated machine production results that do not
yet exist in reality
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Benefits
7 An optimized workpiece, faster
7 Reduction of machining times
7 Improved surface quality
7 No trial and error in real machining
7 Virtual machining (simulation) enables fast optimization
7 Clear and objective statements can be made; no need for
assumptions.
7 Extremely high-speed simulation results provide scope for
different types of machining and help to ensure that the optimizations
targeted in the simulation are actually achieved.
7 No scrap produced prior to the start of production
Virtual product
Designation
Consulting
Technical discussion with the
customer
Program analysis
(processing time)
Optimization of the workpiece
processing time
Program analysis
(surface quality)
Optimization of the workpiece
surface quality
Order No.
6FC5088-1....-2...
6FC5088-2....-2...
6FC5088-3....-2...
11
11/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
SINUMERIK Machine Simulator
■ Overview
■ Benefits
SINUMERIK MS combines savings in time and cost with enhanced
product quality for our customers in machine tool and
production machine building. SINUMERIK MS supports you in
the decisive phases of product developement of a machine tool
or production machine – with developement, startup, test and
service.
The automation solution used, including all the software modules
developed by the machine manufacturers, can be tested with
SINUMERIK MS beforehand and in a reproducible manner ...
and all without having the real machine at hand.
A new machine can be tested without taking any risks since
proper functioning is checked in virtual reality. After the development
work on the new machine has been completed, the
virtual machine that has been generated can be used again for
training, pre-sales and after-sales purposes.
SINUMERIK Machine Simulator – for simulation during
development of a new machine
With SINUMERIK MS, you can simulate the interaction between
your machine tool or production machine with your automation
solution at every stage during product development, from startup
through to sales and after-sales.
Long before a machine has been completely developed
and is available as a prototype, it can be simulated with
SINUMERIK MS under realistic conditions. This is achieved
simply by coupling the automation solution with a virtual model
of the machine. This coupling is optimized for high-performance
machine-tools and production machines with modern control
systems from Siemens, such as SIMATIC and SINUMERIK.
Automation solution – completely integrated
SINUMERIK MS is a simulation system that supports a wide
range of hardware and software interfaces to the automation
solution. The complete control unit, e.g. including the CNC, the
PLC and the Human Machine Interface, can be linked with a
machine model in SINUMERIK MS using hardware interfaces for
PROFIBUS or MPI without any problems. SINUMERIK MS
consistently supports data transfer to the engineering environment
of your automation solution.
SINUMERIK MS – Modelling of the machine
SINUMERIK MS comprises a graphical user-interface and the
simulation core that supports creation and operation of the
machine model. SINUMERIK MS contains libraries for function
blocks in accordance with IEC 1131 and for interfacing to a wide
range of different I/O devices in your automation solution.
SINUMERIK MS makes simulation as easy as possible. Computer
simulation often appears to be a highly complex process,
but you do not have to be a system specialist to work efficiently
with SINUMERIK MS. The graphical GUI makes this possible,
whereby the simulation core itself runs in the background. As
with all Windows applications, all main functions are accessed
at the click of a mouse button. A new model element is simply
dragged out of the library and dropped into the machine model.
With SINUMERIK MS Open, you can create completely new
components in a high-level language. These components can
be freely defined in terms of their connections, status and
behavior and support the user with efficient work procedures
even in the case of complex machine models.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK MS Basic
SINUMERIK MS Open
Order No.
6FC5880-0YC05-0AA0
6FC5880-1YC05-0AA0
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/5

Services
Service & Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project
I
Planning
&
Design
Project
engineering &
Developement
Technical
consulting
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
keep ahead all the time:
A strong starting position, a sophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity
and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
■ Online Support
Installation
&
commissioning
On-line support
Technical support
Design and
software-engineering
Field Service
Operation
&
maintenance
Repairs
and spare parts
Optimization and
modernization
Modernization
G_NC01_EN_00330
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
■ Optimization and Upgrading
To enhance productivity and
save costs in your project we
■ Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and
developing with customeroriented
services from actual
configuration to implementation
of the automation project. 1)
■ Service On Site
■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and
designing of your project from
detailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system
questions right to the creation
of the automation solution. 1)
offer high-quality services in
optimization and upgrading. 1)
With Service On Site we offer
services for startup and maintenance,
essential for ensuring
system availability.
In Germany
Phone: 0180 50 50 444 1)
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 333 7421
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
11
■ Technical Support
Competent consulting in technical
questions covering a wide
range of customer-oriented
services for all our products
and systems.
Phone: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-Mail:
adsupport@siemens.com
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 333 7421,
Fax: +1 423 262 2200
E-Mail: solutions.support
@sea.siemens.com
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
E-Mail: cic@siemens.ca
In Asia:
Phone: +86 10 6475 7575,
Fax: +86 10 6474 7474
E-Mail:
adsupport.asia@siemens.com
■ Repairs and Spare Parts
In the operating phase of a
machine or automation system
we provide a comprehensive
repair and spare parts service
ensuring the highest degree of
operating safety and reliability.
In Germany
Phone: 0180 50 50 448 1)
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 241 4453
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
■ SPARESonWeb - Online spare parts catalog
SPARESonWeb is a web-based
tool for selecting the spare parts
available for the SINAMICS system.
After you have registered
and entered the serial number
and order number, the spare
parts available for the relevant
unit are displayed.
The delivery state for specific
orders can be displayed for all
shipped SINAMICS products.
http://workplace.automation.
siemens.de/sparesonweb
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
11/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Service & Support
Repair service contract RSV
■ Overview
RSV description of performance
In the context of the repair service contract (RSV), Siemens
eliminates faults on the Siemens Automation & Drives components
specified in the contract (with the exception of complete
motor spindles) at the machine location on behalf of the machine
tool manufacturer and dealer.
RSV services
• Provision of servicing personnel
• Fault diagnostics on site
• Troubleshooting on site
• Proof of fault correction
Fault diagnostics refers to the components specified in the
parts list of the final destination memo. Diagnostics is carried out
on the basis of a technical fault message clarified in advance by
the manufacturer or dealer with specification of the contract
number.
Fault correction is carried out by repairing and/or replacing
faulty components. In the event of a machine standstill, fault
correction is carried out with the response time specified for the
country group. Within the agreed contract period, faulty components
which were not older than 12 months at the beginning
of the RSC will be replaced free-of-charge.
Siemens provides qualified personnel for fault diagnostics and
fault correction on our products. If mechanical work is also
necessary, this must be provided or arranged by the manufacturer/dealer.
Example: dismounting/mounting of motors or other
mechanical components.
The services are provided during the usual working hours in the
country of installation.
Spare parts are provided either from our central spare parts
warehouse or from regional spare parts warehouses using our
worldwide spare parts logistic infrastructure. Our central spare
parts warehouses contain all important spare parts. Regional
spare parts warehouses are adapted to include the components
specified in the final destination memo 1) .
The following components are not defined as spare parts:
• Motors 2)
• Cables 3)
• Special or customer-specific modules and components not
available from Siemens as spare parts.
Faulty components 4) are replaced free-of-charge within the
agreed contract period.
Contract prerequisites
• Final destination memo
• Data backup at the user
The manufacturer/dealer provides the final destination memo in
good time prior to commencement of the contract, and ensures
that all machine data is backed up and available at the user.
Particular data for the final destination memo are: machine
number, machine type, processing technology, control system,
drive system, number of measuring circuits, type of data
storage, data storage medium, data for OEM application, date of
commissioning at end user, country of end user, parts list of
components used.
RSV certificate
As the RSV contract partner, the manufacturer or dealer is provided
with a certificate once the final destination memo has been
handed over (prerequisite for provision of services at the end
customer site). This certificate contains the contract number and
essential contract data such as machine number, machine type,
contract start date, contract end date, and address for the
provision of services.
Period of validity
The RSV commences on the date registered with us for completion
of the second commissioning procedure at the end
customer site, and ends on expiry of the RSV period.
Contract periods
The RSV is offered for the limitation period (warranty period) that
our customers (manufacturers/dealers) provide to their end
customers. Various RSV periods permit you to satisfy different
market requirements. In the case of RSV periods exceeding the
limitation period originally granted for Siemens A&D components,
the limitation period is extended with respect to claims for
subsequent performance, with the exception of further rights
and claims, in line with the extended RSV period. An existing
RSV can be extended once by six months or one year. The
extension must be ordered during the period of the basic RSV.
Contract versions
Two versions of the RSV are available:
• The master contract is for machine manufacturers who agree
to order one RSV for all machines with Siemens equipment.
• The individual contract is for machine manufacturers who
order an RSV only for certain machines equipped by Siemens.
Service exclusions
The contract shall not be deemed to have been performed in all
cases of subclause VIII./7 quality defects of the "General conditions
of supply and delivery for the electrical industry" 4) . In the
case of parts subject to wear (e.g., motor bearings and fans or
cables), replacements will be provided free-of-charge within
12 months of commencement of the RSV in the case of proper
use, irrespective of the actual duration of the RSV.
Export license
Fulfillment of the service call may be subject to authorization due
to the application or the type of replacement parts, equipment
and documentation required. The service call is, therefore,
subject to the granting of the necessary export licenses and the
absence of any other obstacles relating to German or other
applicable export regulations.
1) Since the export of standard versions (components/systems) is subject to
time-intensive approval procedures by authorities, and since this also
applies to the delivery of components subject to approval in the context of
services and spare part deliveries, it is recommended to primarily use
the export versions. This applies in particular in cases where the control
can be exported without official approval after the machine manufacturer
has installed it in a machine tool. Please also observe the paragraph
"Export information" in Section "Overview of functions".
2) For selected motors, we stock components centrally in Germany and the
U.S.A. in order to achieve fast delivery. These motors can be manufactured
and delivered within a few working days. You can obtain the current
list from your Siemens partner.
3) The delivery times known to you usually apply.
4) Examples of service exclusions:
- Non-compliance with the "Siemens project engineering and user
regulations"
- Contamination critical to function (e.g., oil, conducting materials, rust)
- Mechanical damage
- External electrical effects
- Intentional damage
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/7

Services
Service & Support
Repair service contract RSV
11
■ Overview (continued)
Response time
As a rule, the following response times apply when the RSV is
implemented in the case of a machine standstill:
Country groups
CG 1
CG 2
CG 3
CG 4
Next working day
Within two working days
Depending on country-specific conditions
Depending on country-specific conditions, only
for customers with master contract for the price
of the individual contract
We define the response time as the time from when your clarified
order is placed until our service engineer begins the journey to
the site stated in the order, or until troubleshooting commences
using teleservice. The listed response times apply to "technically
clarified fault messages" within the usual working hours of the
region (e.g., Monday to Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.) excluding public
holidays.
Country list
The repair service is offered for the following countries:
Continent
Country group 1
America
Asia
Australia
Europe
Country group 2
Africa
America
Australia
Europe
Country group 3
Africa
America
Asia
Europe
Country group 4
Country/region
Brazil, Canada, Mexico, USA
China, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia,
Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand
Australia
Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark,
Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Italy,
Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, the Netherlands,
Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey
South Africa
Argentina
New Zealand
Andorra, Estonia, Hungary, Ireland, Latvia,
Lithuania, Norway
Egypt, Morocco
Chile
Iran, Israel, Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia,
Vietnam
Belarus, Bulgaria, Croatia, Greece, Romania,
Russia, Ukraine
Remaining countries
OEM service grades
To guarantee repair service for OEM applications, an assessment
is necessary based on the OEM service guideline. The assessment
grades the OEM application from 0 to 4. A surcharge
will be levied for OEM service grades 1 to 4.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Repair service contract (RSV)
for Siemens A&D components on
machine tools for countries in
country groups 1 to 3
• 1 year contract period 1)
6FC8506-17X07-0AA0
• 2 year contract period 2)
6FC8506-27X07-0AA0
• Master contract
R
• Individual contract
E
• 0 to 4 measurement circuits 1
• 5 to 6 measurement circuits 2
• 7 to 8 measurement circuits 3
• = 9 measurement circuits
8
(basic RSV for = 9 measurement
circuits)
• > 9 measurement circuits
0
(measurement circuit supplement
for RSV
> 9 measurement circuits 3)
Repair service contract
Contract extension of 6 or 12
months
for Siemens A&D components on
machine tools for countries in
country groups 1 to 3
• Basic RSV for 1 year
6FC8506-07X07-7AA1
• Basic RSV for 2 years
6FC8506-07X07-7AA2
• Master contract
R
• Individual contract
E
• 0 to 4 measurement circuits 1
• 5 to 6 measurement circuits 2
• 7 to 8 measurement circuits 3
• = 9 measurement circuits
8
(basic RSV for = 9 measurement
circuits)
• > 9 measurement circuits
0
(measurement circuit supplement
for RSV
> 9 measurement circuits 3)
Contract extension
(possible once per RSV)
• By 6 months 6
• By 1 year 1
OEM service levels
Surcharge for repair service
contract for Siemens components
on machine tools with OEM
applications.
Measurement circuits 1 to n for
countries in country groups 1 to 4
• Surcharge for
6FC8506-3SX01-0AA0
OEM service level 1
• Surcharge for
6FC8506-3SX02-0AA0
OEM service level 2
• Surcharge for
6FC8506-3SX03-0AA0
OEM service level 3
• Surcharge for
6FC8506-3SX04-0AA0
OEM service level 4
1) Max. 24 months from the transfer of risk (delivery of components).
2) Max. 36 months from the transfer of risk (delivery of components).
3) Example for 17 measurement circuits: (basic RSV for = 9 measurement
circuits) plus 8 x (measurement circuit supplement for RSV > 9 measurement
circuits).
11/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Retrofit
■ Overview
■ Application
The old systems are replaced by controllers and/or drives of the
latest generation in accordance with the task, starting with
machine tools and production machinery, and right up to
presses and punching machinery. If mechanical updates are
required, these are offered as part of the overall package.
■ More information
The "Machine Modernization" retrofit overview provides a comprehensive
description of services. It gives a clear and detailed
summary of all performance features and provides help in
decision-making.
The extensive reference list, arranged alphabetically according
to machine manufacturer, also provides an outstanding overview
of all converted machine types.
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
What do we mean by retrofit?
Retrofit is another word for machine modernization, for many
users the solution when it comes to breathing new life into
machinery and equipment.
The state of the mechanical components of older machines is
usually good to very good, but the controllers and electrical
components are worn and obsolete, so failures and spare part
problems can occur more frequently.
■ Benefits
With modernization, the user can reap the following essential
benefits, depending on the equipment and the level of retrofitting:
7 Low-cost alternative to a completely new investment
7 Productivity boost through increased plant availability
7 Enhanced ease of use in operation and programming
7 Quality improvement in machining
7 Assured supply of spare parts over a long period
7 Secure and reliable data management
7 State-of-the-art technology enables networking and
integration into production processes
Depending on the performance range, a level of machine
functionality is achieved that corresponds to state-of-the-art
technology, even with regard to safety and monitoring in
accordance with existing guidelines and standards.
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
In the Federal Republic of Germany, our service can be reached
at all times under 0180 5050 444.
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/9

Services
Retrofit
Solution Provider mz robolab GmbH
■ Overview
■ More information
Please contact:
mz robolab GmbH
Contact person: Mr. Ralf Schulte
Marie-Curie-Str.1
53359 RHEINBACH,
Germany
Phone: +49 22 26 - 87 19 00
Fax: +492226-871909
E-mail: schulte@robolab.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
11
mz robolab GmbH – Professional automation solutions
with the rcs1 robot control
7 Retrofitting of proven, reliable hardware (robots and
machines) with the latest control technology
7 New robots with the user-friendly, extremely flexible rcs1
control
7 Sensory automation solutions for complex, innovative
applications
Hardware philosophy
As an open, universal PC-based robot control, the rcs1 control is
based on the latest, proven Siemens standards.
Sensor-motor technology
The rcs1 is designed to allow the versatile integration of sensor
technology. In particular, stable processes for a hard contact
force control robolab sensing system (rss1) are available as an
extension, which simplify numerous robotic applications, or even
make them possible for the first time.
Controllable axes
In its standard configuration, the rcs1 is designed as a 6-axis
control, but it can be expanded considerably, e.g., up to a
16-axis control with coordinated control of additional axes and
belt synchronization.
Kinematics
The rcs1 control is not limited to classic manipulator kinematics:
Kinematics can be custom defined, e.g., for Cartesian robots,
gantry robots, swivel/rotating tables.
Programming
Various user interfaces are available as options for programming
the robot system:
• Handheld unit (HPU)
• Programming interface in C/C++
• Terminal programming (e.g., also via touch screen)
• Text-based user interface
• Convenient window-based, menu-assisted user interfaces
• Manual programming with a 6D force sensor
• Programming with a custom configurable macro designer
Programming languages
• SRCL program interpreter
• C/C++ program library
• Customer-specific languages defined via a macro designer
http://www.robolab.de
11/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Components for CNC basic and further training
SinuTrain controller-identical
programming and simulation software
■ Overview
SinuTrain 810D/840Di/840D:
• User and programming interface for DIN 66025 programming
and SINUMERIK language extension
• Available with or without CAD-Reader
• Printing/hard copy
• Programming examples
• Configuration tool for adapting to different machines
• 6 languages can be selected online (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish)
SinuTrain ShopMill:
• User and programming interface for milling machines
• Available with or without CAD-Reader
• Printing/hard copy
• Programming examples
• Configuration tool for adapting to different machines
• 6 languages can be selected online (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish)
SinuTrain ShopTurn:
• User and programming interface for turning machines
• For other functions, see ShopMill PC
SinuTrain is a controller-identical CNC training/programming
software on a PC. It can be used for:
7 Training
7 Self-study
7 Program development and simulation
The following variants are available (can run under
Windows XP):
SinuTrain complete package 802D/810D/840Di/840D:
• SINUMERIK HMI-Advanced – Universal operating and
programming software for machine tools
• ShopMill – User and programming interface for milling
machines
• ShopTurn – User and programming interface for turning
machines
• ManualTurn – User and programming interface for
semi-conventional turning machines
• DIN 66025 programming
• User-friendly contour calculator
• Detailed turning and milling cycles
• Tool management
• Network linking via DNC Direct Numeric Control
• CAD-Reader (option) for reading the processing contour of
your workpiece
• Printing/hard copy
• Programming examples
• Configuration tool for adapting to different machines
• 6 languages can be selected online (English, French,
German, Italian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish)
• Further languages can be downloaded from the Internet.
SinuTrain ManualTurn:
• User and programming interface for semi-conventional
turning machines
• For other functions, see ShopMill PC
All versions of SinuTrain are available with a single-user station
license or a classroom license. The classroom license allows
you to install SinuTrain on up to 16 individual PCs, which can be
linked in a network for training purposes.
Updates for the SinuTrain complete package, for example, can
be obtained on request. You will receive these updates on production
of an existing SinuTrain license. Updates of the latest
version or a different higher version can be obtained.
■ Benefits
7 Simulated controller training on PC – Practice-related training
7 SinuTrain available in 6 languages – Additional languages on
request
7 Integration in CAD system – Fast program development
7 Commissioning/installation/instruction through Siemens –
Everything from a single source
7 Teacher/instructor training and teachware – Easy start for
trainers
7 Integration of customer applications – OEM version can be
implemented (machine tool manufacturers)
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/11

Services
Components for CNC basic and further training
SinuTrain controller-identical
programming and simulation software
11
■ Application
The SinuTrain training software is used to create and simulate
NC programs on a PC, using the DIN 66025 programming
language plus SINUMERIK NC language commands and the
ShopMill, ShopTurn and ManualTurn products.
Programs created with this software can be used on real
machines.
Preconditions: The SinuTrain software must be adapted to the
SINUMERIK on which the created program is to run. This
adaptation must be carried out correctly by appropriately
trained personnel, e.g., by Siemens or authorized machine
tool manufacturers/dealers.
Notes:
Specifications from Siemens and the machine tool manufacturers
must be taken into account when performing this
adaptation.
■ Function
With DNC, programs and tool data can be transferred from PC
to PC or from PC to machine. The CAD-Reader program converts
DXF files into contours or hole drilling templates for
SINUMERIK, ShopMill, ShopTurn, or ManualTurn. The contours
can be modified later in DIN-ISO format or contour calculator
format. You can print out part programs, subprograms and
ShopMill/ShopTurn programs using the "Print" function.
The single-user station
The scope of functions of the SinuTrain software takes into
account production and training requirements. The operator
interface identical to production together with the identical
scope of programming functions make it easy for the trainer to
pass on skills and knowledge for production use. A difference in
the media or methods does not exist because identical control
software is used.
The environment encountered by the programmer on the PC is
identical to the programming environment on the machine.
Convenience is, of course, much greater on the PC.
The classroom
In order to allow the trainer to intervene in the training program
from his desk whenever necessary, recognize problems immediately
and control learning processes in a purposeful manner,
SinuTrain allows trainee workstations and trainer workstations to
be linked over a didactic network. The trainer’s PC then becomes
the "director’s chair" for CNC training. The trainer sees on
his computer what the trainees are seeing on theirs, or can put
the same content on all screens. He can also fully operate and
control trainee PC workstations.
The trainee and trainer workstations are linked over a network.
The NC programs created during training can be transferred
to a training machine directly via the network using DNC, if
SinuTrain has been configured for this machine (with the
exception of ShopMill/ShopTurn).
The training center
The last step in the integrated training concept is complete when
the training programs developed by the students are transferred
to the CNC machines. DNC also transfers programs from PC to
machine via the existing network, thus allowing execution of the
programs, manual modification and program development right
on the machine itself.
We also provide an appropriate infrastructure, such as furniture
and media as well as installation, commissioning and services
for hardware and software. We support machine tool manufacturers
in their efforts to implement their own or external CNC
training centers.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SinuTrain complete package
802D/810D/840Di/840D
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
• Service Pack (SP) 1)
for specific software version
• Classroom license
Single license
for current software version
• Classroom license
Service Pack (SP)
for specific software version
Order No.
6FC5270-0AX70-0AG0
6FC5270-7AX70-7AG3
6FC5270-0AX72-0AG0
6FC5270-7AX72-7AG3
SinuTrain 810D/840Di/840D
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
- Without CAD-Reader 6FC5270-0AX73-0AG0
- With CAD-Reader 6FC5270-0AX74-0AG0
• Classroom license
6FC5270-0AX75-0AG0
Single license
for current software version
(without CAD-Reader)
• Classroom license
Single license
for current software version
(with CAD-Reader)
SinuTrain 802D
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
• Classroom license
Single license
for current software version
6FC5270-0AX76-0AG0
6FC5270-0AX80-0AG0
6FC5270-0AX82-0AG0
SinuTrain ShopMill
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
- Without CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0FA40-0AG0
- With CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0FA41-0AG0
• Classroom license
6FC5463-0FA42-0AG0
Single license
for current software version
(without CAD-Reader)
• Classroom license
Single license
for current software version
(with CAD-Reader)
6FC5463-0FA43-0AG0
Example of a specific software version, e.g. 6.3:
6FC5270-6AX70-3AG3.
1) Only on verification of the license number.
11/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Components for CNC basic and further training
SinuTrain controller-identical
programming and simulation software
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
Designation
Order No.
SinuTrain ShopTurn
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
- Without CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0GA50-0AG0
- With CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0GA51-0AG0
• Classroom license
6FC5463-0FA52-0AG0
Single license
for current software version
(without CAD-Reader)
• Classroom license
6FC5463-0FA53-0AG0
Single license
for current software version (with
CAD-Reader)
SinuTrain ManualTurn
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
• Single license
for current software version
- Without CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0GA40-0AG0
- With CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0GA41-0AG0
• Classroom license
6FC5463-0FA42-0AG0
Single license
for current software version
(without CAD-Reader)
• Classroom license
Single license
for current software version
(with CAD-Reader)
6FC5463-0FA43-0AG0
On the SinuTrain training keyboard, you will find all the keys
familiar to you from the controller itself, or from exercises in the
training manual, in their original layout. This greatly simplifies the
use of SinuTrain and ShopMill/ShopTurn/ManualTurn on the one
hand, and saves you from having to rethink the entire layout
when you progress from training to the machine itself or use the
PC as an external programming console and have to switch
back and forth between machine and PC.
The SinuTrain training keyboard is easily connected via the PC’s
USB interface, that is to say, neither additional hardware (plug-in
card) nor an external power supply is required for the keyboard.
Preconditions:
• An operating system-supported USB interface on the PC
• SinuTrain software
■ More information
A 30-day test version is available on CD-ROM from:
http://www.siemens.com/sinutrain
For further information, please contact:
Siemens AG
Dept. A&D B13
Mr. Schröder
Postfach 11 05 60
10835 BERLIN
Germany
Phone: +49(0)30-38632518
Fax: +49(0)30-38632554
E-mail: th.schroeder@siemens.com
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
■ Accessories
SinuTrain training keyboard 1)
http://www.sitrain.com
http://www.siemens.com/sinutrain
http://www.siemens.com/jobshop
The training keyboard for machine simulation makes PC-based
training in machine operation and programming even more
realistic.
11
1) Not approved for use on machines.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/13

Services
Components for CNC basic and further training
eLearning/Teachware
11
■ Overview
Teachware/eLearning offers you interactive learning concepts,
which can be used in professional training from the basics right
through to specialist training.
The interactive learning concept covers:
• Training booklets including examples in 6 different
languages
• Interesting, graphically advanced training software on CD and
the Internet
The training software consists of high-quality, interactive
multimedia programs, which guide the user from the basics of
turning and milling through to operating and programming a
SINUMERIK, and are also available as self-study program.
This software has been awarded the Digita prize.
CD/book "We are part of the workshop team"
Using the latest multimedia technology, the CD presents the
subject of CNC and machine tools in an entertaining format.
Training booklets
The training booklets are designed to offer the simplest introduction
to programming/operating. They are primarily addressed to
beginners or those who will use ShopMill/ShopTurn in the future
or those starting out in its programming/operation. The booklets
are also used for basic and further training.
Self-study CDs
Training is now supported by the latest multimedia learning software.
This software, which enables users to teach themselves
the most important relationships and operation methods for
ShopMill and ShopTurn, is called computer-based training
(CBT). The instruction-based introduction saves you a great deal
of time and, without expensive training, brings you much closer
to your goals than experimenting without any guidance on the
controller would do. These CDs should be used in conjunction
with SinuTrain. They are increasingly used in schools and chambers
of trade/chambers of industry and commerce for basic
training. To this end, there is a test module to test the material
covered, with a certificate awarded if the test is passed. The new
SITRAIN tutorials offer you instructive software based on a
"virtual machine", providing a quick and easy introduction to
CNC technology.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Book "We are part of the
workshop team"
• Print version:
- Black/white 6FC5095-0AA60-07P1
- Color 6FC5095-0AA60-17P1
• Languages:
-German
A
-English
B
CD "We are part of the
E80001-V211-E73-X-7400
workshop team"
Languages: English/German
ShopMill training booklet
• Print version:
- Black/white 6FC5095-0AA50-07P1
- Color 6FC5095-0AA50-17P1
ShopTurn training booklet
• Print version:
- Black/white 6FC5095-0AA80-07P1
- Color 6FC5095-0AA80-17P1
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
training booklet
• Print version:
- Black/white 6FC5095-0AB00-07P1
- Color 6FC5095-0AB00-17P1
• Languages:
- Simplified Chinese R
-German
A
-English
B
- French D
- Italian C
- Spanish E
ShopMill training booklet CD 6FC5095-0AA50-0YG0
in 5 languages
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
ShopTurn training booklet CD 6FC5095-0AA80-0YG0
in 5 languages
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D 6FC5095-0AB00-0YG0
training booklet CD
in 5 languages
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
ShopMill self-study course 1)
CBT on CD-ROM
ShopTurn self-study course 1)
CBT on CD-ROM
Languages:
• English/German
• English/French
• English/Italian
• English/Spanish
6FC5095-0AA71-07G0
6FC5095-0AB00-07G0
B
D
C
E
1) English/Simplified Chinese available soon.
11/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Components for CNC basic and further training
eLearning/Teachware
■ Selection and Ordering Data (continued)
Designation
Order No.
The new SITRAIN tutorials on CD-ROM
SINUMERIK 802
6ZB3300-0BD01-6AA0
Operation and programming
3 languages (English, German,
Simplified Chinese)
NC programming basics – 6ZB3300-0BF00-6AA0
Milling
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
Simplified Chinese)
NC programming basics – 6ZB3300-0BG00-6AA0
Turning
6 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
Simplified Chinese)
■ More information
Further information on
• training is available under
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik/training
• ShopMill/ShopTurn, under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/jobshop
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/15

Services
Training equipment
SINUMERIK 840D sl training case
■ Application
SINUMERIK 840D sl OP training case
■ Application
The training case is used for practicing the commissioning and
servicing of the SINUMERIK 840D sl in a realistic situation. It can
also be used in presentations.
The SINUMERIK 840D sl OP training case is required for
operation.
■ Design
• Case with rollers
• SINUMERIK 840D sl (NCU 720)
• SINAMICS drive for two axes
• 2 x 1FK7022-5AK71 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
• 1 incremental and 1 absolute measuring system
The SINUMERIK 840D sl training case is supplied with the PLC
program ready for demonstration. The SINUMERIK 840D sl OP
training case is used as an operator control unit.
The training case and SINUMERIK 840D sl training case are
used together as an operating unit, in order to practice the
commissioning and servicing of the SINUMERIK 840D sl in
realistic situations. Both training cases can also be used in
presentations.
■ Design
• Hard-top case
• SINUMERIK OP 010C operator panel with SINUMERIK
PCU 50.3
• SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE machine control panel
The SINUMERIK 840D sl OP training case can only be used in
conjunction with the SINUMERIK 840D sl training case.
■ Technical specifications
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Degree of protection
in accordance with DIN VDE 0470
Part 1/EN 60529/IEC 60529
Ambient temperature
•Storage
•Transport
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6ZB2410-0BA00
SINUMERIK 840D sl
training case
IP00
-5 ... +60 °C (+23 ... +140 °F)
+5 ... +40 °C (+41 ... +104 °F)
30 kg (66.14 lb)
320 mm (12.60 in)
650 mm (25.59 in)
330 mm (12.99 in)
Order No.
Product name
Degree of protection
in accordance with DIN VDE 0470
Part 1/EN 60529/IEC 60529
Ambient temperature
•Storage
• Transport
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6ZB2410-0BB00
SINUMERIK 840DslOP
training case
IP00
-5 ... +60°C (+23 ... +140°F)
+5 ... +40°C (+41 ... +104°F)
23 kg (50.71 lb)
770 mm (30.31 in)
630 mm (24.80 in)
320 mm (12.60 in)
11
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK 840D sl
training case
Order No.
6ZB2410-0BA00
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINUMERIK 840D sl OP
training case
Order No.
6ZB2410-0BB00
11/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Training equipment
SINAMICS S120 training case
■ Application
■ Technical specifications
Order No.
Product name
Input voltage
Degree of protection
in accordance with DIN VDE 0470
Part 1/EN 60529/IEC 529
Weight, approx.
Dimensions
•Width
•Height
•Depth
6ZB2480-0.A00
SINAMICS S120
training case
230 V 1 AC
IP00
30 kg (66.2 lb)
320 mm (12.60 in)
650 mm (25.59 in)
330 mm (12.99 in)
The training case is used for training and acquisition of the
SINAMICS S120 drive system.
It can also be used for test purposes in the laboratory and as a
drive for the SIMOTION motion control system. The SIMOTION
D435 upgrade kit can be used to convert the SINAMICS S120
training case to a SIMOTION D training case.
■ Design
• Case optimized in terms of weight and volume
• Set up complete with transport wheels and ready for
connection
• Supply voltage 230 V 1 AC or via line adapter 115 V 1 AC
(U.S.A.)
• Regenerative feedback not possible
• Drive system comprising:
- CU320 Control Unit with TB30 Terminal Board
- Smart Line Module 5 kW (6.7 HP)
- Single/Double Motor Module 3 A
- 1 x synchronous motor 1FK7022-5AK71-1DG3 with
incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V pp 2048 pulses/revolution
and DRIVE-CLiQ interface
- 1 x synchronous motor 1FK7022-5AK71-1LG3 with
absolute encoder 2048 pulses/revolution and
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution
- Reference loops for position monitoring
• Control box for setpoint/actual-value linkage via terminals
• Prefabricated connection option for an external motor,
e.g. asynchronous motor
The training case is supplied ready-to-use with a demo project
on the CompactFlash card and documentation.
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
SINAMICS S120 training case
TK-SIN-CU320
with CU320, demo project on
CompactFlash Card and control
box
• Single-axis version
with 1FK7 motor
• 2-axis version
with 1FK7 motors
Line adapter
115 V 1 AC/230 V 1 AC
Control box SINAMICS
(if ordered separately)
Order No.
6ZB2480-0AA00
6ZB2480-0BA00
6AG1064-1AA02-0AA0
6AG1064-1AA01-0AA0
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/17

Services
Training
■ Overview
Training is decisive for your success
SITRAIN – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial
Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support when
solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate
deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty
planning right from the beginning.
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your company:
shortened startup times, optimized plant components, faster
troubleshooting, reduced downtimes. In other words, increased
profits and lower costs.
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the system
solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and
seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical range
of courses.
Close to our customers
The distance is short. You can find us approx. 60 times in
Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have
individual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem:
we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal
requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
or at your company.
The right mixture: blended learning
Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Furthermore,
SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruction
on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning can
convey complex topics well, and train networked thinking.
Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and periods of
absence through training sequences independent of location
and time.
The international learning portal
www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces - and register
directly.
Contact
Visit us on the Internet at:
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
Top trainers
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess comprehensive
didactic experience. Course developers have a
direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their
knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. But
since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great importance
to practical exercises which can comprise up to half
of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement
your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art
methodically/didactically designed training equipment. You feel
absolutely certain when trained in this manner.
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Course office, Infoline Germany
Tel.: 01805/23 56 11 (0.12 €/min)
Fax: 01805/23 56 12
11
11/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Training
SINUMERIK solution line range of courses
■ Overview
On this page, you will find an overview of the range of training
available for the SINUMERIK 802D sl and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
The range is aimed at different target groups and covers overview
courses right through to project design and commissioning.
Time-optimized conversion courses are available for users
already familiar with the SINUMERIK 802D and SINUMERIK
810D/840D systems. All the courses contain numerous practical
exercises, thus providing small groups with very intensive
practice on the training equipment.
More information on course contents, dates and prices is
available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
SITRAIN courses
Decision makers, sales personnel
Project managers, project assistants
Engineers, programmers
Startup engineers, configuration engineers
Service personnel
Operators, users
Maintenance personnel
Title Target group Duration Abbreviated title
SINUMERIK 802D sl
SINUMERIK 802D sl service and startup ✔ ✔ ✔ 5 days NC-82SL-SIP-E
SINUMERIK 802D to SINUMERIK 802D sl conversion course ✔ ✔ ✔ 2 days NC-82SL-EXP-E
SINUMERIK 840D sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl service and startup ✔ ✔ 10 days NC-84SL-SIP-E
SINUMERIK 840D sl service course ✔ ✔ 5 days NC-84SL-SK-E
SINUMERIK 840D to SINUMERIK 840D sl with SINAMICS S120
✔ ✔ ✔ 5 days NC-84SL-EXP-E
conversion course
Startup SINAMICS S120 with solution line ✔ ✔ 3 days DR-SNS-SL-E
SINUMERIK solution line system overview ✔ ✔ 2 days NC-SL-UEB-E
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/19

Services
Training
SINUMERIK 802D sl learning path
Configuration engineers,
startup engineers,
service personnel,
maintenance personnel
Converters from SINUMERIK 802
NC6
SINUMERIK 802D Service and startup
Decision makers,
sales personnel
Service, startup,
802D sl
Conversion course 802D to
802D sl
SINUMERIK solution line
system overview
NC-82SL-SIP-E
5 days
NC-82SL-EXP-E
2 days
NC-SL-UEB-E
2 days
Startup SINAMICS S120
with solution line
DR-SNS-SL-E
3 days
SINUMERIK 840D sl learning path
Service personnel,
maintenance personnel
Configuration engineers,
startup engineers
Converters from SINUMERIK 810D/840D
NC7
SINUMERIK 810D/840D Service and startup
Service course
SINUMERIK 840D sl
Service, startup
840D sl
Conversion course 840D to
840D sl with SINAMICS S120
NC-84SL-SK-E
5 days
NC-84SL-SIP-E
10 days
NC-84SL-EXP-E
5 days
Startup SINAMICS S120
with solution line
DR-SNS-SL-E
3 days
Decision makers, sales personnel
11
SINUMERIK solution line
system overview
NC-SL-UEB-E
2 days
11/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Control cabinets
■ Overview
Consulting
Customer
requirements
Customerspecific
integration
Standard
series solutions –
customer-specific
modifications
Engineering
Customerspecific
engineering
solutions
Planning
G_NC01_EN_00156
Production
Complete equipment is manufactured at a high industrial level.
7 Examining consistency of the job documentation
7 Checking for adherence to current regulations
7 Inspection and shipment free of faults
7 Documentation
7 Declaration of conformity regarding the Low-Voltage Directive
and manufacturer’s declaration on machinery directive
Liability of product nonconformance
Of course we accept the same liability of defects for our
complete equipment as for our SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE
and SINAMICS products.
Furthermore, you can use our worldwide repair service anywhere
and at any time.
Your benefits
One partner, one quotation, one order, one delivery, one invoice,
and one contact partner for liability of defects.
Innovative equipment for machine tools and
production systems
Our supplied range of products and services may include
complete equipment for machine tools and production systems
with all services in the process chain from consulting through
to after-sales service.
Engineering
As you know, the name Siemens is a guarantee for research and
innovation. With our products, you can always be sure that you
are using state-of-the-art technology.
Experience gained from control cabinet manufacture is incorporated
in our products, including:
7 Consideration of relevant standards and (equipment)
regulations
7 Certification in accordance with UL
7 Application of innovative technologies in control cabinet
manufacture
7 Electronic data exchange
Superior logistics
Everything from a single source means:
7 Cost savings in
- Procurement
-Storage
- Financing
7 Reduction in throughput times
7 Just-in-time
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/21

Services
Logistics services for our customers
■ Overview
Many of our customers have already decided in favor of these
services with various combinations.
Customer-specific logistics services
• Modular range of services
• Tailored to your own logistics
• Flexible and reliable fulfillment of demands
Customer-specific configuration
• Provision of complete equipment packages
• Customizing
Production-based delivery
• Machine-based set generation
• Oriented according to your assembly sequence
• Low packaging overhead thanks to reusable container
Flexible, integrated, successful
With this motto we offer powerful logistics for our products individually
tailored to your requirements, and integrated from order
to delivery.
We optimize the complete logistics process between Siemens
A&D Motion Control and you.
This enables you to establish your own processes in simpler,
faster and cost-optimized way.
Global network for uniform logistics
• Utilization of Siemens transport network
• Tracking and tracing throughout the complete transport route
• Competence with regard to export and customs processes
Optimized customer connections
• Delivery on exact date according to schedule
• Directly to assembly location using "Ship-to-line"
Blocks Service Specification
Complete delivery
Customer-specific
configuration
sorting
Labeling
Delivery notes
Packaging versions
Export handling
Direct delivery
• Packages, bundling
• Total equipment
• Procurement
• Machine set
• Loading schedule
• Installation and assembly
•Test
• Customer ID number
• Customer designation
•Barcode
• Language
• Standard carton
•Pallet
• Reusable container
• Air freight container
• Export declaration
• Customs formalities
• Worldwide
• Third countries
• Fixed date
•Tour
• Ship-to-line
•Partner
Combination into complete equipment packages;
procurement of material from other production locations.
Machine sets, also assembled according to loading schedule;
preassembly of components into units and their testing;
processing of own products provided by customer.
Customer specification in form of number and text on the delivery note,
plus barcode (Standard 39) on product packaging;
several languages can be selected.
Application-oriented packaging covering standard carton, box pallet,
reusable container or air freight container;
special packaging for preassembled units;
we always think of environmental protection when selecting the packaging
materials.
Export handling up to the customer and also to his partner in a third country,
based on the export and customs specifications of the respective countries.
Delivery on fixed, agreed dates, also directly to assembly location if desired;
we deliver using direct transport to any specified address; reusable containers
can be returned.
11
11/22 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Documentation
General documentation
SINUMERIK 802D sl
■ Overview
A high-quality programmable controller or drive system can only
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
be used to maximum effect if the user is aware of the performance
of the CNC machine tool control and the machine tool
User/manufacturer documentation
drives as a result of intensive training and good technical
DOConCD
documentation.
SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D
SINUMERIK 802D sl
This is becoming more important due to the shorter innovation SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
cycles of modern automation products and the convergence of SINUMERIK 840D sl
electronics and mechanical engineering.
SIMODRIVE 611
SINAMICS S120
Comprehensive documentation is available for the SINUMERIK User and Manufacturer
CNC controllers and the SINAMICS S120 drive system. This Documentation on CD-ROM
documentation includes Operator’s Guides, Programming
Guides or Configuration Guides, as well as Installation Guides.
Information is available in the following formats:
• Paper version, printed copy
• PDF file available on the Internet as DOConWEB – application
with ’search all documents’ function
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
with Help tool
Current edition
•German
• English
Update service for DOConCD
• German
• English
Turning
6FC5298-0CD00-0AG0
6FC5298-0CD00-0BG0
6FC5298-0CD00-0AG2
6FC5298-0CD00-0BG2
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Operation/Programming
•German
6FC5698-1CP10-0AA0
http://www.siemens.com/automation/doconweb
• English
6FC5698-1CP10-0BA0
Milling
For further information on the availability of publications, see SINUMERIK 802D sl
http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol
Operation/Programming
→ Support → Technical documentation →
Summary of publications
• German
• English
6FC5698-0CP10-0AA0
6FC5698-0CP10-0BA0
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Catalog NC 61 · 2005
•German
• English
Catalog ST 70 · 2005
•German
• English
• French
• Italian
•Spanish
Decentralizing with
PROFIBUS DP
Safety Integrated System
Manual
•German
• English
Order No.
E86060-K4461-A101-A1
E86060-K4461-A101-A1-7600
E86060-K4670-A111-A9
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7600
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7700
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7200
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7800
ISBN 3-89578-074-X
6ZB5000-0AA01-0BA1
6ZB5000-0AA02-0BA1
Turning, milling
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Diagnostics Guide
• German
• English
Manufacturer Documentation
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Operating Instructions
• German
• English
6FC5698-2CP10-0AA0
6FC5698-2CP10-0BA0
6FC5697-0CP10-0AA0
6FC5697-0CP10-0BA0
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/23

Services
Documentation
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
■ Selection and Ordering Data
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Designation
Order No.
User documentation
Manufacturer and service documentation
11
HMI-Advanced
Operating Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
HMI-Embedded
Operating Manual
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Operating/Programming
ShopMill
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Operating/Programming
ShopTurn
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Fundamentals
Programming Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Production Planning
Programming Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Cycles
Programming Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Measuring Cycles
User Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
ISO Milling
Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
• English
ISO Turning
Programming Guide
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
• English
Diagnostics Guide
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
6FC5398-2AP10-0AA0
6FC5398-2AP10-0BA0
6FC5398-1AP10-0AA0
6FC5398-1AP10-0BA0
6FC5398-4AP10-0AA0
6FC5398-4AP10-0BA0
6FC5398-5AP10-0AA0
6FC5398-5AP10-0BA0
6FC5398-1BP10-0AA0
6FC5398-1BP10-0BA0
6FC5398-2BP10-0AA0
6FC5398-2BP10-0BA0
6FC5398-3BP10-0AA0
6FC5398-3BP10-0BA0
6FC5398-4BP10-0AA0
6FC5398-4BP10-0BA0
6FC5298-6AC20-0BP2
6FC5298-6AC10-0BP2
6FC5398-6BP10-0AA0
6FC5398-6BP10-0BA0
Manual
NCU
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Manual
Operator Components
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Manual
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• German
• English
Manual
ADI 4 – Analog Drive Interface
for 4 axes
• German
• English
Commissioning Manual
CNC Part 1 (NCK, PLC, Drive)
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Commissioning Manual
CNC Part 2 (HMI)
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Commissioning Manual
CNC Part 3 (ShopMill)
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Commissioning Manual
CNC Part 4 (ShopTurn)
SINUMERIK 840D sl
• German
• English
Commissioning Manual
CNC Part 5 (Basic Software)
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Lists (Book 1)
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
Lists (Book 2)
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
• English
6FC5397-0AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-0AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-1AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-1AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-4CP10-0AA0
6FC5397-4CP10-0BA0
6FC5297-0BA01-0AP4
6FC5297-0BA01-0BP4
6FC5397-2AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-2AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-3AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-3AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-4AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-4AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-5AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-5AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-2CP10-0AA0
6FC5397-2CP10-0BA0
6FC5397-7AP10-0AA0
6FC5397-7AP10-0BA0
6FC5397-3CP10-0AA0
6FC5397-3CP10-0BA0
11/24 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Services
Documentation
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Manufacturer and service documentation
System Parameters
Lists
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
6FC5397-6AP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-6AP10-0BA0
Basic Machine
Function Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
6FC5397-0BP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-0BP10-0BA0
Extended Functions
Function Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
6FC5397-1BP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-1BP10-0BA0
Special Functions
Function Manual
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
• German
6FC5397-2BP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-2BP10-0BA0
Description of Functions
Tool Management
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
• German
6FC5297-6AC60-0AP2
• English
6FC5297-6AC60-0BP2
Description of Functions
SINUMERIK 840D sl
Safety Integrated
• German
6FC5397-4BP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-4BP10-0BA0
Description of Functions
SINUMERIK
840D sl/840D/840Di/810D
Synchronized Actions
• German
6FC5397-5BP10-0AA0
• English
6FC5397-5BP10-0BA0
Description of Functions
ISO Dialects for SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
• German
6FC5297-6AE10-0AP4
• English
6FC5297-6AE10-0BP4
EMC Guidelines
• German
6FC5297-0AD30-0AP2
• English
6FC5297-0AD30-0BP2
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Manufacturer and service documentation
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
RPC computer/coupling
• German
6FC5297-6AD61-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-6AD61-0BP0
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
SinTDI Tool Management
• German
6FC5297-6AE00-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-6AE00-0BP0
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
TDI Ident Connection
• German
6FC5297-1AE60-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-1AE60-0BP0
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
NC Program Management
DNC Machine
• German
6FC5297-1AE81-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-1AE81-0BP0
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
NC Program Management DNC
• German
6FC5297-2AE80-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-2AE80-0BP0
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
TPM Preventive Maintenance
• German
6FC5260-2FX28-0AG2
• English
6FC5260-2FX28-0BG2
Operator’s Guide
Motion Control Information
System
TDI Tool Data Information
• German
6FC5297-6AE01-0AP2
• English
6FC5297-6AE01-0BP2
Description of Functions
Motion Control Information
System
SinTDC
Tool Data Communication
• German
6FC5297-5AF30-0AP0
• English
6FC5297-5AF30-0BP0
11
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
11/25

Services
Documentation
11
Motors
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Manufacturer and service documentation
Configuration Manual
1FT6 Synchronous
Servomotors
• German
6SN1197-0AD12-0BP0
• English
6SN1197-0AD12-0BP0
Configuration Manual
1FK7 Synchronous
Servomotors
• German
6SN1197-0AD16-0AP0
• English
6SN1197-0AD16-0BP0
Configuration Manual
General Section for
Synchronous Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AD07-0AP2
• English
6SN1197-0AD07-0BP2
Configuration Manual
General Section for
Asynchronous Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AC62-0AP1
• English
6SN1197-0AC62-0BP1
Configuration Manual
1PH2 Asynchronous Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AC63-0AP0
• English
6SN1197-0AC63-0BP0
Configuration Manual
1PH4 Asynchronous Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AC64-0AP0
• English
6SN1197-0AC64-0BP0
Configuration Manual
1PH7 Asynchronous Motors for
Machine Tools
• German
6SN1197-0AC72-0AP0
• English
6SN1197-0AC72-0BP0
Configuration Manual
1PM4/1PM6 Hollow-Shaft
Motors for Main Spindle Drives
• German
6SN1197-0AD13-0AP0
• English
6SN1197-0AD13-0BP0
Configuration Manual
1FN1/1FN3 Linear Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AB70-0AP4
• English
6SN1197-0AB70-0BP4
Configuration Manual
1FE1 Synchronous
Built-In Motors
AC Motors for
Main Spindle Drives
• German
6SN1197-0AC00-0AP5
• English
6SN1197-0AC00-0BP5
Configuration Manual
1FW6 Built-In Torque Motors
• German
6SN1197-0AD00-0AP2
• English
6SN1197-0AD00-0BP1
Configuration Manual
ECO Motor Spindle for Main
Spindle Drives
• German
6SN1197-0AD04-0AP1
• English
6SN1197-0AD04-0BP1
Measuring systems
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Manufacturer and service documentation
User Manual
SIMODRIVE sensor
Absolute Encoder with
PROFIBUS Encoder
• English/German
6SN1197-0AB10-0YP3
Configuration/
Installation Guide
SIMAG H2
• German
6SN1197-0AB30-0AP1
• English
6SN1197-0AB30-0BP1
SINAMICS S120
■ Selection and Ordering Data
Designation
Order No.
Manufacturer and service documentation
Manual
SINAMICS S120
Control Units and Supplementary
System Components
•German
6SL3097-2AH00-0AP2
• English
6SL3097-2AH00-0BP2
Manual
SINAMICS S120
Booksize Power Modules
•German
6SL3097-2AC00-0AP2
• English
6SL3097-2AC00-0BP2
Function Manual
SINAMICS S120
Drive Functions
• German
6SL3097-2AB00-0AP1
• English
6SL3097-2AB00-0BP1
11/26 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
12
12/2 Approvals
12/4 Siemens Contacts Worldwide
12/5 A&D Online Services
Informations and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
12/6 Customer Support
12/7 Notes on software
12/7 Software licenses
12/8 Usage and copy rights
12/9 Indexes
12/9 Subject index
12/14 Order No. index
12/17 Suggestions for improvement
to the catalog
Fax form
12/19 Conversion Tables
12/20 Conditions for Sale and Delivery
Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
Approvals
12
■ Overview
Many of the products in this catalog comply with UL/CSA
requirements and are labeled with the corresponding approval
designation.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories
Independent public testing institution in North America
Test designations:
• UL for end-products, tested by UL in accordance with UL
standard
• cUL for end-products, tested by UL in accordance with CSA
standard
• cULus for end-products, tested by UL in accordance with UL
and CSA standards
• UR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with UL standard
• cUR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with CSA standard
• cURus for mounting parts in end-products, tested by UL in
accordance with UL and CSA standards
Test standards:
• SINUMERIK: Standard UL 508
• SINAMICS: Standard UL 508C
• Motors: Standard UL 547
Product category/file no:
• SINUMERIK: E164110
• SINAMICS: E192450
• Motors: E93429
TUV: TUV Rheinland of North America Inc.
Independent public testing institution in North America
National recognized testing laboratory (NRTL)
Test designation:
• cTUVus tested by TUV in accordance with UL and CSA
standard
CSA: Canadian Standard Association
Independent public testing institution in Canada
Test designation:
• CSA Tested by CSA in accordance with CSA standard
Test standard:
• Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 0-M91/No. 14-05/
No. 142-M1987
File No.:
• SINUMERIK FM ... : LR 102527
1) The UL version must be ordered separately.
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
Order No.
6FC5222-0AA0.-0…
SINUMERIK 840D sl
Order No.
6FC5372-0AA00-0A..
SINUMERIK I/O
Order No.
6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0
Motors
Order No.
1FT6
1FK7
1FN3
1FW6...-..B..-..C2
1PH2...-6W.41
1PH4...-4NF26 1)
1PH7101... to 1PH7167...
1PH7184... 1)
1PH7186... 1)
1PH7224... 1)
6SN1113-1AA00-1JA1
6SN1113-1AA00-1KA.
SINAMICS S120
Order No.
6SL3040-0MA00-0A..
6SL3055-0AA00-5A..
6SL3055-0AA00-5B..
6SL3055-0AA00-5C..
6SL3100-1AE31-0A..
6SL3120-1TE13-0A..
6SL3120-1TE15-0A..
6SL3120-1TE21-0A..
6SL3120-1TE21-8A..
6SL3120-1TE23-0A..
6SL3120-1TE24-5A..
6SL3120-1TE26-0A..
6SL3120-1TE28-5A..
6SL3120-1TE31-3A..
6SL3120-1TE32-0A..
6SL3120-2TE13-0A..
6SL3120-2TE15-0A..
6SL3120-2TE21-0A..
6SL3120-2TE21-8A..
6SL3121-1TE13-0A..
6SL3121-1TE15-0A..
6SL3121-1TE21-0A..
6SL3121-1TE21-8A..
6SL3121-1TE23-0A..
6SL3121-1TE24-5A..
6SL3121-1TE26-0A..
6SL3121-1TE28-5A..
6SL3121-1TE31-3A..
6SL3121-1TE32-0A..
6SL3121-2TE13-0A..
6SL3121-2TE15-0A..
6SL3121-2TE21-0A..
6SL3121-2TE21-8A..
6SL3130-6AE15-0A..
6SL3130-6AE21-0A..
Test designation
cULus
Test designation
cULus
Test designation
cULus
Test designation
cURus
cURus
UR
UR/CSA
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cULus
cULus
Test designation
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cURus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
12/2 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
SINAMICS S120
Order No.
6SL3130-6TE21-6A..
6SL3130-6TE23-6A..
6SL3130-7TE21-6A..
6SL3130-7TE23-6A..
6SL3130-7TE28-0A..
6SL3130-7TE31-2A..
6SL3131-7TE25-5A..
6SL3131-7TE28-0A..
6SL3131-7TE31-2A..
SIMODRIVE 611
Order No.
6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0
Operator components
Order No.
6FC5203-0AC..-0…
6FC5203-0AF00-….
6FC5203-0AF01-….
6FC5203-0AF02-….
6FC5203-0AF03-….
6FC5203-0AF04-….
6FC5235-0AA05-….
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA.
6FC5312-0DA00-0AA0
6FC9320-5D…
6FX2001-….
6FX2007-1AC..
Test designation
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
Test designation
cULus
Test designation
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
cULus
Cables for SINUMERIK, SINAMICS and SIMODRIVE
Order No.
Test designation
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
1)
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
1)
6FC5203-0AC01-0AA0
1)
6FC5403-0AA00-0AA.
1)
6FC5411-0AA80-0AA0
1)
6FC5412-0FA80-0AA0
1)
6FX.00.-2CA31-1..0
1)
6FX.00.-2CH00-1..0
1)
6FX.00.-2EQ00-1..0
1)
6FX...2-2....-....
2)
6FX200.-1AA01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-1AA03-1..0
1)
6FX200.-1AA13-1..0
1)
6FX200.-1BA01
1)
6FX200.-1CA01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-1CB01-1AB0
1)
6FX200.-1CC00-….
1)
6FX200.-1DA01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-1DB01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2AD00-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2BB01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2CA11-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2CC11-...0
1)
6FX200.-2CD01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2CE01-...0
1)
6FX200.-2CG00-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2CJ00-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2CJ01-1..0
1)
6FX200.-2EQ10-1..0
1)
6FX200.-3AC02-1..0
1)
6FX200.-3AD01-1..0
1)
Cables for SINUMERIK, SINAMICS and SIMODRIVE
Order No.
Test designation
6FX200.-3AD02-1..0
1)
6FX200.-4AA21-1..0
1)
6FX200.-4AA41-1..0
1)
6FX200.-4EA0.-...0
1)
6FX2001-….
1)
6FX2003-3AB01-1..0
1)
6FX2006-1BF00
cULus
6FX2007-1AC..
cULus
6FX2008-1BD71
UR
6FX4002- ...
2)
6FX4008-1BA..-....
UR
6FX4008-1BB..-....
UR
6FX5..8-…..-….
UR/CSA
6FX5..2-5….-….
UR/CSA
6FX5247-0AA28-0AA0
1)
6FX5247-0AA35-0AA0
1)
6FX7..2-5….-….
2)
6FX7..8-…..-….
UR/CSA
6FX8..2-5….-….
2)
6FX8..8-…..-….
UR/CSA/cURus
6SN1161-1CA00-0.A0
1)
6SN1161-1CA00-0.A1
1)
6SN1161-1CA00-1.A1
1)
Line reactors for SINAMICS and SIMODRIVE
Order No.
Test designation
6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1
cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1
cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1
cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0
cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-1FA0
cURus
6SN1111-1AA00-0CA0
cURus
Connectors for SINUMERIK, SINAMICS and SIMODRIVE
Order No.
Test designation
6FX2003-0CA10
cURus
6FX2003-0CB00
cURus
6FX2003-0CB10
cURus
6FX2003-0CB20
cURus
6FX2003-0CC11
cURus
6FX2003-0CC21
cURus
6FX2003-0CG10
cURus
6FX2003-0CG20
cURus
6FX2003-1AX00
cURus
6FX2003-1AX10
cURus
6FX2003-1CA10
cURus
6FX2003-1CB00
cURus
6FX2003-1CB10
cURus
6FX2003-1CB20
cURus
6FX2003-1CG10
cURus
6FX2003-1CG20
cURus
6FX2003-1WF00
cURus
6FX2003-2CA00
cURus
6FX2003-2CB00
cURus
6FX2003-2CC00
cURus
6FX2003-2CE00
cURus
6FX2003-2CF00
cURus
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
cURus
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
cURus
1) Product is specified in the list as „Reference“. It has no UL or UR
designation.
2) No separate designation necessary.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
Approvals
12/3
12

Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
•Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
12
12/4 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
■ A&D in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products, systems
and services.
■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog
Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for availability.
Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/5
12

Appendix
Customer Support
■ Automation Value Card
Small card - great support
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive
service concept with which Siemens Automation and
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation
project.
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automation
Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the
state of your account and all transactions at any time.
Services on card. This is how it's done.
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, guaranteeing
that the full credit is on the card.
■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
For locations without online connections
to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support
Knowledge Base). This CD-
ROM contains all the latest product
information at the time of
production (FAQs, Downloads,
Tips and Tricks, Updates) as
well as general information on
Service and Technical Support.
The CD-ROM also includes a
full-text search and our Knowledge
Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-
ROM will be updated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
from your Siemens contact.
Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
Orders via the Internet
(with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
in the Shop domain.
By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation
Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7997-0BG00-0XA0
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Service & Support à la Card: Examples
Technical Support
”Priority“ Priority processing for urgent cases
”24 h“ Availability round the clock
”Extended“ Technical consulting for complex questions
Support Tools in the Support Shop
”System
Utilities“
”Applications“
”Functions &
Samples“
Tools that can be used directly for configuration,
analysis and testing
Complete topic solutions including ready-tested
software
Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
12
12/6 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
Notes on software
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
• Engineering software
• Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing,
testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties
free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions,
drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs
created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration
tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software
license:
• Floating license
• Single license
• Rental license
• Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins
when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive
context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release
of the software, provided that the licensee owns such
a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
• PowerPack
• Upgrade
• ServicePack (SP)
can be used to access updates.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software
is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for
each original license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack (SP)
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according
to the number of existing original licenses.
Software Update Service
If you intend to keep your software up-to-date with the latest version,
you can apply for the Software Update Service. This service
ensures that the latest software versions are automatically
sent to you for upgrading, which are released for the relevant
software product subsequent to completion of the contract. This
service can be obtained for single licenses with/without data
carrier and applies to all specified software products. The
Software Update Service is obtained separately in the form of
an order for each software product to be upgraded and has a
duration of one year. The Software Update Service contract will
be renewed for a further year unless the customer cancels it up
to three months before the contract expires.
License key
Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic
license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the
software (floating license, rental license, etc.). The complete
installation of software products requiring license keys includes
the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key
(which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/7
12

Appendix
Notes on software
Usage and copy rights
■ Overview
Legal notes during setup for new software products
All software products feature a uniform reference to the license
conditions. The license conditions are enclosed either with the
documentation or in the software pack. When software is downloaded
from the Internet, the license contract is displayed before
the ordering procedure and must be accepted by the user before
downloading can continue.
Notice:
This software is protected by German and/or US copyright laws
and the regulations of international agreements. Unauthorized
reproduction or sale of this software or parts of it is a criminal offense.
This will lead to criminal and civil prosecution, and may result
in significant fines and/or claims for damages. Prior to
installing and using the software, please read the applicable license
conditions for this software. You will find these in the documentation
or packaging.
If you have received this software on a CD that is marked "Trial
version", or accompanying software that is licensed for your use,
the software is only permitted to be used for test and validation
purposes in accordance with the accompanying conditions for
the trail license. To this end, it is necessary for programs, software
libraries, etc. are installed on your computer. We therefore
urgently recommend that installation is performed on a singleuser
computer or on a computer that is not used in the production
process or for storing important data, since it cannot be
completely excluded that existing files will be modified or overwritten.
We accept no liability whatsoever for damage and/or
data losses that result from this installation or the non-observance
of this warning. Every other type of use of this software is
only permitted if you are in possession of a valid license from
Siemens is obtained.
If you are not in possession of a valid license that can be proven
by presenting an appropriate Certificate of License/software
product certificate, please abort installation immediately and
contact a Siemens office without delay to avoid claims for damages.
Order
To order the Software Update Service, an order number must be
specified. The Software Update Service can be ordered when
the software products are ordered or at a later date. Subsequent
orders require that the ordering party is in posession at least of
a single license.
Note:
It is recommended that the Software Update Service is ordered
as early as possible. If a new software version of a software product
is released for delivery by Siemens, only those customers
will receive it automatically who are entered in the appropriate
delivery list at Siemens at this time. Previous software versions,
or the current software version are not supplied when the Software
Update Service is ordered. The Software Update Service
requires that the software product is up-to-date at the time of
completion of the contract for the Software Update Service.
Delivery
When a Software Update Service is ordered, you will be sent the
contractual conditions of this service and the price is due for payment.
At the same time, you will be included in a delivery list for
the software product to be updated. If Siemens releases a new
software version for the corresponding software product for general
sale (function version or product version), it will be delivered
automatically to the goods recipient specified in the delivery
address within the contract period.
You can also find information about the A&D license manager
on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/license
12
12/8 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Numerics
1D/3D clearance control in position control cycle 2/18
1FE1 built-in motors 6/66
1FK7 Compact 6/28
1FK7 High Dynamic 6/30
1FK7 motors 6/27
1FN1 linear motors 6/48
1FN3 linear motors 6/50
1FT6 motors 6/5
1FW6 built-in torque motor 6/58
1PH2 built-in motors 7/27
1PH4 motors 7/18
1PH7 motors 7/4
1PM4 motors 7/22
1PM6 motors 7/23
24 V jumper, 24 V terminal adapter 9/10, 9/15, 9/23, 9/26
2nd switching element for emergency stop 5/5, 5/6
2SP1 ECS motor spindle 6/78
3-axis PARACOP transformation for parallel kinematics 2/16
3D simulation of the finished part 2/26, 4/6
3D tool radius compensation 2/30
3D workpiece measurement 4/59
A
Absolute encoders 8/3
Active Line Module 9/15
Actuating element 3/22, 3/23, 3/25
Adapter set 3/28
Additional languages 2/46, 4/3, 5/17
ADDM – Data Management 4/44
ADI 4 5/21, 5/22
Analog output, dependent on path velocity 2/18
Application cycles 4/58
Approvals 12/2
Automation Value Card 12/6
Axial coupling in the machine coordinate system 2/14
Axis functions 2/12
Axis/spindle 2/10
B
Backup module 5/25
Balancing and process monitoring system 4/66
Balancing software 4/62
Basic Line Filter 9/19
Battery 5/17
Battery modules 5/26
Bearing version 7/20
Blanking cover 5/17
Brake 7/20
Braking Module 9/28
Braking resistor 9/29
Built-on optoelectronic encoders 8/2
C
Cable carrier 10/4
Cable distributor 5/12
Cable set 3/22, 3/23, 3/25, 3/29, 5/4, 5/23
CAD Reader for PC 4/8
Capacitor Module 9/30
Caps 3/4, 3/5, 3/6, 3/7, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11
Cartesian point-to-point (PTP) travel 2/16
Certificate of license 12/7
CGM compact geared motor 6/44
Circuit-breaker 9/14, 9/21
Clamp strap 8/8
CNC program generator 4/58
CNC programming language 2/20
CNC user memory 5/17
CNC user memory (backed up) for programs and data 2/8
Cold-plate cooling 9/4
Combi adapter, Combi distributor, Combi end piece 6/55
Communication/data management 2/34
Appendix
Indexes
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
Subject index
C
CompactFlash card 5/4, 9/35
CompactFlash Card 512 MB 3/15, 3/34, 5/17
Compensations 2/48
Compile cycles 5/19
Configuration tool SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER 9/40
Connectable measuring systems 2/10
Connecting kit 3/20
Connection kit for insulation insert 8/10
Connector box 6/56
Contact block 3/22, 3/23, 3/25
Contact partners 12/4
Continue machining at the contour 2/14
Contour monitoring with tunnel function 2/48
Control box 11/17
Control cabinet 11/21
Control structure and configuration 2/4
Control Supply Module 9/31
Control Unit 9/33
Conversion Tabels 12/19
Cooler manufacturers 6/57
Cooler types 6/59
Cooling connection adapter 6/63
Cooling unit manufacturers 7/30
Core types 6/2
Correction factors 10/5
Courses 11/19
Cover end pieces 6/54
Cover for disk drive 3/36
Cross-mode actions 2/18
CU320 Control Unit 9/33
Current carrying capacity 10/5
D
DC link adapter, DC link supply adapter,
DC link power supply adapter 9/32
DC UPS modules 24 V DC 5/26
Degree of protection 6/82, 7/33
Derating characteristic 9/8, 9/22
Diagnostic functions 2/54
DIAZED fuse 9/21
Digitizing and milling software 4/56
Direct key module mounting kit 3/8, 3/10, 3/11, 3/12
Direct keys/handwheel connection 3/23, 3/25
Distributor box 3/19
DNC – Direct Numeric Control 4/13
DNC Cell 4/16
DNC Compare 4/19
DNC HMI 4/21
DNC IFC Dialog, DNC IFC Filesystem 4/18
DNC IFC Serial, DNC IFC SINUMERIK 4/17
DNC Machine 4/14
DNC Plant 4/19, 4/21
DOConCD, DOConWEB 11/23
Documentation 11/23
Double Motor Module 9/26
Downgrading 12/7
Drive ES 9/42
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit 10/15
DRIVE-CLiQ cables 10/10
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler 10/15
Drives 2/10
DU box connector 5/12
E
EasyMask 4/11
EasyMon 4/12
EasyTrans 4/11
Electronic gear 2/14
Electronic handwheel 3/28
Electronic rating plate 9/2
12/9
12

12
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
E
Electronic transfer 2/16
Encoder system 7/20
Encoder system connection 9/35
EnDat absolute encoder 8/7
Engineering software 12/7
ePS Network Services, ePS Value Account 1000Cr 4/45
Error compensation in space for kinematic transformations 2/48
Evaluation of internal drive variables 2/18
Evaluation software 4/61
Expansion of the PLC user memory by 128 KB each 2/50
Export information 2/3
Export regulations 12/20
Export versions 2/2
Extension cable 3/19
External air cooling 9/4
Extraction tool for insulation insert 8/10
F
Fan/battery module 5/17
Fault correction, fault diagnostics 11/7
Feedforward control, acceleration-dependent 2/48
Feedrate/rapid traverse override
electronic rotary switch 3/22, 3/25, 3/29
Firmware license 9/35
Flange 10/9, 10/15
Flange socket 3/28
Floating license 12/7
Forced ventilation 6/19, 6/21
Full CNC keyboard, horizontal format, vertical format 5/4
Functional restrictions 2/2
Fuse switch disconnector 9/14, 9/21
G
Gearbox 7/20
Graphic programming package 4/56
H
Hall-effect sensor box 6/56
Handheld unit type B-MPI 3/19
Handheld units 3/3, 3/19
Handling transformation package 2/16
Handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS 3/29
Hard disk 3/15, 5/11
Heat dissipation 9/4
Heatsink profile 6/55
HEXAPOD transformation, 6 axes 2/16
HF clamp 10/9, 10/15
HMI user memory 5/17
HMI user memory, additional 256 MB on CF card of the NCU 2/8
HMI-Advanced 3/15, 4/3
HMI-Advanced on hard disk 5/10
HMI-Embedded 4/2
Holder 3/19, 3/23, 3/25
Hollow-shaft measuring system 8/9
HotWin 4/12
Housing systems 3/3
HTL interface incremental encoder 8/5
I
I/O module PP 72/48 5/23
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 3/18
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2, IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 3/18
Incremental encoders 8/3
Industrial Ethernet Switch 3/18
Inscribable slide-in strips 3/23, 3/25
Installation adapter set for line filter package 9/20
Internal air cooling 9/4
Interpolations 2/14
Interrupt routines with fast retraction from the contour 2/18
Involute interpolation 2/14
12/10 Siemens NC 61 · 2005
K
KBPC USB US standard PC keyboard 3/31
Key cover 3/6
Key set 3/22, 3/23, 3/25
Keyboard tray 3/31
Keyboards 3/3, 3/31
Keyswitch 3/23, 3/25
Knowledge Base 12/6
L
Laser inscription 3/30
Laser switching signal, high-speed 2/18
Laser tool inspection 4/60
Leading auxiliary circuit 9/20
Leading auxiliary switch 9/21
Length code, length definition 10/18
License key, license types 12/7
LIMANDA 3/38
Line adapter 11/17
Line filter package 9/19
Line filters 9/13
Line reactor 9/12, 9/17
Linear measuring systems 6/57
Liquid cooling 6/57
Logistics services 11/22
M
Machine analysis and optimization 11/3
Machine control panel MCP 5/5
Machine control panels 3/3, 3/21
Machine optimization, machine simulation 11/3
Machining channel 2/8
Machining package 5 axes 2/16
Machining step programming 2/24, 4/4, 4/6
Main contactor 9/14, 9/20
Main switch 9/14, 9/20
Managing of up to 4 additional network drives 2/34, 4/3, 4/43
Manual machine 4/6
Manual machine (ShopTurn manual) 2/26
Master/slave for drives 2/12
Master-value coupling and curve table interpolation 2/14
Mating connector for flange outlet or
encoder plug with cap nut 8/8
MCI board extension slot version 5/12
MCI2 board 5/11
MCP 802D sl machine control panel 5/6
MCPA module 5/6
MDA – Machine Data Acquisition 4/33
MDA Cell 4/33, 4/34
MDA IFC 4/35
MDA Machine 4/36, 4/37
Measuring and balancing technology 4/57
Measuring cycles 4/7, 4/8
Measuring cycles for drilling/milling and turning 2/16
Measuring functions 4/7
Measuring functions/measuring cycles 2/16
Measuring Stage 2 2/16, 4/8
Measuring wheel 8/10
Measuring, balancing and acoustic monitoring 4/60
Mechatronics, Mechatronics support 11/2
Memory expansion 512 MB, 1024 MB 3/15, 5/11
Milling machining package 2/16
Milling simulation Multi-sided 2D dynamic; 3D static 2/26
Mini handheld unit 3/20
Minimum quantity lubrication 4/65
Mobile data memories MDS 4/48
MOBY E tool identification system 4/46
MOBY I identification system 4/47
Mode group (MG) 2/8
Mold-making 1/6
Monitoring functions 2/48

M
Motion Control Information System 4/13
MOTION-CONNECT 500, MOTION-CONNECT 700,
MOTION-CONNECT 800 10/2
Motion-synchronous actions 2/18
Mounting accessories 8/8
Mounting bracket 3/15, 3/18, 5/11
Mounting position 6/82, 7/33
MPI bus cable 10/16
MPP 483/483A/483H pushbutton panel 3/27
Multi-axis interpolation 2/14
Multi-channel step sequence programming 2/24, 4/3
Multiple clamping of different workpieces 2/24, 4/4
Multiturn encoders 8/3
N
NCU 710.1, NCU 720.1, NCU 730.1 5/15, 5/17
NCU system software 5/16, 5/17
NEOZED fuse 9/21
Network drives, managing of up to 4 additional 2/34, 4/3, 4/43
NH fuse 9/14, 9/21
Non-contact tool inspection 4/64
Numeric Control Extension NX10/NX15 5/17, 5/18
O
OA package NCK 5/19
OEM service levels 11/8
Online Services 12/5
Open Architecture 2/20, 4/9
Operating modes 2/28
Operation 2/38
Operation without tool management 2/30
Operator control 2/38
Operator control and programming 4/2
Operator panel fronts 3/2
Operator Panels 3/2, 3/4
Oscillation functions 2/16
Output interface 9/20
Overload capability Line Modules/Motor Modules 9/8
P
Pair of synchronized axes (gantry axes) 2/12
Path length evaluation 2/48
Path switch signals/cam controller: 2/12
PCI interface card 3/15
PCU basic software Thin Client 3/8, 3/18
PDA IFC Production data management,
version with network capability 2/36
Pin contacts 10/9
Planetary gearbox 7/31
Planetary gearbox series LP 6/42
Planetary gearbox Series SP+ 6/32
Platform concept 9/2
PLC 2/48
PLC user memory 5/17
Plug-in motor brake connector 9/23
PMT IFC Parts tracking, version with network capability 2/36
Polynomial interpolation 2/14
Power cables 10/5
Power cable extensions 10/8
Power connector 9/23, 9/26, 10/9
Power supplies SITOP power 5/24
PowerPack 12/7
Pre-assembled MPI bus cable 10/16
Precision cooler 6/54
Process Monitor System PROMOS 4/64
Production data evaluation 2/36
PROFIBUS cable 5/23
PROFIBUS connector 9/34, 5/23
PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder 8/7
PROFIBUS tool and process monitoring 2/48
Program analysis 11/4
Appendix
Indexes
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
Subject index
P
Program preprocessing 2/22
Programming support system 2/24
PROSIN drill breakage detection monitoring 4/65
Punching/nibbling 2/16
R
Rapid-traverse dial 3/22
RCS – Remote Control System 4/40
RCS @ Event 4/41
RCS Host 4/42, 4/43
RCS Viewer 4/42
RCS Viewer Embedded 4/43
Real-time feedrate optimization 4/63
Redundancy module 5/25
Rental license 12/7
Repair service contract 11/7, 11/8
Replacement connectors with external thread
for encoders 8/8
Residual material detection and machining
for contour pockets and during cutting 2/24, 4/4, 4/6
Retrofit 11/9
Rittal Comfort Panel 3/37
Rittal VIP 6000 3/37
Rotor with sleeve, rotor without sleeve 6/66
RPC SINUMERIK 4/38
RS 422 interface (TTL) double-track incremental encoder 8/5
RS 422 interface (TTL) incremental encoder 8/5
Runtime software 12/7
S
Safety functions 2/52
Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 2/48
Scanning head, incremental 8/10
Seal for external heat dissipation 5/17
Secondary section cover 6/54
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 9/36, 9/37, 9/38
Sensor Modules External 9/39
ServicePack (SP) 12/7
Set of clamps 3/4, 3/5, 3/6, 3/7, 3/8, 3/9, 3/10,
3/11, 3/22, 3/23, 3/25, 3/32, 3/33
Setpoint exchange 2/12
Shaft and flange accuracy 7/20
Shaft extension (drive end) 7/20
Shaft seal (DE) 7/20
Shield terminal plate 9/10, 9/15, 9/23
Shopfloor manufacturing 1/7
Shopfloor-oriented cutting applications 4/57
ShopTurn 4/5
Signal cable 10/10, 10/14
Signal cable for handwheel 3/29
Signaling module 5/25
SIGNUM 3SB3 3/30
SIMAG H2 8/9
SIMATIC PC USB FlashDrive 3/35
SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK hardware 4/50
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 4/10
SIMODRIVE sensors 8/2
Simulated controller training 11/11
Simulation 2/26
Simultaneous recording, real-time simulation
of current machining 2/26, 4/4, 4/6
Sin/cos 1 Vpp incremental encoder with analog signals 8/5
SINAMICS S120 training case TK-SIN-CU320 11/17
Single license 12/7
Single Motor Module 9/23
Singleturn encoders 8/3
SinuCom, SinuCom NC 4/51
SinuCom NC SI, SinuCom NC Trace 4/51
SinuCom ARC, SinuCom CFS 4/52
SinuCom PLC Manager 4/53
12/11
12

12
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
S
SinuCom startup/service tools 4/52
SINUMERIK 3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1 3/36
SINUMERIK 802D 5/3
SINUMERIK 802D sl operator panel CNC (PCU) 5/4
SINUMERIK 802D sl Toolbox 5/4
SINUMERIK 840D sl 5/13
SINUMERIK 840D sl OP training case 11/16
SINUMERIK 840D sl training case 11/16
SINUMERIK 840D sl/840Di sl Toolbox 5/17
SINUMERIK 840Di sl 5/7
SINUMERIK 840Di sl with MCI2 board 5/11
SINUMERIK 840DiE sl/840Di sl system software 5/10
SINUMERIK CAM client 4/63
SINUMERIK direct key module 3/7, 3/8, 3/10, 3/11, 3/12
SINUMERIK HMI add-in package 4/9, 4/10
SINUMERIK HMI configuring package 4/9
SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE 2/20, 4/9, 4/10
SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA 4/3, 4/9
SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA and
user interface expansion from 21st screen onwards 2/20, 4/10
SINUMERIK HMI programming package 4/9, 4/10
SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible configuring package 4/10
SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC keyboard 3/33
SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC keyboard 3/32
SINUMERIK MCP 310 machine control panel 3/25
SINUMERIK MCP 483 machine control panel 3/23
SINUMERIK MCP 483C IE machine control panel 3/22
SINUMERIK MS 11/5
SINUMERIK NCK Runtime OA 2/20
SINUMERIK operator panel front 3/4, 3/7, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010 3/4
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010C 3/6
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010S 3/5
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 012 3/7
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 012T 3/8
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015 3/9
SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015A 3/10
SINUMERIK operator panel front TP 015A 3/11
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-C, SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-P 3/15
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK 840D sl 5/20, 5/21
SINUMERIK Service Pack Recovery Media WIN XP
ProEmbSys 3/15
SINUMERIK Solution Provider 4/54
SinuTrain 11/11, 11/12
SinuTrain training keyboard 11/13
SIZER 9/40
Slide-in labels 3/4, 3/7
Slim Line Commander 3/38
Smart Line Module 9/10
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 9/36
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 9/37
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 9/38
SME20 Sensor Module External 9/39
SME25 Sensor Module External 9/39
SME91 Sensor Module External 6/64
Software types 12/7
Software Update Service 12/7
Spacer 5/17, 9/34
Spare parts 11/7
SPARESonWeb 11/6
Speed 7/20, 7/25
Spindle functions 2/12
Spindle/rapid traverse override electronic rotary switch 3/22, 3/23,
3/25, 3/29
Spline interpolation 2/14
Spring disk coupling 8/8
Square key covers 3/22
Stand systems 3/37
Standard versions 2/2
STARTER commissioning tool for SINAMICS 9/41
12/12 Siemens NC 61 · 2005
S
Startup 2/52
Startup software for SINAMICS S120 4/50
Storage devices 3/3, 3/34
Suggestions for improvement 12/18
Supplementary hardware for HMI software 4/46
Support arm systems 3/37
Support Tools 12/6
Switch disconnector 9/14, 9/21
Synchronized actions Stage 2 2/18
Synchronous spindle/multi-edge turning 2/14, 4/6
System architecture 9/2
System software 6 axes/20 axes 5/10
T
Tangential control 2/12
TDI – Tool Data Information 4/22 ... 4/31
Technical Support 12/6
Technologies 2/16
Technology cycles 4/6
Teleservice with video 4/59
Temperature sensors 6/57
Terminal box location 7/20
Terminal strip converter 5/4, 5/23
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery 12/20
Thin Client Unit (TCU) 3/18
Tool and process monitoring 4/55, 4/61
Tool monitoring 4/55, 4/62
Tool-making 1/6
Tools 2/30, 4/50
TPM – Total Productive Maintenance 4/39 ... 4/40
Training 11/18
Training booklet 11/14
Transformation for pantograph kinematics, 2 axes 2/16
Transformation TRICEPT 2/16
Transformations 2/16
Transmit and peripheral surface transformation 2/16, 4/6
Travel to fixed stop 4/6
Travel to fixed stop with Force Control 2/12
Trial license 12/7
Two-speed gearboxes 7/31
Type 6/82, 7/33
U
UL/CSA fuse 9/21
Upgrade 12/7
Upright mounting bracket 3/18
Usage and copy rights 12/8
USB FlashDrive 512 MB 3/15
USB mouse 3/10, 3/11
User Manual 8/7
V
Vibration severity 7/20
Virtual Production 11/4
Voltage Protection Module 6/76
W
Warning signs in foreign languages 9/10, 9/15, 9/23,
9/26, 9/28, 9/30, 9/31
Water cooling 6/23, 6/25
Wideband Line Filters 9/18

Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
1FE104...
1FE1041-6WM..-.... 6/68
1FE1042-6W... 6/68
1FE105...
1FE1051-6W... 6/68
1FE1051-4... 6/72
1FE1052-4... 6/72
1FE1052-6W... 6/68
1FE1053-4... 6/72
1FE1054-6W... 6/68
1FE106...
1FE1061-6W... 6/68
1FE1064-6W... 6/68
1FE107...
1FE1072-4W... 6/72
1FE1073-4W... 6/72
1FE1074-4W... 6/72
1FE108...
1FE1082-4W... 6/72
1FE1082-6W... 6/68
1FE1083-4WN..-.... 6/72
1FE1084-4W... 6/72
1FE1084-6W... 6/68
1FE1085-4W... 6/72
1FE109...
1FE1091-6W... 6/68
1FE1092-4W... 6/74
1FE1092-6W... 6/68
1FE1093-4W... 6/74
1FE1093-6W... 6/68
1FE1094-4W... 6/74
1FE1095-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE1096-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE110...
1FE1103-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE1104-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE1105-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE1106-4W... 6/74
1FE111...
1FE1113-6W... 6/70
1FE1114-6W... 6/70
1FE1116-6W... 6/70
1FE112...
1FE1124-4WN..-.... 6/74
1FE1125-4W... 6/74
1FE1126-4W... 6/74
1FE114...
1FE1145-8W... 6/70
1FE1147-8W... 6/70
1FK7022-...
1FK7022-5AK71-1... 6/28
1FK703...
1FK7032-5AK71-1... 6/28
1FK7033-7AK71-1... 6/30
1FK7034-5AK71-1... 6/28
1FK704...
1FK7040-5AK71-1... 6/28
1FK7042-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FK7043-7A.71-1... 6/30
1FK7044-7A.71-1... 6/30
1FK706...
1FK7060-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FK7061-7A.71-1... 6/30
1FK7063-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FK7064-7A.71-1... 6/30
1FK708...
1FK7080-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FK7082-7AF71-1... 6/30
1FK7083-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FK7085-7AF71-1... 6/30
1FK7086-7AF71-1... 6/30
1FK710...
1FK7100-5AF71-1... 6/28
1FK7101-5AF71-1... 6/28
1FK7103-5AF71-1... 6/28
1FK7105-5A.71-1... 6/28
1FN.006...
1FN.006-0PH01-0AA0 6/56
1FN107...
1FN1072-3AF7.-.... 6/48
1FN1076-3AF71-.... 6/48
1FN11...
1FN1122-5.C71-.... 6/48
1FN1124-5.F71-.... 6/48
1FN1126-5... 6/48
1FN1184-5... 6/48
1FN1186-5... 6/48
1FN124...
1FN1244-5... 6/48
1FN1246-5... 6/48
1FN1910-...
1FN1910-0AA00-0AA0 6/56
1FN1910-0AA20-1AA0 6/64
1FN300..
1FN3002-0PH0.-0AA0 6/56
1FN3002-0TK0.-.... 6/55
1FN3003-0PH0.-0AA0 6/56
1FN3003-0TK0.-.... 6/55
1FN3004-0TK0.-.... 6/55
1FN3005-0PH0.-0AA0 6/56
1FN3005-0TK0.-.... 6/55
1FN3006-0PH00-0AA0 6/56
1FN3050-...
1FN3050-0TB00-1... 6/54
1FN3050-0TC00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3050-0T.01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3050-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3050-2WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3050-4SA00-0AA0 6/50
1FN3050-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3100-...
1FN3100-0TB00-1 6/54
1FN3100-0TC00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3100-0T.01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3100-1WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3100-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3100-2W.00-.... 6/50
1FN3100-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3100-3W.00-.... 6/50
1FN3100-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3100-4SA00-0AA0 6/50
1FN3100-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3100-4WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3100-5PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3100-5WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3150-...
1FN3150-0TB00-1 6/54
1FN3150-0TC00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3150-0T.01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3150-1WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3150-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3150-2WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3150-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3150-3WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3150-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0 6/50
1FN3150-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3150-4WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3150-5PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3150-5WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3300-...
1FN3300-0TB00-1... 6/54
1FN3300-0TC00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3300-0T.01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3300-1WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3300-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3300-2W.00-.... 6/50
1FN3300-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3300-3WC00-.... 6/50
1FN3300-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3300-4SA00-0AA0 6/50
1FN3300-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3300-4W.00-.... 6/50
1FN3450-...
1FN3450-0TB00-1... 6/54
1FN3450-0TC00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3450-0T.01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3450-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3450-2WA50-.... 6/52
1FN3450-2WC00-.... 6/52
1FN3450-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3450-3W.00-.... 6/52
1FN3450-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3450-4SA00-0AA0 6/52
1FN3450-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3450-4W.00-.... 6/52
1FN3600-...
1FN3600-0TB00-1... 6/54
1FN3600-0TJ01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3600-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3600-2WA50-.... 6/52
1FN3600-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3600-3W.00-.... 6/52
1FN3600-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3600-4SA00-0AA0 6/52
1FN3600-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3600-4W.00-.... 6/52
1FN3900-...
1FN3900-0TB00-1... 6/54
1FN3900-0TJ01-0AA0 6/55
1FN3900-2PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3900-2W.00-.... 6/52
1FN3900-3PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3900-3WB00-.... 6/52
1FN3900-4PK00-0AA0 6/54
1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 6/52
1FN3900-4TP00-1A.. 6/54
1FN3900-4W.00-.... 6/52
1FT602...
1FT6021-6AK71-.... 6/16
1FT6024-6AK71-.... 6/16
1FT603...
1FT6031-4AK71-.... 6/16
1FT6034-1AK71-.... 6/6
1FT6034-4AK71-.... 6/16
1FT604...
1FT6041-4AF71-.... 6/12, 6/16
1FT6044-1AF71-.... 6/6
1FT6044-4AF71-.... 6/12, 6/16
1FT606...
1FT6061-6AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6061-6AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6061-6AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6061-6AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6062-1A.71-.... 6/6
1FT6062-6AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6062-6AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6062-6AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6062-6AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6062-6W.7.-.... 6/22
1FT6064-1A.71-.... 6/6
1FT6064-6AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6064-6AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6064-6AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6064-6AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6064-6W.7.-.... 6/22
1FT608...
1FT6081-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6081-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6081-8AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6081-8AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6082-1AF71-.... 6/6
1FT6082-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6082-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6082-8AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6082-8AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6084-1A.71-.... 6/6
1FT6084-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6084-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6084-8AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6084-8AK7.-.... 6/16
1FT6084-8S.7.-.... 6/20
1FT6084-8WF7.-.... 6/22
1FT608...
1FT6084-8W... 6/22
1FT6086-1A... 6/6
1FT6086-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6086-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6086-8AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6086-8S... 6/20
1FT6086-8W... 6/22
1FT6102-...
1FT6102-1AC71-.... 6/6
1FT6102-8AB7.-.... 6/8
1FT6102-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6102-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6102-8AH7.-.... 6/14
1FT6105-...
1FT6105-1AC71-.... 6/6
1FT6105-8AB7.-.... 6/8
1FT6105-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6105-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6105-8SB7.-.... 6/18
1FT6105-8SC7.-.... 6/18
1FT6105-8SF7.-.... 6/20
1FT6105-8SH7.-.... 6/20
1FT6105-8WC7.-.... 6/22
1FT6105-8WF7.-.... 6/22
1FT6108-...
1FT6108-8AB7.-.... 6/8
1FT6108-8AC7.-.... 6/10
1FT6108-8AF7.-.... 6/12
1FT6108-8SB7.-.... 6/18
1FT6108-8SC7.-.... 6/18
1FT6108-8SF7.-.... 6/20
1FT6108-8W.7.-.... 6/22
1FT613...
1FT6132-6AB71-.... 6/8
1FT6132-6AC71-.... 6/10
1FT6132-6AF71-.... 6/12
1FT6132-6SB71-.... 6/18
1FT6132-6SC71-.... 6/18
1FT6132-6SF71-.... 6/20
1FT6132-6W... 6/24
1FT6134-6AB71-.... 6/8
1FT6134-6AC71-.... 6/10
1FT6134-6SB71-.... 6/18
1FT6134-6SC71-.... 6/18
1FT6134-6SF71-.... 6/20
1FT6134-6W... 6/24
1FT6136-6AB71-.... 6/8
1FT6136-6AC71-.... 6/10
1FT6136-6SB71-.... 6/18
1FT6136-6SC71-.... 6/18
1FT6136-6SF71-.... 6/20
1FT6136-6W... 6/24
1FT6138-6W... 6/24
1FW6090-...
1FW6090-0PB05-0FC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB05-0KC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB07-0KC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB07-1JC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB10-0KC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB10-1JC2 6/60
1FW6090-0PB15-2JC2 6/60
1FW6130-...
1FW6130-0PB05-0KC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB05-1JC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB07-0KC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB07-1JC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB10-1JC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB10-2JC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB15-1JC2 6/60
1FW6130-0PB15-2JC2 6/60
1FW6160-...
1FW6160-0.B05-1JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B05-2JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B07-1JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B07-2JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B10-1JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B10-2JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B15-2JC2 6/62
1FW6160-0.B15-5GC2 6/62
1FW6160-1BA00-0AA0 6/63
1FW6190-...
1FW6190-0.B05-1JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B05-2JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B07-1JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B07-2JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B10-1JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B10-2JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B15-2JC2 6/62
1FW6190-0.B15-5GC2 6/62
1FW6230-...
1FW6230-0.B05-1JC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B05-2JC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B07-1JC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B07-2JC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B10-2JC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B10-5GC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B15-4CC2 6/62
1FW6230-0.B15-5GC2 6/62
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/13
12

Indexes
Appendix
Order No. index
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
1FW6290...
1FW6290-0.B15-7AC2 6/62
1FW6290-1BA00-0AA0 6/63
1PH2...
1PH2093-... 7/28
1PH2095-... 7/28
1PH2113-... 7/28
1PH2115-... 7/28
1PH2117-... 7/28
1PH2118-... 7/28
1PH41...
1PH410.-... 7/20
1PH413.-... 7/20
1PH416.-... 7/20
1PH7...
1PH7101-... 7/8
1PH7103-... 7/6, 7/8
1PH7105-... 7/8
1PH7107-... 7/6, 7/8
1PH7131-... 7/10
1PH7133-... 7/6, 7/10
1PH7135-... 7/10
1PH7137-... 7/6, 7/10
1PH7163-... 7/6, 7/12
1PH7167-... 7/6, 7/12
1PH7184-... 7/14
1PH7186-... 7/14
1PH7224-... 7/16
1PM41...
1PM4101-... 7/24
1PM4105-... 7/24
1PM4133-... 7/24
1PM4137-... 7/24
1PM61...
1PM6101-... 7/24
1PM6105-... 7/24
1PM6133-... 7/24
1PM6137-... 7/24
1PM6138-... 7/24
2LG4...
2LG4250-1JC11 7/32
2LG4260-1JC21 7/32
2LG4312-3CC31 7/32
2LG4315-3FC11 7/32
2LG4315-3FD11 7/32
2LG4320-3JC11 7/32
2LG4320-3JD11 7/32
2SP12...
2SP1202-1HA..-.... 6/80
2SP1202-1HB..-.... 6/80
2SP1204-1HA..-.... 6/80
2SP1204-1HB..-.... 6/80
2SP1253-1HA0.-.... 6/80
2SP1253-1HB0.-.... 6/80
2SP1253-8HA0.-.... 6/80
2SP1255-1HA0.-.... 6/80
2SP1255-1HB0.-.... 6/80
2SP1255-8HA0.-.... 6/80
3KA5...
3KA5330-1EE01 9/20
3KA5730-1EE01 9/20
3KL5...
3KL5030-1EB01 9/14, 9/21
3KL5230-1EB01 9/14, 9/21
3KL5530-1EB01 9/21
3KL5730-1EB01 9/21
3KX3552-...
3KX3552-3EA01 9/20, 9/21
3LD...
3LD2003-0TK51 9/14
3LD2504-0TK51 9/14, 9/20
3LD2704-0TK51 9/14, 9/20
3LD9250-3B 9/20
3NA3...
3NA3132 9/21
3NA3136 9/21
3NA3144 9/21
3NA3805 9/14
3NA3814 9/14, 9/21
3NA3824 9/14, 9/21
3NP..
3NP4010-0CH01 9/14, 9/21
3NP4270-0CA01 9/21
3NP5360-0CA00 9/21
3RN1013-...
3RN1013-1BW10 6/69, 6/71,
6/73, 6/75
3RT10...
3RT1023-1BB40 9/14
3RT1026-1BB40 9/14
3RT1035-1AC24 9/14, 9/20
3RT1045-1AP04 9/14, 9/20
3RT1054-1AP36 9/20
3RT1056-6AP36 9/20
3RT1065-6AP36 9/20
3RV10...
3RV1031-4BA10 9/14
3RV1031-4FA10 9/14, 9/21
3RV1041-4LA10 9/14, 9/21
3RX15...
3RX1535 10/13
3RX1548 10/13
3SB...
3SB2000-1AC01 3/25
3SB2404-0B 3/25
3SB2404-0C 3/25
3SB2908-0AA 3/23, 3/25
3SB3000-1HA20 3/22, 3/23, 3/25
3SB3400-0A 3/22, 3/23, 3/25,
5/5, 5/6
3TX7004-...
3TX7004-1LB00 9/20
3VF...
3VF3211-3FU41-0AA0 9/21
3VF3211-3FW41-0AA0 9/21
3VF4211-3DM41-0AA0 9/21
5S...
5SB411 9/21
5SC211 9/21
5SE2335 9/21
6AG1064-...
6AG1064-1AA01-0AA0 11/17
6AG1064-1AA02-0AA0 11/17
6AV661...
6AV6611-0AA01-0AA0 4/10
6AV6612-0AA01-0AA0 4/10
6AV6613-0AA01-0AA0 4/10
6BQ3030-...
6BQ3030-1AA..-.... 4/44
6BQ3030-1AB.0-8AB0 4/44
6BQ3030-3AA.0-0AA0 4/44
6EP133.-...
6EP1332-2BA10 5/24
6EP1333-1AL12 5/24
6EP1333-2BA01 5/24
6EP1333-3BA00 5/25
6EP1334-1AL12 5/24
6EP1334-2BA01 5/24
6EP1334-3BA00 5/25
6EP1336-2BA00 5/24
6EP1336-3BA00 5/25
6EP1337-3BA00 5/25
6EP14...
6EP1436-3BA00 5/25
6EP1437-3BA00 5/25
6EP1457-3BA00 5/25
6EP1536-...
6EP1536-2AA00 5/24
6EP19...
6EP1931-2DC.1-.... 5/26
6EP1931-2EC.1-.... 5/26
6EP1931-2FC.1-.... 5/26
6EP1935-6M..1-.... 5/26
6EP1961-3BA.0-.... 5/25
6EP5306-...
6EP5306-5BG00-.... 5/4, 5/23
6EP5406-...
6EP5406-5AA00-.... 5/4, 5/23
6ES7...
6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0 4/49
6ES7648-0DC20-0AA0 3/15, 3/35
6ES7648-2AG30-0GA0 3/15, 5/11
6ES7648-2AG40-0GA0 3/15, 5/11
6ES7648-2CA00-0AA0 3/15
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 9/41
6ES7972-0BA40-0XA0 5/3, 5/23
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0 9/34, 10/10
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0 9/34
6ES7997-0B.00-0XA0 12/6
6FC5088-...
6FC5088-1.... 11/3
6FC5088-1....-2... 11/4
6FC5088-2.... 11/3
6FC5088-2....-2... 11/4
6FC5088-3.... 11/3
6FC5088-3....-2... 11/4
6FC5088-4.... 11/3
6FC5088-5.... 11/3
6FC5088-6.... 11/3
6FC5095-...
6FC5095-0AA50-..P1 11/14
6FC5095-0AA50-0YG0 11/14
6FC5095-0AA60-..P1 11/14
6FC5095-0AA71-0.G0 11/14
6FC5095-0AA80-..P1 11/14
6FC5095-0AA80-0YG0 11/14
6FC5095-0AB00-0.G0 11/14
6FC5095-0AB00-..P1 11/14
6FC5095-0AB00-0YG0 11/14
6FC5148-...
6FC5148-0AA03-0AA0 3/22, 3/23,
3/25
6FC5203-...
6FC5203-0AC01-2AA0 3/31
6FC5203-0AF00-0AA1 3/4
6FC5203-0AF01-0AA0 3/6
6FC5203-0AF02-0AA1 3/7
6FC5203-0AF03-0AA0 3/9
6FC5203-0AF04-0AA0 3/5
6FC5203-0AF05-0AA0 3/10
6FC5203-0AF06-1AA0 3/8
6FC5203-0AF08-0AA0 3/11
6FC5203-0AF20-0AA1 3/32
6FC5203-0AF21-0AA1 3/33
6FC5203-0AF22-1AA2 3/23
6FC5203-0AF23-1AA0 3/25
6FC521...
6FC5210-0DF31-2AA0 3/15
6FC5210-0DF33-2AA0 3/15
6FC5211-0BA01-0AA2 5/22
6FC522...
6FC5220-0AA31-2AA0 5/11
6FC5220-0AA33-2AA0 5/11
6FC5222-0AA00-0AA1 5/12
6FC5222-0AA02-2AA0 5/11
6FC5235-...
6FC5235-0AA05-1AA2 3/36
6FC5247-...
6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0 5/17
6FC5247-0AA20-0AA0 3/36
6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0 3/22, 3/23,
3/25, 3/29
6FC5247-0AA40-0AA0 3/31
6FC5247-0AF01-0AA0 3/11
6FC5247-0AF01-0AB0 3/10
6FC5247-0AF02-0AA0 3/23, 3/25
6FC5247-0AF08-4AA0 3/15, 5/11
6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0 3/7, 3/8,
3/10, 3/11, 3/12
6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0 3/22, 3/23,
3/25, 3/29
6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0 3/22, 3/23,
3/25, 3/29
6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0 3/8, 3/10,
3/11, 3/12
6FC5248-...
6FC5248-0AF00-0AA0 3/4
6FC5248-0AF02-0AA0 3/7
6FC5248-0AF03-0AA0 3/9
6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0 3/4, 3/5, 3/6,
3/7, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11
6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0 3/4, 3/5, 3/6
3/7, 3/9, 3/10
6FC5248-0AF07-0AA0 3/4
6FC5248-0AF08-0AA0 3/7
6FC5248-0AF12-0AA0 3/6, 3/22
6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0 3/8, 3/11,
3/22, 3/23, 3/25, 3/32, 3/33
6FC5248-0AF15-0AA0 3/10
6FC5248-0AF17-0AA0 3/11
6FC5248-0AF20-0AA0 3/18
6FC5248-0AF20-1AA0 3/18
6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0 3/15, 3/18,
5/11
6FC5248-0AF21-0AA0 3/22
6FC5248-0AF22-1AA1 3/23
6FC5248-0AF23-1AA0 3/25
6FC5248-0AF30-0AA0 3/22
6FC5250-...
6FC5250-.AY10-.AG0 4/53
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG0 4/52
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG1 4/52
6FC5250-0AY00-0AG2 4/52
6FC5250-0AY10-0AG1 4/53
6FC5250-7AY00-.AG0 4/52
6FC5250-7AY00-.AG3 4/52
6FC5252-...
6FC5252-.AY01-.AG0 4/50
6FC5252-0AF00-0AA0 3/23, 3/25
6FC5252-0AY00-0AG0 4/50
6FC5252-0AY00-0AG1 4/50
6FC5253-...
6FC5253-.BX20-.AG. 4/10
6FC5253-.CX25-.AG. 4/10
6FC5253-0AF02-0AA0 4/10
6FC5253-0BX10-0AF0 3/15
6FC5253-0BX10-0AG. 4/3
6FC5253-0BX20-0AG. 4/10
6FC5253-0BX40-0AG. 4/3
6FC5253-0CX25-0AG. 4/10
6FC5253-7BX10-.AF0 3/15
6FC5253-7BX10-.AG. 4/3
6FC5253-7BX10-.XG8 4/3, 5/17
6FC5253-7BX40-.AG. 4/3
6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8 3/18, 3/8
6FC5253-7CX20-4XA8 3/18
6FC5253-8CX10-1XU8 3/15
6FC5255-...
6FC5255-0AX00-0AB. 4/50
6FC5255-7AX00-.AG. 4/50
6FC5260-...
6FC5260-.AY00-.AG. 4/8
6FC5260-0AY00-0AG. 4/8
6FC5260-2FX28-0AG2 11/25
6FC5260-2FX28-0BG2 11/25
6FC5263-...
6FC5263-0AY00-0AB1 4/11
6FC5263-0AY10-0AB1 4/11
6FC5263-0AY20-0AB1 4/12
6FC5263-0AY30-0AG1 4/12
6FC5263-7AY00-0AB0 4/11
6FC5263-7AY10-0AB0 4/11
6FC5263-7AY20-0AB0 4/12
6FC5263-7AY30-0AG0 4/12
6FC5270-...
6FC5270-.AX70-.AG.. 11/12
6FC5270-.AX72-.AG.. 11/12
6FC5270-0AX73-0AG0 11/12
6FC5270-0AX74-0AG0 11/12
6FC5270-0AX75-0AG0 11/12
6FC5270-0AX76-0AG0 11/12
6FC5270-0AX80-0AG0 11/12
6FC5270-0AX82-0AG0 11/12
12
12/14 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
6FC5297-...
6FC5297-0AD30-0.P2 11/25
6FC5297-0BA01-0.P4 11/24
6FC5297-1AE60-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-1AE81-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-2AE80-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-5AF30-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-6AD61-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-6AE00-0.P0 11/25
6FC5297-6AE01-0.P2 11/25
6FC5297-6AE10-0.P4 11/25
6FC5298-...
6FC5298-0CD00-0AG. 11/23
6FC5298-0CD00-0BG. 11/23
6FC5298-6AC10-0BP2 11/24
6FC5298-6AC20-0BP2 11/24
6FC5303-...
6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0 3/29
6FC5303-0AF22-0AA0 3/22
6FC5303-0AF30-1AA0 5/6
6FC5303-0DM13-1AA0 5/4
6FC5303-0DT12-1AA0 5/4
6FC5303-1AF00-0AA0 3/27
6FC5303-1AF00-1AA0 3/27
6FC5303-1AF01-0AA0 3/27
6FC531...
6FC5312-0DA00-0AA0 3/18
6FC5312-0DA01-0AA0 5/6
6FC5313-2AG00-0AA0 5/4
6FC5313-4AG00-0AA0 3/15, 3/34,
5/4, 5/17
6FC5348-...
6FC5348-0AA01-0AA0 5/17
6FC5348-0AA06-0AA0 5/17
6FC5348-0AA07-0AA0 5/17
6FC537...
6FC5370-0AA00-2AA0 5/4
6FC5371-0AA10-0AA0 5/17
6FC5372-0AA00-0AA0 5/17
6FC5373-0AA00-0AA0 5/17
6FC5397-...
6FC5397-0AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-0BP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-1AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-1BP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-2AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-2BP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-2CP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-3AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-3CP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-4AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-4BP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-4CP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-5AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5397-5BP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-6AC60-0.P2 11/25
6FC5397-6AP10-0.A0 11/25
6FC5397-7AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-...
6FC5398-1AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-1BP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-2AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-2BP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-3BP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-4AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-4BP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-5AP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5398-6BP10-0.A0 11/24
6FC5463-...
6FC5463-0FA40-0AG0 11/12
6FC5463-0FA41-0AG0 11/12
6FC5463-0FA42-0AG0 11/12, 11/13
6FC5463-0FA43-0AG0 11/12, 11/13
6FC5463-0FA52-0AG0 11/13
6FC5463-0FA53-0AG0 11/13
6FC5463-0GA40-0AG0 11/13
6FC5463-0GA41-0AG0 11/13
6FC5463-0GA50-0AG0 11/13
6FC5463-0GA51-0AG0 11/13
6FC5603-...
6FC5603-0AD00-0AA2 5/5
6FC5611-...
6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0 5/23
6FC5697-...
6FC5697-0CP10-0.A0 11/23
6FC5698-...
6FC5698-0CP10-0.A0 11/23
6FC5698-1CP10-0.A0 11/23
6FC5698-2CP10-0.A0 11/23
6FC5800-...
6FC5800-0AA00-0YB0 2/10
6FC5800-0AC00-0YB0 2/8
6FC5800-0AC10-0YB0 2/8
6FC5800-0AC60-0YB0 5/21
6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0 5/21
6FC5800-0AD00-0YB0 2/8, 5/17
6FC5800-0AD10-0YB0 2/50, 5/17
6FC5800-0AM00-0YB0 2/22
6FC5800-0AM01-0YB0 2/12, 4/6
6FC5800-0AM02-0YB0 2/12
6FC5800-0AM03-0YB0 2/12
6FC5800-0AM04-0YB0 2/20
6FC5800-0AM05-0YB0 2/12
6FC5800-0AM06-0YB0 2/12
6FC5800-0AM07-0YB0 2/12
6FC5800-0AM14-0YB0 2/14, 4/6
6FC5800-0AM15-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM16-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM17-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM18-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM20-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM21-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM22-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM23-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM24-0YB0 2/14
6FC5800-0AM26-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM27-0YB0 2/16, 4/6
6FC5800-0AM28-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM30-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM31-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM32-0YB0 2/16, 4/8
6FC5800-0AM33-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM34-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM35-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM36-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM37-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM38-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM40-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM41-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM42-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM43-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM44-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM46-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM47-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM48-0YB0 2/30
6FC5800-0AM50-0YB0 2/30
6FC5800-0AM51-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM52-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM53-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM55-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM57-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM58-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM62-0YB0 2/48
6FC5800-0AM63-0YB0 5/21
6FC5800-0AM64-0YB0 5/21
6FC5800-0AM65-0YB0 2/18
6FC5800-0AM66-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AM71-0YB0 2/16
6FC5800-0AN00-0YB0 2/46, 4/3
6FC5800-0AP01-0YB0 2/34, 4/3,
4/43
6FC5800-0AP02-0YB0 2/20, 4/2,
4/10, 4/3
6FC5800-0AP03-0YB0 2/20, 4/10
6FC5800-0AP04-0YB0 2/24, 4/4, 4/6
6FC5800-0AP05-0YB0 2/24, 4/3
6FC5800-0AP11-0YB0 2/26, 4/6
6FC5800-0AP12-0YB0 2/8, 5/17
6FC5800-0AP13-0YB0 2/24, 4/4, 4/6
6FC5800-0AP14-0YB0 2/24, 4/4
6FC5800-0AP20-0YB0 2/26, 4/6
6FC5800-0AP21-0YB0 2/26, 4/2
6FC5800-0AP23-0YB0 2/26, 4/4
6FC5800-0AP24-0YB0 2/26, 4/6
6FC5800-0AP28-0YB0 2/16, 4/8
6FC5800-0AP30-0YB0 4/42, 4/43
6FC5800-0AP32-0YB0 4/40
6FC5800-0AP34-0YB0 4/24
6FC5800-0AP35-0YB0 4/25
6FC5800-0AP36-0YB0 4/26
6FC5800-...
6FC5800-0AP37-0YB0 4/30
6FC5800-0AP38-0YB0 4/31
6FC5800-0AP40-0YB0 4/14
6FC5800-0AP41-0YB0 4/17, 4/21
6FC5800-0AP42-0YB0 4/37
6FC5800-0AP43-0YB0 4/35
6FC5800-0AP44-0YB0 2/36
6FC5800-0AP45-0YB0 2/36
6FC5800-0AP46-0YB0 4/40
6FC5800-0AP50-0YB0 4/38
6FC5810-...
6FC5810-0CY10-0YU8 5/4
6FC5820-...
6FC5820-1XP00-0YB0 5/10
6FC5820-1YP00-0YB0 5/10
6FC5820-3XC..-.YA8 5/10
6FC5820-3XP00-0Y.. 5/10
6FC5820-3YC..-.YA8 5/10
6FC5820-3YP00-0Y.. 5/10
6FC5840-...
6FC5840-0YC..-.YA8 5/17
6FC5840-0YP00-0YL8 5/17
6FC5840-1XG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5840-1YG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5840-3XC..-.YA8 5/16
6FC5840-3XG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5840-3XP00-0YL8 5/16
6FC5840-3YC..-.YA8 5/16
6FC5840-3YG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5840-3YP00-0YL8 5/16
6FC5841-...
6FC5841-1XG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5841-1YG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5841-3XC..-.YA8 5/16
6FC5841-3XG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5841-3XP00-0YL8 5/16
6FC5841-3YC..-.YA8 5/16
6FC5841-3YG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5841-3YP00-0YL8 5/16
6FC5842-...
6FC5842-1XG..-.YA0 5/17
6FC5842-1YG..-.YA0 5/17
6FC5842-3XC..-.YA8 5/17
6FC5842-3XG..-.YA0 5/17
6FC5842-3XP00-0YL8 5/17
6FC5842-3YC..-.YA8 5/17
6FC5842-3YG..-. YA0 5/17
6FC5842-3YP00-0YL8 5/17
6FC5843-...
6FC5843-0YG..-.YA0 5/16
6FC5880-...
6FC5880-0YC05-0AA0 11/5
6FC5880-1YC05-0AA0 11/5
6FC6000-...
6FC6000-0AC0.-.AA8 4/14
6FC6000-0AC0.-.AE0 4/14
6FC6000-0AC0.-.AT7 4/14
6FC6000-0BC0.-.AA0 4/16
6FC6000-0BC0.-.AE0 4/16
6FC6000-0BF00-0AB0 4/16
6FC6000-0CC0.-.AA0 4/21
6FC6000-0CF00-0AB0 4/21
6FC6000-0DF00-0AB0 4/21
6FC6000-0FF00-0AB0 4/17, 4/21
6FC6000-0GF00-0AB0 4/18, 4/21
6FC6000-0HF00-0AB0 4/19, 4/21
6FC6000-0KF00-0AB0 4/18, 4/21
6FC6000-1AC0.-.AA8 4/40
6FC6000-1AC0.-.AF0 4/40
6FC6000-1AC00-0AT7 4/40
6FC6000-1BC0.-.AA0 4/40
6FC6000-1BF00-0AB0 4/40
6FC6000-1DF00-0AB0 4/40
6FC6000-2AC0.-.AA8 4/30
6FC6000-2BC0.-.AA0 4/28
6FC6000-2BF00-0AB0 4/28
6FC6000-2EC0.-.AA8 4/24
6FC6000-2FC0.-.AA8 4/25
6FC6000-2GC0.-.AA8 4/26
6FC6000-2HC0.-.AA0 4/32
6FC6000-2HF00-0AB0 4/32
6FC6000-2JC0.-.AA8 4/31
6FC6000-...
6FC6000-2KC0.-.AA0 4/27
6FC6000-2KC00-0AB0 4/27
6FC6000-3AC0.-.AA8 4/37
6FC6000-3AC0.-.AE0 4/37
6FC6000-3AC0.-.AT7 4/37
6FC6000-3AC00-0AA8 4/37
6FC6000-3BC0.-.AA0 4/34
6FC6000-3BC0.-.AE0 4/34
6FC6000-3BF00-0AB0 4/34
6FC6000-6BC0.-.BA0 4/41
6FC6000-6BC0.-.BE0 4/41
6FC6000-6BF00-0BB0 4/41
6FC6000-6DC0.-.BA0 4/42
6FC6000-6DC8.-.BA0 4/43
6FC6000-6DF00-0BB0 4/42
6FC6000-6DF88-8BB0 4/43
6FC6000-7AC0.-.AA8 4/38
6FC6000-7AC0.-.AE0 4/38
6FC6001-...
6FC6001-0EE00-0AF8 4/45
6FC6001-0EE00-0AM8 4/45
6FC8506-...
6FC8506-0.X0.-.AA1 11/8
6FC8506-0.X0.-.AA2 11/8
6FC8506-1.X0.-0AA0 11/8
6FC8506-2.X0.-0AA0 11/8
6FC8506-3SX0.-0AA0 11/8
6FC9320-...
6FC9320-5DB01 3/28
6FC9320-5DC01 3/28
6FC9320-5DE01 3/28
6FC9320-5DF01 3/28
6FC9320-5DH01 3/28
6FC9320-5DM00 3/28
6FC9320-5DN00 3/28
6FC934...
6FC9341-1AQ 3/28
6FC9348-7HX 5/3
6FX.002.-..
6FX.002-2AD04-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2AH00-.... 10/11
6FX.002-2AH00-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2AH04-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2CA31-.... 10/11
6FX.002-2CA31-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2CA34-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2CB54-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2CC11-.... 5/22
6FX.002-2CD01-.... 5/22, 10/11,
10/14
6FX.002-2CD24-.... 5/22, 10/11,
10/14
6FX.002-2CF02-.... 10/11, 10/14
6FX.002-2CF04- .... 10/14
6FX.002-2CG00-.... 10/11, 10/14
6FX.002-2CH00-.... 10/11, 10/14
6FX.002-2DC00-.... 10/14
6FX.002-2EQ10-.... 10/11, 10/12,
10/14
6FX.002-2EQ14-.... 10/14
6FX.002-5.A05-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A15-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A28-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A38-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A48-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A58-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.A68-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.X18-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5.X28-.... 10/8
6FX.002-5CB10-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5CB16-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5CC16-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5CS01-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS11-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS13-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS21-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS23-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS31-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS41-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS51-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS54-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS61-.... 10/6
6FX.002-5CS64-.... 10/6
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/15
12

Indexes
Appendix
Order No. index
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
6FX.002..
6FX.002-5DS01-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS11-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS13-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS21-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS23-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS31-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS33-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS41-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS43-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS51-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS53-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS54-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS61-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DS64-.... 10/7
6FX.002-5DX38-.... 10/7
6FX.008-...
6FX.008-.....-.... 10/13
6FX.008-.....-1FA0 10/18
6FX.008-.....-2AA0 10/18
6FX.008-.....-3AA0 10/18
6FX.008-.....-6AA0 10/18
6FX.008-1BA11-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA21-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA25-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA31-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA35-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA41-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA50-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA51-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BA61-.... 10/7
6FX.008-1BB.1-.... 10/6
6FX.01...
6FX.012-5....-1... 10/5
6FX.04...
6FX.042-5....-1... 10/5
6FX2001-...
6FX2001-2. 8/5
6FX2001-4. 8/5
6FX2001-5.. 8/7
6FX2001-6AA12-.... 8/10
6FX2001-6FA12-0.A0 8/10
6FX2001-6FK12-0AA0 8/10
6FX2001-6RB12-.... 8/10
6FX2001-7K... 8/8
6FX2002-...
6FX2002-1AB04-1AF0 3/19
6FX2002-1AB04-1BA0 3/19
6FX2002-1AB04-1BF0 3/19
6FX2002-1AB14-1AA5 3/19
6FX2002-1AB24-1AA5 3/19
6FX2002-1AB84-1AB0 3/19
6FX2002-1AB84-1AF0 3/19
6FX2002-1AB84-1BF0 3/19
6FX2002-1DC00-.... 10/11, 10/14
6FX2002-1DC00-1... 10/10
6FX2002-1DC20-.... 10/14
6FX2002-3AD01-.... 5/22
6FX2002-4EB00-.... 10/16
6FX2002-4EB10-.... 10/16
6FX2002-4EB40-.... 10/17
6FX2002-4EB50-.... 10/17
6FX2002-4EB60-.... 10/17
6FX2002-4EB70-.... 10/17
6FX2003-...
6FX2003-0FA00 5/12
6FX2003-0SA10 8/8
6FX2003-0SU10 8/8
6FX2003-1SA00 10/9
6FX2003-7AX00 10/9
6FX2003-7BX00 10/9
6FX2003-7CX00 10/9
6FX2003-7DX00 10/15
6FX2003-7FX00 10/9, 10/15
6FX2003-7GX00 10/9
6FX2003-8PS.0 10/9
6FX2006-...
6FX2006-1BA02 5/12
6FX2006-1BC01 3/19
6FX2006-1BG00 3/20
6FX2006-1BH01 3/19
6FX2006-1HA00 3/19
6FX2007-...
6FX2007-1AC04 3/19
6FX2007-1AC14 3/19
6FX2007-1AD01 3/20
6FX2007-1AD11 3/20
6FX2007-1AE04 3/19
6FX2007-1AE14 3/19
6FX5002-...
6FX5002-2DC.0-.... 10/11
6FX5002-2DC10-.... 10/14
6FX5002-2DC20-.... 10/14
6FX5002-5CC25-.... 10/7
6FX5002-5CC35-.... 10/7
6FX5002-5CD25-.... 10/7
6FX5002-5CD35-.... 10/7
6FX5002-5CS02-.... 10/6
6FX5002-5CS12-.... 10/6
6FX5002-5CS42-.... 10/6
6FX5002-5CS52-.... 10/6
6FX5002-5CS62-.... 10/6
6FX5008-...
6FX5008-1BB05-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB12-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB15-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB18-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB25-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB35-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB50-.... 10/6
6FX5008-1BB70-.... 10/6
6FX7002-...
6FX7002-2SL10-.... 10/12, 10/14
6FX7002-5EA02-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EA31-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EA41-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EA51-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EA61-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EA71-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5EB11-.... 10/8
6FX7002-5LM..-.... 10/12
6FX7008-...
6FX7008-1BC.1-.... 10/8
6FX7008-1BC25-.... 10/8
6FX8002-...
6FX8002-1AA01-.... 5/3
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0 10/10
6FX8002-1AA51-1AB0 10/13
6FX8002-2CA31-.... 10/13
6FX8002-2CA80-.... 10/13, 10/14
6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0 3/14, 3/29,
5/8, 5/14
6FX8002-2DC.1-.... 10/11
6FX8002-2DC.0-.... 10/14
6FX8002-4AA21-.... 5/8
6FX8002-4AA41-.... 5/8
6FX8002-4EA20-.... 10/16
6FX8002-4EB00-.... 10/16
6FX8002-4EB10-.... 10/16
6FX8002-4EB30-.... 10/16
6FX8002-4EB40-.... 10/17
6FX8002-4EB50-.... 10/17
6FX8002-5CS..-.... 10/12
6FX8002-5DC25- .... 10/7
6FX8002-5DC35- .... 10/7
6FX8002-5DD25- .... 10/7
6FX8002-5DD35- .... 10/7
6FX8008-...
6FX8008-1BD61-1FA0 5/3
6GK1...
6GK1551-2AA00 9/41
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 3/18
6GK5...
6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3 3/18
6GK5208-0BA00-2AA. 3/18
6GT2000-...
6GT2000-0CA10 4/48
6GT2000-0CA20 4/48
6GT2000-0CD30-0AC0 4/48
6GT2000-0DC00-0AA0 4/48
6GT2000-0DG10 4/48
6GT2000-0EG00 4/48
6GT2000-1CF00 4/48
6GT2001-...
6GT2001-0AA00 4/49
6GT2001-0AA00-0AX0 4/49
6GT2001-0AC00 4/49
6GT2001-0AC00-0AX0 4/49
6GT2001-0BA00 4/49
6GT2001-0CA10 4/49
6GT2001-0EA10 4/49
6GT2001-0EB00 4/49
6GT2002-...
6GT2002-0EB20 4/49
6GT2002-0.A10 4/49
6GT2005-...
6GT2005-0.A10 4/49
6GT2080-...
6GT2080-2AA10 4/49
6GT2090-...
6GT2090-0QA00 4/48
6GT2090-0QB00 4/48
6SL3000-...
6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0 9/13, 9/19
6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0 9/13, 9/19
6SL3000-0BE25-5DA0 9/19
6SL3000-0CE15-0AA0 9/12
6SL3000-0CE21-0AA0 9/12
6SL3000-0CE21-6AA0 9/12
6SL3000-0CE23-6AA0 9/12
6SL3000-0DE31-2BA0 9/17
6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 9/19
6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 9/19
6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0 9/19
6SL3000-0FE28-0AA0 9/19
6SL3000-0FE31-2AA1 9/19
6SL3000-0HE15-0AA0 9/13
6SL3000-0HE21-0AA0 9/13
6SL3040-...
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1 9/34
6SL3040-0NB00-0AA0 5/17, 5/18
6SL3040-0NC00-0AA0 5/17, 5/18
6SL305...
6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0 9/35
6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0 9/35
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0 9/36
6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1 9/37
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0 9/38
6SL3055-0AA00-5EA0 9/39
6SL3055-0AA00-5HA0 9/39
6SL3060-...
6SL3060-1FE21-6AA0 9/20
6SL3060-4A..0-.AA0 10/10, 10/11,
10/12, 10/13
6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AK00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0 10/14
6SL3064-...
6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0 9/34
6SL3064-3BB00-0AA0 5/17
6SL3066-...
6SL3066-2DA00-0AA0 10/15
6SL3066-2DA00-0AB0 10/15
6SL307...
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0 9/40
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 9/41
6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0 9/35
6SL3097-...
6SL3097-2AB00-0.P1 11/26
6SL3097-2AC00-0.P2 11/26
6SL3097-2AH00-0.P2 11/26
6SL3100-...
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 9/28
6SL3100-1AE31-0AB0 9/4
6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0 9/29
6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0 9/30
6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0 9/31
6SL3120-...
6SL3120-1TE13-0AA0 9/23
6SL3120-1TE13-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE15-0AA0 9/23
6SL3120-1TE15-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE21-0AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE21-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE21-8AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE21-8AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE23-0AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE23-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE24-5AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE24-5AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE26-0AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE26-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE28-5AA1 9/23
6SL3120-1TE28-5AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE31-3AA0 9/23
6SL3120-1TE31-3AB0 9/4
6SL3120-1TE32-0AA0 9/23
6SL3120-1TE32-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 9/26
6SL3120-2TE13-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 9/26
6SL3120-2TE15-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 9/26
6SL3120-2TE21-0AB0 9/4
6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0 9/26
6SL3120-2TE21-8AB0 9/4
6SL3121-...
6SL3121-1TE13-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE15-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE21-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE21-8AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE23-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE24-5AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE26-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE28-5AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE31-3AA0 9/23
6SL3121-1TE32-0AA0 9/23
6SL3121-2TE13-0AA0 9/26
6SL3121-2TE15-0AA0 9/26
6SL3121-2TE21-0AA0 9/26
6SL3121-2TE21-8AA0 9/26
6SL3130-...
6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 9/10
6SL3130-6AE15-0AB0 9/4
6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 9/10
6SL3130-6AE21-0AB0 9/4
6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 9/4, 9/10
6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 9/4, 9/10
6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 9/15
6SL3130-7TE21-6AB0 9/4
6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 9/15
6SL3130-7TE23-6AB0 9/4
6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 9/15
6SL3130-7TE25-5AB0 9/4
6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 9/15
6SL3130-7TE28-0AB0 9/4
6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 9/15
6SL3130-7TE31-2AB0 9/4
6SL3131-...
6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0 9/10
6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0 9/10
6SL3131-7TE21-6AA0 9/15
6SL3131-7TE23-6AA0 9/15
6SL3131-7TE25-5AA0 9/15
6SL3131-7TE28-0AA0 9/15
6SL3131-7TE31-2AA0 9/15
12
12/16 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
Type
Page
6SL3162-...
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA0 9/10
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1 9/15, 9/23
6SL3162-1AF00-0BA0 9/15, 9/23
6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0 9/15, 9/23
6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0 9/15, 9/23
6SL3162-1AH01-0BA0 9/15, 9/23
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0 9/10, 9/15,
9/23, 9/26
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0 9/10, 9/15,
9/23, 9/26
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 9/32
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 9/32
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 9/32
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0 9/23, 9/26,
10/9
6SL3166-...
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 9/10, 9/15,
9/23, 9/26, 9/28,
9/30, 9/31
6SN111...
6SN1111-0AA00-0.A1 9/17
6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0 9/17
6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0 9/29
6SN1113-1AA00-1JA1 6/76
6SN1113-1AA00-1KA1 6/76
6SN1162-...
6SN1162-0GA00-0CA0 9/20
6SN1197-...
6SN1197-0AB10-0YP3 8/7, 11/26
6SN1197-0AB30-0.P1 11/26
6SN1197-0AB70-0.P4 11/26
6SN1197-0AC00-0.P5 11/26
6SN1197-0AC62-0.P1 11/26
6SN1197-0AC63-0.P0 11/26
6SN1197-0AC64-0.P0 11/26
6SN1197-0AC72-0.P0 11/26
6SN1197-0AD00-0.P2 11/26
6SN1197-0AD04-0.P1 11/26
6SN1197-0AD07-0.P2 11/26
6SN1197-0AD12-0.P0 11/26
6SN1197-0AD13-0.P0 11/26
6SN1197-0AD16-0.P0 11/26
6SW1700-...
6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2 9/42
6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2 9/42
6SW1700-0JC00-0AB2 9/42
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 9/42
6SW1700-5JA00-3AA. 9/42
6SW1700-5JC00-1AC0 9/42
6SW1700-5JC00-3AA. 9/42
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 9/42
6SW1700-6JD00-0AA. 9/42
6SX7002-...
6SX7002-0AL00-...0 10/11, 10/14
6SX7002-0AN.0-...0 10/11, 10/14
6XV18...
6XV1830-0EH10-.... 5/3, 5/23
6XV1840-.AH10-.... 3/18
6ZB24...
6ZB2410-0B.00-.... 11/16
6ZB2480-0.A00-.... 11/17
6ZB3300-...
6ZB3300-0BD01-6AA0 11/15
6ZB3300-0BF00-6AA0 11/15
6ZB3300-0BG00-6AA0 11/15
6ZB5...
6ZB5000-0AA0.-0BA1 11/23
6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0 12/19
6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0 12/19
231-102...
231-102/037-000 9/23, 9/26
2K ...
2K 120 7/32
2K 250 7/32
2K 300 7/32
2K 800 7/32
2K 801 7/32
310...
310123.. 10/11, 10/12
310128.. 10/11, 10/12
369...
369124.. 10/11, 10/12
369129.. 10/11, 10/12
AJT...
AJT125 9/21
AJT175 9/21
AJT250 9/21
AJT35 9/21
AJT80 9/21
CGM...
CGM110 6/44
CGM250 6/44
CGM700 6/44
E80001-...
E80001-V211-E73-X-7400 11/14
E86060-...
E86060-D6850-A101-C2-7400 11/18
E86060-K4461-A101-A1 11/23
E86060-K4461-A101-A1-7600 11/23
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-.... 11/23
E86060-K6850-A101-B5 11/18
E86060-K6899-A101-B4-7600 11/18
E86060-P6850-A101-D1 11/18
ISBN...
ISBN 3-89578-074-X 11/23
KLBÜ...
KLBÜ 3-8 SC 9/10, 9/22, 9/26
KLBÜ CO 1 9/38
KLBÜ CO 4 9/15
LC...
LC 182 6/57
LC 481 6/57
LIDA...
LIDA 185 6/57
LIDA 485 6/57
LP...
LP 050-M01 6/43
LP 070-M01 6/43
LP 090-M01 6/43
LP 120-M01 6/43
LP 155-M01 6/43
LS...
LS 186 6/57
LS 486 6/57
RG2
RG2 6/57
SK8
SK8 9/38
SP 0...
SP 060S-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 060S-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 075S-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 075S-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 1...
SP 100S-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 100S-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 140S-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 140S-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 180S-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 180S-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 2...
SP 210-MF1 6/33, 6/38
SP 210-MF2 6/35, 6/40
SP 240-MF1 6/33
SP 240-MF2 6/35, 6/40
Order codes
A01 ... A26 2/10
C01 ... C09 2/8
C11 ... C19 2/8
C61, C62 2/52
C71 ... C78 2/52
D01 ... D06 2/8
D11 ... D15 2/50
G46 7/20
H30 7/20
J02 6/33, 6/38
J03 6/33, 6/38
J05 6/33, 6/38
J09 6/33, 6/38
J12 6/35, 6/40
J13 6/35, 6/40
J15 6/35, 6/40
J16 6/35, 6/40
J17 6/35, 6/40
J22 6/33, 6/38
J23 6/33, 6/38
J25 6/33, 6/38
J29 6/33, 6/38
J32 6/35, 6/40
J33 6/35, 6/40
J35 6/35, 6/40
J36 6/35, 6/40
J37 6/35, 6/40
K0. 7/20
K10 7/20
K18 7/20
K31 7/20
K42 7/20
K83 7/20
K84 7/20
K85 7/20
L00 5/10
L1. 5/10
L37 7/20, 7/25
L69 7/20
M00 2/22
M01 2/12
M02 2/12
M03 2/12
M04 2/20
M05 2/12
M06 2/12
M07 2/12
M14 2/14
M15 2/14
M16 2/14
M17 2/14
M18 2/14
M1G 6/33, 6/35, 6/38, 6/40
M1H 6/33, 6/35, 6/38, 6/40
M20 2/14
M21 2/14
M22 2/14
M23 2/14
M24 2/14
M26 2/16
M27 2/16
M28 2/16
Order codes
M30 2/16
M31 2/16
M32 2/16
M33 2/16
M34 2/16
M35 2/16
M36 2/18
M37 2/18
M38 2/18
M40 2/18
M41 2/18
M42 2/18
M43 2/18
M44 2/16
M46 2/16
M47 2/16
M48 2/30
M50 2/30
M51 2/16
M52 2/48
M53 2/48
M55 2/48
M57 2/48
M58 2/48
M62 2/48
M63 2/52
M64 2/52
M65 2/18
M66 2/16
M71 2/16
N00 2/46
P01 2/34
P02 2/20
P03 2/20
P04 2/24
P05 2/24
P11 2/26
P12 2/8
P13 2/24
P14 2/24
P20 2/26
P21 2/26
P23 2/26
P24 2/26
P28 2/16
P30 2/56
P31 2/56
P32 2/56
P34 2/32
P35 2/32
P36 2/32
P37 2/32
P38 2/32
P40 2/34
P41 2/34
P42 2/36
P43 2/36
P44 2/36
P45 2/36
P46 2/56
P50 2/36
Q00 5/10
Q20 6/23
Q21 6/23
Q22 6/23
R00 5/10
V40 6/43
V42 6/43
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/17
12

Appendix
Suggestions for improvement to the catalog
Fax form
■ To
Your address
Siemens AG, A&D MC MS 1
NC 61-2005
Postfach 31 80
91050 ERLANGEN,
GERMANY
Name
Function
Fax: +49/9131-98-1145
E-mail:
motioncontrol.docu@
siemens.com
Company/Department
Street/No.
ZIP, town
Tel./Fax No.
■ Your opinion is important to us!
Our catalog should be an important and convenient reference
for you. For this reason, we are constantly striving to improve the
catalog.
That’s why we would ask you
to complete this questionnaire and fax it back to us.
Thank you!
■ For the following points, please enter your personal assessment with values from 1 (= good) to 6 (= bad):
Do the contents meet your requirements?
Do the technical details satisfy your requirements?
Is it easy to find the information you need?
How do you assess the quality of the graphics and
diagrams?
Is the text easy to understand?
■ Do you have any suggestions for improvement?
Have you found any printing errors?
12
12/18 Siemens NC 61 · 2005

Appendix
Conversion Tables
■ Rotary inertia (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
2 2 2 2 2 2
B lb-in 2 lb-ft 2 lb-in-s 2 lb-ft-s 2
A
slug-ft 2 kg-cm kg-cm-s gm-cm gm-cm-s oz-in oz-in-s
lb-in 2 1 6.94 × 10 –3 2.59 × 10 –3 2.15 × 10 –4 2.926 2.98 × 10 –3 2.92 × 10 3 2.984 16 4.14 × 10 –2
lb-ft 2 144 1 0.3729 3.10 × 10 –2 421.40 0.4297 4.21 × 10 5 429.71 2304 5.967
lb-in-s 2 386.08 2.681 1 8.33 × 10 –2 1.129 × 10 3 1.152 1.129 × 10 6 1.152 × 10 3 6.177 × 10 3 16
lb-ft-s 2 4.63 × 10 32.17 12 1 1.35 × 10 4 13.825 1.355 × 10 7 1.38 × 10 4 7.41 × 10 4 192
slug-ft 2
kg-cm 2 0.3417 2.37 × 10 –3 8.85 × 10 –4 7.37 × 10 –5 1 1.019 × 10 –3 1000 1.019 5.46 1.41 × 10 –2
kg-cm-s 2 335.1 2.327 0.8679 7.23 × 10 –2 980.66 1 9.8 × 10 5 1000 5.36 × 10 3 13.887
gm-cm 2 3.417 × 10 –4 2.37 × 10 –6 8.85 × 10 –7 7.37 × 10 –8 1 × 10 –3 1.01 × 10 –6 1 1.01 × 10 –3 5.46 × 10 –3 1.41 × 10 –5
gm-cm-s 2 0.335 2.32 × 10 –3 8.67 × 10 –4 7.23 × 10 –5 0.9806 1 × 10 –3 980.6 1 5.36 1.38 × 10 –2
oz-in 2 0.0625 4.34 × 10 –4 1.61 × 10 –4 1.34 × 10 –5 0.182 1.86 × 10 –4 182.9 0.186 1 2.59 × 10 –3
oz-in-s 2 24.13 0.1675 6.25 × 10 –2 5.20 × 10 –3 70.615 7.20 × 10 –2 7.09 × 10 4 72.0 386.08 1
■ Torque (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B lb-in lb-ft oz-in N-m kg-cm kg-m gm-cm dyne-cm
A
lb-in 1 8.333 × 10 –2 16 0.113 1.152 1.152 × 10 –2 1.152 × 10 3 1.129 × 10 6
lb-ft 12 1 192 1.355 13.825 0.138 1.382 × 10 4 1.355 × 10 7
oz-in 6.25 × 10 –2 5.208 × 10 –3 1 7.061 × 10 –3 7.200 × 10 –2 7.200 × 10 –4 72.007 7.061 × 10 4
N-m 8.850 0.737 141.612 1 10.197 0.102 1.019 × 10 4 1 × 10 7
kg-cm 0.8679 7.233 × 10 –2 13.877 9.806 × 10 –2 1 10 –2 1000 9.806 × 10 5
kg-m 86.796 7.233 1.388 × 10 3 9.806 100 1 1 × 10 5 9.806 × 10 7
gm-cm 8.679 × 10 –4 7.233 × 10 –5 1.388 × 10 –2 9.806 × 10 –5 1 × 10 –3 1 × 10 –5 1 980.665
dyne-cm 8.850 × 10 –7 7.375 × 10 –8 1.416 × 10 –5 10 –7 1.0197 × 10 –6 1.019 × 10 –8 1.019 × 10 –3 1
■ Length (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B inches feet cm yd mm m
A
inches 1 0.0833 2.54 0.028 25.4 0.0254
feet 12 1 30.48 0.333 304.8 0.3048
cm 0.3937 0.03281 1 1.09 × 10 –2 10 0.01
yd 36 3 91.44 1 914.4 0.914
mm 0.03937 0.00328 0.1 1.09 × 10 –3 1 0.001
m 39.37 3.281 100 1.09 1000 1
■ Power (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B HP
Watts
A
HP (English) 1 745.7
(lb-in) (deg./sec) 2.645 × 10 –6 1.972 × 10 –3
(lb-in) (rpm) 1.587 × 10 –5 1.183 × 10 –2
(lb-ft) (deg./sec) 3.173 × 10 –5 2.366 × 10 –2
(lb-ft) (rpm) 1.904 × 10 –4 0.1420
Watts 1.341 × 10 –3 1
■ Temperature Conversion
°F °C °C °F
0 –17.8 –10 14
32 0 0 32
50 10 10 50
70 21.1 20 68
90 32.2 30 86
98.4 37 37 98.4
212 100 100 212
subtract 32 and multiply by 5 / 9 multiply by 9 / 5 and add 32
■ Force (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B lb oz gm dyne N
A
lb 1 16 453.6 4.448 × 10 5 4.4482
oz 0.0625 1 28.35 2.780 × 10 4 0.27801
gm 2.205 × 10 –3 0.03527 1 1.02 × 10 –3 N.A.
dyne 2.248 × 10 –6 3.59 × 10 –5 980.7 1 0.00001
N 0.22481 3.5967 N.A. 100000 1
■ Mass (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B lb oz gm kg slug
A
lb 1 16 453.6 0.4536 0.0311
oz 6.25 × 10 –2 1 28.35 0.02835 1.93 × 10 –3
gm 2.205 × 10 –3 3.527 × 10 –2 1 10 –3 6.852 × 10 –5
kg 2.205 35.27 10 3 1 6.852 × 10 –2
slug 32.17 514.8 1.459 × 10 4 14.59 1
■ Rotation (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B rpm rad/sec. degrees/sec.
A
rpm 1 0.105 6.0
rad/sec. 9.55 1 57.30
degrees/ 0.167 1.745 × 10 –2 1
sec.
Siemens NC 61 · 2005
12/19
12

Appendix
Conditions of Sale and Delivery
Export regulations
■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions
for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany,
shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity.
For customers with a seat or registered office in the
Federal Republic of Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Conditions
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry“ shall apply.
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Software
Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany“ shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Conditions
for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall
apply.
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Software
Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall apply.
General
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump,
aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the
respective limits of the notes are exceeded. The respective note
(e.g. source: German newspaper „Handesblatt“ in category
„deutsche Edelmetalle“ and „Metallverarbeiter“) for silver („verarbeitetes
Silber“), plump („Blei in Kabeln“), aluminum („Aluminium
in Kabeln“) and copper („Elektrolytkupfer“, „DEL-Notiz“) respectively,
of the day the order or rather the on call order is
received, is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges.
Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note
(„DEL-Notiz“) above EUR 225.00 / 100 kg and for chokes / transformers
above EUR 150.00 / 100 kg.
Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the materials
which are contained in the relevant products.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
– especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given –
these are subject to change without prior notice.
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of the Federal Republic of
Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
■ Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
AL
ECCN
Number of the German Export List.
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export designations
of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are
subject to a European or German export authorization
when being exported out of the EU.
Export Control Classification Number.
Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authorization
may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL/En 17.03.05
Editors:
Siemens AG, A&D PT 5, Erlangen
12
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Motion Control Systems
Postfach 31 80
91050 ERLANGEN
GERMANY
12/20 Siemens NC 61 · 2005
Order No.
E86060-K4461-A101-A1-7600
KG 1005 12.0 BD 480 En/522205/622176
Printed in Germany

Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM
Catalog
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D11
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22
Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives DA 63
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors
• Drive System SINAMICS S120
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1
Electrical Installation Technology
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and
Distribution Boards
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
BETA Modular Installation Devices
DELTA Switches and Outlets
GAMMA Building Management Systems
ET A1
ET A3
ET A5
ET B1
ET D1
ET G1
Factory Automation Sensors FS 10
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80
Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives
Catalog
IK PI
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
Low-Voltage Switchgear – Controlgear for Industry LV 10
Power Distribution – Products and Systems
LV 30
for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
SIDAC reactors and filters LV 60
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems
LV 70
CD, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems LV 90
Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation
FI 01
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PA 10
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
PA 11
SIPAN Liquid Analysis PA 20
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Micro Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
ST PCS 7.A
Process Control System
pc-based Automation
ST PC
SIMATIC Control Systems
ST DA
SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
A&D/3U/En 26.09.05

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed
in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications
are subject to change without notice.
Token fee 8.00 E
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Motion Control Systems
Postfach 31 80
91050 ERLANGEN
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/sinumerik
Order No.: E86060-K4461-A101-A1-7600